Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description

ACS 1000
ACS 1000i
Medium Voltage AC Drives
315–5000 kW
400–6700 hp

Control Panel:

VERSION : MSAH41xx
RELEASED : 2005-03-21

Fieldbus Interface:

e.g.:
ABB Advant
Profibus
Modbus
Modbus +
DeviceNet
LonWorks

PC – Tools:

Issued by : A. Glück / ATDD

Approved by : A. Guggisberg / ATDD
Revision : -

e.g.:
DriveWindow
DriveDebug

© 2005 ABB Switzerland Ltd. All rights reserved.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-1 (of 358) H-2 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Table of Contents

Table of Contents Group 85 Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional) ......................................................................................... 233

HISTORY OF CHANGES.............................................................................................................................................. 9
CHAPTER 1 – PARAMETER DESCRIPTION............................................................................................... 13
Group 01 Actual Signals: Motor Values...................................................................................................... 13
Group 02 Actual Signals: Converter Values................................................................................................ 15
Group 03 Actual Signals: Speed and Torque Ref. Values............................................................................. 17
Group 04 Actual Signals: Basic I/O-Values (IOEC 1 & 2) .......................................................................... 21
Group 05 Actual Signals: Data Values........................................................................................................ 25
Group 06 Information ................................................................................................................................ 27
Group 07 Control Words............................................................................................................................ 31
Group 08 Status Words .............................................................................................................................. 37
Group 09 Fault & Alarm Words ................................................................................................................. 43
Group 11 Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control ........................................................................................ 53 CHAPTER 2 –
Group 12 Reference Select ......................................................................................................................... 59
Group 13 Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2) .......................................................................................... 67
Group 14 Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)............................................................................................ 73
Group 15 Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)........................................................................................ 77
Group 16 System Control Inputs................................................................................................................. 83
Group 17 Utilities ...................................................................................................................................... 87
Group 18 Process Speed............................................................................................................................. 89
Group 19 Data Storage .............................................................................................................................. 91
Group 20 Limit Values ............................................................................................................................... 93
Group 21 Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function ..................................................................................................... 97
Group 22 Ramp Functions........................................................................................................................ 103
Group 23 Speed Reference ....................................................................................................................... 105
Group 24 Speed Control........................................................................................................................... 109
Group 25 Torque Reference...................................................................................................................... 115
Group 26 Torque Reference Handling ...................................................................................................... 117
Group 27 Flux Control............................................................................................................................. 119
Group 29 Scalar Control.......................................................................................................................... 121
Group 30 Standard Motor Protection ....................................................................................................... 123
Group 31 Standard Fault Functions ......................................................................................................... 129
Group 32 Limit Supervision...................................................................................................................... 131
Group 33 Constant Speed......................................................................................................................... 135
Group 34 Critical Speed........................................................................................................................... 139
Group 35 Extended Motor Protection (Optional) ...................................................................................... 141
Group 36 Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional) .......................................................................... 147
Group 37 External Inverter Protection (Optional) .................................................................................... 151
Group 38 Optional Functions................................................................................................................... 153
Group 39 Ride Through Function............................................................................................................. 155
Group 40 PID Control.............................................................................................................................. 157
Group 41 Cooling System......................................................................................................................... 163
Group 42 Motor Over- / Underload Protection ......................................................................................... 181
Group 43 ESP Protection Function .......................................................................................................... 185 CHAPTER 3 –
Group 48 Customer Supervision Function ................................................................................................ 187
Group 50 Speed Measurement.................................................................................................................. 195
Group 51 Communication Module (Field Bus Adapter)............................................................................. 197
Group 64 IOEC 5 & 6 Boards (Optional) ................................................................................................. 199
Group 64 Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional) .................................................................................. 199
Group 65 Synchronized Bypass (Optional)................................................................................................ 203 CHAPTER 4 –
Group 70 DDCS Control.......................................................................................................................... 207
Group 75 Option Modules........................................................................................................................ 215
Group 80…84 IOEC 3 Board (Optional).......................................................................................................... 217
Group 80 Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional) ......................................................................................... 217
Group 81 Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) ...................................................................................... 221
Group 82 Digital Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) .......................................................................................... 225
Group 83 Analogue Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional).................................................................................... 227
Group 84 Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) ....................................................................................... 229
Group 85…89 IOEC 4 Board (Optional).......................................................................................................... 233
Group 86 Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional) ...................................................................................... 237
Group 87 Digital Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional) .......................................................................................... 241
Group 88 Analogue Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional).................................................................................... 243
Group 89 Digital Outputs of IOEC4 (Optional) ........................................................................................ 245
Group 90…95 Data Set Transmit and Receive (Field Bus Interface)................................................................. 249
Group 90 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) .......................................................................... 249
Group 91 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) ........................................................................ 251
Group 92 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) .......................................................................... 253
Group 93 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) .......................................................................... 255
Group 94 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) ........................................................................ 257
Group 95 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) ........................................................................ 259
Group 98 Real Time Clock ....................................................................................................................... 261
Group 99 Start-Up Data........................................................................................................................... 263
FIELDBUS CONTROL.......................................................................................................... 267
C2.1 Fieldbus Communication........................................................................................................................ 267
C2.1.1 Fieldbus / DDCS Communication............................................................................................................. 267
C2.1.2 Fieldbus Adapter Configuration................................................................................................................ 268
C2.1.3 ABB AC400 – Advant Controller Configuration....................................................................................... 268
C2.1.4 Integer Scaling on the DDCS Link ........................................................................................................... 269
C2.2 Fieldbus Interface, Data Set 1 … 17 Transmit and Receive ..................................................................... 270
C2.2.1 Data Set - Definition ................................................................................................................................ 270
C2.2.2 Data Set - Data Flow................................................................................................................................ 270
C2.2.3 Data Set - Control Structure ..................................................................................................................... 271
C2.3 Fieldbus Interface, Data Set 18 … 51 Transmit and Receive.................................................................... 273
C2.3.1 Data Set - Definition ................................................................................................................................ 273
C2.3.2 Data Set - Data Flow................................................................................................................................ 273
C2.3.3 Data Set - Control Structure ..................................................................................................................... 274
C2.3.4 Special Data Sets 50 & 51 - Communication............................................................................................. 275
C2.4 Statemachine for Fieldbus Control ......................................................................................................... 276
C2.5 Example of a Fieldbus-Controlled Drive................................................................................................. 277
C2.5.1 Default Parameter Settings:...................................................................................................................... 277
C2.5.2 Pre-Conditions......................................................................................................................................... 278
C2.5.3 Fault Reset .............................................................................................................................................. 278
C2.5.4 Charging the DC-Link (Switch on the MCB) ............................................................................................ 279
C2.5.5 Start the Motor (Switch Drive to Running)................................................................................................ 280
C2.5.6 Change the Direction of Rotation (Motor is Running with Given Speed).................................................... 281
C2.5.7 Stop by “RAMP STOP” (Motor is Running with Given Speed)................................................................. 282
C2.5.8 Stop by “COAST STOP” (Motor is Running with Given Speed) ............................................................... 283
C2.5.9 Emergency Off (Motor is Running with Given Speed) .............................................................................. 284
C2.5.10 Emergency Stop (Motor is Running with Given Speed)............................................................................. 285
C2.6 Fieldbus Parameter Settings, Modbus & Profibus Addresses................................................................... 286
C2.6.1 Actual Signals – Group 01 … 09 .............................................................................................................. 286
C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99............................................................................................. 290
C2.6.3 Parameter Settings – Group 90 … 91 (Fieldbus - Data Set 1 … 8) ............................................................. 309
C2.6.4 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51).......................................................... 310
DEFAULT SETTINGS OF APPLICATION MACROS ....................................................... 313
C3.1 Default Actual Signals on CDP312 – Panel ............................................................................................ 313
C3.2 Default Parameter Settings..................................................................................................................... 314
C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99............................................................................................. 314
C3.2.2 Parameter Settings – Group 90 … 91 (Fieldbus – Data Set 1 … 8)............................................................. 327
C3.2.3 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51).......................................................... 328
FAULT TRACING................................................................................................................. 331
C4.1 Description of Fault Trip Reactions........................................................................................................ 331
C4.1.1 Soft Stop (Trip Reaction) ......................................................................................................................... 331
C4.1.2 Trip 1 (Trip Reaction).............................................................................................................................. 331
C4.1.3 Trip 2 (Trip Reaction).............................................................................................................................. 331
C4.1.4 Trip 3 (Trip Reaction) .............................................................................................................................. 332
C4.2 Overview of Fault Trip Reactions ........................................................................................................... 333
C4.3 Description of Panel Status Messages..................................................................................................... 335

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-3 (of 358) H-4 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Table of Contents
CHAPTER 5 – STOP MODES........................................................................................................................ 337
C5.1 Ramp Stop Mode .................................................................................................................................... 337
C5.2 Torque Stop Mode .................................................................................................................................. 337
C5.3 Coast Stop Mode .................................................................................................................................... 337
CHAPTER 6 – INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS IOEC 1 … 6 .................................................................... 339
C6.1 Basic I/O-Board IOEC 1 ........................................................................................................................ 340
C6.2 Basic I/O-Board IOEC 2 ........................................................................................................................ 340
C6.3 Optional I/O Board IOEC 3.................................................................................................................... 342
C6.4 Optional I/O Board IOEC 4.................................................................................................................... 344
C6.5 Optional I/O Board IOEC 5 – Synchronised Bypass................................................................................ 345
C6.6 Optional I/O Board IOEC 6 – Synchronised Bypass (only for 2…4 Motors) ............................................ 346
CHAPTER 7 – SERVICE AND COMMISSIONING PARAMETERS ......................................................... 347
C7.1 Group 112 Service Data ......................................................................................................................... 347
C7.2 Group 190 Cooling System ..................................................................................................................... 351

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-5 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx
Table of Figures
Figure 11-1 Selection of Start / Stop / Direction- Overview ................................................................................................................. 55
Figure 11-2 Selection of MCB Control - Overview.............................................................................................................................. 58
Figure 12-1 Selection of REF1 - Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 61
Figure 12-2 Selection of REF2 - Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 12-3 Selection of SPEED REF - Overview ............................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 12-4 Setting of EXT REF MINIMUM and MAXIMUM ............................................................................................................. 64
Figure 12-5 Setting of Local/External Control - Overview................................................................................................................... 64
Figure 12-6 Motor Potentiometer Tracking Function - Overview......................................................................................................... 65
Figure 13-1 Filter Time Constant For Analogue Inputs - Diagram ...................................................................................................... 67
Figure 13-2 Analogue Input AI1-IOEC1 and AI1-IOEC2 - Overview................................................................................................... 68
Figure 13-3 Scaling of Analogue Inputs AI1-IOEC1 and AI1-IOEC2 - Example................................................................................... 69
Figure 13-4 Analogue Input AI2 ... 4 - IOEC2 - Overview................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 13-5 Analogue Input Settings AI2 – IOEC2.............................................................................................................................. 71
Figure 14-1 Digital Output DO1 … DO4 – IOEC2 - Overview............................................................................................................ 75
Figure 15-1 Analogue Output AO1 & AO2 – IOEC1 / IOEC2 - Overview............................................................................................ 80
Figure 15-2 Range of Analogue Output Signal AO1 - IOEC1 - Diagram.............................................................................................. 81
Figure 15-3 Scaling of Analogue Output Signal AO1 – IOEC2 (MotorSpeed) - Example ...................................................................... 81
Figure 16-1 Process Stop - Overview.................................................................................................................................................. 83
Figure 18-1 Process Speed - Overview ............................................................................................................................................... 89
Figure 18-2 Process Speed Selection - Example.................................................................................................................................. 89
Figure 19-1 Data Storage - Example .................................................................................................................................................. 91
Figure 20-1 Freq. Trip Margin - Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 20-2 Setpoint Margin - Diagram ............................................................................................................................................. 95
Figure 21-1 Stop Function - Overview................................................................................................................................................ 97
Figure 21-2 Process Stop Function - Overview................................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 21-3 Supervision of Process Stop - Diagram............................................................................................................................ 99
Figure 21-4 LWL “MCB OFF” – Signal of IOEC1 & 2 - Overview................................................................................................... 101
Figure 21-5 Backspin Lockout Function - Overview.......................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 22-1 Ramp Function Generator - Overview ........................................................................................................................... 103
Figure 22-2 Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp Shape - Diagram.................................................................................................. 104
Figure 22-3 Variable Slope Ramp - Diagram.................................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 23-1 Speed Reference Chain - Overview................................................................................................................................ 105
Figure 23-2 Window Control, Effect of Load Change on a Torque Controlled Drive - Diagram ......................................................... 106
Figure 23-3 Speed Control, Step Response - Diagram....................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 24-1 Speed Controller - Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 109
Figure 24-2 Speed Controller, Set Point Weighting - Overview ......................................................................................................... 109
Figure 24-3 Drooping as a Function of Torque Reference - Diagram ................................................................................................ 110
Figure 24-4 Adaptive Speed Control as a Function of Torque Reference - Diagram........................................................................... 110
Figure 24-5 Speed Controller, Set Point Weighting - Overview ......................................................................................................... 111
Figure 24-6 Inertia Compensation - Diagram................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 24-7 Adaptive Speed Control as a Func. of Speed - Diagram.................................................................................................. 113
Figure 25-1 Torque Reference Chain- Overview............................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 25-2 Torque Ref1 from Torque Ref A - Diagram .................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 25-3 Torque Ref1 from Torque Ref B - Diagram .................................................................................................................... 116
Figure 26-1 Torque Reference Selection - Overview.......................................................................................................................... 117
Figure 27-1 Flux Braking - Diagram................................................................................................................................................ 119
Figure 29-1 Scalar Control - Overview............................................................................................................................................. 122
Figure 30-1 Motor Thermal Protection - Overview ........................................................................................................................... 123
Figure 30-2 Motor Overload Protection - Diagram........................................................................................................................... 125
Figure 30-3 Stall Protection, Frequency Limit - Diagram ................................................................................................................. 126
Figure 30-4 Motor Underload Protection - Diagram......................................................................................................................... 127
Figure 30-5 Motor Underload Curves - Diagram.............................................................................................................................. 127
Figure 32-1 Limit Supervision (Actual and Reference Signals) - Diagram.......................................................................................... 131
Figure 33-1 Constant Speed Selection - Diagram.............................................................................................................................. 135
Figure 34-1 Critical Speed, Function of High and Low Limit - Diagram............................................................................................ 139
Figure 35-1 Optional Motor Thermal Protection - Overview............................................................................................................. 144
Figure 39-1 Ride Through, Voltage Levels - Diagram ....................................................................................................................... 155
Figure 40-1 PID Controller Gain, I-Time and Error Value – Diagram .............................................................................................. 157
Figure 40-2 PID Control, Actual Value Scaling ................................................................................................................................ 161
Figure 41-1 Redundant Cooling System, Automatic Fan / Pump Change - Diagram........................................................................... 163
Figure 41-2 Cooling System, Fan / Pump Off Delay - Overview ........................................................................................................ 164
Figure 41-3 Cooling System, Fan / Pump Off Delay - Diagram ......................................................................................................... 164
Figure 41-4 Redundant Auxiliary Cooling Fan - Overview................................................................................................................ 165
Figure 41-5 Integrated Transformer Fan - Overview......................................................................................................................... 166
Figure 41-6 Air Cooling System, Temperature Supervision – Overview ............................................................................................. 167
Figure 41-7 Air Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Diagram............................................................................................... 167
ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-7 (of 358)
Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx
Table of Figures
Figure 41-8 Air Cooling System, Pressure Supervision – Overview ................................................................................................... 168
Figure 41-9 Air Cooling System, Pressure Supervision - Diagram..................................................................................................... 168
Figure 41-10 Water Cooling System, Auto Cooling Sequence - Diagram ........................................................................................... 169
Figure 41-11 Redundant Water Cooling System, Start Sequence - Diagram....................................................................................... 170
Figure 41-12 Water Cooling System, Control Valve - Overview......................................................................................................... 171
Figure 41-13 Water Cooling System, Pressure Supervision – Overview............................................................................................. 173
Figure 41-14 Water Cooling System, Ouput / Difference Pressure Supervision - Diagram.................................................................. 174
Figure 41-15 Water Cooling System, Input Pressure Supervision - Diagram...................................................................................... 174
Figure 41-16 Water Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Overview........................................................................................ 175
Figure 41-17 Water Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Diagram......................................................................................... 176
Figure 41-18 Water Cooling System, Conductivity Supervision - Overview........................................................................................ 177
Figure 41-19 Water Cooling System, Conductivity Supervision - Diagram......................................................................................... 177
Figure 41-20 Single Water Cooling System - State Machine .............................................................................................................. 178
Figure 41-21 Redundant Water Cooling System - State Machine ....................................................................................................... 179
Figure 42-1 Motor Over– / Underload Protection - Diagram ............................................................................................................ 181
Figure 43-1 Motor Phase Unbalance Protection - Diagram .............................................................................................................. 185
Figure 48-1 Customer Supervision Signal 1 - Overview .................................................................................................................... 187
Figure 48-2 Customer Supervision Signal 2 - Overview .................................................................................................................... 189
Figure 48-3 Customer Supervision - Example 1 (Alarm) ................................................................................................................... 191
Figure 48-4 Customer Supervision - Example 2 (DO) ....................................................................................................................... 192
Figure 48-5 Customer Supervision - Example 3 (Trip) ...................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 50-1 Speed Measurement - Overview..................................................................................................................................... 195
Figure 70-1 Structure of Fieldbus System (DDCS CH0) .................................................................................................................... 207
Figure 70-2 Master/Follower Applications, Schematic Representation .............................................................................................. 209
Figure 70-3 Master/Follower Connections (DDCS CH2) .................................................................................................................. 210
Figure 70-4 Follower ‘Fault Information’ Wiring............................................................................................................................. 211
Figure 70-5 Follower Signal Selection - Overview............................................................................................................................ 211
Figure 70-6 Connection AMC33-Board(s) <-> PC (DDCS CH3) - Examples .................................................................................... 214
Figure 84-1 Digital Outputs D01…D03 on IOEC 3 - Overview......................................................................................................... 232
Figure 84-2 Digital Outputs D04…D06 on IOEC 3 - Overview......................................................................................................... 232
Figure 89-1 Digital Outputs D01…D03 on IOEC 4 - Overview......................................................................................................... 248
Figure 89-2 Digital Outputs D04…D06 on IOEC 4 - Overview......................................................................................................... 248
Figure 90-1 Receive Data from Fieldbus (Data Set 1…16) - Overview .............................................................................................. 249
Figure 91-1 Transmit Data to Fieldbus (Data Set 2…17) - Overview................................................................................................. 251
Figure 92-1 Receive Data from Fieldbus (Data Set 18…50) - Overview............................................................................................. 253
Figure 94-1 Transmit Data to Fieldbus (Data Set 19…51) - Overview............................................................................................... 257
Figure 2.1-1 - Fieldbus / DDCS Communication - Overview ............................................................................................................. 267
Figure 2.1-2 - Fieldbus Adapter Configuration - Overview................................................................................................................ 268
Figure 2.1-3 - ABB AC400 - Advant Controller Configuration - Overview......................................................................................... 268
Figure 2.1-4 - ABB AC400 - Advant Controller, AMPL Configuration - Example............................................................................... 269
Figure 2.2-1 - Data Set 1…17 Definition - Overview......................................................................................................................... 270
Figure 2.2-2 - Data Set 1…17 Data Flow - Overview........................................................................................................................ 270
Figure 2.2-3 - Data Set 1…16 Receive - Overview ............................................................................................................................ 271
Figure 2.2-4 - Data Set 2…17 Transmit - Overview .......................................................................................................................... 272
Figure 2.3-1 - Data Set 18…37 Definition - Overview....................................................................................................................... 273
Figure 2.3-2 - Data Set 18…37 Data Flow - Overview...................................................................................................................... 273
Figure 2.3-3 - Data Set 18…36 Receive - Overview........................................................................................................................... 274
Figure 2.3-4 - Data Set 19…37 Transmit - Overview......................................................................................................................... 275
Figure 2.3-5 - Data Sets 50 & 51 Communication - Overview ........................................................................................................... 275
Figure 2.4-1 - Fieldbus Control – Statemachine................................................................................................................................ 276
Figure 2.5-1 - Charging the DC-Link - Diagram............................................................................................................................... 279
Figure 2.5-2 - Start the Motor - Diagram.......................................................................................................................................... 280
Figure 2.5-3 - Change the Direction of Rotation - Diagram............................................................................................................... 281
Figure 2.5-4 - Stop by “RAMP STOP” - Diagram............................................................................................................................. 282
Figure 2.5-5 - Stop by “COAST STOP” - Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 283
Figure 2.5-6 - Emergency Off - Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... 284
Figure 2.5-7 - Emergency Stop - Diagram ........................................................................................................................................ 285
Figure 190-1 Analogue Input AI2 ... 4 - IOEC1 - Overview ............................................................................................................... 354
Figure 190-2 Analogue Input Settings on IOEC 1- Example .............................................................................................................. 354
H-8 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

History of Changes

History of Changes Version Group Date/ Name Comments

; Group 18 – changed the Group function, Group 21 – Index 06 deleted , moved
Index 7…10 -> 6 … 9 ; Group 27 – Index 06 – new function added ; Group 30 –
Version Group Date/ Name Comments Index 21…24 and 27…33 deleted, new function added, moved Index ; Group 39 –
1.00A 01 – 99 97-08-11 / Gl first issue by Alexander Glück (Gl) Index 02 deleted, moved Index 03…06 -> 02…05 ; Group 40 – Index 06 – new
function added ; Group 60 – new, for PFC macro; Group 70 – Index 5 – deleted
1.00B 01 – 99 97-08-21 / Gl Group 03.16 – new signal dv/dt; Group 07.03 – new signal Bit 8 ; Group 08.04 –
function 6 , Group 80 – changed type PB to Integer ; Group 85 – changed type PB
new Control Word 3 ; Group 09.13 – new signal Bit 9 ; Group 21.06 – new function ;
to Integer ; Group 98 new ; Group 97 – Index 01 moved to Group 30 – Index 34 ;
Group 33 – new definition ; Group 84 – new parameters for DO1 ; Group 01…99 –
Group 95,96,97 deleted ; Group 90 .. 95 – modified for fieldbus – and APC -
text modification
communication; Group 98 – moved Index 13…15 to 14…16, Index 13 new function
1.00C 02 / 07 / 13 97-09-11 / Gl Group 02 – new Index for INV AIR TEMP ; Group 07 – ACW1 bit 4 not available
MSAC200B 11 / 21 / 30 98-10-16 / Gl Group11 – Index 04 & 05 function changed; Group 21 – Index 07: new function
15 / 20 / 24 ;Group 13 – example for scaling analogue input signal ; Group 15 – example for
112 / 190 added; Group 30 – Index 24 new function added, Group 112 & 190 for ABB service
27 / 38 / 82 scaling analogue output signal ; Group 20 – Limit for max. current is new based on
added,
87 / 94 motor nominal current ; Group 24 – new drawing for speed control ; Group27 –in
pilot not available ; Group 38 – short description, def value settings ; new Group 82 MSAC2000 98-10-20 / Gl First official version
& 87 – for invert the digital input signals (only alarm signals) ; Group 94 – Enable MSAC2010 07 / 08 / 30 / 98-11-08 / Gl Group 07 – Index 04:new function Bit 0; Group 07 – Index 03:new function Bit 10;
function 1 for enable battery test; 70 Group 30 – Index 24 deleted, Group70 – modified text
1.00D 04 / 13 / 09 97-10-14 / Gl Group 04 – changed analogue input 4 to 1 , Group 13 – changed scaling analogue Appendix A1 modified
30 / 35 / 37 input 4 to 1 Group 09 – Index 1- bit14 new; Index 4- bit 5,6 & 7 new, Index 5- bit 14 MSAC2020 98-11-26 / Gl No version made
38 / 80 / 81 & 15 new, Index 6- bit 0 new, Index 9- bit 14 deleted, bit15 -> 14, Index 12- bit 6
86 new, Index 9 – bit 11 deleted; Group 30 – Index 3, 4 & 5 new function; Group 35 – MSAC2030 98-11-26 / Gl No version made
Index 9 deleted, Index 10 -> Group 38 – Index 3, Index 11 -> 10, Index 12 -> 11; MSAC2040 08 / 04 98-11-26 / Gl Group 08 – Index 04 : text modified; Group 04 – Index 29: text modified
Group 38 – new Index 05, 06, 07 for outside air temperature supervision; Group 38
-> Group 39; Group 38 new function; Group 80 – Index 04 new signal; Group 81 – MSAC2050 01 / 02 / 03 98-12-02 / Gl Group 01 – Index 12: new Integer scaling; Group 02 – Index 16: new Integer scaling; Group 03
deleted Index 21; Group 86 – deleted Index 21 11 / 08 / 09 – Index 19,20 &21: new Integer scaling; Group 04 – Index 01.. 08: new Integer scaling; Group
38 / 60 / 75 08 – Index 04: Text modified; Group 09 – Index 09: B13 –Alarm text changed; Group 11:
1.00E 02 / 05 / 09 97-11-13 / Gl Group 02 – new actual signals for inverter current , Group 05 – new Index 8 for
80 / 90 / 91 description corrected; Group 99 – Index 02: new Speed-Control-Macro added; Group 38 – new
11 / 21 / 22 display the used application macro , Group 09 – Index 01 -> deleted message bit 14
Index 04; Group 60 – whole Group deleted; Group 75 – Index 04: new function; Group 80 –
35 / 36 / 38 ; Index 09 – new signal for bit 13 & 15, Group 11 – Index 01 & 02 – new feature for
Index 01…04: new Integer scaling; Group 99 – Index 02: selection 11 changed
99 select Comm Module, Group 21 – Index 02 & 03 – changed emergency stop to
process stop , Group 22 – Index 1…9 - added accel/•ecal time 2 , Group 35 – MSAC2060 70 / 75 / 99 99-02-19 / Gl Group 70, 75 – description modified, Group 99 – order of Index changed
Index 09 & 10 deleted, Index 11 -> 09, Group 36 – Index 07 deleted, Group 38 – MSAC2070 99-04-01 / Gl only software changes (Signal & Parameter Table MSAC2060)
Index 02 – changed selectable features, Group 99 – Index 1 <-> 2 , Index 2 new
MSAC2090 99-07-06 / Gl only software changes (Signal & Parameter Table MSAC2060)
features , new Index for MOTOR COS PHI ,
1.00F 02 / 03 /06 Group 02 – new actual signals for inverter voltage , Group 03 – Index 15 – new MSAC21xx 04 / 07 / 08 00-02-01 / Gl Group 04 – new function for Index 27 & 28, Index 30 moved to Index 31, Index 29
07 / 09 /13 AMC-Group-Number, Group 06 – Index 09 – new AMC-Group-Number, Group 07 – 09 / 13 / 20 00-02-01 / TB moved to Index 30, new function for Index 29 added; Group 07 – Index 02 : Bit
81/ 86 Index 04 – deleted bit 1 & 2, Group 09 – Index 04 – new fault message bit 4, Group 24 / 25 / 26 09…11 deleted, Index 02 & 03: Bit 09..14 mutually, Index 02: new function for Bit
13 –changed selectable features for high,-low & minimum values, Group 81 – 30 / 31 / 37 04 added, Index 04: new function for Bit 01…03 added; Group 08 – Index 01: new
changed selectable features for high,-low & minimum values, Group 86 –changed 38 function for Bit 08 added, Index 02: new function for Bit 05 added, Index 03: new
selectable features for high,-low & minimum values, function for Bit 13 added, Index 08: new text for Bit 15 added; Group 09 – Index 15
1.00G 02 / 07 / 09 Group 02 – Index 13 -> Idex17 , Group 07 – Index 1 – Bit 1 & 2 new Process Stop …18 new parameter added; Group 13 – Index 06,11,17,23 & 29: Offset values new
12 / 30 / 90 ,Index 2 – new Bit 15 , Group 09 – Index 8 – new Bit 8 , Group 12 – Index 3 & 6 in mA; Group 20 – Index 03: parameter name changed; Index 12: new parameter
91 / 92 / 93 changed analogue Inputs AI4 -> AI1 , Group 30 – Index 18, 20 & 21 deleted – added; Group 24 – Index 01 deleted, Index 02…21 moved to Index 01…20; Group
changed Index 19 ….32 , Group 90 … 93 – increased numbers of Datasets , 26 – Index 07: new parameter added; Group 26 – Index 02…05 deleted, Index 06
1.00H 07 / 08 / 09 Group 07 – Index 2 – Bit 14 new – direction , Group 08 – Index 3 – Bit 1 new – moved to Index 02, Index 07 moved to Index 03; Group30 – Index 01…05:
15 / 83 / 88 watch dog bit, Group 09 – Index 07 – new fault message bit 6 & 14 – Index 11 – parameter function changed, Index 24 new parameter added; Group 31 – Index 02:
new alarm message bit 3, Group 15 – changed minimum scaling , Group 83 – new parameter added; Group 37 – Index 02 deleted, Index 03…07 moved to Index
changed minimum scaling , Group 88 – changed minimum scaling , 02…06; Group 38 – Index 05…07: new parameter added ; Index 15&16: new
parameter function added;
1.00J 07 / 08 / 09 98-02-12 / Gl Group 07 – Index 3 – Bit 01 -> Index 1 – Bit 14 , Index 4&5 –new type Pb , Group08
80 / 85 Index 08 – modif. , Group 09 - new type Pb , Group 80 – Index 13 -> 14 / 12 -> 13 / MSAC21xx 40 / 50 / 65 / 00-02-01 / Gl Group 40 – Index 07 & 08 deleted, Index 09…16 moved to Index 7…14, Index
11 -> 12 / new Index 11 , Group 85 – Index 13 -> 14 / 12 -> 13 / 11 -> 12 / new 70 / 75 / 81 / 00-02-01 / TB 15&16: new parameter function added; Group 50 – Index 07…11 deleted, Index 12
Index 11 , 84 / 86 / 87 / moved to Index 07; Group 65 – new group for synchronized bypass added ; Group
90 / 91 / 92 / 70 – Index 09…15 moved to Index 10…16, Index 09: new parameter function
1.00K 02 / 03 / 05 98-04-02 / Gl Group 02 – new Index 15 , 15->16, 16->17, 17->18 ; Group 03 – new Index 17;
93 / 94 / 95 added, Index 17 & 18: new parameter added; Group 75 – Index 06: new parameter
07 / 09 / 13 Group 05 text modified, new Index 09; Group 07- new Index 6, 7, 8 & 9 ; Group 09
added; Group 81 – Index 05, 11, 17 & 23: max filter time changed to 30s, Index 07,
17 / 21 / 30 – Index 01-Bit 14, Index 09 – Bit 6 Index 07 – Bit 15, new fault message ; Group 13
13, 19 & 25: Offset values new in mA; Group 84 – digital output DO5 & DO6 free
31 / 32 / 39 – new Index for Offset values ; Group 17 – new ; Group 21 – Index 01 – new
programmable (not anymore fixed by water cooling type); Group 86 – Index 05, 11,
50 / 75 / 81 function ; Group 30 – moved Index 19…33 to 20…34 , new Index 19; Group 31 –
17 & 23: max filter time changed to 30s, Index 07, 13, 19 & 25: Offset values new in
86 / 90 / 91 Index 01 new function, Index 02…07 deleted; Group 32 – Index 01 & 03 – new
mA; Group 87 – Index 02 deleted; Group 90…95: group name changed
92 / 93 / 94 function added ; Group 39 – new Index 05 & 06 ; Group 50 – new Index 12 ; Group
75 – new Index 05 ; Group 81 – new Index for Offset values; Group 86 – new Index
• description for whole document modified
for Offset values; Group 90… 93 – modified DEF – values, Group 94 – Index 01 –
new function ; Group 99 – Index 01 – new language added; • braking chopper function added
1.00L 21 98-04-30 / Gl Group 21 – Index 01 – new function • synchronized bypass function added
• Master / Follower function added
MSAC200A 01 / 02 / 03 98-09-11 / Gl Group 01 – Index 01 – changed signal function,moved Index 1..11 -> 2…12, new MSAC22xx 00-03-24 / Gl Group 30 – Index 25: new Index for optional aux. fan
04 / 05 / 06 Index 1, 13…16, Group 03 – Index 17 -> 18, 16 -> 17, Index 16 new function , new
07 / 08 / 09 signals for Index 19…21; Group 04 – Index 27 & 28 new , Group 05 – Index 07 MSAC30xx 00-09-01 / Gl • first issue with new Application Baselib “MXBC1210”
11 / 12 / 13 deleted, moved Index 08 -> 07; Group 06 – Index 04 deleted, moved Index 05…09
16 / 18 / 21 -> 04…08, new Index 09..11; Group 07 – changed type PB to Integer, Index 01,06 Group 01 – Index 12 deleted;
27 / 30 / 39 & 07 – Bit 11 new function; Index 2 – Bit 0 new function, moved Bit 15 to Bit 13, Group 03…06 new arranged :
40 / 60 / 70 Index 3 – moved Bit 10…15 to Bit 9…14 ; Group 08 – changed type PB to Integer , • Group 06 – Index 05…11 ⇒ Group 06 – Index 10…16
80 / 85 / 90 Index 01 – Bit 11 new function, Index 2 – Bit 14 new function, Index 3 – Bit 6&7 • Group 05 – Index 01 ⇒ Group 06 – Index 05
91 / 92 / 93 new function, Index 8 – new status text for Bit 12 & 13 ; Group 09 – changed type • Group 05 – Index 03…06 ⇒ Group 06 – Index 06…09
94 / 95 / 96 PB to Integer , Index 1 & 9 – Bit 4&5 – modified text , Index 7 – new fault Bit 12 &
• Group 05 – Index 02 ⇒ Group 05 – Index 03
97 / 98 13, Index 12 – Bit 7,8,9,10,11 , Index 13 – Bit 12 & 13 -> new alarm messages ,
Index 8 & 14 – new parameter text ; Group 11 – Index 04 & 05 – new functions • Group 04 – Index 25, 26 ⇒ Group 05 – Index 01, 02
added ; Group 12 – Index 03 & 06 – new function ; Group 13 – modivied whole • Group 05 – Index 07, 08 ⇒ Group 05 – Index 04, 05
group; Group 16 – Index 1 – new function added , Index 04, 05 & 06 – new function • Group 03 – Index 18 ⇒ Group 05 – Index 06

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-9 (of 358) H-10 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

History of Changes History of Changes

Version Group Date/ Name Comments Version Group Date/ Name Comments
• Group 03 – Index 19…21 ⇒ Group 03 – Index 18…20 Group65 – Index 11: new parameter for sync. bypass: freq. change per sec.
• Group 04 – Index 27…31 ⇒ Group 03 – Index 21…25 MSAC32xx 41 / 190 2003-09-18 / Rü Group41: Description of ‘inverter water cooling temperature supervision’ modified:
Group 07 – Index 06. Bit 01, 02 & 12 new function added (Emergency Off, Rev. A autocooling with high temp. added
Emergency Stop & Process Stop); Group 09 – Index 02: Bit 11&12-fault text added, Group190 – Index 06: new default setting for MSOC3220 and later
Index 04: Bit 05 – fault text modivied, Index 05: Bit12-fault text modivied; Index 13: MSAH40xx 30 / 41 / 42 2004-02-12 / Rü Group30: 3 enable connectors added in figure 30-1.
Bit06 & 11-fault text added; Group11 – Index 04 & 05: text modivied; Group 13 – 43 / 48 Group41: Type and lifting hight of 3-way valve corrected in table 41-1.
scaling factor for analogue inputs changed (high- & low values, see figure 13-5, old = Description of cond. thresholds after MCB on added in figure 41-17.
factor 100, new = factor 10 ); Group 21 – Index 04…09 moved to Index 05…10, new Group42: Small changes in text of figure 42-1.
function for Index 05 added; Group 21 – Index 02 & 03 modified; Group43: Small changes in text of figure 43-1.
Group48: Small changes in all description texts.
Group 30 – Index 01 & 08…11 deleted; Group 30 & 31 new arranged : MSAH41xx 3 / 23 / 24 / 2004-07-12 / Rü Group3 - Index 03: Unit of speed error neg corrected.
• Group 30 – Index 18 & 19 ⇒ Group 31 – Index 03 & 04 112 Group23: PID-Controller added in figure 23-1 (speed reference).
Group24: Speed Ref 4 added in figure 24-1 (PID-controller).
• Group 30 – Index 20, 21, 23, 24 ⇒ Group 31 – Index 05 , 06, 07, 08
Description of figure 24-5 (set point weighting) completely new.
• Group 30 – Index 22 ⇒ Group 38 – Index 08 Group112 - Index 05: configuration for ACS 1000i added (integrated Trafo)
• Group 30 – Index 02…07 ⇒ Group 30 – Index 01…06 Group112 - Index 07: new for ACS 1000i (integrated MCB)
• Group 30 – Index 12…17 ⇒ Group 30 – Index 13…18 41 / 84 / 89 / 2004-09-03 / TB Group41 - Index 07/08: Description updated for ACS 1000i.
190 Group84 - Index 01/07/13/16: Description corrected.
Group30 – Index 01: function modified; Index 07…12: new function added; Group 32
Group89: Bitnumbers shiftet by one
– Index 01…18 moved to 02…19, Index 01: new function added; Group 38 – Index
Group 190 - Index 15/16/20…29: Description updated for ACS 1000i.
09: new function added; Group 65 – Index 10: new function added; Group 75 – Index
06 moved to Group31 – Index 10; Group 81 & 86 – scaling factor for analogue inputs 2/4/5/7/ 2004-10-22 / Rü Group2 - Index 16: name changed: InvAirTemp1
changed (high- & low values, see figure 13-5, old = factor 100, new = factor 10 ); 8 / 9 / 13 / 14 Group4: new: 4.02 InvWtrCoolTemp, 4.06 InvAirTemp2, 4.07 TrafoTemp1,
Group 99 – Index 14…16 deleted; Chapter 2…7 updated; / 15 / 27 / 30 4.08 TrafoTemp2; the other parameters are shifted.
/ 35 / 36 / 37 Group5 - Index 14: not available with ACS 1000i
• Chapter 2 … 8 updated and new descriptions added / 41 / 80 / 81 Group7 - Index 03: two new bits for ctrl. supply failure.
/ 84 / 85 / 86 Group8 - Index 04:new bit 12 TrafoProtReset for ACS 1000i
MSAC31xx 01 / 05 / 06 / 02-07-22 / Gl Group01 – Index 04: function modified; Index 05: not used anymore; Index 18…21:
/ 87 / 112 / Group9, C 4.2: copied from updated ProtDiag.xls
07 / 08 / 09 / for new function added; Group05 – Index 07…15: for new function added; Group06
190 Group13: references to actual signals in grp. 04 updated.
16 / 18 / 21 / – Index 17…19: for new function added; Group07 – Index 02: Bit 09 new function
Group14 - Index 01…03: new for prog. DO2 on IOEC1;
29 / 30 / 31 / added, Bit 10 & 11 not used anymore; Bit 12…15 modified; Group07 – Index 07: Bit
the other parameters are shifted.
32 / 36 / 38 / 01 & 12 added; Group08 – Index 04…08: moved to Index 06…10; Index 04 & 05:
41 / 42 / 42 / new aux. status word added; Index 02: Bit 08 new signal added; Index 03: Bit 14 Group15 - Index 06 : Description updated for ACS 1000i.
50 / 64 / 70 / new signal added; Index 04: Bit 02, 03, 13 & 14 new signal added; Index 07: Group27 - Index 07: flux optimisation.
75 / 81 / 84 / modified; Index 10: Bit 01…15 moved to Bit 02…16, new status Bit 01 & 17 added; Group30 - Index 02…04: names changed (first mot. wdg. meas.).
90 / 91 / 92 / Group09 – order of Index changed; new fault & alarm word added; Index 01: Bit 05 Group35 - Index 09…22: new for extended motor and load protection.
93 / 94 / 95 / new fault added; Index 09: Bit 05…09 new faults added; Index 12: Bit 04 & 14 new Group36 - Index 02…06: Description updated for ACS 1000i.
96 / 97 / 98 / alarm added; Index 17: Bit 04, 05 & 06 new alarm added; Group16 – order of Index Group36 - Index 07…11: new for ACS 1000i.
99 changed; Index 04, 05 & 06 moved to Index 06, 07 & 05; Index 04: new function Group36 - Index 12…14: new for new I/O concept.
added; Group18 – description modified; Group21 – Index 07: new name defined; Group37 - Index 04: Description updated for new I/O concept.
Index 11…13: for new function added; Group29 – Index 04 deleted; Group30 – Group41 - Index 15…17: new parameters for autocooling.
description modified; Index 19 for new function added ; Group31 – Index 05, 07 & Group80 - Index 01/04: changed for new I/O concept.
08 moved to Group41; Index 10 deleted; order of Index modified; Group32 –function Group80 - Index 15…18,21: new for new I/O concept.
deleted and new function added, order of Index modified; Group36 – Index 02 & 05: Group80 - Index 19/20: new for water cooling, closed system.
function modified; Group38 – Index 08 … 09 moved to Group41; Group41, 42 & 43 Group81 - Index 02/03/04/20/21: Description updated for new I/O concept.
for new functions added; Group50 – description modified; Index03 : function Group81 - Index 26/27: new input selector for new I/O concept.
modified; Index 07 deleted; Group64 for new functions added; Group70 – Index 05 Group84 - Index 04: changed for new I/O concept.
& 14: function modified; Group75 – Index 04: function modified; Index 05 deleted; Group85: new 85.03…05 for second mot. wdg. meas.;
Group81 – index 04: function modified; Group84 – Index 13 & 16: function the other parameters are shifted.
modified; Group94 – Index 04…33: default values deleted; Group95 – Index Group86 - Index 26: new for second mot. wdg. meas.
01…15: default values deleted; Group98 – function modified; Group99 – Index 08: Group87 - Index 02: new for water cooling, leakage sensor
function modified; Group112 - Index 08: new for new aux. power concept: UPSConfiguration.
Group90 – Group94: fieldbus parameter modified and description moved to Chapter Group112 - Index 31: new for IGCT test sequence.
C2; Group 190 - Index 14: new for new I/O concept: InvAirTempSelect.
Group 190 - Index 11/12: removed.
Group 190 - Index 40…53: new for water cooling: temp. limits, leakage
• Chapter 2 … 4 updated and new descriptions added
sensor, pressure limits, closed cooling system
• Chapter 2.2 Profibus Parameter corrected
C 2.6, 3.2: copied from updated AMCT1000.xls
MSAC31xx 05 / 23 / 38 / 02-08-13 / Gl Group05 – Index 14 & 15: moved to Index 15 & 16; new actual signal for Index 14 C 6: copied from new ‘ACS 1000(i) Input and Output Signals.xls’
Rev. A 41 & 17 added; Group08 – Index 10: new drive status 18 & 19 added, Group23 –
drawing of “Speed reference chain” updated; Group41 – Index 6 … 11: moved to
Index 9 & 14; Group38 – Index 8 & 9: moved to Group41 – Index 6 & 7; Group41 –
Index 08: new function added;
MSAC31xx 2002-09-20 / Rü Chapter 4.2 Overview of ACS1000 Fault trip reaction copied from corrected
Rev. B ProtDiag.xls:
some trip reactions corrected, new faults added for MSOC31xx
MSAC31xx 98 02-10-01 / Gl Group98 – Index 1: description corrected
Rev. C
MSAC31xx 2002-10-22 / Rü Chapter 7.1: remark for IOEC1, DI09 corrected,
Rev. D chapter 7.2: remark for IOEC2, DO05 and DO06 corrected,
chapter 7.4 remark for IOEC4, DI03 and DI04corrected.
MSAC31xx 2003-02-13 / Rü page 1: issued by changed,
Rev. E page 2: picture changed
MSAC32xx 21 / 65 2003-03-24 / Rü Group21 – Index 9, 10: additional description for master-follower.
Group21 – Index 14: new parameter for backward search: selection.
Group65 – Index 8: additional description for scalar control.
Group65 – Index 10: additional description for scalar control.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-11 (of 358) H-12 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Continue Group 01Actual Signals: Motor Values

11 (R / 161.07) MotorVoltage
Group 01 Actual Signals: Motor Values Index Description: Calculated motor output voltage.
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V
Group name:
1 ACTUAL SIGNALS 12 (Not Used)
Description: Measured or calculated values
Index Description:
Unit: Type: Min: Max: Int. scaling:
01 ProcessSpeed
Index Description: Speed based on scaling and Units in group18. Default is 100% at motor maximum speed. (see Figure
13 (R/W 112.13) RS
18-1)
Index Description: Estimated stator resistance
Unit: 18.02 Type: R Min: Max: Integer scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Ω Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20 == 1 Ω
02 (R / 161.05) MotorSpeed
14 (R/W 112.14) LS
Index Description: Speed actual according to the speed feedback selection. (see Figure 50-1)
Index Description: Estimated stator inductance LS
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Integer scaling: see parameter 50.01
Unit: mH Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 mH
03 (R / 161.13) MotorSpeedFilt
15 (R/W 112.15) Sigma LS
Index Description: Filtered speed actual according to the speed feedback selection. (see Figure 50-1)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Integer scaling: see parameter 50.01
Index Description: Estimated σLS value
Unit: mH Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 mH
04 (R / 160.17) MeasuredSpeed
16 (R/W 112.16) RotorTime
Index Description: Measured actual speed from pulse encoder. This measurement is active if SPEED FB SEL =
ENCODER is selected. (see Figure 50-1) Index Description: Estimated time constant of the rotor
About the Direction of Rotating: Unit: ms Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
When the motor is rotating in the correct direction and the speed reference is positive, then actual
speed SPEED MEASURED must be positive as well. If this is not the case, the incorrect connection 17 (R/W 155.11) ActSpeedFeedback
can be located as follows: Index Description: Speed measurement in use:
If the direction of rotation is correct but actual speed is negative, the phases of the pulse encoder 0 = Internal
channel wires is reversed 1 = Measured
If the direction of rotation is incorrect and actual speed is negative; two phases of the motor cables Unit: Type: B Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1ms
are connected incorrectly.
If the direction of rotation is incorrect and actual speed is positive, both the motor and pulse encoder (R/W 162.01)
18 MotCurrPhaseU RMS
are connected incorrectly.
Index Description: Measured motor current of phase U, absolute value (rms).
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: see parameter 50.01
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
05 (Not Used)
19 (R/W 162.02) MotCurrPhaseV RMS
Index Description:
Index Description: Calculated motor current of phase V, absolute value (rms).
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
06 (R / 161.04) MotorFrequency
20 (R/W 162.03) MotCurrPhaseW RMS
Index Description: Calculated frequency of the motor.
Index Description: Measured motor current of phase W, absolute value (rms).
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
07 (R / 161.01) MotorCurrent
Index Description: Measured motor current absolute value (rms). 21 MotCurrUnbalance
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A Index Description: Calculated maximal motor current phase unbalance between all three phases (U, V, W).
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
08 (R / 161.03) MotorTorqueFilt
Index Description: Filtered motor torque in percent of the rated motor torque.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

09 (R / 161.02) MotorTorque
Index Description: Motor torque in percent of the rated motor torque.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

10 (R / 161.08) ShaftPower
Index Description: Motor shaft power in percent of the rated motor power.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-13 (of 358) H-14 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 02 Actual Signals: Converter Values Continue Group 02Actual Signals: Converter Values
14 (R / 160.06) FiltCurrent IW
Group name:
2 ACTUAL SIGNALS Index Description: Measured filter current IW (Cf Filter capacitance, instantaneous).
Description: Measured or calculated values Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A

01 Interval: 500 ms ControlMode 15 (R / 160.15) SwitchFreqAct

Index Description: Control mode in use Index Description: Measured actual inverter switching frequency.
1 = Speed control Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Hz
2 = Torque control (TORQ_REF_1 effects the output of TORQ REF 3)
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 16 (R / 160.19) InvAirTemp1
Index Description: Measured inverter air temperature 1 (ADCVI).
02 (R / 160.07) DC Voltage Udc1 Unit: C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C
Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage 1 (positive).
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V

03 (R / 160.08) DC Voltage Udc1

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage 1 (positive).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

04 (R / 160.09) DC Voltage Udc2

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage 2 (negative).
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V

05 (R / 160.10) DC Voltage Udc2

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage 2 (negative).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

06 (R / 160.11) DC Voltage Udc1+2

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage (Sum of Udc1 and Udc2)
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V

07 (R / 160.12) DC Voltage Udc1+2

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage (Sum of Udc1 and Udc2)
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

08 (R / 160.13) DC Voltage Udc2-1

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage. (Difference between Udc2 and Udc1)
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V

09 (R / 160.14) DC Voltage Udc2-1

Index Description: Measured dc bus voltage. (Difference between Udc2 and Udc1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

10 (R / 160.01) InvCurrent IU
Index Description: Measured inverter current IU (Lf Filter inductance, instantaneous).
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A

11 (R / 160.03) InvCurrent IW
Index Description: Measured inverter current IW (Lf Filter inductance, instantaneous).
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A

12 (R / 160.20) InvEarthCurrent
Index Description: Measured inverter earth current in the filter star.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A

13 (R / 160.04) FiltCurrent IU
Index Description: Measured filter current IU (Cf Filter capacitance, instantaneous).
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-15 (of 358) H-16 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 03 Actual Signals: Speed and Torque Ref. Values Continue Group 03Actual Signals: Speed and Torque Ref. Values
13 (RW / 137.03) TorqueUsedRef
Group name:
3 ACTUAL SIGNALS Index Description: Limited torque reference. This is the final torque input for the internal torque controller (see Figure
Description: Measured or calculated values in the speed and torque reference chain. 26-1).
Note!
01 (RW / 122.01) SpeedRef2 In Group 8.04 (LIMIT WORD 1) can be checked if the TORQ USED REF is limited by a limiter. If
Index Description: 27.03 (FLUX REF) are zero, the TORQUE USED REF will be zero as well.
Limited speed reference (see Figure 23-1).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: see par 50-01

14 (RW / 130.03) FluxUsedRef

02 (RW / 122.02) SpeedRef3
Index Description: Used flux reference value of the motor (see Figure 29-1).
Index Description: Speed reference after the speed ramp (see Figure 23-1).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: see par 50-01

15 (RW / 161.18) FluxAct

03 (RW / 122.05) SpeedErrorNeg
Index Description: Calculated Flux actual value of the motor (see Figure 29-1).
Index Description: Difference between reference and the actual value. If parameter WINDOW_SEL_ON is enabled,
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
SPEED_ERROR_NEG is filtered through the window function (see Figure 23-1).
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: see par 50-01
16 (RW / 131.02) FieldWkPointAct
Index Description: Actual field weakening point.
04 (RW / 122.06) TorquePropRef
Index Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz
Description: P-part effect at the output of PID - controller. Output of PID-controller is formed from the output
parameters TORQUE PROP REF, TORQUE INTEG REF and TORQ ACC COMP REF (see
Figure 24-1). 17 (RW / 122.15) dv/dt
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % Index Description: Speed reference change rpm/s at the output of the speed ramp generator.
Unit: rpm/s Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: See parameter 50.01
05 (RW / 122.07) TorqueIntegRef
Index Description: Integration part effect at the output of the PID-controller. Output of PID-controller is formed from 18 PID-Ctrl Act1
the output parameters TORQUE PROP REF, TORQUE INTEG REF, TORQ DER REF and TORQ Index Description: Scaled feedback signal 1 for the PID controller.
ACC COMP REF (see Figure 24-1). Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
19 PID-Ctrl Act2
06 (RW / 122.08) TorqueDerRef Index Description: Scaled feedback signal 2 for the PID controller.
Index Description: Derivation part effect at the output of the PID-controller. Output of PID-controller is formed from the Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1
output parameters TORQUE PROP REF, TORQUE INTEG REF, TORQ DER REF and TORQ
ACC COMP REF (see Figure 24-1). 20 PID-Ctrl Dev
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % Index Description: Deviation of the PID controller (difference between the reference value and the actual value of the
PID process controller).
07 (RW / 122.09) TorqueAccCompRef Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
Index Description: Output of the acceleration compensation (see Figure 23-1).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % 21 (RW / 156.08) DS FollowCtrlWord
Index Description: Follower Control Word from the master - follower link to be monitored in the follower drive (Data
(RW / 122.10) Set 63 Index 1)
08 TorqueRef1
Index Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Description: Limited torque reference value in the torque reference chain (see Figure 25-1).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
22 (RW / 156.14) DS SpeedRef
Index Description: Speed reference from the master - follower link to be monitored in the follower drive (Data Set 63
09 (RW / 122.11) TorqueRef2 Index 2)
Index Description: Final torque reference from the speed control chain (see Figure 24-1). Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: See Parameter 04.30
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
23 (RW / 156.16) DS TorqRefA
10 (RW / 122.12) TorqueRef3 Index Description: Torque reference from the master - follower link to be monitored in the follower drive (Data Set 63
Index Description: Torque reference after the torque selector block (see Figure 26-1). Index 3)
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: See Parameter 04.31

11 (RW / 122.13) TorqueRef4 24 Ref1 OverrSystem

Index Description: Sum of TORQUE REF 3 and LOAD COMPENSATION (see Figure 26-1). Index Description: Reference value 1 from overriding system (called COMMREF 1 in signal selection context). REF1 –
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % speed or frequency: in any application macros used
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == value defined with Par. 12.05
12 (RW / 122.14) TorqueRef 5
Index Description: Sum of TORQUE REF 4 and TORQUE STEP (see Figure 26-1).
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-17 (of 358) H-18 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 03Actual Signals: Speed and Torque Ref. Values

25 Ref2 OverrSystem
Index Description: Reference value 2 from overriding system (called COMMREF 2 in signal selection context).
REF2 – speed or frequency used in FACTORY , HAND/AUTO or SEQ CTRL
REF2 – torque used in T CTRL or M/F CTRL
REF2 – PID reference used in PID CTRL
Int. scaling:
20000 = value defined with Par. 12.08 by speed / frequency
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: 10000 = value defined with Par. 12.08 by torque / PID

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-19 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 04 Actual Signals: Basic I/O-Values (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 04Actual Signals: Basic I/O-Values (IOEC 1 & 2)

Group name:
Analogue Input
4 ACTUAL SIGNALS
Description: Measured or calculated values from basic IOEC 1 & 2. 12 AI1 IOEC1
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 1. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See
01 External Ref2 parameter 13.02...13.06. (see Figure 13-2)
Index Description: External reference 2. For further information see group 12 (see Figure 12-2). Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
13 AI2 IOEC1
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 2. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value selected. See
02 InvWtrCoolTemp
Index Description: Measured and scaled temperature of the cooling water. Value of analogue input 2-IOEC1 in °C (see parameter 190.15...190.19 (see Figure 190-2).
Figure 190-1). Only available for water cooled converters. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C
14 AI3 IOEC1
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 3. Displayed in milliampere when default-scaling value selected. See
03 InvWtrCoolPress1
Index Description: Measured and scaled pressure of the cooling water. Value of analogue input 3 - IOEC1 in Pa (see parameter 190.20...190.24 (see Figure 190-2).
Figure 190-1). Only available for water cooled converters. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
Unit: bar Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 bar
15 AI4 IOEC1
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 4. Displayed in milliampere when default-scaling value selected. See
04 InvWtrConductivity
Index Description: Measured and scaled value of water conductivity. Value of analogue input 4 - IOEC1 in uS (see parameter 190.25...190.29 (see Figure 190-2).
Figure 190-1). Only available for water cooled converters. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: uS Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 100 == 1 uS
16 AI1 IOEC2
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 1. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See
05 External Ref1
Index Description: External reference 1. The Unit is Hz with scalar motor control mode only. For further information parameter 13.07...13.11 (see Figure 13-2).
see group 12. (see Figure 12-1) Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 rpm / 1Hz (depending on user macro)
17 AI2 IOEC2
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 2. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See
06 InvAirTemp2
Index Description: Measured and scaled temperature inside the inverter. Value of analogue input 2-IOEC1 in °C (see parameter 13.12...13.17 (see Figure 13-3).
Figure 190-1). Only available for air cooled converters. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C
18 AI3 IOEC2
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 3. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See
07 TrafoTemp1
Index Description: Measured and scaled winding temperature of the internal transformer. Value of analogue input 3- parameter 13.18...13.23 (see Figure 13-3).
IOEC1 in °C (see Figure 190-1). Only available for ACS 1000i. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C
19 AI4 IOEC2
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 4. Displayed in miliampere when default scaling value. See parameter
08 TrafoTemp2
Index Description: Measured and scaled winding temperature of the internal transformer. Value of analogue input 4- 13.24...13.29 (see Figure 13-3).
IOEC1 in °C (see Figure 190-1). Only available for ACS 1000i. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

09 MotorWdgTmpPhU1
Index Description: Measured and scaled temperature of the motor winding phase U. Value of analogue input 2-IOEC2
in °C (see Figure 13-4).
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

10 MotorWdgTmpPhV1
Index Description: Measured and scaled temperature of the motor winding phase V. Value of analogue input 3-IOEC2
in °C (see Figure 13-4).
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

11 MotorWdgTmpPhW1
Index Description: Measured and scaled temperature of the motor winding phase W. Value of analogue input 4-IOEC2
in °C. (see Figure 13-4)
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-21 (of 358) H-22 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 04Actual Signals: Basic I/O-Values (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 04Actual Signals: Basic I/O-Values (IOEC 1 & 2)
Digital Input 25 AO2 IOEC1
Index Description: Value of analogue output 2(IOEC1 board) signal in milliampere. For signal selection and scaling see
20 DI1-7StatusIOEC1 parameter group 15 (see Figure 15-1).
Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 1 board digital inputs DI1 ... DI7. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.
26 AO1 IOEC2
Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC1
Index Description: Value of analogue output 1(IOEC2 board) signal in milliampere. For signal selection and scaling see
parameter group 15 (see Figure 15-1).
LOC 1 0.0 rpm
Status ErthIsoClos Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm
DI1-7 IO1 0100001
27 AO2 IOEC2
Index Description: Value of analogue output 2 (IOEC2 board) signal in milliampere. For signal selection and scaling see
DI6 DI1 parameter group 15 (see Figure 15-1).
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 20 mA Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA

21 DI8-14StatusIOEC1
Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 1 board digital inputs DI8 ... DI14.
Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.

Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC1

LOC 1 0.0 rpm

Status ErthIsoClos
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm
DI8-14 IO1 0100001

DI13 DI8

Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

22 DI1-7StatusIOEC2
Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 2-board digital inputs DI1 ... DI7.
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.

Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC2

LOC 1 0.0 rpm

Status ErthIsoClos
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm
DI1-7 IO2 0100001

DI6 DI1

Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

23 DI8-14StatusIOEC2
Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 2-board digital inputs DI8 ... DI14.
Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.

Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC2

LOC 1 0.0 rpm

Status ErthIsoClos
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm
DI8-14 IO2 0100001

DI13 DI8

Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

Analogue Output

24 AO1 IOEC1
Index Description: Value of analogue output 1(IOEC1 board) signal in milliampere. For signal selection and scaling see
parameter group 15 (see Figure 15-1).
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20 mA

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-23 (of 358) H-24 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 05 Actual Signals: Data Values Continue Group 05Actual Signals: Data Values
06 ApplBlockOutput
Group name:
5 ACTUAL SIGNALS Index Description: Selected reference value after the application software.
Description: Data values Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

01 DO1-6 StatusIOEC1 07 BackspLockTimeRem

Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 1 board relay outputs. Index Description: The remaining waiting time during active “Backspin lockout function” will be shown here (see
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated. Figure 21-5).
Unit: s Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 s
Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC1

08 IdealMotCurr
1 0.0 rpm Index
LO C
Status ErthIsoClos
Description: Calculated ideal motor current according to parameter group 42 (see Figure 42-1).
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
DO1-6 IO1 0100010

09 MotULoadAlmCurr
DO6 DO2 Index Description: Calculated motor underload alarm current according to parameter 42.03 (see Figure 42-1).
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A

02 DO1-6 StatusIOEC2 10 MotULoadTripCurr

Index Description: Status of the standard IOEC 2 board relay outputs. Index Description: Calculated motor underload trip current according to parameter 42.04 (see Figure 42-1).
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated. Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC2
11 MotOLoadAlmCurr
Index Description: Calculated motor overload alarm current according to parameter 42.05 (see Figure 42-1).
LO C 1 0.0 rpm
Status ErthIsoClos Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
REM MotSpeed 0.00 rpm
DO1-6 IO2 0100010
12 MotOLoadTripCurr
Index Description: Calculated motor overload trip current according to parameter 42.06 (see Figure 42-1).
DO6 DO2
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

(R / 106.01) 13 ActRunFan/Pump
03 DataLog 1 Status
Index Description: Display of active running fan (group) / pump.
Index Description: Data logger 1 STATUS WORD
1 = FAN 1 3 = PUMP 1 5 = NONE
1 B0 triggering conditions: fault 2 = FAN 2 4 = PUMP 2
2 B1 triggering conditions: level Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 5 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
4 B2 triggering conditions: alarm
8 B3 triggering conditions: limit 14 ActRunIntTrafoFan
16 B4 triggered by user Index Description: Display of active running integrated transformer fan; not available with ACS 1000i
32 B5 triggered by level 1 = FAN 1 2 = FAN 2 3 = NONE
64 B6 trend triggered from difference Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
128 B7 initialising
256 B8 overwrite (read pointer has reached write pointer) 15 AutoChgFan1Pmp1On
512 B9 filled Index Description: Elapsed time since fan (group) 1 / pump 1 has been started.
1024 B10 running
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
2048 B11 initialised
4096 B12 not initialised
8192 B13 16 AutoChgFan2Pmp2On
Index Description: Elapsed time since fan (group) 2 / pump 2 has been started.
16384 B14
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
32768 B15
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 17 AutoCoolWaitTime
Index Description: Waiting time befor the “Auto Cooling” – function will be startet (Par.: 41.11 Auto Cooling On Delay
04 (R 99.2) UsedApplicatMacro time is counting to zero if water conductivity is above alarm limit).
Index Description: Display of application macro in use. Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
Unit: Type: Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 Control Location
Index Description: Display of active control location.
1 = Local 3 = Ext1
2 = Local 4 = Ext2
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-25 (of 358) H-26 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 06 Information Continue Group 06Information

02 (R / 100.04) DTC Version
Group name:
6 INFORMATION Index Description: Software version of the flux software. This fixed part of the software consists of the motor control,
Description: Information on the actual software version on the AMC board. the operational system, and the communication control of the DDCS channels and the Modbus
software for the control panel.
(R / 100.11) Unit: Type: C Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1
01 SoftwareVersion
Index Description: Description of the downloaded loading - package software. Example:
03 (R / 100.08) Appl SW Version
1. Character (Product Mark) Index
A Inverter Software based on ACS600-platform • MSOC100A Description: Application software version can be identified here. The application software is essentially
C Software component(common component) -ACS1000 functioning block programming.
D DC drives software based on ACS600-platform -Standard Drive Unit: Type: C Min: Max: Int. scaling:
I Input bridge software based on ACS600-platform -Loading Packages
L ACS6000 software -Control Board 04 (R / 100.01) AMC SerialNumber
M ACS1000 software -Test Vers. 100A Index
P Control panel software
Description: AMC board serial number.
• MSAC2000 Unit: Type: C Min: Max: Int. scaling:
O Option module software
S small AC products family software -ACS1000
T PC Tools software -Standard Drive (R / 104.02)
05 ApplDuty
Y Trade specific software -Application
-Control Board
Index Description: Microprocessor load measurement. Value 100% means overloading of the microprocessor and causes
2. Character (Product Family Mark) delay in execution of the tasks.
ACS1000 -Vers. 2000
C Customized Option
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %
F SubFC Drive
S ACS1000 Standard Drive 06 (R / 164.01) AuxTimeUse
T Board test Index Description: Time lapsed since auxiliary power supply has been switched on.
X Software is common for several products
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
ACS6000
AD Asynchrony Drive (ACS6000 AD)
C Cylo (ACS6000c) 07 (R / 164.02) InvTimeUse
H HISPIN Index Description: Time lapsed since the mains have been switched on.
N ARU Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
SD Synchron Drive (ACS6000 SD)
T Board test
X Software is common for several products 08 (R / 164.03) MotorTimeUse
Index Description: Time lapsed during which the motor has been running.
3. Character (Mark 1 for Software Type)
ACS1000 / ACS6000 Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 h
A Application
C Control 09 (R / 161.11) MWhInverter
E EPLD Index Description: Count of the megawatt-hours in operation.
O Loading packages
Unit: MWh Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 0.954 MWh
FIDRI
A AMCOSI
B Function block library 10 (R / 112.01) InvNomVoltage
P Panel application Index Description: Downloaded inverter nominal supply voltage.
4. Character (Mark 2 for Target Type) Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V
B Pub and Power feed forward (EPLD)
C Control-Board AMC3
D Control-Board CCB 11 (R / 112.02) InvNomCurrent
E Interfacebord (EPLD) Index Description: Downloaded inverter maximum current.
F Grey Encoder (EPLD) Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A
L
P PAI (EPLD)
T PINT (EPLD) 12 (R / 112.03) InvNomPower
ACS1000 Index Description: Downloaded inverter nominal power.
F … Z Special customized software Unit: kW Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 kW
5. … 8. Character (Mark 5…8 for Version Number)
Mark 5 Interface changes or big function changes (incompatibility with
13 (R / 112.05) InverterType
systemcomponents)
Mark 6 Function changes (functionality has changed) Index Description: Downloaded inverter type. (0 = cooling air type, 1 = cooling water type, 2 = ACS 1000i)
Mark 7 Fault correction (only software faults are corrected) Unit: Type: B Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Mark 8 Pre-release/Test SW (0 = official versions have always a “0” on this
position; corrections which has been made on field have a number
14 (R/W 112.10) FilterInductance
between 1 …9; test versions have at this position the character
A…Z) Index Description: Estimated filter inductance LF
Unit: Type: Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: mH Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 mH

15 (R/W 112.11) FilterCapacity

Index Description: Estimated filter capacitance CF
Unit: µF Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 3 == 1 µF

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-27 (of 358) H-28 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 06Information

16 (R/W 112.12) RLF
Index Description: Estimated filter resistance
Unit: Ω Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20 == 1 Ω

17 (R 112.04) NumOfMotorStarts
Index Description: Number of motor starts (increased by “1” after MOTOR MAGNETIZED” – state (Par. 8.02 ASW1 –
B03).
Note! Maximal number of this parameter is 32767.
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

18 RealTime YYMMDD
Index Description: Actual ACS1000 date.
Actual date will be displayed in this parameter where YY = Year, MM = Month and DD = Day are.
NOTE!
Leading zeros are not shown.
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

19 RealTime HHMMSS
Index Description: Actual ACS1000 time.
Actual time will be displayed in this parameter where HH = Hour, MM = Minutes and SS = Seconds
are.
NOTE!
Leading zeros are not shown.
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-29 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 07 Control Words Continue Group 07Control Words

02 (RW/117.02)
Group name: AuxControlWord1 (ACW1), drive specific auxiliary control word
7 CONTROL WORDS Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
Description: ABB Drive Profile Control Word. 1 B0 RESTART DLOG Restart of data logger
2 B1 TRIGG LOGGER Data logger triggering.
01 (RW/117.01) MainControlWord (MCW) 4 B2 RAMP BYPASS Speed ramp bypassing.
Index Description: Bit Name Value Meaning 8 B3 BAL RAMP OUT Forcing of ramp output.
1 B0 ON 1 Command to “RDYRUN”-state (MCB is closed) 16 B4 USER MACRO CTRL Macro change request,
0 Command to “OFF”-state TRUE =USER MACRO 2; FALSE = USER MACRO 1
2 B1 OFF 2 1 No OFF2 (Emergency Off) 32 B5 FLUX ON Flux on (zero torque).
0 Command to “ON INHIBIT” state 64 B6 HOLD NCONT Holding of the speed controller’s output.
(Emergency Off ⇒ Trip 2b ⇒ stop the drive and 128 B7 WINDOW CTRL Par.26.01 Torque Selector forcing to window control (ADD)
switch off the MCB immediately, Protection GTO on) 256 B8 BAL NCONT Forcing of speed controller’s output (NOT IN PILOT)
4 B2 OFF 3 1 No OFF 3 (Emergency Stop) 512 B9 REAL TIME CLOCK SET Par. 98.01 Set of new real time clock
0 Command to “ON INHIBIT” state 1024 B10
(Emergency Stop ⇒ Stop by ramp, switch off the 2048 B11
MCB, drive has stopped ⇒ Trip 2b) 4096 B12 DO1 CTRL OVER SYST Digital outputs controlled by an overriding system:
8 B3 RUN 1 Command to “RDYREF”- states (Run command) 8192 B13 DO2 CTRL OVER SYST See parameter group 14 for signal selection. For IOEC3 see
(Normal Stop ⇒ Stop by coasting or Stop by ramp or 16384 B14 DO3 CTRL OVER SYST
parameter group 84 and for IOEC4 see parameter group 89
0 Stop by torque limit) for signal selection
16 B4 RAMP_OUT_ZERO 1 Operating condition (Inching 1 or 2) 32768 B15 (Not Used)
0 Ramp-function generator output is set to zero. Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
32 B5 RAMP_HOLD 1 Enable ramp-function generator (Inching 1 or 2)
0 Speed ramping stopped. Actual set point from the 03 (RW/117.03)
ramp-function generator frozen.
AuxControlWord2 (ACW2), drive specific auxiliary control word
(Interface control word between application software and motor control software, for internal use
64 B6 RAMP_IN_ZERO 1 Enable set point (Coast stop)
only. It is not allowed to write to this control word from an overriding system)
0 Disable set point. Speed ramp input is forced to zero.
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
128 B7 RESET 1 Fault resetting with a positive edge
0 No significance. 1 B0 FILT ID RUN REQUEST Command to FILTER ID-RUN state.
256 B8 INCHING_1 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point 2 B1 FAULT 1A Fault Status indication 1a (1=Fault 1A is active, 0=No Fault)
1, if following conditions are fulfilled: Stop the drive according STOP FUNCTION (21.02)
- Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0 4 B2 FAULT 1B Fault Status indication 1b (1=Fault 1B is active, 0=No Fault)
- Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0 Stop the drive according STOP FUNCTION (21.02) and
- Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0 open the MCB
0 Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_1 was 8 B3 FAULT 2A Fault Status indication 2a (1=Fault 2A is active, 0=No Fault)
previously ON Stop the drive by coasting
512 B9 INCHING_2 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point
2, if following conditions are fulfilled: 16 B4 FAULT 2B Fault Status indication 2b (1=Fault 2B is active, 0=No Fault)
- Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0 Stop the drive by coasting and open the MCB
- Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0 32 B5 FAULT 3 Fault Status indication 3 (1=Fault 3 is active, 0=No Fault)
- Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0 Stop the drive and open the MCB immediately, short-circuit
0 Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_2 was inverter output, protection GTO on.
previously ON 64 B6 SOFTSTOP Command to stop the drive.
1024 B10 REMOTE-CMD 1 Overriding system is requesting to control the drive. 128 B7 ID RUN REQUEST Command to ID-RUN state.
0 No control from overriding system. 256 B8 ALARM APPLICATION Common alarm generated by external alarm signals (FCB).
2048 B11 RESERVED 512 B9 SUPPLY_FAIL Control Supply Failure (IOEC1 DI8, see C6.1)
4096 B12 RESERVED 1024 B10 BACK_SUPPLY_FAIL Control Backup Supply Failure (IOEC1 DI4, see C6.1)
8192 B13 RESERVED 2048 B11
16384 B14 RESERVED 4096 B12
32786 B15 (Not Used) 8192 B13 EARTH ISO CLOSED Earth isolator is closed
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 16384 B14 DIRECTION Selected direction of rotation (0=forward, 1=reverse).
32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-31 (of 358) H-32 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 07Control Words Continue Group 07Control Words

04 (RW/117.04) 06 OverrControlWord (OCW)
AuxControlWord3 (ACW3), drive specific auxiliary control word
(Interface control word between application software and motor control software, for internal use (Fieldbus - Module, ABB Advant System)
Index Description: Bit Name Value Meaning
only. It is not allowed to write to this control word from an overriding system)
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning 1 B0 MCB ORD ON OVERR Command to close and open the MCB from overriding
1 B0 BRCHOP TEMP TRIP Braking Chopper Over temperature, HW system.
2 B1 EN MOT BREAKE TRIP Enable motor breaker trip. 1 Command to close the MCB (“RDYRUN” - state)
0 Command to open the MCB (“OFF” - state)
4 B2 SYN BYP STOP MODUL Synchronised bypass stop modulating, discharge filter.
8 B3 DIS MOT PHASE LOSS Disable motor phase loss. 2 B1 OFF 2 1 No OFF2 (Emergency Off)
16 B4 Disable ground fault. 0 Command to “ON INHIBIT” state
DIS GND FAULT
(Emergency Off ⇒ Trip 2b ⇒ stop the drive and
32 B5
switch off the MCB immediately, Protection GTO on)
64 B6
4 B2 OFF 3 1 No OFF 3 (Emergency Stop)
128 B7
0 Command to “ON INHIBIT” state
256 B8
(Emergency Stop ⇒ Stop by ramp, switch off the
512 B9
MCB, drive has stopped ⇒ Trip 2b)
1024 B10
8 B3 RUN 1 Command to “RDYREF”- state (Run command)
2048 B11
0 Command to Stop
4096 B12
(Normal Stop ⇒ Stop by coasting or Stop by ramp or
8192 B13
Stop by torque limit)
16384 B14
16 B4 RAMP_OUT_ZERO 1 Operating condition (Inching 1 or 2)
32768 B15 (Not Used)
0 Ramp-function generator output is set to zero.
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
32 B5 RAMP_HOLD 1 Enable ramp-function generator (Inching 1 or 2)
0 Speed ramping stopped. Freeze the actual set point
05 (RW/117.05)
EnableControlWord (ECW), drive specific enable control word from the ramp-function generator
(Enable Bits are to be defined and are used for testing only.) 64 B6 RAMP_IN_ZERO 1 Enable set point (Coast stop)
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning 0 Disable set point. Speed ramp input is forced to zero.
1 B0 TEST BATTERY battery test function, 1 = test, 0 = normal operation 128 B7 RESET 1 Fault resetting with a positive edge
2 B1 IB CONTROL for testing the IOEC 1...4 boards , 0 = off , 1 = on 0 No significance.
4 B2 400V TEST for inverter 400V test 256 B8 INCHING_1 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point
8 B3 enable function of IGCT1 protection; 1 = off, 0 = normal 1, if following conditions are fulfilled:
PROT IGCT1 OFF
- Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0
16 B4 PROT IGCT2 OFF enable function of IGCT2 protection; 1 = off, 0 = normal
- Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0
32 B5 PRODUCTION TEST special setting for production test
- Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0
64 B6 Enable 0 Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_1 was
128 B7 Enable previously ON
256 B8 Enable 512 B9 INCHING_2 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point
512 B9 Enable 0 2, if following conditions are fulfilled:
1024 B10 Enable - Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0
2048 B11 Enable - Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0
4096 B12 Enable - Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0
8192 B13 Enable Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_2 was
16384 B14 SECURITY FOR ECW Security bit for ECW, ECW is only accepted if bit is set to 1 previously ON
32768 B15 SECURITY FOR ECW Security bit for ECW, ECW is only accepted if bit is set to 1 1024 B10 REMOTE-CMD 1 Overriding computer is requesting to control the drive.
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 0 No control from overriding system.
2048 B11 EXT CRTL LOC 1 Select External Control Location 2 (EXT2). Effective if
Par. 12.02 is set to COMM.MODULE
0 Select External Control Location 1 (EXT1). Effective if
Par. 12.02 is set to COMM.MODULE
4096 B12 PROCESS STOP 1 No Process Stop
Command to Run Enable
0 Process Stop
Command to Run Disabled
Effective if Par. 16.01 is set to COMM.MODULE
8192 B13 RESERVED
16384 B14 RESERVED
32786 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-33 (of 358) H-34 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 07Control Words

07 (RW/117.07) FollowControlWord (FCW)

(Interface control word between master drive and follower drive in Master/Slave control mode, for
internal use only. It is not allowed to write to this control word from an overriding system)
Index Description: Bit Name Value Meaning
1 B0 MCB ORD ON Command to close and open the MCB
1 Command to close the MCB (“RDYRUN” - state)
0 Command to open the MCB (“OFF” - state)
2 B1 OFF 2 1 No OFF2 (Emergency Off)
0 Command to “ON INHIBIT” state
(Emergency Off ⇒ Trip 2b ⇒ stop the drive and switch
off the MCB immediately, Protection GTO on)
4 B2 OFF 3 1 No OFF 3 (Emergency Stop)
8 B3 RUN 1 Command to “RDYREF”- state (Run command)
0 Command to Stop
16 B4 RAMP_OUT_ZERO 1 Operating condition (Inching 1 or 2)
32 B5 RAMP_HOLD 1 Enable ramp-function generator (Inching 1 or 2)
64 B6 RAMP_IN_ZERO 1 Enable set point (Coast stop)
128 B7 RESET 1 Fault resetting with a positive edge
0 No significance.
256 B8 INCHING_1 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point
1, if following conditions are fulfilled:
- Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0
- Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0
- Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0
0 Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_1 was
previously ON
512 B9 INCHING_2 1 Drive accelerates as fast as possible to inching set point
0 2, if following conditions are fulfilled:
- Bit RAMP-OUT-ZERO = 0
- Bit RAMP-HOLD = 0
- Bit RAMP-IN ZERO = 0
Drive brakes as fast as possible if INCHING_2 was
previously ON
1024 B10 REMOTE-CMD 1 Master is controlling the drive.
2048 B11 EXT CRTL LOC 1 Select External Control Location 2 (EXT2). Effective if
Par. 12.02 is set to COMM.MODULE
0 Select External Control Location 1 (EXT1). Effective if
Par. 12.02 is set to COMM.MODULE
4096 B12 PROCESS STOP 1 No Process Stop
Command to Run Enable
0 Process Stop
Command to Run Disabled
Effective if Par. 16.01 is set to COMM.MODULE
8192 B13
16384 B14
32786 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-35 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 08 Status Words Continue Group 08Status Words

02 (R / 118.02) AuxStatusWord1 (ASW1), drive specific auxiliary status word
Group name:
8 STATUS WORDS Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
Description: Status signals of the drive according to the ABB Drive Profile. 1 B0 LOGG DATA READY Content of data logger is readable.
2 B1 OUT OF WINDOW Speed actual is outside of the defined window.
01 (R / 118.01) MainStatusWord (MSW) 4 B2 PROCESS STOP COAST Process stop function by ramp has failed.
Index Description: Bit Name Value Meaning 8 B3 MOTOR MAGNETIZED Motor magnetising is finish
1 B0 RDYON 1 Ready to switch on (ready for MCB on, ready to charge) 16 B4 RUN DISABLED External interlocking prevents the run.
0 Not ready to switch on 32 B5 MOTOR PARM LOCK 1 = motor parameter change enabled (Group99)
0 = motor parameter change disabled (Group 99)
2 B1 RDYRUN 1 Ready to operate (ready to start the drive)
0 Not ready 64 B6 1 START NOT DONE Not started after the Parameter set of group 99.
4 B2 RDYREF 1 Operation enabled (running) 128 B7 MOT ID RUN DONE Motor identification run has been completed.
0 Operation inhibited 256 B8 BACKSPIN LOCKOUT ACT Backspin lockout is active
8 B3 TRIPPED 1 Fault 512 B9 LIMITING See description at Parameter 8.04
0 No Fault 1024 B10 TORQ CONTROL Drive is torque controlled
16 B4 OFF 2 STA 1 OFF 2 inactive 2048 B11 ZERO SPEED Motor speed actual is zero.
0 OFF 2 active 4096 B12 EARTH SWITCH LOCKED 0=ready to close the earth switch (DC-Voltage
32 B5 OFF 3 STA 1 OFF 3 inactive discharged)
0 OFF3 active 8192 B13 OFF INHIBIT MCB Switch off inhibit
64 B6 ON INHIBITED MCB 1 Switch on inhibit (MCB: 0=open enable, 1=open inhibited)
0 (MCB: 0=close enabled, 1=close inhibited) 16384 B14 FILTER ID RUN DONE Filter identification run has been completed
128 B7 ALARM 1 Alarm / Warning 32768 B15 (Not Used)
0 No Alarm / Warning Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
256 B8 AT_SETPOINT 1 OPERATING. Actual value equals reference value (= is
within tolerance band 03 (R / 118.03) AuxStatusWord2 (ASW2), drive specific auxiliary status word
0 Actual value differs from reference value (= is outside Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
tolerance band) 1 B0 NOT INITIALIZED Drive not initialised
512 B9 REMOTE 1 Drive control location: REMOTE 2 B1 WATCH DOG BIT Toggle bit for link supervision (0,5s)
0 Drive control location: LOCAL 4 B2 AUX POWER FAULT Auxiliary power is missing.
1024 B10 ABOVE_LIMIT 1 Actual frequency for speed value equals or is greater than 8 B3 MODULATING Drive is modulating
supervision limit (Par. 32.03). Valid in both directions 16 B4 MCB OPEN FEEDB 1 = MCB is open
regardless of setting of Par. 32.02. 32 B5 MCB CLOSED FEEDB 1 = MCB is closed
0 Actual frequency or speed value is within supervision 64 B6 Drive is in discharging mode
DISCHARGING
limit.
128 B7 FAULT WITH DEFECT Drive has been stopped by a defect
2048 B11 EXT CTRL LOC 1 External Control Location 2 (EXT2) selected
256 B8 USER MACRO 1 ACT User Macro 1 is active
0 External Control Location 1 (EXT1) selected
512 B9 USER MACRO 2 ACT User Macro 2 is active
4096 B12 RESERVED
1024 B10 BCHOPP FAN ORD ON Braking Chopper Fan, 1 = FanOrderOn command
8192 B13 RESERVED 2048 B11 M/F CTRL MASTER In M/F-Control, drive is a MASTER
16384 B14 RESERVED 4096 B12 In M/F-Control, drive is a FOLLOWER
M/F CTRL FOLLOWER
32768 B15 (Not Used) 8192 B13 Master/Follower drive communication error (only for
M/F COMM ERR
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Follower drive)
16384 B14
32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-37 (of 358) H-38 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 08Status Words Continue Group 08Status Words

04 AuxStatusWord3 (ASW3), drive specific auxiliary status word 07 LimitWord2 (Supervision)
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning Index Description: Bit Name Meaning (limit bits from Group 32)
1 B0 STOPPING MODE stop command is given (rdy ref & stop active) 1 B0 SPEED REF LIMIT speed refernce limit supervision is active
2 B1 READY REF ACTIVE start command is given (rdy ref & start active) 2 B1 SPEED ACT LIMIT actual speed limit supervision is active
4 B2 CUSTOMER SUP SIG1 ACTIVE free programmable customer supervision signal 1 is 4 B2 MOT CURR LIMIT actual motor current limit supervision is active
active (see Group 48) 8 B3 MOT TORQ LIMIT actual motor torque limit supervision is active
8 B3 CUSTOMER SUP SIG2 ACTIVE free programmable customer supervision signal 2 is 16 B4 SUP SIG1 LIMIT supervision signal 1 value limit (free programmable)
active (see Group 48) 32 B5 SUP SIG2 LIMIT supervision signal 2 value limit (free programmable)
16 B4 64 B6
32 B5 128 B7
64 B6 256 B8
128 B7 512 B9
256 B8 1024 B10
512 B9 2048 B11
1024 B10 4096 B12
2048 B11 8192 B13
4096 B12 TrafoProtReset reset signal for transformer protection relay 16384 B14
8192 B13 CONSTANT SIGNAL B0 signal is fix set to logical “0” 32768 B15 (Not Used)
16384 B14 CONSTANT SIGNAL B1 signal is fix set to logical “1” Note!
32768 B15 (Not Used) The actual status of each limit supervision function of Group 32 will be displayed in this parameter. If in supervision function
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 • LOW LIMIT is selected, the corresponding limit bit will be active, if the actual value is below the limit value and not active
if the actual value is above the limit value.
05 AuxStatusWord4 (ASW4), drive specific auxiliary status word • HIGH LIMIT is selected, the corresponding limit bit will be active if the value actual is above the limit value and not active
Index if the value actual is below the limit value
Description: Bit Name Meaning
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 B0
2 B1
4 B2 08 DI StatusWordIO1
8 B3 Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
16 B4 1 B0 DI1 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC1
32 B5 2 B1 DI2 - IOEC1 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC1
64 B6 4 B2 DI3 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC1
128 B7 8 B3 DI4 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC1
256 B8 16 B4 DI5 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC1
512 B9 32 B5 DI6 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC1
1024 B10 64 B6 DI7 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC1
2048 B11 128 B7 DI8 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC1
4096 B12 256 B8 DI9 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC1
8192 B13 512 B9 DI10 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC1
16384 B14 1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC1
32768 B15 (Not Used) 2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC1
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC1
8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC1 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC1
06 (R / 180.01) LimitWord1 16384 B14
Index 32768 B15 (Not Used)
Description: Bit Name Meaning
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 B0 TorRefPulloutLim
2 B1 SpdCtrlTorqMinLim (Par.: 20.08)
4 B2 SpdCtrlTorqMaxLim (Par.: 20.07)
8 B3
16 B4 TorqRefTorqMinLim (Par.: 20.10)
32 B5 TorqRefTorqMaxLim (Par.: 20.09)
64 B6
128 B7 TorqRefBrChopdutyLim
256 B8 TorqRefSpeedMaxLim (Par.: 20.02)
512 B9 TorqMinLim (Par.: 20.06)
1024 B10 TorqMaxLim (Par.: 20.05)
2048 B11 TorqMotorCurrLim (Par.: 20.04)
4096 B12 TorqInvBreakCurLim
8192 B13 TorqInvDriveCurLim
16384 B14 DCOvervoltageLim
32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-39 (of 358) H-40 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 08Status Words

09 DI StatusWordIO2
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
1 B0 DI1 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC2
2 B1 DI2 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC2
4 B2 DI3 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC2
8 B3 DI4– IOEC2 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC2
16 B4 DI5 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC2
32 B5 DI6– IOEC2 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC2
64 B6 DI7 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC2
128 B7 DI8 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC2
256 B8 DI9 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC2
512 B9 DI10 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC2
1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC2
2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC2
4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC2
8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC2 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC2
16384 B14
32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

10 DriveStatusWord (DSW), only for panel display

Index Text Name Meaning
1 InitSeq…. drive is in initialising sequence
2 NoMotorData motor data are missing
3 ACSisDefect inverter has a defect
4 Tripped drive has tripped
5 SoftStop drive is in soft stop mode
6 Alarm drive is in alarm state
7 ErthIsoClos earth isolator is closed, not ready for MCB on
8 RdyForMCBOn drive is ready, ready for switch on the MCB
9 Charging MCB is on, inverter is charging the DC - bus
10 Rdy to Strt ready to start the motor
11 ID Run motor identification run started
12 Magnetize motor will be magnetised
13 Running motor is running with SPEEDREF (23.01) or
with FREQREF (29.01)
14 Stopping motor is stopping
15 Discharging inverter is in discharging mode
16 AutoCoolOn automatic cooling function is active
17 LockoutAct backspin lockout is active (run prevented)
18 StartSeqOn automatic start sequence function is active
19 CoolOffDely cooling system off delay time is active
20
21
Unit: Type: C Min: Max: Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-41 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 09 Fault & Alarm Words Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words

Group name: 03 FaultWord3 (R 182.03)

9 FAULT&ALARM WORD Index Bit Name Description
Description: Fault and Alarm signals of the drive.
F03 B00 SwFreq HW Inverter: switching frequency too high (HW, Control)
(R 182.01) F03 B01 ShortCircPl Inverter: supervision of di/dt choke voltage indicates a short circuit in the upper DC link (HW, Control)
01 FaultWord1
F03 B02 ShortCircMi Inverter: supervision of di/dt choke voltage indicates a short circuit in the lower DC link (HW, Control)
Index Bit Name Description
F03 B03 SelfExcitSW Inverter: self excitation voltage level reached (Control)
F01 B00 Overspeed Motor: rotation speed too high (Control) F03 B04 SelfExcitHW Inverter: self excitation voltage level reached (HW, Control)
F01 B01 MotVibrat Motor: external vibration supervision (FCB) F03 B05 (Not Used) : ()
F01 B02 MotorStall Motor: stall (Control) F03 B06 NoCurrOffset Inverter: current offsets not set (ground switch open before first start) (Control)
F01 B03 MotPhaseLoss Motor: phase loss (Control) F03 B07 InvCurr HW Inverter: inverter current too high (HW, Control)
F01 B04 MotWdgTempHW Motor: winding temperature too high (HW, FCB) F03 B08 GroundFault Inverter: peak ground current too high (Control)
F01 B05 MotPhaseUnbal Motor: phase currents unbalanced (FCB) F03 B09 FiltCapCurr Inverter: sine filter capacitor current too high (Control)
F01 B06 ExtOverspeed Motor: external supervision of rotation speed (FCB) F03 B10 Discharging Inverter: DC link cannot be discharged (Control)
F01 B07 ExtMotProt Motor: external protection relay (FCB) F03 B11 Undervoltage Inverter: DC link voltage too low (Control)
F01 B08 ExtMotCool Motor: external cooling (FCB) F03 B12 ShortCircuit Inverter: short circuit in the rectifier (undervoltage alarm and fault within 200us) (Control)
F01 B09 BrgNDE Mlos Motor: temperature measurement at the non driven end bearing - loss of analogue input (FCB) F03 B13 OvervoltHW Inverter: DC link voltage too high (HW, Control)
F01 B10 Brg DE Mlos Motor: temperature measurement at the driven end bearing - loss of analogue input (FCB) F03 B14 Charging Inverter: charging not successful (Control)
F01 B11 BrgTemp NDE Motor: temperature at the non driven end bearing too high (FCB) F03 B15 (Not Used) : ()
F01 B12 BrgTemp DE Motor: temperature at the driven end bearing too high (FCB)
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1
F01 B13 Underload Motor: underload (Control)
F01 B14 MotProtSW Motor: overload (Control)
04 FaultWord4 (R 182.04)
F01 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Index Bit Name Description
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1
F04 B00 SuppPhaseLos Line: supply phase loss (voltage ripple in the DC link too high) (Control)
(R 182.02) F04 B01 MCB Disturb MCB: opens during operation (FCB)
02 FaultWord2
F04 B02 MCB Control MCB: discrepancy of command and feedback (FCB)
Index Bit Name Description
F04 B03 InpVoltUnba Line: optional: external protection relay for input voltage unbalance supervision (FCB)
F02 B00 TrTmpExt/3 Transformer: trafo temperature external / 3 too high (FCB) F04 B04 EarthIsoCtrl Gound Switch: no feedback while running (FCB)
F02 B01 IOEC3AI1MLos General: IOEC3 AI1 - loss of analogue input (FCB) F04 B05 EmergStop MCB: emergency stop activated (FCB, Control)
F02 B02 ExtTrafProt Transformer: external protection (FCB) F04 B06 OutsAirTemp Water Cooling: outside air temperature too high (FCB)
F02 B03 Buchholz Transformer: external Buchholz supervision (FCB) F04 B07 IOEC3AI4MLos General: IOEC3 AI4 - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F02 B04 MotCooler Motor: motor cooler internal contactor (FCB) F04 B08 ProcessStop Control: system is shutdown after a process stop (FCB)
F02 B05 TrippLoop MCB: tripping loop not connected or one or more contacts open (FCB) F04 B09 RideThrough Inverter: ride through ended before line voltage returned (Control)
F02 B06 BChopGUSP Braking Chopper: GUSP failure (Control) F04 B10 OffsetTooBig Inverter: current offset too big (Control)
F02 B07 BchopShort Braking Chopper: short circuit (HW, Control) F04 B11 NoMotorData Control: motor data is missing, group 99 (Control)
F02 B08 BChopDiscr Braking Chopper: discrepancy: current = 0 and BC ON / current > 0 and BC OFF (Control) F04 B12 MCB OrderOff MCB: Order-off feedback not set (FCB)
F02 B09 TachoComm Control: tacho communication failure (DDCS channel 5) (Control)
F04 B13 (Not Used) : ()
F02 B10 TachoMeas Control: tacho signal missing: discrepancy between measured tacho speed and estimated speed (Control)
F04 B14 GroundCurr Inverter: RMS ground current too high (Control)
F02 B11 LimitSupervis Inverter: limit supervision (FCB)
F04 B15 (Not Used) : ()
F02 B12 EmergOff MCB: emergency off activated (FCB, Control)
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1
F02 B13 OutpTrafoTmp Transformer: output trafo temp. too high (FCB)
F02 B14 MotWdgMLos Motor: winding temperature measurement - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F02 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-43 (of 358) H-44 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words

05 FaultWord5 (R 182.05) 07 FaultWord7 (R 182.07)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
F05 B00 IOEC1AI3MLos Water Cooling / Trafo: IOEC1 AI3 (wtr. outp. press. / trafo tmp. 1) - loss of analogue input (FCB) F07 B00 Link C Lost Control: link C failure (from INT to ADCVI board) (Control)
F05 B01 WtrPresDifLo Water Cooling: difference pressure too low (= output press. with open cooling system) (FCB) F07 B01 ExtRef1Lost Control: external reference signal 1 lost (FCB)
F05 B02 IOEC1AI2MLos Air / Water Cooling: IOEC1 AI2 (air tmp. 2 / wtr. tmp.) - loss of analogue input (FCB) F07 B02 AutoRestart Inverter: autorestart time (30s) expired before line voltage returned (Control)
F05 B03 WtrTempHigh Water Cooling: temperature too high (FCB) F07 B03 ExtRef2Lost Control: external reference signal 2 lost (FCB)
F05 B04 WtrLevelLow Water Cooling: expansion vessel water level too low (FCB) F07 B04 OS Fault Control: operating system fault (AMCOS)
F05 B05 WtrConduct Water Cooling: conductivity too high (FCB) F07 B05 IDRunFault Control: ID run not successful (Control)
F05 B06 Pump 1/2 Water Cooling: pump 1/2 failure (FCB) F07 B06 Link E Lost Control: link E failure (from INT to ADCVI board) (Control)
F05 B07 ExtWtrCool Water Cooling: external water cooling supervision (FCB) F07 B07 Link D Lost Control: link D failure (from INT to ADCVI board) (Control)
F05 B08 InvAirTemp Air Cooling: incoming cooling air too high (FCB) F07 B08 SwFreq SW Control: switching frequency too high (Control)
F05 B09 Panel Lost Control: panel communication loss (FCB) F07 B09 Link AB Lost Control: link A/B failure (from AMC3 to INT board) (Control)
F05 B10 Fan 1/2 Air Cooling: fan 1/2 failure (FCB) F07 B10 CH0 LinkErr Control: DDCS channel 0 (fieldbus) link error (FCB)
F05 B11 FanDiffPres Air Cooling: differential air pressure too high (FCB) F07 B11 CH2 LinkErr Control: DDCS channel 2 (master/follower) link error (FCB)
F05 B12 Aux Fan 1/2 Water Cooling: aux. fan 1/2 failure (FCB) F07 B12 AnInpCalib Control: automatic calibration of IOEC boards not successful (FCB)
F05 B13 IGCT Fault Inverter: IGCT test: one or more IGCT(s) defect (Control) F07 B13 Wrong EPLD Control: EPLD version incompatible with loading package (Control)
F05 B14 IOEC1AI4MLos Water Cooling / Trafo: IOEC1 AI3 (wtr. cond. / trafo tmp. 2) - loss of analogue input (FCB) F07 B14 OvervoltSW Inverter: DC link voltage too high (Control)
F05 B15 (Not Used) : () F07 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1 Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

06 FaultWord6 (R 182.06) 08 FaultWord8 (R 182.08)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
F06 B00 ChargeCirc Inverter: IGCT or varistor defect (Control) F08 B00 SM1Control Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 1 discrepancy of command and feedback (FCB, Control)
F06 B01 EPS Fault Aux. Power: EPS: +/- 20V failure (Control) F08 B01 SM1Disturb Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 1 fault (FCB, Control)
F06 B02 GUSP 1 Aux. Power: GUSP 1 failure (HW,Control) F08 B02 SM2Control Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 2 discrepancy of command and feedback (FCB, Control)
F06 B03 GUSP 2 Aux. Power: GUSP 2 failure (HW, Control) F08 B03 SM2Disturb Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 2 fault (FCB, Control)
F06 B04 CtrlBackSupp Aux. Power: control backup supply voltage failure (Control) F08 B04 SM3Control Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 3 discrepancy of command and feedback (FCB, Control)
F06 B05 CtrlSuppFail Aux. Power: control supply voltage (27V) failure (Control) F08 B05 SM3Disturb Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 3 fault (FCB, Control)
F06 B06 LS Print Pl Inverter: voltage supervision across di/dt choke not active (Control) F08 B06 SM4Control Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 4 discrepancy of command and feedback (FCB, Control)
F06 B07 LS Print Mi Inverter: voltage supervision across di/dt choke not active (Control) F08 B07 SM4Disturb Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 4 fault (FCB, Control)
F06 B08 BatteryMiss Aux. Power: EPS: battery is not connected (Control) F08 B08 Sbp1Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 1 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
F06 B09 IOEC1LinkEr Control: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 1 failure (FCB) F08 B09 Sbp2Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 2 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
F06 B10 IOEC2LinkEr Control: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 2 failure (FCB) F08 B10 Sbp3Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 3 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
F06 B11 IOEC3LinkEr Control: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 3 failure (FCB) F08 B11 Sbp4Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 4 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
F06 B12 IOEC4LinkEr Control: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 4 failure (FCB) F08 B12 IOEC5 LinkEr Sync. Bypass: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 5 failure (FCB, Control)
F06 B13 NoFiltData Inverter: filter data missing (Control) F08 B13 IOEC6 LinkEr Sync. Bypass: DDCS communication timeout or IOEC 6 failure (FCB, Control)
F06 B14 InvCurrSOA Inverter: inverter current according to the safe operating area (SOA) too high (Control) F08 B14 (Not Used) : ()
F06 B15 (Not Used) : () F08 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1 Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-45 (of 358) H-46 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words

09 FaultWord9 (R 182.09) 11 AlarmWord1 (R 181.01)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
F09 B00 ExtAct1Lost Control: analogue input, actual signal 1 is missing (PID-control) (FCB) A1 B00 Underload Motor: underload (Control)
F09 B01 IOEC4AI2MLos General: IOEC4 AI2 (AI2 for PID / Mot. Tmp. 2 Ph. U) - loss of analogue input (FCB) A1 B01 AutoRestart Inverter: autorestart function is active (Control)
F09 B02 MotTmpV2MLos Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase V - loss of analogue input (FCB) A1 B02 MotVibrat Motor: external vibration supervision (FCB)
F09 B03 MotTmpW2MLos Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase W - loss of analogue input (FCB) A1 B03 MotWdgMLos Motor: winding temperature measurement - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F09 B04 MotOverload Motor: overload according to programmable load curve (FCB) A1 B04 MotWdgTempHW Motor: winding temperature too high (HW, FCB)
F09 B05 MotUnderload Motor: underload according to programmable load curve (FCB) A1 B05 MotPhaseUnbal Motor: phase currents unbalanced (FCB)
F09 B06 SineFiltCap Inverter: sine filter capacitor short circuit (Control) A1 B06 ExtMotProt Motor: external protection relay (FCB)
F09 B07 CustSupSig1Act Customer: supervision signal 1 is active (group 48) (FCB) A1 B07 ExtMotCool Motor: external cooling (FCB)
F09 B08 CustSupSig2Act Customer: supervision signal 2 is active (group 48) (FCB) A1 B08 BrgTemp NDE Motor: temperature at the non driven end bearing too high (FCB)
F09 B09 MacroChange MCB: during “MACRO CHANGE” the MCB has been switched on (FCB) A1 B09 BrgTemp DE Motor: temperature at the driven end bearing too high (FCB)
F09 B10 ShortRecDiod Inverter: rectifier diode short circuit (HW, Control) A1 B10 MotorStall Motor: stall (Control)
F09 B11 WtrPres1Hi Water Cooling: output pressure too high (FCB) A1 B11 BrgNDE Mlos Motor: temperature measurement at the non driven end bearing - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F09 B12 WtrPres2Lo Water Cooling: input pressure too low (only with closed cooling system) (FCB) A1 B12 Brg DE Mlos Motor: temperature measurement at the driven end bearing - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F09 B13 WtrPres2Hi Water Cooling: input pressure too high (only with closed cooling system) (FCB) A1 B13 Heater Motor: motor heater and/or cabinet heater internal contactor(s) (FCB)
F09 B14 WtrTempLow Water Cooling: temperature too low (FCB) A1 B14 MotCooler Motor: motor cooler internal contactor (FCB)
F09 B15 (Not Used) : () A1 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1 Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

10 FaultWord10 (R 182.10) 12 AlarmWord2 (R 181.02)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
F10 B00 MotVibratAI1 Motor: vibration AI 1 too high (FCB) A2 B00 TrTmpExt/3 Transformer: trafo temperature external / 3 too high (FCB)
F10 B01 MotVibratAI2 Motor: vibration AI 2 too high (FCB) A2 B01 TrOilLevel Transformer: oil level too low (FCB)
F10 B02 LoadBrgTmp1 Motor: bearing temperature 1 of load (e.g. pump) too high (FCB) A2 B02 Buchholz Transformer: external Buchholz supervision (FCB)
F10 B03 LoadBrgTmp2 Motor: bearing temperature 2 of load (e.g. pump) too high (FCB) A2 B03 IOEC3AI1MLos General: IOEC3 AI1 - loss of analogue input (FCB)
F10 B04 MotWdgUTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase U too high (FCB) A2 B04 IntTrafFan1 Transformer: integrated fan 1; not available with ACS 1000i (FCB)
F10 B05 MotWdgVTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase V too high (FCB) A2 B05 MCB NotAvl MCB: faulty, drawn out, in "local" mode, etc. (FCB)
F10 B06 MotWdgWTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase W too high (FCB) A2 B06 MCB Discrep MCB: discrepancy of two feedback signals (FCB)
F10 B07 TrafoTmp1 Transformer: trafo temperature 1 too high (FCB) A2 B07 InpIsolDis External: input isolator discrepancy (FCB)
F10 B08 TrafoTmp2 Transformer: trafo temperature 2 too high (FCB) A2 B08 OutpIsolDis External: output isolator discrepancy (FCB)
F10 B09 (Not Used) : () A2 B09 BChopTempSW Braking Chopper: temperature (thermal model) too high (Control)
F10 B10 (Not Used) : () A2 B10 OutpTrafoTmp Transformer: output trafo temp. too high (FCB)
F10 B11 (Not Used) : () A2 B11 BResiTempSW Braking Chopper: braking resistor temperature (thermal model) too high (Control)
F10 B12 (Not Used) : () A2 B12 BChopOff Braking Chopper: turned off because of a fault (Control)
F10 B13 (Not Used) : () A2 B13 BChopSwFreq Braking Chopper: switching frequency too high (Control)
F10 B14 (Not Used) : () A2 B14 IntTrafFan2 Transformer: integrated fan 2; not available with ACS 1000i (FCB)

F10 B15 (Not Used) : () A2 B15 (Not Used) : ()

Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1 Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-47 (of 358) H-48 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words

13 AlarmWord3 (R 181.03) 15 AlarmWord5 (R 181.05)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
A3 B00 Overvoltage Inverter: DC link voltage too high after charging (state ready to run) (Control) A5 B00 TachoComm Control: tacho communication failure (DDCS channel 5) (Control)
A3 B01 Undervoltage Inverter: DC link voltage too low (Control) A5 B01 ExtRef1Lost Control: external reference signal 1 lost (FCB)
A3 B02 AuxRideThrgh Aux. Power: aux. power ride through active (Control) A5 B02 ExtRef2Lost Control: external reference signal 2 lost (FCB)
A3 B03 RideThrough Inverter: line voltage ride through function is active (Control) A5 B03 Panel Lost Control: panel communication loss (FCB)
A3 B04 CtrlBackSupp Aux. Power: control backup supply voltage failure (Control) A5 B04 LimitSuperv Control: actual and/or reference signal at the limit (FCB)
A3 B05 BatteryMiss Aux. Power: EPS: battery is not connected (Control) A5 B05 TachoMeas Control: tacho signal missing: discrepancy between measured tacho speed and estimated speed (Control)
A3 B06 WtrTempHigh Water Cooling: temperature too high (FCB) A5 B06 CH0 Timeout Control: DDCS channel 0 (fieldbus) time-out (FCB)
A3 B07 WtrPresDifLo Water Cooling: difference pressure too low (= output press. with open cooling system) (FCB) A5 B07 CH0 LinkErr Control: DDCS channel 0 (fieldbus) link error (FCB)
A3 B08 WtrConduct Water Cooling: conductivity too high (FCB) A5 B08 CH2 LinkErr Control: DDCS channel 2 (master/follower) link error (FCB)
A3 B09 WtrPres1Hi Water Cooling: output pressure too high (FCB) A5 B09 WrongMF-Sig Control: wrong signal for master/follower (Control)
A3 B10 Pump 1 Water Cooling: pump 1 failure with redundant pumps (FCB) A5 B10 EmergStop MCB: emergency stop activated (FCB)
A3 B11 Pump 2 Water Cooling: pump 2 failure with redundant pumps (FCB) A5 B11 Aux Fan 1/2 Water Cooling: aux. fan 1/2 failure (FCB)
A3 B12 BChopFan Braking Chopper: fan failure (FCB) A5 B12 ProcessStop External: customer system protection (FCB)
A3 B13 ExtWtrCool Water Cooling: external water cooling supervision (FCB) A5 B13 AnInpCalib Control: automatic calibration of IOEC boards in progress (FCB)
A3 B14 WtrPresDifHi Water Cooling: difference pressure too high (= output press. with open cooling system) (FCB) A5 B14 WtrPres2Hi Water Cooling: input pressure too high (only with closed cooling system) (FCB)
A3 B15 (Not Used) : () A5 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1 Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

14 AlarmWord4 (R 181.04) 16 AlarmWord6 (R 181.06)

Index Bit Name Description Index Bit Name Description
A4 B00 Fan 1 Air Cooling: fan 1 failure with redundant fans (FCB) A6 B00 SM1NotAvl Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 1 is drawn out or faulty (FCB, Control)
A4 B01 Fan 2 Air Cooling: fan 2 failure with redundant fans (FCB) A6 B01 SM2NotAvl Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 2 is drawn out or faulty (FCB, Control)
A4 B02 FanDiffPres Air Cooling: differential pressure too high (FCB) A6 B02 SM3NotAvl Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 3 is drawn out or faulty (FCB, Control)
A4 B03 InvAirTemp Air Cooling: incoming cooling air too high (FCB) A6 B03 SM4NotAvl Sync. Bypass: motor circuit braker 4 is drawn out or faulty (FCB, Control)
A4 B04 AirFiltSupv Air Cooling: optional: difference pressure too high (FCB) A6 B04 Sbp1Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 1 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
A4 B05 IOEC3AI4MLos General: IOEC3 AI4 - loss of analogue input (FCB) A6 B05 Sbp2Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 2 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
A4 B06 OutsAirTemp Water Cooling: outside air temperature too high (FCB) A6 B06 Sbp3Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 3 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
A4 B07 MacroChange Control: user macro has been changed (FCB) A6 B07 Sbp4Control Sync. Bypass: line circuit braker 4 is closed but should be opened (FCB, Control)
Control: motor ID run is requested (displayed after the first start up or after change of motor parameters) A6 B08 DirNotFwd Sync. Bypass: direction of motor is not forward (FCB, Control)
A4 B08 IDRunReq (Control)
A6 B09 WrongMotSel Sync. Bypass: wrong motor selection by dig. Inputs (FCB, Control)
A4 B09 IDRunStop Control: ID run is interrupted by a stop command (Control)
A6 B10 Synchrotact Sync. Bypass: synchrotact 4 is in fault state (FCB, Control)
A4 B10 DoingIDRun Control: motor ID run active (Control)
A6 B11 (Not Used) : ()
A4 B11 FiltIDRunReq Control: filter ID run is requested - this will only appear on the production test stand (Control)
A6 B12 (Not Used) : ()
A4 B12 DoingFIDRun Control: filter ID run active (Control)
A6 B13 (Not Used) : ()
A4 B13 PressStop Control: after the filter ID run: stop button has to be pressed (Control)
A6 B14 (Not Used) : ()
A4 B14 WtrPres2Lo Water Cooling: input pressure too low (only with closed cooling system) (FCB)
A6 B15 (Not Used) : ()
A4 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-49 (of 358) H-50 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words Continue Group 09Fault & Alarm Words

(R 181.07) 19 (R 103.08) System Software Fault Diag

17 AlarmWord7
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
Index Bit Name Description
1 B0 FACTORY FILE Fact / fact_macro parameter file error
A7 B00 ExtAct1Lost Control: analogue input, actual signal 1 is missing (PID-control) (FCB)
2 B1 USER MACRO User macro parameter file error
A7 B01 IOEC4AI2MLos General: IOEC4 AI2 (AI2 for PID / Mot. Tmp. 2 Ph. U) - loss of analogue input (FCB) 4 B2 NVOS Non volatile operating system error
A7 B02 MotTmpV2MLos Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase V - loss of analogue input (FCB) 8 B3 DDF File error in flash memory
A7 B03 MotTmpW2MLos Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase W - loss of analogue input (FCB) 16 B4 T2 OVERFLOW Internal time level T2 overflow (100µs)
A7 B04 MotOverload Motor: overload according to programmable load curve (FCB) 32 B5 T3 OVERFLOW Internal time level T3 overflow (1ms)
A7 B05 MotUnderload Motor: underload according to programmable load curve (FCB) 64 B6 T4 OVERFLOW Internal time level T4 overflow (50ms)
A7 B06 GroundCurr Inverter: RMS ground current too high (Control) 128 B7 T5 OVERFLOW Internal time level T5 overflow (1s)
A7 B07 CustSupSig1Act Customer: supervision signal 1 is active (group 48) (FCB) 256 B8 STATE OVERFL State overflow
512 B9 APPL.W.END Application window ending overflow
A7 B08 CustSupSig2Act Customer: supervision signal 2 is active (group 48) (FCB)
1024 B10 APPLICATION Application program overflow
A7 B09 WtrTempRef Water Cooling: deviation from water temperature reference value too big (FCB)
2048 B11 ILLEGAL INST Illegal instruction
A7 B10 WtrLeakage Water Cooling: leakage of cooling water (FCB) 4096 B12 RS OVERFLOW Register stack overflow
A7 B11 (Not Used) : () 8192 B13 SS OVERFLOW System stack overflow
A7 B12 (Not Used) : () 16384 B14 SS UNDERFLOW System stack underflow
A7 B13 (Not Used) : () 32768 B15 (Not Used)
A7 B14 (Not Used) : () Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
A7 B15 (Not Used) : ()
20 (R 103.10) System Software Alarm Diag
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
(R 181.08) 1 B0
18 AlarmWord8
2 B1
Index Bit Name Description 4 B2
A8 B00 MotVibratAI1 Motor: vibration AI 1 too high (FCB) 8 B3
A8 B01 MotVibratAI2 Motor: vibration AI 2 too high (FCB) 16 B4
A8 B02 LoadBrgTmp1 Motor: bearing temperature 1 of load (e.g. pump) too high (FCB) 32 B5
A8 B03 LoadBrgTmp2 Motor: bearing temperature 2 of load (e.g. pump) too high (FCB)
64 B6
128 B7
A8 B04 MotWdgUTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase U too high (FCB)
256 B8
A8 B05 MotWdgVTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase V too high (FCB)
512 B9
A8 B06 MotWdgWTmp2 Motor: winding temperature 2 of phase W too high (FCB) 1024 B10
A8 B07 TrafoTmp1 Transformer: trafo temperature 1 too high (FCB) 2048 B11
A8 B08 TrafoTmp2 Transformer: trafo temperature 2 too high (FCB) 4096 B12
A8 B09 (Not Used) : () 8192 B13
A8 B10 (Not Used) : () 16384 B14
A8 B11 (Not Used) : () 32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
A8 B12 (Not Used) : ()
A8 B13 (Not Used) : ()
A8 B14 (Not Used) : ()
A8 B15 (Not Used) : ()
Type: I Int. Scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-51 (of 358) H-52 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 11 Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control Continue Group 11Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control
02 Ext2Strt/Stop/Dir
Group name:
11 START/STOP/DIR Index: Description: This parameter defines the connections and the source of Start, Stop, and Direction commands for
Description: These parameter values can only be altered when the ACS1000 is stopped. external control location 2 (EXT2).
1 = NOT SEL external control location is not selected
2 = DI 1 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop)
01 Ext1Strt/Stop/Dir
Start/Stop is connected to DI1 – IOEC2. Direction is fixed to forward.
Index: Description: This parameter defines the connections and the source of Start, Stop, and Direction commands for (0V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = Stop; 24V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = Start)
external control location 1 (EXT1). 3 = DI1,2 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop and Direction)
1 = NOT SEL external control location is not selected Start/Stop is connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2 as above. Direction is connected to digital
2 = DI1 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop) input DI2 – IOEC2.
Start/Stop is connected to DI1 – IOEC2. Direction is fixed to forward. (0V DC on DI2 – IOEC2 = Forward; 24V DC on DI2 – IOEC2 = Reverse)
(0V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = Stop; 24V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = Start) 4 = DI1P,2P (three-wire connection for Start/Stop)
3 = DI1,2 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop and Direction) Start/Stop commands are given by means of momentary push-buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
Start/Stop is connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2 as above. Direction is connected to digital The start push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2. The Stop
input DI2 – IOEC2. button is normally closed and connected to digital input DI2 – IOEC2. Multiple start push-
(0V DC on DI2 – IOEC2 = Forward; 24V DC on DI2 – IOEC2 = Reverse) buttons are connected in parallel; stop-push buttons are connected in series.
4 = DI1P,2P (three-wire connection for Start/Stop) 5 = DI1P,2P,3 (three-wire connection for Start/Stop and Direction)
Start/Stop commands are given by means of momentary push-buttons (P stands for „pulse“). Start / Stop connected as with DI1P,2P. Direction is connected to digital input DI3 – IOEC2.
The start push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2. The Stop (0V DC on DI3 = Forward; 24V DC on DI3 = Reverse)
button is normally closed and connected to digital input DI2 – IOEC2. Multiple start push- 6 = DI1P,2P,3P (three-wire connection for Start Forward, Start Reverse, and Stop)
buttons are connected in parallel; stop-push buttons are connected in series. Start and Direction commands are given simultaneously with two separate momentary push-
5 = DI1P,2P,3 (three-wire connection for Start/Stop and Direction) buttons (P stands for „pulse“). The stop push-button is normally closed and connected to digital
Start / Stop connected as with DI1P,2P. Direction is connected to digital input DI3 – IOEC2. input DI3 – IOEC2. Start-Forward and Start-Reverse push-buttons are normally open and
(0V DC on DI3 = Forward; 24V DC on DI3 = Reverse) connected to digital inputs DI1 – IOEC2 and DI2 – IOEC2 respectively. Multiple start push-
6 = DI1P,2P,3P (three-wire connection for Start Forward, Start Reverse, and Stop) buttons are connected in parallel and multiple Stop push-buttons are connected in series.
Start and Direction commands are given simultaneously with two separate momentary push- 7 = DI 6 (two wire connection for Start/Stop)
buttons (P stands for „pulse“). The stop push-button is normally closed and connected to digital Start/Stop connected to DI6 – IOEC2. Direction is fixed according to parameter 11.3
input DI3 – IOEC2. Start-Forward and Start-Reverse push-buttons are normally open and DIRECTION.
connected to digital inputs DI1 – IOEC2 and DI2 – IOEC2 respectively. Multiple start push- (0V DC on DI6 = Stop; 24V DC on DI6 = Start)
buttons are connected in parallel and multiple Stop push-buttons are connected in series. 8 = DI6,5 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop, and Direction)
7 = DI 6 (two wire connection for Start/Stop) Start/Stop is connected to digital input DI6 – IOEC2 as above. Direction is connected to digital
Start/Stop connected to DI6 – IOEC2. Direction is fixed according to parameter 11.3 input DI5 – IOEC2.
DIRECTION. (0V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = Forward; 24V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = Reverse)
(0V DC on DI6 = Stop; 24V DC on DI6 = Start) 9 = KEYPAD
8 = DI6,5 (two-wire connection for Start/Stop, and Direction) The Start/Stop and Direction commands are given from the Control Panel keypad when
Start/Stop is connected to digital input DI6 – IOEC2 as above. Direction is connected to digital external control location 1 is active.
input DI5 – IOEC2. 10 = COMM.MODULE
(0V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = Forward; 24V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = Reverse) The Start/Stop and Direction commands are given from COMMON MODULE when 75.04 is
9 = KEYPAD set to 2 or 3.
The Start/Stop and Direction commands are given from the Control Panel keypad when external
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 10 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
control location 1 is active.
10 = COMM.MODULE
The Start/Stop and Direction commands are given from COMMON MODULE when 75.04 is 03 Direction
set to 2 or 3. Index: Description: This parameter allows you to fix the rotation of the motor to FORWARD or REVERSE. If you
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 10 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 select REQUEST the direction is selected by digital inputs as defined by parameters 11.1 EXT1
STRT/STOP/DIR and 11.2 EXT2 STRT/STOP/DIR or by keypad push-buttons.
1 = FORWARD
2 = REVERSE
3 = REQUEST
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-53 (of 358) H-54 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 11Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control Continue Group 11Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control

CDP 312
04 Ext1 MCB Control
CONTROL PANEL
LOC
Index: Description: This parameter defines the connections and the source of MCB ORDER CLOSE & MCB ORDER
REM
OPEN commands for external control location 1 (EXT1).

1 = FRONT DOOR
External MCB control location is not selected; for MCB control the MCB ONLINE and
OFFLINE push-buttons on the FRONT DOOR are used
12.02
EXT1 / EXT2 2 = DI1 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
SELECT
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI1 – IOEC2.
rem ote control location
(0V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = order to close
Ext1 / Ext2
the MCB)
IOEC 2:
DI 1...6
NOTSELECTED
1
LOC AL START / STOP
3 = DI1P,2P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Default: DI1, 2 2...8

KEYPAD 9
EXT1 REQUEST Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push-buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
10
REMOTE FORWARD DIRECTION The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2. The open
COMM.MODULE
EXT2
REVERSE

NOTSELECTED
1
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI2 – IOEC2.
DI1...6 2...8 4 = DI3 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
AM C3-board CH0
KEYPAD 9
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI3 – IOEC2.
COMM.MODULE 10
Comm. Module
(0V DC on DI3 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI3 – IOEC2 = order to close
the MCB)
5 = DI3P,4P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push-buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
11.02 11.01 11.03 16.01
EXT2
START/STOP/DIR
EXT1
START/STOP/DIR
DIRECTION PROC ESS
STOP
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI3 – IOEC2. The open
selection of digitital input for push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI4 – IOEC2.
control location
6 = DI5 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI5 – IOEC2.
Figure 11-1 Selection of Start / Stop / Direction- Overview (0V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = order to close
the MCB)
7 = D5P,6P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push-buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI5 – IOEC2. The open
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI6 – IOEC2.
8 = DI7 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI7 – IOEC2.
(0V DC on DI7 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI7 – IOEC2 = order to close
the MCB)
9 = DI7P,13P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI7 – IOEC2. The open
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI13 – IOEC2.
10 =COMM.MODULE
The OPEN/CLOSE commands are given from communication module when parameter 75.04
COMM MODULE is set to 2 or 3.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 10 Def: 9 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-55 (of 358) H-56 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 11Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control Continue Group 11Start / Stop / Direction / MCB Control
05 Ext2 MCB Control 12.02
CONTROL PANEL
Index: Description: This parameter defines the connections and the source of MCB ORDER CLOSE & MCB ORDER CDP 312
EXT1 / EXT2
SELEC T
OPEN commands for external control location 2 (EXT2). LOC
REM

1 = FRONT DOOR
External MCB control location is not selected; for MCB control the MCB ONLINE and push bu ttons on
IOEC2 - DI9
con tro l section door
OFFLINE push-buttons on the FRONT DOOR are used IOEC 1: DI 6 OffLine
Feedback MCB Status open

2 = DI1 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB) DI 7 OnL ine
IOEC2 - DI10
Feedback MCB Status closed
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI1 – IOEC2. MCB MCB COMMAND
IOEC2 - DI11
(0V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI1 – IOEC2 = order to close remote con trol lo cation
Ext1 / Ext2
Feedback MCB Status Available LOGIC
the MCB) IOEC 2: DI 1...6
DI 7, 13
NOT SELECTED 1 LOC AL Open / Close

3 = DI1P,2P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB) Default: DI7,13 2...9

NOT SELECT ED 1
EXT 1

COMM .MODULE 10 REMOT E

Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push buttons (P stands for „pulse“). AM C3-board CH0 Default: DI7,13 2...9 EXT 2

The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI1 – IOEC2. The open Comm. M o dule
COM M.MODULE 10

push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI2 – IOEC2.

4 = DI3 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI3 – IOEC2.
(0V DC on DI3 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI3 – IOEC2 = order to close 11.04 1 1.05 21.05 21.06 21.07 21.08 2 1.09
MCB OBEN
the MCB) E XT1
MCB CO NTRO L
EXT2
MCB CO NTRO L
MCB ON CONTROL
MODE SIGNAL
MCB AVAILABLE
SIGNAL
MCB CLOS ING
TI ME LIMI T
MCB OPENING
TI ME LIMI T

5 = DI3P,4P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB) selection of digitital input for
control location
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI3 – IOEC2. The open
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI4 – IOEC2.
6 = DI5 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB) Figure 11-2 Selection of MCB Control - Overview
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI5 – IOEC2.
(0V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI5 – IOEC2 = order to close
the MCB)
7 = D5P,6P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI5 – IOEC2. The open
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI6 – IOEC2.
8 = DI7 (two wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
MCB Open and Close command is connected to DI7 – IOEC2.
(0V DC on DI7 – IOEC2 = order to open the MCB; 24V DC on DI7 – IOEC2 = order to close
the MCB)
9 = DI7P,13P (three-wire connection to Close and Open the MCB)
Close/Open commands are given by means of momentary push buttons (P stands for „pulse“).
The close push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI7 – IOEC2. The open
push-button is normally open and connected to digital input DI13 – IOEC2.
10 =COMM.MODULE
The OPEN/CLOSE commands are given from communication module when parameter 75.04
COMM MODULE is set to 2 or 3.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 10 Def: 9 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-57 (of 358) H-58 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 12 Reference Select Continue Group 12Reference Select

03 ExtRef1Select (O)
Group name:
12 REFERENCE SELECT Index: Description: This parameter provides the settings for external reference 1with respect to the control location. The
Description: The following parameters (except those marked with “O”) can be altered while the ACS1000 is digital inputs are located on IOEC2.
running. 1 = KEYPAD 8 = MAX(REF1/REF2)
2 = REF1/IO2 - AI1 9 = DI3U,4DR
3 = REF2/IO1 - AI1 10 = DI3U,4D
01 KeypadRefSelect
4 = REF1+REF2 11 = DI5U,6D
Index: Description: 1 = REF1 (rpm) Keypad reference 1 is selected as the active keypad reference. The type of the
5 = REF1 - REF2 12 = COMM.REF
reference is speed, given in rpm. If scalar control is selected, the reference is 6 = REF1 * REF2 13 = COMM.REF+REF1
given in Hz.
7 = MIN(REF1/REF2) 14 = COMM.REF*REF1
2 = REF2 (%) Keypad reference 2 is selected as the active keypad reference. Keypad reference 1 = KEYPAD
2 is given in (%). The type of keypad reference 2 depends on the selected Reference value is given from keypad of the CDP312 control panel.
Application Macro. For example, if the Torque Control Macro is selected, REF2 2 = REF1/IO2 - AI1
(%) is the torque reference. Reference form analogue input 1 – IOEC2
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 2 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 3 = REF2/IO1 - AI1
Reference form analogue input 1 – IOEC1
02 Ext1/Ext2 Select (O) 4 = REF1+REF2; 5 = REF1-REF2; 6 = REF1*REF2; 7 = MIN(REF1/REF2);
Index: Description: This parameter sets the digital input used for selecting the external control location, or fixes it to 8 = MAX(REF1/REF2)
EXT1 or EXT2. The external control location of START/STOP/DIRECTION/MCB CONTROL The reference is formed according to the selected mathematical functions.
commands and reference value (REF1 or REF2) is determined by this parameter. 9 = DI3U,4D ( R )
1 = DI1 – IO2 6 = DI6 – IO2 The speed reference is formed by a reference generator (similar to a motorised potentiometer) with a
2 = DI2 – IO2 7 = EXT1 floating-point control. The speed reference can be increased by digital input DI3 – IOEC2 (U stands
3 = DI3 – IO2 8 = EXT2 for “up”) and decreased by digital input DI4 – IOEC2 (the D stands for “down”). R indicates that the
4 = DI4 – IO2 9 = COMM MODULE reference value is set to zero when a stop command is given. The rate of change of the reference
5 = DI5 – IO2 value is determined by parameter 22.04 ACCEL TIME 2.
10 = DI3U,4D
DI1…DI6 Same as above except that the speed reference is not set to zero on a stop command or when power is
External control location 1 or 2 is selected according to the state of the selected digital input switched off. When the ACS1000 is started the motor will ramp up to the stored reference value at
(DI1…DI6 – IOEC2), where 0V DC = EXT1 and 24V DC = EXT2. the selected acceleration rate.
EXT1 11 = DI5U,6D
External control location 1 is selected. The control signal sources for EXT1 are defined with Same as above except that digital input DI5 – IOEC2 and DI6 – IOEC2 are used.
parameter 11.01 (Start/Stop/Dir commands); 11.04 (MCB Control commands) and 12.03 (reference 12 = COMM.REF
value). The reference value is given through a communication module (e.g. fieldbus adapter).
EXT2 13 = COMM.REF+REF1
External control location 2 is selected. The control signal sources for EXT2 are defined with The reference value via a communication module is added to reference 1 value from analogue input
parameter 11.02 (Start/Stop/Dir commands); 11.05 (MCB Control commands) and 12.06 (reference 1 on IOEC2. (See fieldbus control for more information.)
value). 14 = COMM.REF*REF1
COMM MODULE The reference value via a communication module is multiplied with reference 1 value from analogue
External control location 1 or 2 is chosen through a communication (e.g. fieldbus adapter) module input 1 on IOEC2. (See fieldbus control for more information.)
(Overriding Control Word Parameter 7.06)
The first line on the display of the CDP312 control panel shows the reference value.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 9 Def: 7 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Speed Reference

LO C 1 1123.0 rpm
Status Running
REM MotSpeed 1123.0 rpm
MotCurr 259.6 A

Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 14 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 ExtRef1Minimum
Index: Description: This parameter sets the minimum speed reference in rpm. The value corresponds to the minimum of
the analogue input signal (or motor potentiometer) connected to REF1. In the SCALAR control
mode this parameter is given in Hz.

Note: If the reference is given through the communication module, the scaling differs from that of an
analogue signal. (see fieldbus control manual for more information).
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-59 (of 358) H-60 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 12Reference Select Continue Group 12Reference Select

05 ExtRef1Maximum 07 ExtRef2Minimum
Index: Description: This parameter sets the maximum speed reference in rpm. The value corresponds to the maximum of Index: Description: This parameter sets the minimum reference in percent. The value corresponds to the minimum of the
the analogue input signal (or motor potentiometer) connected to REF1. In the SCALAR control analogue input signal (or motor potentiometer) connected to REF2.
mode this parameter is given in Hz. If the Factory, Hand/Auto or Sequential Control macro is selected, this parameter sets the minimum
speed reference. The value is given as a percentage of the maximum speed defined by parameter
Note: If the reference is given through the communication module, the scaling differs from that of an 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED or 20.01 MINIMUM speed if the absolute value of the minimum limit is
analogue signal. (see fieldbus control manual for more information). greater than the maximum limit.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 1500 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm If the Torque Control macro is selected, this parameter sets the minimum torque reference. The value
is given as a percentage of the nominal torque.
If PID Control Macro is selected, this parameter sets the minimum of the process reference. The
value is given as a percentage of the maximum process quantity.
In the SCALAR control mode, this value is given as a percentage of the maximum frequency defined
EXT REF1 SELECT (12.03)
by parameter 20.xx MAXIMUM FREQUENCY or 20.xx MINIMUM FREQUENCY if the absolute
12.01 value of the minimum limit is greater than the maximum limit.
SPEED MAX

KEYPAD
(20.02) Max Note: If the reference is given through the communication module, the scaling differs from that of an
Scaling: 1
Min
min ... max speed
2 ...11 REF1
analogue signal. See fieldbus control manual for more information.
REF1 INTERNAL 2 SPEED MIN = SPEED MIN ... SPEED MAX
see
(20.01) 12 ...13 Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
Figure 13 -2 REF2 INTERNAL 3
4
+
5
08 ExtRef2Maximum
- Index: Description: This parameter sets the maximum reference in percent. The value corresponds to the maximum of
6
x
EXT REF1 MAX the analogue input signal (or motor potentiometer) connected to REF2.
MIN
7 (12.05) Max
Scaling:
If the Factory, Hand/Auto or Sequential Control macro is selected, this parameter sets the maximum
8 Min
min ... max speed
= EXT REF1 MIN ... EXT REF1 MAX
speed reference. The value is given as a percentage of the maximum speed defined with parameter
MAX EXT REF1 MIN
(12.04)
20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED or 20.01 MINIMUM speed if the absolute value of the minimum limit is
DI3,4 - IOEC2 Motorpotentiometer
greater than the maximum limit.
DI5,6 - IOEC2
(reference generator) If the Torque Control macro is selected, this parameter sets the maximum torque reference. The
9, 10, 11
value is given as a percentage of the nominal torque.
ACC TIME 2 If PID Control Macro is selected, this parameter sets the maximum of process reference. The value is
(22.04)
given as a percentage of the maximum process quantity.
COMM.System
Overr. REF - 12 EXT REF1 MAX In the SCALAR control mode, this value is given as a percentage of the maximum frequency defined
DataSet 1 Val. 2
(03.24) 13
(12.05) Max
Scaling:
by parameter 20.xx MAXIMUM FREQUENCY or 20.xx MINIMUM FREQUENCY if the absolute
+
0 ... 20000 value of the minimum limits is greater than the maximum limit.
14 0 = 0 ... EXT REF1 MAX
x

Note: If the reference is given through the communication module, the scaling differs from that of an
analogue signal. (see fieldbus control manual for more information).
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 500 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
Figure 12-1 Selection of REF1 - Overview

06 ExtRef2Select (O)
Index: Description: This parameter provides the settings for external reference 2 with respect to the control location. The
digital inputs are located on IOEC2.
1 = KEYPAD 8 = MAX(REF1/REF2)
2 = REF1/IO2 - AI1 9 = DI3U,4DR
3 = REF2/IO1 - AI1 10 = DI3U,4D
4 = REF1+REF2 11 = DI5U,6D
5 = REF1 - REF2 12 = COMM.REF
6 = REF1 * REF2 13 = COMM.REF+REF1
7 = MIN(REF1/REF2) 14 = COMM.REF*REF1
The possibilities are the same as for External Reference 1. See parameter 12.03.
The first line on the display of the CDP312 control panel shows the reference value.

Speed Reference Torque Reference

( if not Torque Control - Macro or ( if Torque Control - Macro or PID
PID Control - Macro is selected ) Control -Macro is selected )

1 98.0 % LOC 1 50.0 %

LOC
Status Running Status Running
REM MotSpeed 1123.0 rpm REM MotTorq 50.0 %
MotCurr 259.6 A MotCurr 259.6 A

Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 14 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-61 (of 358) H-62 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 12Reference Select Continue Group 12Reference Select

The range of The range of The range of
analogue input external reference 1 external reference 2
EXT REF2 SELECT (12.06)
18000 rpm 500 %
12. 01

SPEED MAX
(20.02) Max
KEY PAD
MAXIMUM AI1 10 V
Scali ng: 1
min ... max speed 1500 rpm 100 %
REF1 INTERNAL 2 SPEED MIN
Min
= SPEED MIN . .. SPEED MAX
2 .. .11 REF2 20 mA
see
Figure 13 -2 REF2 INTERNAL 3 (20.01)
12 ...13
12.05 EXT 12.08 EXT
4 REF1 MAXIMUM REF2 MAXIMUM
+

5
0 rpm 0%
-

6
x EXT REF2 MAX
7 (12.08) Max
MIN Scaling:
min ... max speed
8 Min
MAX EXT REF2 MIN = EXT REF2 MIN ... EXT REF2 MAX
(12.07)

DI3,4 - IOEC2 Motorpotentiometer

DI5,6 - IOEC2
(reference generator) 18000 rpm 100 %
9, 10, 11

ACC TIME 2

(22. 04)
0(2) V 0 rpm 0%
MINIMUM AI1 12.07 EXT
COMM.System
Overr. REF - 12 EXT REF2 MAX 0(4) mA 12.04 EXT
DataSet 1 Val. 3
(03.25)
(12.08) Max REF1 MINIMUM REF2 MINIMUM
13 Scali ng:
+ 0 ... 20000 resp. 0 ... 10000
14 0 = 0 ... EXT REF2 MAX
x
Figure 12-4 Setting of EXT REF MINIMUM and MAXIMUM

The range of the analogue input signal is set by parameter 13.03 and 13.08. EXT REF2 is a speed or torque reference of the motor, or
a process reference depending on the selected Application Macro. In the SCALAR control mode EXT REF2 is a frequency reference
Figure 12-2 Selection of REF2 - Overview given in %.

The ACS1000 can be controlled (i.e. reference, Start/Stop and Direction commands can be given) from two External control
locations or from the Local control location, Control Panel Keypad. The selection between Local control and External control can be
EXT1/EXT2 SELECT
(12.02 )
done with the LOC REM key on the Control Panel Keypad.
FAU LT/SE Q CTRL
R EF2

R EF1 Start/Stop/Direction
Keypad Ref 1 (rpm) or Ref 2 (%)
1=SEQ CON TR OL
LAST SPEED A CT
CRITICAL SPEED
0=CONT SPEED 15 / 1=LAST SPEED GROU P3 4

LAST SPEED
SPEED
......
.. .
A CT UAL SPEE D
SPEED RE F ....
...
Hig h
Lo w

CONSTANT SPEED EXT 1 EXT 2

SPEED GROU P33 C ON T SPEED 1 5

DI1...6 -IOE C2 C ON T SPEED

Start/Stop/Direction, Ext Ref 1 (rpm) Start/Stop/Direction, Ext Ref 2 (%)

Figure 12-3 Selection of SPEED REF - Overview
Figure 12-5 Setting of Local/External Control - Overview

Local Control
The control commands are given from the Control Panel keypad when the ACS1000 is in Local control. L (Local) indicates this on
the control Panel.

External Control
When the ACS1000 is in External control, the commands are given primarily through the control terminal blocks on the IOEC 1 and
2 board (digital and analogue inputs). Commands can also be given through the control panel or a fieldbus adapter module.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-63 (of 358) H-64 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 12Reference Select

09 MotPotTracking
Index Description: With this parameter it is possible to activate a so-called “tracking function”.
The motor potentiometer will be initialised with the actual speed reference value after changing from
“External Control Location” 2 to 1 and vice versa.

Software
MO TOR- POT ENT IO MET ER
REF 1 ( REF2)
DI3,4 - IOEC2

DI5,6 - IOEC2 9, 10, 11

22.04
Accel T ime 2

External 2 (1) Active

Init
& 1
12.09
Mot Pot Tracking

REF 2 (REF1) Init V alue

Figure 12-6 Motor Potentiometer Tracking Function - Overview

0 = NO Tracking function is not active
1 = YES Tracking function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: NO Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-65 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 13 Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 13Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
05 AI1 Invert IO1
Group name:
13 ANALOGUE INPUT Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
Description: The analogue input value can be selected in milliamps or volts by means of a HW-switch. 0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
01 AutoOffsetCalib
Index: Description: Automatic offset calibration for the analogue inputs of IOEC 1 & 2. Offset value will be stored
into the appropriate AIx OFFSET Iox parameter. 06 AI1 Offset IO1
Automatic offset calibration: Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
All analogue input signals have to be disconnected from the IOEC 1 & 2 board (remove the manually.
terminal plugs) and all AIx OFFSET IOx parameters must have value “0”. Set Par.13.01 to ON. Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
The OFFSET calibration is started and the analogue input offset values are stored into AIx
OFFSET IOx parameters. During offset calibration, the alarm message “AnInpCalib” is shown on 07 AI1 Scale IO2
the panel. After the calibration is finished, Par. 13.01 will be is automatically set to “OFF”. Index: Description: Scaling of analogue input AI1. This value corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere
If one of the analogue input values is higher than 0,5mA the offset calibration will not be carried (20mA) or volt (10V). See parameter 4.16 AI1 IOEC2 and 4.05 ExternalRef1.
out and the fault message “AnInpCalib” will be shown on the panel. Par. 13.01 is automatically set Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
to “OFF”.
Manual offset calibration:
Disconnect the appropriate analogue input signal from the IOEC x board (remove the terminal 08 AI1 Minimum IO2
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI1. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
plug). Check the actual value in Group 04. Change the offset value until the actual value is 0 mA.
0 = OFF no offset calibration 0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = ON 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
automatic offset calibration started
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

09 AI1 Filter IO2

02 AI1 Scale IO1 Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input 1.
Index: Description: Scaling of analogue input AI1. This value corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 100 = 1 s
(20mA) or volt (10V). See parameter 4.12 AI1 IOEC1 and 4.01 ExternalRef2.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
10 AI1 Invert IO2
03 AI1 Minimum IO1
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI1. Value to correspond to minimum reference. NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range) Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
11 AI1 Offset IO2
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
04 AI1 Filter IO1
Index: manually.
Description: Filter time constant for analogue input 1.
While the analogue input value changes, 63% of the change takes place within the time specified Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
by this parameter.

Unfiltered Signal
[%]

user - programmable parameters

13.xx INVERT
100
13.xx SCALE
63
13.xx MINIMUM

Filtered Signal * -1 REFx INTERNAL

13.xx OFFSET _
t 13.xx FILTER
_
Time constant
REF1 (REF2)
Figure 13-1 Filter Time Constant For Analogue Inputs - Diagram - AI1

Note: Even if 0s as the minimum value is selected, the signal is still filtered with a time constant of
20ms due the signal interface hardware. This cannot be changed by any parameter. Figure 13-2 Analogue Input AI1-IOEC1 and AI1-IOEC2 - Overview
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 100 = 1 s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-67 (of 358) H-68 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 13Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 13Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
Scale AI1-IO1 Scale AI1-IO2 AI1-IO1 + AI1-IO2 = 19 AI3 LowValue IO2
100% 10% EXT REF 1 Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input value in milliampere (0 or 4mA) or
volt (0 or 2V). See parameter 4.18 AI3 IOEC2 and 4.10 MotorWdgTmpPhV1.
10V(20mA) 1500 rpm 10V(20mA) 150 rpm 1500 rpm Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
EXT REF1 MAXIMUM

20 AI3 Minimum IO2

Index: Description: Minimum value of AI3. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
60% 90rpm 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
690rpm Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

21 AI3 Filter IO2

40% 600rpm Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input 3.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 100 = 1 s

0V(0mA) 0V(0mA) 22 AI3 Invert IO2

2V(4mA) 2V(4mA)
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Figure 13-3 Scaling of Analogue Inputs AI1-IOEC1 and AI1-IOEC2 - Example
YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
External reference 1 is selected by parameter 12.03 as REF1 + REF2 and the maximum value (1500rpm) by parameter 12.05. The
analogue input IO1- AI1 is scaled to 100% by parameter 13.02. The analogue input IO2 - AI1 is scaled to 10% by parameter 13.07.
23 AI3 Offset IO2
12 AI2 HighValue IO2 Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere (20mA) or volt manually.
(10V). See parameter 4.17 AI2 IOEC2 and 4.09 MotorWdgTmpPhU1. Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1800 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
24 AI4 HighValue IO2
13 AI2 LowValue IO2 Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere (20mA) or volt
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input value in milliampere (0 or 4mA) or (10V). See parameter 4.19 AI4 IOEC2 and 4.11 MotorWdgTmpPhW1.
volt (0 or 2V). See parameter 4.17 AI2 IOEC2 and 4.09 MotorWdgTmpPhU1. Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1800 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
25 AI4 LowValue IO2
14 AI2 Minimum IO2 Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input value in milliampere (0 or 4mA) or
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI2. Value to correspond to minimum reference. volt (0 or 2V). See parameter 4.19 AI4 IOEC2 and 4.11 MotorWdgTmpPhW1.
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range) Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 26 AI4 Minimum IO2
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI4. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
15 AI2 Filter IO2 0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input 2. 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 100 = 1 s Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

16 AI2 Invert IO2 27 AI4 Filter IO2

Index Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input 4.
Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 100 = 1 s
YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 28 AI4 Invert IO2
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
17 AI2 Offset IO2 NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
manually. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
29 AI4 Offset IO2
18 AI3 HighValue IO2 Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere (20mA) or volt manually.
(10V). See parameter 4.18 AI3 IOEC2 and 4.10 MotorWdgTmpPhV1. Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1800 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-69 (of 358) H-70 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 13Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2)

user - programmable parameters

13.xx INVERT

13.xx HIGH VALUE

13.xx LOW VALUE

13.xx MINIMUM

13.xx OFFSET _ H igh

-1
13.xx FILTER _ L ow

Motor Winding Temp

- AI 2..4

Figure 13-4 Analogue Input AI2 ... 4 - IOEC2 - Overview

Example: Scaling of an analogue input signal:

I.e. MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE PHASE U

Transmitter range: analogue signal = 4 ... 20 mA (or 2 ... 10V , selected by HW-switch)
Range = 0 ... 180°C

Explanation of parameter settings:

13.12 HIGH VALUE : 20 mA (10V) = 180°C ⇒ Setting = 1800 (max value multiplied by 10)
13.13 LOW VALUE : 4 mA ( 2V) = 0°C ⇒ Setting = 0 (min value multiplied by 10)
13.14 MIN VALUE : 4 mA ( 2V) = ⇒ Setting = 4mA (2V)

⇒ MOTOR WDG TMP PHASE U: 4 ... 20mA (2 ... 10V) = 0 ... 180°C

[V] [mA]
analogue input value
10 20

8 16 max = 180 C

6 12

4 8
min = 0 C
2 4

o
-60 0 60 120 180 [ C]

Figure 13-5 Analogue Input Settings AI2 – IOEC2

The actual motor winding temperature in phase U is shown in parameter 04.06 MotorWdgTmpPhaseU (in °C).

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-71 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 14 Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 14Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
07 DO2Group+IndexIO2
Group name:
14 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO2 by setting this parameter
Description: Control of the digital outputs. to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
number that identifies the signal within the status word has to be selected with the next parameter.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
01 DO2Group+IndexIO1
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO2 by setting this parameter Example:
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit If Par. 14.07 is set to “801” and 14.08 is set to “2”, digital output DO2 is active when 8.01 MAIN
number that identifies the signal within the status word has to be selected with the next parameter. STATUS WORD / BIT 2 is “1”.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. If Par. 14.07 is set to “702” and 14.08 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO1 is controlled from
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
Example:
If Par. 14.01 is set to “801” and 14.02 is set to “1” , digital output DO2 is active when 8.01 MAIN By default, DO2 indicates RUNNING signal (Par. 8.01 / Bit 2)
STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 801 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
If Par. 14.01 is set to “702” and 14.02 is set to “12,13 or14” , digital output DO1 is controlled from
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
08 DO2 BitNumber IO2
By default, DO2 is the TrafoProtReset signal (Par. 8.04 / Bit 12) Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 14.07.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
NOTE!
With an ACS 1000i (par. 112.05 ‘’ = ‘Air&Trafo’) DO2 is fixed to the ‘TrafoProtReset’ command. 09 DO2 Invert IO2
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Inversion selection for output-signal DO2
0 = DIRECT (high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF)
02 DO2 BitNumber IO1 1 = INVERTED (high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON )
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 14.01. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 12 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
10 DO3Group+IndexIO2
03 DO2 Invert IO1 Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO3 by setting this parameter
Index Description: Inversion selection for output-signal DO2 to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
number that identifies the signal within the status word has to be selected with the next parameter.
0 = DIRECT (high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF)
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
1 = INVERTED (high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON )
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Example:
If Par. 14.10 is set to “801” and 14.11 is set to “7”, digital output DO3 is active when 8.01 MAIN
04 DO1Group+IndexIO2 STATUS WORD / BIT 7 is “1”.
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO1 by setting this parameter If Par. 14.10 is set to “702” and 14.11 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO3 is controlled from
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
number that identifies the signal within the status word has to be selected with the next parameter.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. By default, DO3 indicates ALARM signal (Par. 8.01 / Bit 7)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 801 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example:
If Par. 14.04 is set to “801” and 14.05 is set to “1” , digital output DO1 is active when 8.01 MAIN 11 DO3 BitNumber IO2
STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”. Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 14.10.
If Par. 14.04 is set to “702” and 14.05 is set to “12,13 or14” , digital output DO1 is controlled from Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 7 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.

By default, DO1 indicates DRIVE READY signal (Par. 8.01 / Bit 1) 12 DO3 Invert IO2
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 801 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Inversion selection for output-signal DO3
0 = DIRECT (high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF)
1 = INVERTED (high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON )
05 DO1 BitNumber IO2
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 14.04. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

06 DO1 Invert IO2

Index Description: Inversion selection for output-signal DO1
0 = DIRECT (high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF)
1 = INVERTED (high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON )
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-73 (of 358) H-74 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 14Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)

13 DO4Group+IndexIO2
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO4 by setting this parameter
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
number that identifies the signal within the status word has to be selected with the next parameter.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.

Example:
If Par. 14.13 is set to “801” and 14.14 is set to “3”, digital output DO4 is active when 8.01 MAIN
STATUS WORD / BIT 3 is “1”.
If Par. 14.13 is set to “702” and 14.14 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO4 is controlled from
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.

By default, DO4 indicates TRIPPED signal (Par. 8.01 / Bit 3)

Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 801 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

14 DO4 BitNumber IO2

Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 14.13.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

15 DO4 Invert IO2

Index Description: Inversion selection for output-signal DO4
0 = DIRECT (high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF)
1 = INVERTED (high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON )
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

Example
Programming of the digital output signal IOEC2 – D01: The digital output should be closed if the drive is running.

GROUP : 8 ⇒ STATUS WORDS ⇒ 14.04 : 801

INDEX : 01 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD 
BIT NUMBER : 2 ⇒ RDYREF (RUNNING) ⇒ 14.05 : 2
INVERTED : NO ⇒ DIRECT ⇒ 14.06 : DIRECT

user - programmable parameters

14.xx DOx INVERT IOEC2

14.xx DOx GROUP + INDEX IOEC2

14.xx DOx BIT NUMBER IOEC2

-1 - D01...4

Figure 14-1 Digital Output DO1 … DO4 – IOEC2 - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-75 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 15 Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 15Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
06 AO2Group+IndexIO1
Group name:
15 ANALOGUE OUTPUTS Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 15.06 to the
Description: Parameter group 15 provides the settings to assign any accessible real type numerical value of the parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
AMC – table (i.e. actual values like motor current, motor speed …) to an analogue output of IOEC 1 The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
or IOEC 2 and make the adjustment for scaling, filtering , inverting of the output signal.
Numerical values from a higher-level control system can also be transferred to the analogue outputs. Example:
When the actual value of the SHAFT POWER is to be read out at AO2 – IOEC1, parameter 15.06 is
set to 109 with 1 representing the group and 09 representing the index.
Analogue Outputs of IOEC1
A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output.
01 AO1Group+IndexIO1 The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 15.01 to the parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure
parameter group and index the value is to taken from. 19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 15.06 to the group and index of
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index)

Example: The default setting of 15.06 is 109, MOTOR TORQUE.

When the actual value of the MOTOR CURRENT is to be read out at AO1 - IOEC1, parameter
15.01 is set to 106 with 1 representing the group and 06 representing the index. NOTE!
With ACS 1000i the output IOEC1 - AO2 is fix set to 4mA to provide a current source for
A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output. temperature measurements and the settings of 15.06…10 are irrelevant.
The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 109 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 15.01 to the group and index of
the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index) 07 AO2 Invert IO1
Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
The default setting of 15.01 is 106, MOTOR FREQUENCY. 0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 106 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
02 AO1 Invert IO1
Index 08 AO2 Minimum IO1
Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output 1 = 0mA no offset
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA)
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
03 AO1 Minimum IO1 (for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.)
Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere. Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 = 0mA no offset
2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA) 09 AO2 Filter IO1
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.) Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
10 AO2 Scale IO1
Index Description: Nominal values of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 15.06
04 AO1 Filter IO1
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output. AO2Group+IndexIO1. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 AO1 Scale IO1

Index Description: Nominal values of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 15.01
AO1Group+IndexIO1. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 500 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-77 (of 358) H-78 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 15Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2) Continue Group 15Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
Analogue Outputs of IOEC2 17 AO2 Invert IO2
Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
11 AO1Group+IndexIO2 0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 15.11 to the 1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
parameter group and index the value is to taken from. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
The format is (x) xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
18 AO2 Minimum IO2
Example: Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere.
When the actual value of the MOTOR SPEED is to be read out at AO1 – IOEC2, parameter 15.11 is 1 = 0mA no offset
set to 102 with 1 representing the group and 02 representing the index. 2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA)
A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output. 3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA (for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.)
parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 15.11 to the group and index of
the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index) 19 AO2 Filter IO2
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
The default setting of 15.11 is 102, MOTOR SPEED. Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 102 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
20 AO2 Scale IO2
12 AO1 Invert IO2 Index Description: Nominal values of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 15.16
Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion. AO2Group+IndexIO2. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

user - programmable parameters

13 AO1 Minimum IO2
Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere. 15.xx INVERT IOx
1 = 0mA no offset
2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA) 15.xx GROUP + INDEX IOx
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA

Unit: Type: I Min: 1

(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.)
Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
15.xx MINIMUM IOx
+
-1
14 AO1 Filter IO2 15.xx SCALE IOx
*
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output. - A0x
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s 15.xx FILTER IOx

15 AO1 Scale IO2

Index Description: Nominal values of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 15.11
AO1Group+IndexIO2. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 1500 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Figure 15-1 Analogue Output AO1 & AO2 – IOEC1 / IOEC2 - Overview
16 AO2Group+IndexIO2
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 15.16 to the Example: Scaling of an analogue output signal
parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. i.e. AO1 – IOEC2: MOTOR SPEED

Example: Signal : 1.02 MOTOR SPEED

When the actual value of the MOTOR TORQUE FILT is to be read out at AO2 – IOEC2, parameter Signal range of actual speed : Range (see parameter 50.01), min speed ... max speed
15.16 is set to 108 with 1 representing the group and 08 representing the index. analogue output Signal = 0 ... 20mA

A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output. Calculation of parameter settings:
The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure 15.11 AO1 GROUP+INDEX IO2 : 1.02 ⇒ MOTOR SPEED
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 15.16 to the group and index of 15.12 AO1 INVERT IO2 : NO ⇒ min ... max speed = 0 ... 20mA
the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index) 15.13 AO1 MINIMUM IO2 : 10mA ⇒ min ... 0 ... max speed = 0 ... 10 ... 20mA
15.14 AO1 FILTER IO2 : 0.5s ⇒ filter time
The default setting of 15.16 is 108, MOTOR TORQUE FILT. 15.15 AO1 SCALE IO2 : 1000 ⇒ e.g. 50.01 = 1000rpm
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 108 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
⇒ MOTOR SPEED : 0 ... 10 ... 20mA = -1000 ... 0 ... 1000rpm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-79 (of 358) H-80 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 15Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)

[mA]
analogue output value
20

16

12

-1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 [rpm]

Figure 15-2 Range of Analogue Output Signal AO1 - IOEC1 - Diagram

15.11 AO1Group+Index IO2 102 102 102 102

15.12 AO1 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO
15.13 AO1 Minimum IO2 [mA] 0 4 10 10
15.14 AO1 Filter IO2 [s] 1 1 1 1
15.15 AO1 Scale IO2 1200 1200 1200 1200

1.02 MOTOR SPEED [rpm] 0 600 1200 0 600 1200 0 600 1200 -1200 0 1200

4.23 AO1 IOEC2 [mA] 0 10 20 4 12 20 10 15 20 0 10 20

15.11 AO1Group+Index IO2 102 102 102 102

15.12 AO1 Invert IO2 YES YES YES YES
15.13 AO1 Minimum IO2 [mA] 0 4 10 10
15.14 AO1 Filter IO2 [s] 1 1 1 1
15.15 AO1 Scale IO2 1200 1200 1200 1200

1.02 MOTOR SPEED [rpm] 0 600 1200 0 600 1200 0 600 1200 -1200 0 1200

4.23 AO1 IOEC2 [mA] 20 10 0 20 12 4 10 5 0 20 10 0

Figure 15-3 Scaling of Analogue Output Signal AO1 – IOEC2 (MotorSpeed) - Example

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-81 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 16 System Control Inputs Continue Group 16System Control Inputs

01 ProcessStop
Group name:
16 SYST CTRL INPUT Index Description: This parameter selects the source of the PROCESS STOP (run enable) signal.
Description: 1 = NOT USED process stop function not active
2 = DI8-IO2 process stop signal connected to digital input, DI8-IOEC2
3 = COMM.MODULE process stop signal connected to overriding system, connection is done
Process Stop Function via Par. 7.06 – Bit12 PROCESS STOP
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Motor Ctrl Mode
99.13

02 (102.01+201.08) ParameterLock
D=1 SCALAR
Index Description: Using the “PARAMETER LOCK” parameter can inhibit unauthorised parameter changes via control
Process Stop panel CDP 312 or DrivesWindow.
Mode
21.03 Process Stop MCB Ctrl 0 = LOCKED Parameter Lock is closed from Control Panel. Parameters cannot be altered. Only
DTC if "SCALAR" - mode is selected,
stop mode is fixed to
21.04 entering the valid code at Parameter 16.03 PASS CODE can open the Parameter
Process Stop "RAMP STOP" Lock.
0 Trip 1b
16.01 n= 0 MCB Opening 1 = OPEN Parameter Lock is open. Parameters can be altered.
Process Stop
NOT USED 1 1 RAMP STOP
& "Fault"
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 Trip 1a
DI8 - IOEC2 2 2 TORQ STOP MCB Stay Closed
-1 > 03 (102.02+201.10) Passcode
Process Stop
COMM.MODULE 3 3 COAST STOP & "Alarm"
Index Description: This parameter selects the pass code for the Parameter Lock. The default value of this parameter is 0.
(7.06 - Bit12)
In order to open the Parameter Lock changes the value to 358. After the Parameter Lock is opened
"0" = Process Stop active the value is automatically changed back to 0.
"1" = Process Stop inactive
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

Process Stop 04 FaultResetSel

RAMP STOP MODE TORQ STOP MODE COAST STOP MODE
Ramp Index: Description: Selects the source for the fault reset signal. The signal resets the drive after a fault trip if the cause of
n n n
22.06 (rpm) (rpm) (rpm) the fault is no longer exists.
n n n
self self self
1= KEYPAD
Fault reset is executed from the control panel keypad only (RESET - Key).
Par.: 22.06 t (s) t (s) t (s) 2 = DI12 – IO2
n
self
= self excitation speed set deceleration and Control Panel in REMOTE – Mode:
shape time to "zero"
Reset is activated by a rising (positive) edge of the digital input signal DI12 - IOEC2.
RAMP FUNCTION Control Panel in LOCAL – Mode:
Reset is activated by control panel keypad (RESET - Key)
3 = ON STOP
Control Panel in REMOTE – Mode:
Fault reset is executed along with the stop signal.
Process Stop RAMP STOP SUPERVISION Control Panel in LOCAL – Mode:
Speed Difference n speed difference limit Fault reset is executed along with the stop signal or from control panel keypad (RESET - Key)
21.05 (rpm) Par.: 21.05
4 = COMM.MODULE
ramp stop failed => go to "COAST STOP MODE"
n
self
Control Panel in REMOTE – Mode:
The reset signal is given through fieldbus control word OCW – Bit 07(see CHAPTER 2 –
Fieldbus Control).
t (s)
Control Panel in LOCAL – Mode:
Reset is activated by control panel keypad (RESET - Key)
Figure 16-1 Process Stop - Overview Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
After a process stop command is given, the drive is stopping according to the following steps:
RAMP STOP MODE: Motor is ramped down below Parameter 20.3 STOP DRIVE TUBE according selected PROCESS
STOP RAMP (Par. 22.06) ⇒ torque is set to zero ⇒ flux is ramped down to 20% ⇒ machine is
short circuit with zero voltage vector. During ramp down “RAMP STOP SUPERVISION” is
activated (see Par. 21.05 Process Stop Speed Difference).
TORQ STOP MODE: PROCESS STOP RAMP (Par. 22.06) and SHAPE TIME (Par. 22.07) are set to zero (internal by
SW) ⇒ motor is ramped down with maximal allowed braking current or the maximum allowed DC
voltage
COAST STOP MODE: Torque is set to zero ⇒ drive is running with zero torque until the actual motor speed is below self
excitation speed (deceleration time has no influence) ⇒ flux is ramped down to 20% ⇒ machine is
short circuit with zero voltage vector

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-83 (of 358) H-84 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 16System Control Inputs

05 UserMacro IO Chg
Index: Description: This parameter enables the selection of the desired User Macro via a digital input or fieldbus control
word in the following way:
When the state of the specified digital input changes from high to low User Macro 1 is loaded. When
the state of the specified digital input changes from low to high User Macro 2 is loaded.
NOTE!
The User Macro can be changed via a digital input only when the MCB is switched Off. During the
change of the Macro the drive will not start.
The value of this parameter is not included in the User Macro. A setting once made remains despite
the User Macro change.
Always save the User Macro by Parameter 99.13 after changing any parameter settings. The last
settings saved by the user are loaded into use whenever the power is switched off and on again or the
macro is changed. Any unsaved changes will be lost.
(see also Par. 99.13 APPLICATION MACRO)
1 = NOT SEL
User macro change is not possible through a digital input.
2 = DI1 – IO2
3 = DI2 – IO2
4 = DI3 – IO2
5 = DI4 – IO2
6 = DI5 – IO2
7 = DI6 – IO2
Falling edge of digital input DI1 – IOEC2: User macro 1 is loaded into use.
Rising edge of digital input DI1 – IOEC2: User macro 2 is loaded into use.
8= COMM.MODULE
Falling edge of ACW1 – Bit 04: User macro 1 is loaded into use.
Rising edge of ACW1 – Bit 04: User macro 2 is loaded into use.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 8 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

06 (R / 210.01) OldUserPasscode
Index Description: This parameter authorises the setting of a new pass code for the Parameter Lock. After the
OldUserPasscode is opened the value is automatically changed back to 0.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 999 Def: 358 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

07 (W / 210.01) NewUserPasscode
Index Description: This parameter selects the new pass code for the Parameter Lock and stores it into the flash. After
the NewUserPasscode is set, the value is automatically changed back to 0.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 999 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-85 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 17 Utilities

Group name:
17 UTILITIES
Description: Group 17 allows the monitoring of several internal values.

01 (R / 170.01) ProbeVariable
Index Description: Parameter 17.1 is used to choose one of the available entities.
Parameter 17.2, 17.3, 17.4 change their meaning depending on what is chosen in parameter 17.1. For
DriveWindow users, this means that after changing parameter 17.1 the complete parameter list
should be uploaded again. Otherwise, the name of parameters 17.2 ... 17.4 and possibly the Unit
name will not be correct, even though the displayed numbers are correct.
1= InvCurrent U 11 = StaCurrent X
2= InvCurrent V 12 = StaCurrent Y
3= InvCurrent W 13 = InvVoltage X
4= FilCurrent U 14 = InvVoltage Y
5= FilCurrent V 15 = FilVoltage X
6= FilCurrent W 16 = FilVoltage Y
7= MotCurrent U 17 = DCVoltage 1
8= MotCurrent V 18 = DCVoltage 2
9= MotCurrent W 19 = DCVoltageTot
10 = GndCurrent 20 = DCVoltageDif
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 20 Def: 1 Int. scaling:

02 (R / 170.02) Xyyy (selected ProbeVariable will be displayed)

Index Description: Displays the average (DC) value of the entity chosen. The time constant to separate it from the AC
part is about 3 seconds.
Unit: x DC Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: 1 = 1 xx DC

03 (R / 170.03) Xyyy (selected ProbeVariable will be displayed)

Index Description: Displays the true-RMS value of the AC part of the entity. To separate AC from DC the same time
constant as for 17.2 is used. To build the average value, a time constant of about 100 ms is used.
Unit: x AC Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: 1 = 1 xx AC

04 (R / 170.04) Xyyy (selected ProbeVariable will be displayed)

Index Description: Displays the true RMS value of the complete signal, AC plus DC components.
All values 17.2 .. 17.4 are updated every 50 ms.
Unit: x rms Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: 1 = 1 x rms

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-87 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 18 Process Speed

Group name:
18 PROCESS SPEED
Description: This parameter can be altered while the ACS1000 running.

SPEED
MEASUREMENT

Group 50
SPEED FB SEL

MOTOR MODEL
MOTOR SPEED
1.02
SPEED MEASURED
ENCODER 1.04
PROCESS SPEED
PROCESS SPEED
1.01

18.01 SCALE
18.02 UNIT
Figure 18-1 Process Speed - Overview

01 Scale
Index Description: This parameter matches the process speed to the motor speed. The value of this parameter
corresponds to the greater one of the absolute value defined by parameter 20.01 and 20.02,
maximum speed and minimum speed. The process speed is displayed with one decimal.
When the value of this parameter is set to 1, the possible values of the process speed display are 0.1,
0.2, 0.3…0.9, 1.0. The value 1.0 corresponds to, for example, 1500rpm, if it is set at the maximum
speed, and the absolute value of the minimum speed is smaller.
Unit: Type: R Min: 1 Max: 100000 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 Unit
Index Description: Selection of the Unit of the process speed.
1 = NO
2 = rpm
3 =%
4 = m/s
Unit: Type: R Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 xx

PROCESS SPEED PROCESS SPEED PROCESS SPEED

18.01 - 1000 18.01 - 100 18.01 - 40
18.02 - rpm 18.02 - % 18.02 - m/s

Motor Speed Motor Speed Motor Speed

[rpm] [rpm] [rpm]

1000 1000 1000

maximum of
20.01 / 20.02
500 500 500

-1000 -500 -100 -50 -40 -20

500 1000 Process Speed 50 100 Process Speed 20 40 Process Speed

[rpm] [%] [m/s]

-500 -500 -500

18.01 SCALE

-1000 -1000 -1000

Figure 18-2 Process Speed Selection - Example

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-89 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 19 Data Storage Continue Group 19Data Storage

06 DATA 6
Group name:
19 DATA STORAGE Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Description: This parameter group consists of the unconnected parameters for linking, testing and commissioning Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
purposes. The overriding system can also control the analogue outputs of the IOEC boards by using
this parameter group. 07 DATA 7
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Example: Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
APC2, AC80 AMC3
08 DATA 8
Application DataSet Table
Controller
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Software DS VAL
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Address
A*
ACSRX : : Assignment For
DS14 : : of DataSet Drives Window
Index: 1 1 Group Index Tool
Index: 2 14 2 92 08 19.01
A* : Value assigned
for drive control, for Index: 3 3
example tension
controller output : :
Address of DataSet 14 Index 2 is 92.08. By setting parameter 92.08 to value 19.01, the value A* can
be trended with DriveWindow monitor tool or sent to analogue output (see parameter group 15).

APC2, AC80 AMC3

Application DataSet Table
Controller
Software DS VAL Address
B*
ACSRX : : Assignment For
DS15 : : of DataSet Drives Window
Index: 1 1 Group Index Tool
B* : Value assigned Index: 2 15 2 94 08 19.02
for application of
Index: 3 3
overriding system,
for example tension
regulator gain
: :
Setting 94.08 to the value 19.02 by DCP312 Control Panel or DriveWindow, allows value being
sent, for example gain value for tension regulator.

Figure 19-1 Data Storage - Example

01 DATA 1
Index Description: Parameter setting or reading from the overriding system.
Example:
Signal from the Dataset 18 Index 3 is required for the trending measurement in the DriveWindow
tool. Set parameter 90.15 DATASET 18 VAL 3 to the value 1901 (group19 + index 01). Assign
parameter 19.01 DATA 1 to the selected trending channel in DriveWindow.
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 DATA 2
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 DATA 3
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 DATA 4
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 DATA 5
Index Description: See 19.01 DATA 1
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-91 (of 358) H-92 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 20 Limit Values Continue Group 20Limit Values

11 (R / 135.05) FreqTripMargin
Group name:
20 LIMITS Index Description: The purpose of this parameter is to protect the process against an overspeed condition by supervising
Description: This parameter group defines the maximum and minimum limits for speed, frequency, and current the stator frequency.
and torque algorithms. It is recommended to set the trip margin to a value higher than 3 % of the nominal frequency,
because the slip frequency and the jitter of the actual frequency have to be taken into account.
Otherwise overspeed trips could occur.
01 (R / 135.04) MinimumSpeed
Index Description: Negative speed reference limit in rpm.(see Figure 23-1) For a speed supervision with a smaller margin use ‘Group 32 Limit Supervision’ (slip already
For step-up transformer option: if parameter 132.23 (StepUpMinFreq) is not equal 0 the minimum taken into account in actual value and actual value stronger filtered).
speed is limited according to that minimum starting frequency for step-up.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: -20000 rpm Max: Par. 20.02 Def: -1100 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01 This parameter defines together with parameters SPEEDMAX and SPEEDMIN (FREQ MAX and
FREQ MIN in the scalar control mode) the maximum allowed frequency of the drive. If this
02 (R / 135.02) MaximumSpeed frequency is reached, the trip OVER SPEED FAULT is activated.
Index Description: Positive speed reference limit in rpm. (see Figure 23-1)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Par. 20.01 Max: 18000rpm Def: 1100 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01 The overspeed is calculated as follows:
overfreq. limit [Hz] = max. speed [Hz] + Trip Margin [Hz]
03 (R / 135.07) StopDriveTube overfreq. limit [Hz] = 20.02 [Hz] + 20.11 [Hz],
Index Description: The absolute speed value at which the drive coasts after a stop command. where 20.02 [Hz] = (20.02 [rpm] * rated_frequency [Hz]) / (synchronous_speed [rpm])
For step-up transformer option: if parameter 132.23 (StepUpMinFreq) is not equal 0 the ‘stop drive 20.11 Freq Trip Margin Hz Example:
tube’ speed is limited according to that minimum starting frequency for step-up.
max speed A rated speed of 1780 rpm corresponds to a
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: Par. 20.02 Def: 10 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01 20.02
synchronous speed of 1800 rpm:
(R / 136.12) 20.02 [Hz] = 20.02 [rpm] * 60 [Hz] / 1800 [rpm]
04 MaxMotorCurrent
Index Description: Maximum output current in A of the motor nominal current. = 59.33 [Hz]
Unit: % Type: R Min: 1% Max: 400% Def: 120 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
0 overfreq. limit = 59.33 Hz + 2 Hz = 61.33 Hz

05 (R / 136.01) MaximumTorque
Index Description: Maximum positive output torque as a % of the motor nominal torque. (see Figure 26-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 300 % Def: 120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
min speed
20.01

06 (R / 136.02) MinimumTorque 20.11 Freq Trip Margin Hz

Index Description: Minimum negative output torque as a % of the motor nominal torque. (see Figure 26-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: -300 % Max: 0 % Def: -120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % Figure 20-1 Freq. Trip Margin - Diagram
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Hz Max: 200 Hz Def: 2 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz
07 (R / 136.07) SPC TorqMax
Index Description: Maximum limit at the output of the speed controller as a % of the motor nominal torque. (see Figure
24-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 300 % Def: 120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

08 (R / 136.08) SPC TorqMin

Index Description: Minimum limit at the output of the speed controller as a % of the motor nominal torque. (see Figure
24-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: -300 % Max: 0 % Def: -120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

09 (R / 136.05) TREF TorqMax

Index Description: Maximum torque reference as a % of the motor nominal torque for external torque ref. (see Figure
25-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 300 % Def: 120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

10 (R / 136.06) TREF TorqMin

Index Description: Minimum torque reference as a % of the motor nominal torque for external torque ref. (see Figure
25-1)
Unit: % Type: R Min: -300 % Max: 0 % Def: -120 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-93 (of 358) H-94 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 20Limit Values

12 (R / 135.09) AtSetpointMargin
Index Description: The purpose of this parameter is to supervise that the actual speed follows the reference speed.
This parameter defines the margin for the “AT SETPOINT”- signal. If the speed reference and actual
value is within SETPOINT MARGIN range, Bit 8 in the Main Status Word (MSW) will be set to
high.

The calculation of the setpoint margin in rpm is as follow:

Motor Nom Speed (Par.: 99.05) * At Setpoint Margin (Par.: 20.12)
Setpoint Margin = [rpm]
100%

n ref
Example:
Par.: 20.12 = 2%
Par.: 20.12 Par.: 99.05 = 1470rpm
AT SETPOINT
MARGIN

n act
1470rpm * 2%
Setpoint Margin = ----------------- = 29,4rpm
100%
t

1 If the actual speed is within the AT SETPOINT

0
range (+/- 29,4rpm) of the reference value, the
t AT SETPOINT – bit (MSW – Bit 8) will be set
8.01 MSW Bit 8 - AT SETPOINT to TRUE.
Figure 20-2 Setpoint Margin - Diagram
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 1 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-95 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 21 Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function Continue Group 21Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function

Group name: Process Stop Function

21 START/STOP/MCB
Description: Selection of Start / Stop and MCB functions. The parameters marked with (O) can only be altered Motor Ctrl Mode
while the ACS1000 is stopped. 99.13

D=1 SCALAR

01 (RW / 171.11) FlyStartEnable

Process Stop
Index Description: Selection of the flying start function. This parameter has to be set to ON if the drive will be start into Mode
a rotating machine (Flying Start). 21.03 Process Stop MCB Ctrl
DTC if "SCALAR" - mode is selected,
0 = OFF fly start is not active stop mode is fixed to
21.04

"RAMP STOP"
1 = ON fly start is active Process Stop
0 Trip 1 b

Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 16.01 n= 0 MCB Opening
Process Stop
NOT USED 1 RAMP STOP
& "Fault"
1
1 Trip 1 a
Stop Function DI8 - IOEC2 2 2 TORQ STOP MCB Stay Closed
-1 >
Process Stop
Motor Ctrl Mode COMM.MODULE 3 3 COAST STOP &
if "SCALAR" - mode is selected, "Alarm"
99.13 (7.06 - Bit12)
stop mode is fixed to
D=1 SCALAR "0" = Process Stop active
"RAMP STOP"
KEYPAD "1" = Process Stop inactive
STOP
CONTROL
Stop Function DTC
21.02 1 RAMP STOP
Process Stop RAMP STOP MODE TORQ STOP MODE COAST STOP MODE
IOEC 2: DI 1...6 Command to "STOP" 2 TORQ STOP Ramp n n n
22.06 (rpm) (rpm) (rpm)
3 COAST STOP
Comm. M odule
n n n
self self self

Par.: 22.06 t (s) t (s) t (s)

n = self excitation speed set deceleration and

self
shape time to "zero"
RAMP STOP MODE TORQ STOP MODE RAMP FUNCTION COAST STOP MODE
n n n RAMP FUNCTION
(rpm) (rpm) (rpm)

n n n
self self self

t (s) t (s) t (s)

Process Stop RAMP STOP SUPERVISION
Dec . Time
Speed Difference n speed difference limit
set deceleration and nself = self excitation speed 21.05 (rpm) Par.: 21.05
shape time to "zero"
ramp stop failed => go to "COAST STOP MODE"
Figure 21-1 Stop Function - Overview n
self

After a stop command is given, the drive is stopping according to the following steps:
RAMP STOP MODE: Motor is ramped down below Parameter 20.3 STOP DRIVE TUBE according selected t (s)

DECELERATION RAMP (Par. 22.01, 22.03 & 22.05) ⇒ torque is set to zero ⇒ flux is ramped
down to 20% ⇒ machine is short circuit with zero voltage vector. During ramp down “ramp stop Figure 21-2 Process Stop Function - Overview
supervision” is activated (see Par. 21.05 Process Stop Speed Difference). After a process stop command is given, the drive is stopping according to the following steps:
TORQ STOP MODE: DECELERATION RAMP (Par.: 22.03 & 22.05) and SHAPE TIME (Par. 22.07) are set to zero
RAMP STOP MODE: motor is ramped down below Parameter 20.3 STOP DRIVE TUBE according selected PROCESS
(intern by SW) ⇒ motor is ramped down with maximal allowed braking current or the maximum
allowed DC voltage STOP RAMP (Par. 22.06) ⇒ torque is set to zero ⇒ flux is ramped down to 20% ⇒ machine is
short circuit with zero voltage vector. During ramp down “ramp stop supervision” is activated (see
COAST STOP MODE: torque is set to zero ⇒ drive is running with zero torque until the actual motor speed is below self
Par. 21.05 Process Stop Speed Difference).
excitation speed (deceleration time has no influence) ⇒ flux is ramped down to 20% ⇒ machine is
short circuit with zero voltage vector TORQ STOP MODE: PROCESS STOP RAMP (Par. 22.06) and SHAPE TIME (Par. 22.07) are set to zero (intern by
SW) ⇒ motor is ramped down with maximal allowed braking current or the maximum allowed DC
02 StopFunction voltage
Index Description: Selection of stop function. If SCALAR mode is selected, only STOP RAMPING is possible. The COAST STOP MODE: torque is set to zero ⇒ drive is running with zero torque until the actual motor speed is below self
parameter itself will be write protected. excitation speed (deceleration time has no influence) ⇒ flux is ramped down to 20% ⇒ machine is
1 = STOP RAMPNG stop by the deceleration ramp DECEL TIME (22.02) short circuit with zero voltage vector
2 = STOP TORQ stop by the torque limit
3 = COAST STOP stop with zero torque
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-97 (of 358) H-98 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 21Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function Continue Group 21Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function
03 ProcessStopMode 07 MCB FeedbackSig (O)
Index Description: Selection of process stop function when process stop mode is active (16.01). If SCALAR mode is Index Description: With this parameter the feedback signals of the MCB has to be selected (open/closed of main circuit
selected, only “STOP RAMPING” is possible, parameter itself will be write protected and fixed set breaker).
to “STOP PAMPING” (see figure 21-2). If ONE SIGNAL is selected, only feedback signal for MCB status “CLOSED” (dig. Input IOEC2 –
1 = STOP RAMPNG stop by the deceleration ramp PROCESS STOP RAMP (Par. 22.06) DI10) is supervised.
2 = STOP TORQ stop by the torque limit If TWO SIGNALS is selected, feedback signal for MCB status “CLOSED” (dig. Input IOEC2 –
3 = COAST STOP stop with zero torque DI10) and feedback signal for MCB status “OPEN” (dig. Input IOEC2 – DI9) is supervised.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 0 = ONE SIGNAL only feedback signal CLOSED is supervised
1 = TWO SIGNALS both feedback signals, OPEN and CLOSED, are supervised
04 ProcessStopMCBCtr Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Selection of MCB reaction if the “Process Stop” is activated (see figure 16-1).
08 MCB AvailableSig (O)
0 = OPENING after drive has stopped, the MCB will be opened Index Description: Selection of the feedback signal “MCB available” (IOEC2 - DI11). If the MCB has an available
1 = STAY CLOSED after drive has stopped, the MCB will not be opened signal, the supervision of the signal can be activated here. Normaly the available signal is used to
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 supervise if MCB is in test position or drawn out.

05 ProcessStopSpdDif Note!
Index Description: Supervises the deceleration of drive speed after a process stop command has been given. This If this parameter is selected to LOW ACTIV, the earth isolatar can only be operated if dig. Input
supervision starts 5 seconds after the drive has received the process stop signal. If the drive is not IOEC2 – DI11 is ON (MCB is not available).
able to decelerate wihin specified rate, drive will be stopped by coasting and Bit 02 at If this parameter is selected to HIGH ACTIV, the earth isolatar can only be operated if dig. Input
AUX_STATUS_WORD 2 (PROCESS_STOP_COAST) is set to state “1”. This function is only IOEC2 – DI11 is OFF (MCB is not available).
active if Par. 21.04 PROCESS STOP COMMAND is set to “STOP RAMP” and Par. 21.05 1 = NO Feedback signal MCB AVAILABLE is not used.
PROCESS STOP SPEED DIFF is > 0 rpm. 2 = LOW ACTIV Feedback signal MCB AVAILABLE is used as a low activ signal (dig. Input
Process Ramp Stop
IOEC2 – DI11 “OFF” = MCB is available, dig. Input IOEC2 – DI11 “ON” =
Command MCB is not available).
SPEED IXI
"Process Ramp Stop" failed 3 = HIGH ACTIV Feedback signal MCB AVAILABLE is used as a high activ signal (dig.
rpm = > command to "Coast Stop"
(speed difference outside allowed limit) Input IOEC2 – DI11 “OFF” = MCB is not available, dig. Input IOEC2 –
1000 DI11 “ON” = MCB is available).
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

750 21.05 PROCESS STOP SPEED DIFF

09 MCB CloseTimeLim
Index Description: Maximum operating time for closing the MCB. If the MCB has not reached the closed position
within this time, a trip will be initiated.
500 Master-Follower: the closing time limit in the master drive has to be at least 2 sec longer than in the
follower drive.
Motor Speed (Act)
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 30 s Def: 3 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
250

Calculated 10 MCB OpenTimeLim

Motor Speed (Act)
Index Description: Time delay after which MCB ORD TRIP (IOEC1 - DO6) is activated, if the MCB does not open
upon an opening command.
22.06 PROCCES STOP RAMP
t s Master-Follower: the opening time limit in the master drive has to be at least 2 sec longer than in
the follower drive.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 30 s Def: 3 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
Figure 21-3 Supervision of Process Stop - Diagram
Unit: rpm/s Type: R Min: 0 rpm/s Max: 18000 rpm/s Def: 10 rpm/s Integer scaling: 1 = 1 rpm/s

MCB Control

06 MCB OnControlMode (O)

Index Description: With this parameter the MCB ON command has to be selected (opening/closing of main circuit
breaker).
If ONE signal for opening and closing is needed than this parameter has to be set to ONE SIGNAL
(dig. Output IOEC2 - DO6 is “ON” = closing command or “OFF” = opening command; dig. Output
IOEC2-DO5 is always de-energized).
If TWO separate signals, one for opening and one for closing, are needed than this parameter has to
be set to TWO SIGNALS (dig. Output IOEC2 - D05 “OFF” = opening command, dig. Output
IOEC2 - D06 “ON” = closing command; in normal operation digital Output of IOEC2 - DO5 is
“ON” and dig. Output IOEC2 - DO6 is “OFF”).
0 = ONE SIGNAL steady state signal
1 = TWO SIGNALS pulse signal
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-99 (of 358) H-100 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 21Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function Continue Group 21Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function

Mcb Control Overview 11 BackspinLockFunc

Index Description: This parameter activates the backspin lockout function. If lockout is active, a start command will be
ignored (Start inhibition is active). ASW1 – Bit08 (Backspin Lockout Act) will be set during a
no light =
pending lockout and drive status shows “Lockout Act”
INT - RELAIS
Board IOEC1 & IOEC2 - Note!
DO5 / DO6 This parameter can not be changed during an active lockout.
OFF
LWL "MCB Off" 0 = OFF No action, backspin lockout function is not used.
(light on = no trip)
PPCS-Link 1 = ON Backspin lockout function is active.
no light = Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Signal = " 0 "

AMC3 LWL LW L
12 BackspinLockTime
Converter Converter Index Description: This parameter defines the start inhibition delay time. If this parameter setting is overwritten during
D05
active lockout time, the new time will only be taken after the next stop. The former parameter setting
Heater & / Motor Heater is still valid for the actual pending lockout.
Control
Unit: S Type: R Min: 0 Max: 7200 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s

D06 13 BackspinLockReset
Index Description: With this parameter an active lockout can be reset.
& / MCB Trip
Note!
This parameter can only be set from service.
Par.: 5.01 0 = OFF Backspin lockout, reset is not active
DO1-6 Status IOEC1 IOEC1 1 = ON Backspin lockout, lockout (time) will be reset
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
LW L
Converter
MCB
D05 (RW / 171.15)
Control 14 FlyBackSrchEna
& / MCB Open
Index Description: Selection of the backward search function for flying start. This parameter has to be set to ON if the
drive may be started into a rotating machine with negative speed. The flying start function is
selected with parameter 21.01.
0 = OFF backward search is not active
D06
1 = ON backward search is active
& MCB Close
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

Par.: 5.02
DO1-6 Status IOEC2

IOEC2

Figure 21-4 LWL “MCB OFF” – Signal of IOEC1 & 2 - Overview

Backspin Lockout Function

n Pump If the motor is stopped or tripped it
rpm Stop is accelerated in the other direction
Command Stopped
due to back flowing fluid.
Par.: 21.12
If the pump/motor is started while
Backspin Lockout Time driven in the wrong direction, the
motor can be seriously damaged.
Therefore, a restart has to be
Start inhibited prevented and a start inhibition
must be active until the motor has
0 t stopped completely.
s
If this function is needed, the
backspin lockout time has to be
measured during commissioning
and entered in parameter 21.12
Backspin Lockout Time.
Backspin Lockout active Backspin Lockout not active
Stopping
(ASW1 - Bit 8 = "1") (ASW1 - Bit 8 = "0")

Figure 21-5 Backspin Lockout Function - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-101 (of 358) H-102 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 22 Ramp Functions Continue Group 22Ramp Functions

05 DecelTime2
Group name:
22 RAMP FUNCTIONS Index Description: The time required for the speed to change from maximum speed to zero. The maximum speed is
Description: Speed reference ramp functions. defined with parameter 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED, or 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED if the absolute
RAMP SHAPE value of the limit is greater than the maximum limit.
SPEED REF3
SPEED_REF Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 2000 s Def: 60 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
23.01 3.02
Stop by torque limit
ACC / DEC ½ SEL
RAMP SHAPE TIME
06 ProcessStopRamp
22.01 ACCELERATION Index Description: If process stop is activated and parameter PROCESS STOP MODE 21.03 is set to STOP
TIME
ACCEL TIME 1 0,1s RAMPING, the drive starts to decelerating according to this parameter value. The time required for
1 DECELAR AT ION
22.02 OFF
0,1s T IME the speed to change from maximum speed to zero.
2
ACCEL TIME 2 Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 2000 s Def: 20 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
22.04 ON

DECEL TIME 1
07 (RW / 120.03) ShapeTime
22.03 Index Description: Speed reference-softening time. Function is deactivated during the emergency stop and process stop.
DECEL TIME 2

22.05 MA X
RAMP SHAPE TIME SPEED REFERENCE
VAR SLOPE RATE
22.07
22.09 0s
0 SPEED REFERENCE
C HANGE LIMITED BY
RA MP FUNCTION
VAR. SLOPE

22.08 FILTERED SPEED

REFERENC E C HANGE
PROCESS STOP RAMP

22.06
A CCELER TIME RAMP SHAPE TIME

PROCESS STOP ON

Figure 22-2 Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp Shape - Diagram

Figure 22-1 Ramp Function Generator - Overview Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 1000 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

01 Acc/Dec 1/2Sel 08 (R / 121.27) VariableSlope

Index Description: This parameter selects the Acceleration/Deceleration Ramp pair in use. The selection can be Index Description: This function is used to control the slope of the speed ramp during a speed reference change. The
performed through digital inputs. If digital inputs are selected it is possible to switch over from time t for step A is defined by parameter 22.09 VAR SLOPE RATE.
ACC1/DEC1 to ACC/DEC2 (0V DC on DIx – IOEC2 = Acceleration ramp 1 and deceleration ramp
1 are used, 24V DC on DIx – IOEC2 = Acceleration ramp 2 and deceleration ramp 2 are used). SPEED REF
Example:
Overriding system transmits the speed
1 = ACC/DEC 1 Ramp time is fixed to ACC1 / DEC1 t reference with his own interval time. To get a
2 = ACC/DEC 2 Ramp time is fixed to ACC2 / DEC2 straight line on SPEED REF3 the VAR
3 = DI1 – IO2 change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI1 – IOEC2 A SPEED REF 3 SLOPE FUNCTION can be used. In this case
4 = DI2 – IO2 the Par. 22.09 has to be increased until
change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI2 – IOEC2
5 = DI3 – IO2 SPEED REF 3 is a straight line.
change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI3 – IOEC2 Figure 22-3 Variable Slope Ramp - Diagram
6 = DI4 – IO2
change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI4 – IOEC2
7 = DI5 – IO2 0 = OFF Function is disabled.
8 = DI6 – IO2 change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI5 – IOEC2 1 = ON Variable slope is enabled and the slope rate is defined by parameter VARIABLE
change over from ACC1 / DEC1 to ACC2 / DEC2 by DI6 – IOEC2 SLOPE RATE 22.07.
Unit: Type: IL Min: 1 Max: 8 Def: 1 Int. scaling: Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 AccelTime1 09 (R / 121.26) VarSlopeRate

Index Description: The time required for the speed to change from 0 to maximum speed. The maximum speed is defined Index Description: Speed ramp time t for the speed reference change A, when parameter 22.08 VARIABLE SLOPE is
with parameter 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED or 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED if the absolute value of the ON.
limit is greater than the maximum limit.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 200 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 2000 s Def: 20 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

03 DecelTime1
Index Description: The time required for the speed to change from maximum speed to zero. The maximum speed is
defined with parameter 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED or 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED if the absolute
value of the limit is greater than the maximum limit.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 2000 s Def: 20 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

04 AccelTime2
Index Description: The time required for the speed to change from 0 to the maximum speed. The maximum speed is
defined with parameter 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED, or 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED if the absolute
value of the limit is greater than the maximum limit.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 2000 s Def: 60 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-103 (of 358) H-104 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 23 Speed Reference Continue Group 23Speed Reference

04 (R / 120.09) SpeedCorrection INPUT
Group name:
23 SPEED REFERENCE Index Description: This parameter value can be added to the filtered reference value.
Description: Speed reference functions. Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Par. 20.01 Max: Par. 20.02 Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01
LOCAL / REMOTE
ACCELERATION
LIMITER COMPENSATION 05 (R / 120.08) SpeedShare
LOCAL REF
Index Description: Speed reference share coefficient.
TORQ ACC COMP REF
3.07 Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 400 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
REMOTE REF
ACC COMP DER
24.15 TIME 06 (R / 121.10) SpeedErrorFilter
20.01 MINIMUM SPEED
24.16 ACC COMP FILT
TIME
Index Description: Speed reference and actual error filter time.
20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 999999 ms Def: 0 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
SETPOINT
LIMITER WEIGHTING
SPEED REF
23.01
Window Control
+
When window control is used, normally parameter 26.01
SPEED SHARE x _
TORQUE SELECTOR = ADD. Window control mode can be
23.05
selected by a signal from the fieldbus via AUX CTRL WORD
24.06 SET P WEIGHTING
Torq Ref
20.01 MINIMUM SPEED 1 (7.02 – Bit7) or by parameter 23.07 WINDOW SEL ON. The
24.07 +

PID-Controller (Grp. 24)

SET POINT WEIGHT
20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED
SPC Output size of the window (in window control mode) is determined by
parameters 23.09 WINDOW WIDTH POS or 23.10 WINDOW
WIDTH NEG (rpm).
ACC / DEC / SHAPE
23.04 + LIMITER When running with window control, the speed controller output
SPEED CORRECTION

MCW-B4
MCW-B8, B9 is zero if speed error is less than number in WINDOW WITH
+ Speed Window Width
parameters. If speed error is larger than the number in
SPEED REF2 INCHING SPEED1 _
MCW-B6 SPEED REF4
3.01 23.02 WINDOW WIDTH, the speed controller output, TORQ REF2
RAMP
INCHING SPEED2 SPEED REF3 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED (3.09) is added to the torque reference. In AUX STATUS
23.03 3.02 + 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED ACTUAL WORD 1 (8.02-Bit1) it is shown when speed error is greater
SPEED than or less than the WINDOW WIDTH value. Pay attention to
0 SPC Output the speed controller output limits, 20.07 SPC TORQMAX and
MCW-B5 HOLD
20.08 SPC TORQMIN and to how much it has adapted to
0
DROOP RATE Time correct the torque reference.
22.01 ACC/DEC 1/2 SEL 24.01
Speed Error > Window Width When the window control is enabled, the integrator of the
22.02 ACCEL TIME 1
FILTER WINDOW CTRL
Speed Error < Window Width speed controller can be released or blocked by parameter 23.08
22.03 DECEL TIME 1 - Speed Error = 0 WINDOW INTG ON. When 23.08 = OFF, the window control
22.04 ACCEL TIME 2 works only as a P-controller.
22.05 DECEL TIME 2 +
x
22.06 PROCESS STOP RAMP (-1)
23.07 WINDOW SEL ON
Figure 23-2 Window Control, Effect of Load Change on a Torque Controlled Drive - Diagram
22.07 RAMP SHAPE TIME
SPEED ERROR
23.06 FILTER TIME
23.08 WINDOW INTEG ON
22.08 VARIABLE SLOPE
07 (RW / 121.22) WindowSelectOn
23.09 WINDOW WIDTH POS
22.09 VARIABLE SLOPE RATE Index Description: The speed controller is deactivated as long as the speed deviation remains within determined limits,
23.10 WINDOW WIDTH NEG
ACW1-B2 RAMP BYPASS which allows the torque reference to affect the process directly.
ACW1-B3 BAL RAMP OUT
SPEED STEP 0 = OFF Function is disabled.
Process Stop PROCESS STOP RAMP 23.11 + 1 = ON Speed controller is activated if the speed is outside the specified range (parameter
(DI / OCW-B12) ACTIVE
SPEED ERROR NEG 23.09 and 23.10)
dV/dt 3.17 3.03
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Figure 23-1 Speed Reference Chain - Overview (RW / 121.23)
08 WindowIntegOn
Index Description: The idea of Window control is to deactivate the speed controller as long as the speed deviation
01 (R / 124.02) SpeedRef INPUT remains within the window set by Parameters 23.09 WINDOW WIDTH POS and 23.10 WINDOW
Index Description: Main speed reference input for the speed control of the drive. WIDTH NEG. This allows the external torque reference to affect the process directly.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Par. 20.01 Max: Par. 20.02 Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01 For example, in Master/Follower drives, where the follower is torque controlled, window control is
used to keep the speed deviation of the follower under control. The speed error output to the speed
02 InchingSpeed1 controller is zero, when the speed error is within the window. If the load of the follower disappears
Index: Description: Inching speed reference to replace the parameter 23.01 SPEED REF, when OVERR CTRL WORD due to a disturbance in the process, the speed error will be outside of the window. The speed
7.01 bit 8 is in state TRUE. controller reacts and its output is added to the torque reference. Speed control brings the speed
Unit: rpm Type: I Min: -18000 rpm Max: 18000rpm Def: 0 rpm Integer scaling: see par 50-01 difference back into the window. This function could be called overspeed or underspeed protection in
the torque control mode.
03 InchingSpeed2 0 = OFF Integrator of speed controller is blocked when window control is on
Index: Description: Inching speed reference to replace the parameter 23.01 SPEED REF, when OVERR CTRL WORD 1 = ON Integrator of speed controller is released when window control is on
7.01 bit 9 is in state TRUE
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: rpm Type: I Min: -18000 rpm Max: 18000rpm Def: 0 rpm Integer scaling: see par 50-01

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-105 (of 358) H-106 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 23Speed Reference

09 (R / 121.24) WindowWidthPos
Index Description: Positive limit for the window control.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: See 20.02 Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01

10 (R / 121.25) WindowWidthNeg
Index Description: Negative limit for the window control. The maximum limit is the absolute value of parameter 23.09.
WINDOW WIDTH POS.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: See 20.02 Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01

11 (R / 120.10) SpeedStep INPUT

Index Description: An additional speed step value can be given to the speed controller directly as additive error input.
The total speed reference is limited by the parameter 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED and 20.01
MINIMUM SPEED (SPEED STEP max = MAXIMUM SPEED - SPEED REF - SPEED
CORRECTION).
Note!
If the overriding system or AMC application itself sends a reference value to SPEED STEP,
the value of 23.11 must be set to zero before the stop command of the drive is given, otherwise
the drive will keep running with the speed step value.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Par. 20.01 Max: Par. 20.02 Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: see par 50-01

Step Response Test

Error
A: under compensated:
integration time too short
and proportional gain too
low
Step
height B: under compensated:
proportional gain too low
A B C D E C: normal
D:
normal:
when better dynamic
performance in needed
E:
Over compensated:
Time
short integration time and
Required response time high proportional gain
Figure 23-3 Speed Control, Step Response - Diagram

Manual tuning of the speed controller:

The step-response based tuning of the speed controller can be done with DriveWindow tool. Values for the steps can also be
defined with DriveWindow. For stepping up enter a positive value and for stepping down a negative value.
For monitoring the speed response the following signals can be selected on the display:
1.08 MOTOR TORQUE FILT, actual torque
1.02 SPEED SPEED , actual speed
3.03 SPEED ERROR NEG , filtered speed difference

Note: If the drive needs very fast response times a sample interval time shorter than 5ms are required. Use Data Logger tool
instead of Monitoring tool.

The parameter 23.11 SPEED STEP is used in step response tests. Steps of 1% or 2% of the nominal speed are set. Bigger steps
can also be used depending on the dynamic demands of the application. The value 20 corresponds to 20 rpm. Since a step given
from DriveWindow is an absolute value, it must be proportional to the maximum speed of drive. Increase the integral time
constant parameter, 24.08 TIS, to a high value so that its effect is small. First, a step up is given, e.g. 23.11 SPEED STEP =
20rpm. Then, when the speed is stabilised, a step down, e.g. 23.11 SPEED STEP = -20rpm, is given.
The relative gain 24.03 KPS is increased until the response is sufficient.
The integral time constant 24.08 TIS is reduced until overshoot is observed in the response. The integral time constant is then
adjusted such that there is no overshoot or only a slight overshoot (depending on the drive application). The function of the
integral part is to remove as quickly as possible the difference between reference and the actual value caused by the proportional
control.
If the drive is stable and allows a high proportional gain, the integral time constant can be set short and an overcompensated step
response is obtained. If the drive goes to torque limit during a step, a further compensation of the response should be attempted.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-107 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 24 Speed Control Continue Group 24Speed Control

01 (R / 121.18) DroopRate
Group name: SPEED CONTROL
24 Index Description: The amount of speed decrease caused by the load, i.e. drooping, is determined by means of this
Description: parameter. Drooping is used in drives where a mechanical connection is not strong enough to enable
DROOP RAT E
the use of torque control. Avoid using drooping in drives where speed accuracy is important to the
24.01
process.

Speed Act
SPEED STEP - [rpm]
23.11
+ PID- CONTROLLER
T ORQUE DER REF
3.06
2000
T ORQ UE PRO P REF
3.04
D 1900
OUTPUT OF 1% Drooping
WINDOW CONTROL LIMITER 1880
+ TORQ REF2
3.09
SPEED REF 4
SPC TO RQMAX
ACTUAL SPEED
PI SPC TORQM IN

TO RQ UE INTEG REF
3.05
24.12
BAL REF
SPC Output
ACW 1-B8
BAL _NCO NT
TORQ REF2
0 100%
20.07 SPC TO RQMAX

20.08 SPC TORQM IN

KP S

24.02 KPS Figure 24-3 Drooping as a Function of Torque Reference - Diagram

24.03 KPS MIN

24.04 KPS W EAKPOINT TORQ

REF 2 Example:
24.05 KPS W P FILT TIME
If Droop Rate =10%, then, with the torque reference at 100%, the speed will decrease by 1% when
24.08 T IS K P S

24.09 T IS INIT VALUE

T IS calculated from the rated speed.
KPS VAL M AX FREQ

24.18 KPS TIS MIN FREQ

Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
KP S

24.19 KPS TIS MAX FREQ TIS

24.20 KPS VAL MIN FREQ

24.21 T IS VAL MIN FREQ T IS VAL M IN F REQ

Adaptive Speed Control as a Function of Torque Reference
24.13 DERIVATION T IME m o to r f r e q The adaptive gain of the speed controller is used to
24.14 DERIV. FILT T IME KPS TIS MAX FREQ Gain smooth out disturbances, which are caused by e.g. low
KPS TIS M IN F REQ

load and backlash. Moderate filtering of speed error by

parameter 23.06 SPEED ERR FILT TIME is typically
Figure 24-1 Speed Controller - Overview not sufficient to tune the drive.
KPS
Parameter 24.03 KPS MIN and 24.04 KPS WEAK
The speed controller is based on the PID-algorithm, where continuous time is presented as follows: KPS WP FILT TIME POINT are used to determine the proportional gain
 1 T s  through control output after the torque limit function.
u(s ) = KPS (bYr ( s ) − Y ( s )) + ( + d )e(s ) When the output is zero, 24.02 KPS MIN is the
 sTIS T f s + 1 
KPS MIN proportional gain of the controller. When the output
exceeds the value of parameter 24.04 KPS WEAK
POINT, the proportional gain is determined by the
Variable u is output of the controller and e is the speed error (difference between actual y and parameter 24.02 KPS. The rate of change of the
SPC Output
reference value yr). TORQ REF2
proportional gain can be smoothed by means of
0 KPS 100% parameter 24.05 KPS WP FILT TIME. This parameter
Weak Point is a low-pass filter expressed in milliseconds.
1
Tis Figure 24-4 Adaptive Speed Control as a Function of Torque
Reference - Diagram
yr + Tds + + u
τfs+1 +
Kp
(R / 121.01)
- 02 KPS
Index Description: Relative gain for the speed controller. If the value 1 is selected, a 10% change in error value (e.g.
+
reference - actual value) causes the speed controller output to change by 10%.
b Unit: Type: R Min: 0 Max: 200 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 100 == 1
-
y
03 (R / 121.02) KPS Min
Index Description: KPS MIN determines the proportional gain when the speed controller output is zero.
Figure 24-2 Speed Controller, Set Point Weighting - Overview
Unit: Type: R Min: 0 Max: 150 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 100 == 1

04 (R / 121.03) KPS WeakPoint

Index Description: The value of the speed controller output, where the gain is KPS
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 50 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-109 (of 358) H-110 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 24Speed Control Continue Group 24Speed Control

05 (RW / 121.04) KPS WPFiltTime 10 (RW / 121.20) BAL
Index Description: The rate of the change of the proportional gain can be smoothened by means of this parameter. Index Description: The integrator of the speed controller can be forced to a certain value by setting this parameter to
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 999999 ms Def: 100 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms ON.
If BAL is set to ON and the signal BAL_NCONT is available the integrator uses the value at BAL
REF (see Figure 24-1). Forcing the integrator does not influence the P-term.
Set Point Weighting 0 = OFF integrator in not forced
Set point weighting is a control method to improve the response of the speed controller to set point changes. 1 = ON integrator is forced
If enabled (see parameter 24.06) and adjusted correctly (see parameter 24.07), the weighting function prevents the controller
output from overshooting by weighting the set point with an adjustable factor (b in Block Diagram) before the actual value is Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
subtracted from it (see block diagram). The factor (set in %) only affects the p-term of the control algorithm; the integral and
derivative terms are normally weighted by a factor of 1. 11 (RW / 121.19) BAL REF
Therefore, the controller works normally in steady-state operation and corrects actual speed deviations from the set point to zero. Index Description: External value for the integral part of the speed controller when external setting BAL is used.
If the function is enabled and the weighting factor is set to a value < 1, the speed controller does not follow strictly preset ramps Unit: % Type: R Min: -400 % Max: 400 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
anymore. For applications requiring the speed controller to follow preset ramps without delay, it is recommended to use the
function Acceleration Compensation (see parameter 24.14 and 24.15). Derivation Parameters of the Speed Controller

1 12 (RW / 121.07) DerivationTime

Index Description: Derivation time for speed controller. Defines the time in which the speed controller derivatives the
Tis
error value before the output of the speed controller are changed. If set to zero the controller works
+ Tds + + as a PI controller, otherwise as a PID controller.
SPEED REF 4 u
τ s+1 Kp Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 1000 ms Def: 0 ms Int. scaling: 10 == 1 ms
f +
-

+ 13 (RW / 121.08) DerivFilterTime

b Index Description: The derivative filter time constant.
- Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 100000 ms Def: 8 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
ACTUAL SPEED
Acceleration Compensation Parameters
Figure 24-5 Speed Controller, Set Point Weighting - Overview
Inertia Compensation
Example: Overcompensation Inertia compensation torque can be calculated in the
effect inverter when the time for derivative function is given. The
If parameter 24.07 is set to 90 % and SPEED REF 4 = 1 the resulting p-term is 0.9.
acceleration compensator gives an additional torque
(RW / 121.28)
reference (3.07) relative to parameter 24.15 ACC COMP
06 Set P Weighting
DER TIME. If inertia changes during the process, the
Index Description: Set Point Weighing is enabled by this parameter. The change over is bumbles, which means that calculation of the inertia can be done with the overriding
weighting can be changed on-line system, and then the compensation torque is transmitted
0 = OFF Function is disabled. Speed
directly as a torque reference to address 25.04 TORQ
1 = ON Set point weighting is active REF B.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 SPC Output When an internal speed actual value is used, parameter
24.17 SLIP GAIN is also valid. Value 100 corresponds to
07 (RW / 121.29) SetPointWeight the rated slip of the motor. Value 0 means no slip
Index Description: The value of the speed controller output, where the gain is KPS compensation and calculated speed equals motor
Unit: % Type: R Min: 30 % Max: 100 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 1 == 1 % frequency.
ACC COMP Make sure that overcompensation does not occur, for
example, the value of speed controller output 3.09 TORQ
Integration parameters of the Speed Controller Time REF2 should not become more negative (positive) during
Figure 24-6 Inertia Compensation - Diagram acceleration (deceleration) than when the speed reference
08 (RW / 121.05) TIS was constant.
Index Description: Integration time for the speed controller. Defines the time in which the maximum output is achieved
if a constant error value exists and the relative gain of the speed controller is 1. 14 (RW / 121.11) AccCompDerivTime
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 1000 s Def: 2.5 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 s Index Description: Derivation time used for compensation during acceleration. In order to compensate inertia during
acceleration the derivative of the reference is added to the output of the speed controller. If
09 (RW / 121.06) TIS InitValue parameter 24.15 is set to zero, the function is not activated.
Index Description: Initial value of the integrator. Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 100 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1s
Unit: % Type: R Min: -400 % Max: 400 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
15 (RW / 121.12) AccCompFiltTime
Index Description: Acceleration compensation term filter coefficient.
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 999999 ms Def: 8 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms

16 (RW / 121.21) SlipGain

Index Description: This parameter affects only when internal speed is used as speed feedback. Gain for the slip of the
motor. 100% means full slip compensation. 0% means no slip compensation.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 400 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-111 (of 358) H-112 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 24Speed Control

Adaptive Speed Control as a Function of Speed

In certain applications it is useful to increase the
KPS relative gain and decrease the integration time
TI S
at low speeds. This improves the performance
KPS VAL MIN FREQ
of the speed control at low speeds. The linear
increase and decrease of these parameters is
KPS
started at speed KPS TIS MIN FREQ and ended
TI S
at speed KPS TIS MAX FREQ. Changing the
rate of relative gain and integration time
KPS VAL MAX FREQ
parameters is done by parameters 24.20 KPS
VAL MIN FREQ and 24.21 TIS VAL MIN
FREQ.
KPS TIS MIN FREQ KPS TIS Motor Frequency
MAX FREQ

Figure 24-7 Adaptive Speed Control as a Func. of Speed - Diagram

17 (RW / 121.14) KPS TIS MinFreq

Index Description: The minimum motor frequency limit above which the relative gains and integral time is defined by
parameters KPS VAL MIN FREQ and TIS VAL MIN FREQ.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Hz Max: 80 Hz Def: 2 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz

18 (RW / 121.15) KPS TIS MaxFreq

Index Description: The frequency point at which KPS and TIS become constant.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Hz Max: 80 Hz Def: 4.7 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz

19 (RW / 121.16) KPS ValueMinFreq

Index Description: Relative gain % of KPS value at the speed defined by parameter KPS TIS MIN FREQ.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 100 % Max: 500 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %

20 (RW / 121.17) TIS ValueMinFreq

Index Description: Relative integral time % of TIS at the speed defined by parameter KPS TIS MIN FREQ.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 100 % Max: 500 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-113 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 25 Torque Reference Continue Group 25Torque Reference

04 (RW / 124.04) TorqueRefB INPUT
Group name:
25 TORQUE REFERENCE Index Description: TORQUE REF B is ramped by parameters TORQ RAMP UP and TORQUE RAMP DOWN.
Description: 25.04 TORQUE REF B is used when load sharing is not needed or in case of a torque controlled
LIMITER
TORQ REF SEL single drive. Then the torque reference is transmitted from the overriding system. This torque
TORQ REF A reference passes through a ramp. The time of the ramp is determined by parameters 25.05 TORQ
APPL BLOCK 0
OUTP UT
25. 01
RAMP UP TIME and 25.06 TORQ RAMP DOWN TIME.
03. 18
25.02 TORQREF AFTC The TORQUE REF B is limited by the torque limit 20.09 TREF TORQMAX and 20.10 TREF
1 x +
TORQREF SELECT LOAD SHARE LIMITER TORQMIN (see Figure 25-1).
25.07
25. 03 TORQ REF1
3.08 Torque Ref1
RAMPING

20.09 TREFTORQMAX Torque Ref B

TORQ REF B
20. 10 TREF TORQMIN
25.04 +
25. 05 TORQRAMPUP

25.06 TORQRAMPDN

Time
Figure 25-1 Torque Reference Chain- Overview Torq Ramp Up Torq Ramp Down

01 (RW / 124.06) TorqueRefA INPUT Figure 25-3 Torque Ref1 from Torque Ref B - Diagram
Index Description: Torque reference. TORQUE REF A can be scaled by parameter LOAD SHARE. Unit: % Type: R Min: Par.: 20.06 Max: Par.: 20.05 Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
Unit: % Type: R Min: Par. 20.06 Max: Par. 20.05 Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %
05 (RW / 120.04) TorqRampUpTime
02 (RW / 120.06) TorqueRefA FTC Index Description: Ramp time up parameter for TORQUE REF B.
Index Description: TORQUE REF A low pass filter time constant. Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 120 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 60000 ms Def: 1000 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
06 (RW / 120.05) TorqRampDownTime
Index Description: Ramp time down parameter for TORQUE REF B.
Load - Share Control Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 120 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s
Slave D rive: Load sharing between master drive and slave drive is done by
TORQUE REF1 =
TORQUE REF A parameter 25.03 LOAD SHARE. 07 TorqRef AorB Sel
* LOAD SHARE
100 When the master and the slave are of equal size and the load is Index Description: This parameter defines the source of the external torque reference value.
Torque Ref1
required to be equally divided, then 25.03 LOAD SHARE is 0 = TORQ REF A TORQ REF A is used as actual torque reference
Master = Slave
set to a constant value 100. If the operator wants to adjust the 1 = TORQ REF B TORQ REF B is used as actual torque reference
100% load share between the master and slave(s), the scaling is Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
calculated in the overriding system so that the percentage
reference values means percentage of the actual load.
LOAD SHARE = 100%
NOTE!
It is possible for a slave to run at rated torque although it takes
only 20% of the total load.
Example:
Speed
Torque Ref1 If the torque reference coming from the master is 100 i.e. the
rated value, and LOAD SHARE = 25, the torque reference of
the slave is 25 i.e. ¼ of the rated value. This corresponds to 1/5
100% Master of the total load if the master and the slave section motors have
equal power ratings. The slave percentages sent to the drives
are scaled in the control system, where the motor size is taken
into account.
LOAD SHARE = 25%
25% Slave = 25% of Master
The TORQUE REF A are limited by the torque limit 20.09
TREF TORQMAX and 20.10 TREF TORQMIN (see Figure
Speed
25-1).
Figure 25-2 Torque Ref1 from Torque Ref A - Diagram

03 (RW / 120.07) LoadShare

Index Description: TORQUE REF A scaling factor, which scales the external torque reference to a required level.
Unit: % Type: R Min: -400 % Max: 400 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-115 (of 358) H-116 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 26 Torque Reference Handling

Group name:
26 TORQREF HANDLING
Description: The torque reference can be given from the speed reference chain (TORQ REF2) or from the torque
reference chain (TORQ REF1) depending on the control mode. This group defines how to handle the
reference after the torque selector block.
T O RQUE STEP
26.03

LOAD COMPENSAT ION

26.02 TORQUE REFERENCE
LIMITING
T O RQ REF5 T O RQ USED REF
OSCILLATIONDAMPING 3.13
3.12
OSC_COMP_O N
126.01
OSC_COMP_FREQ
126.02
OSC_COMP_PHASE LIMITATIONS
126.03
OSC_COM P_GAIN TORQ REF4
126.04
3.11

TORQUE REFERENCE
T O RQUE SELECT OR SELECTOR
26.01
0
TO RQ REF1
3.08 1 0 T ORQ REF 3
2
(EXTERNAL TO RQUE REF ERENCE) 3.10
3
M IN
4 5

M AX

TO RQ REF2
3.09 +

(SPEED CONTRO LLER OUT PUT) +

Figure 26-1 Torque Reference Selection - Overview

01 (RW / 125.01) TorqueSelector

Index Description: The torque reference selector includes min/max-selectors, torque reference route, speed reference
route or addition of both torque and speed ref.
When running with pure torque control (26.01 = 3), the drive follows the external torque reference
(TORQUE REF A / B) and the actual speed is not controlled or limited. Then it is not possible to
prevent the drive section from overspeeding.
If a safety margin of the actual speed is needed, then 26.01 TORQUE SELECTOR is to 4 (or 5).
Then the speed controller of the drive must receive a speed reference value from the overriding
system which is slightly higher (lower if 26.01 = 5) than the actual speed. The actual speed then
remains below (above) the reference and the logic selects the smaller torque reference. A negative
(positive) speed difference causes changeover to speed control. A changeover from speed control to
torque control reference takes place when reference is lower (higher) than the controller output. This
function enables a smooth changeover from speed control to torque control and back.

1 = ZERO Zero control

2 = SPEED Speed control
3 = TORQUE Torque control
4 = MINIMUM Minimum control
5 = MAXIMUM Maximum control
6 = ADD Add control (normally used with the window control )
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 5 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 (RW / 120.11) LoadCompensation INPUT

Index Description: It is possible to add a load compensation value to TORQ REF3.
Unit: % Type: R Min: See 20.06 Max: See 20.05 Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

03 (RW / 120.12) TorqueStep INPUT

Index Description: It is possible to add an additional torque step to TORQ REF4.
Unit: % Type: R Min: See 20.06 Max: See 20.05 Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-117 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 27 Flux Control

Group name:
27 FLUX CONTROL
Description:

01 (RW / 131.06) FluxOptimization

Index Description: The motor flux is optimised in order to minimise motor losses and reduce noise. The flux
optimisation is used in drives that usually operate below nominal load.
0 = OFF Function is disabled.
1 = ON Flux optimisation function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 (RW / 131.03) FluxBraking

Index Description: The braking ability of the drive is highly improved by using the flux braking. During braking the
mechanical energy of the drive has to be eliminated by the motor and inverter. By modifying the
magnetising level of the motor, thermal losses can be increased and the drive can be decelerated
more effectively. Function can be used in drives with no active front end.
SPEED
No flux braking

Flux braking

Desired deceleration

Figure 27-1 Flux Braking - Diagram

0 = OFF Function is disabled.
1 = ON Flux braking function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 (RW / 124.05) FluxRef INPUT

Index Description: Input for the external flux reference. Internal flux control sets the limits for the external flux control
values according to the motor state.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 20 % Max: 140 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

04 (RW / 130.01) FluxMax

Index Description: Flux reference maximum limit.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 20 % Max: 140 % Def: 140 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

05 (RW / 130.02) FluxMin

Index Description: Flux reference minimum limit.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 20 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

06 (RW / 131.05) FieldWkPointMax

Index Description: Maximum field weakening point.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 30 % Max: 110 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

07 (RW / 131.08) MinOptimizedFlux

Index Description: Minimum flux value for flux optimization.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 70 % Max: 100 % Def: 85 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-119 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 29 Scalar Control Continue Group 29Scalar Control

Group name: Scalar Control

29 SCALAR CONTROL
Description: When parameter 99.09 CONTROL MODE is set to SCALAR, the scalar control mode is activated.
This parameter group is invisible when SCALAR - control mode is selected.

Note!
Following start-up parameters have no effect in the scalar control:

MAXIMUM CURRENT
99.03 MOTOR NOM CURRENT

LIMITATION
CURRENT
99.04 MOTOR NOM SPEED
99.06 MOTOR NOM POWER

All scalar control parameters above Group 99 have to be checked during commissioning.

The scalar control mode is recommended for multi motor drives when the number of the motors
connected to the ACS 1000 varies. Scalar control is also recommended when the nominal current of
the motor is less than 1/6 of the nominal current of the inverter or the inverter is used for test
purposes with no motor connected.
The motor identification run, flying start, torque control, DC HOLD, motor phase loss check and

Inverter Current

HYSTERESIS CONTROL
MIN

uses torque modulator

DC OVERVOLTAGE
stall function are disabled in the scalar control mode.(see Figure 29-1)

DC-VOLTAGE
LIMITER

MaxInverterCurrent
Max Motor Current
01 (RW / 124.03) FrequencyRef INPUT
Index Description: This is input for the frequency reference.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: See 29.03 Max: See 29.02 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz

(RW / 135.01)

22.06
02 FrequencyMax

UDC
Index Description: Operating range maximum frequency. This parameter has an internal link to the parameter SPEED
MAX. When changing the SPEED MAX value, the software updates this parameter accordingly.

3.15
Flux X Act

Flux Y Act
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: see 29.03 Max: 200 Hz Def: 50 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz

ACC/DEC/SHAPE

Flux Act
ACCEL TIME 1/2
DECEL TIME 1/2
PR STOP RAMP
SHAPE TIME
03 (RW / 135.02) FrequencyMin
Index Description: Operating range minimum frequency. This parameter has an internal link to the parameter SPEED
MIN. When changing the SPEED MIN value, the software updates this parameter accordingly.

(sine wave generator)

SWITCHING FREQ

COMPENSATION
MAKE FLUX REF
For step-up transformer option: if parameter 132.23 (StepUpMinFreq) is not equal 0 the minimum

UDC1

UDC2

CONTROL
frequency is limited to that minimum starting frequency for step-up.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: -200 Hz Max: see 29.02 Def: - 50Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz

22.06
22.07

Switch Freq Ref

FREQUENCY MAX

Frequency
FREQUENCY MIN
LIMITER

Flux X Act

Flux Y Act

1.05
29.02
29.03
X

MOTOR NOM FREQ

MOTOR NOM VOLT
CALCULATION
OSCILATION

CONTROL
FLUX REF
DAMPING

IR COMP
Flux Used Ref
Motor Torque
Acc/Dec 1/2 Sel
Load Share

IR Compensation
Accel Time1

Accel Time2

Decel Time1
Decel Time2
Freq Ref

IR Comp Weak
Local Freq Ref

99.03
99.05
Local

29.01

23.05

22.01

22.02
22.03

22.04
22.05

1.09

3.14
Figure 29-1 Scalar Control - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-121 (of 358) H-122 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 30 Standard Motor Protection Continue Group 30Standard Motor Protection

02 MotWdgUTempMeas1
Group name:
30 MOTOR PROTECTION Index: Description: This parameter activates the first motor winding temperature measurement of phase U by using
Description: analogue input AI2-IOEC2 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
only active, if Par. 13.14 AI2 MINIMUM IO2 is set to 4mA/2V .
Motor Thermal Protection (Standard) Note:
The motor can be protected against overheating by: If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 30.02, 30.03, 30.04) a Soft Stop will
only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
• temperature measurement of the motor using PT100 or PTC sensors by using analogue inputs (with a separate transducer) 1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
• a thermal switch inside the motor connected to digital input DI14-IOEC1 drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
EXTERNAL: The motor over temperature detection is based on the measured values of the motor temperature by means of drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
PT100. 3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Motor Thermal Protection
30.01 EXT MOTOR THERM PROT 03 MotWdgVTempMeas1
AI2 - IOEC2
(4.17) MotTempPhase U1
Index: Description: This parameter activates the first motor winding temperature measurement of phase V by using
SCALING (4.09)
analogue input AI3-IOEC2 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
13.12 External Alarm Motor Temp Alarm
: 30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L
MotTempAlarm U1
transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
13.16 :
MotTempTrip U1
External Trip Motor Temp Trip only active, if Par. 13.20 AI3 MINIMUM IO2 is set to 4mA/2V .
30.06 MOT TEMP TRIP L

Motor Temp Meas Lost

Note:
MeasLostAlarm Alarm If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 30.02, 30.03, 30.04) a Soft Stop will
enable
AI2-IOEC2 < 2mA Motor Temp Meas Lost only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
MeasLostTrip Trip
AI2-IOEC2
1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
MeasLostAlarm U1 drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
30.02 MOT TEMP MEAS U MeasLostTrip U1 2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
AI3 - IOEC2 3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
(4.18) MotTempPhase V1
SCALING (4.10) Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
13.18
: MotTempAlarm V1
30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L

13.22 : MotTempTrip V1 04 MotWdgWTempMeas1

30.06 MOT TEMP TRIP L
Index: Description: This parameter activates the first motor winding temperature measurement of phase W by using
analogue input AI4-IOEC2 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
enable
AI3-IOEC2 < 2mA transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
AI3-IOEC2 only active, if Par. 13.26 AI4 MINIMUM IO2 is set to 4mA/2V.
MeasLostAlarmV1
Note:
30.03 MOT TEMP MEAS V MeasLostTrip U1
If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 30.02, 30.03, 30.04) a Soft Stop will
only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
AI4 - IOEC2
MotTempPhase W1
1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
(4.19)
SCALING drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
(4.11)
13.24
: 30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L
MotTempAlarm W1 2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
13.28 : drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
MotTempTrip W1
30.06 MOT TEMP TRIP L
3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
enable
AI4-IOEC2 < 2mA

AI4-IOEC2 05 (RW / 131.12) MotTempAlarmLevel

MeasLostAlarmW1
Index Description: Motor temperature alarm limit. When measured temperature of external sensor (range e.g. –
30.04 MOT TEMP MEAS W MeasLostTrip W1
10...180°C) rises above this limit.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 50 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 110 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
Figure 30-1 Motor Thermal Protection - Overview
06 MotTempTripLevel
01 ExtMotorThermProt
Index Description: Motor temperature trip limit. Drive is tripped when measured temperature of external sensor (range
Index Description: This parameter defines the operation in case the motor thermal protection function detects
e.g. -10...180°C) rises above this limit.
overheating of the motor.
If actual motor temperature exceeds the ALARM LIMIT (Par. 30.05) an
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Par. 30.05 Max: 180 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
1 = SOFT STOP
alarm signal will be generated and if actual motor temperature exceeds the
TRIP LIMIT (30.06) a trip signal will be generated and the drive will be
stopped
2 = WARNING If actual motor temperature exceeds the ALARM LIMIT (Par. 30.05) or the
TRIP LIMIT (Par. 30.06) only an alarm signal will be generated
3 = NO
External motor temperature supervision is not active
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-123 (of 358) H-124 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 30Standard Motor Protection Continue Group 30Standard Motor Protection

Motor Overload Protection Stall Protection

The motor can be protected against overload by using the thermal overload supervision function.
i / in If the actual motor current is inside the 13 (RW / 147.02) StallFunction
operating range (below overload Index Description: This parameter defines the operation of the stall protection. The protection is activated if the
Par.: 30.07: 400% current) no fault is active. following conditions are valid for a time longer than the period set by parameter 30.15 STALL
MotorProtCurrLev 1
If the actual motor current is longer TIME LIM.
than selected delay time outside the - motor torque is close to the internal momentary changing limit of the motor control software that
operating range a fault (fault word 1, bit prevents the motor and the inverter from overheating or the motor from pulling out.
OVERLOAD 14) will be generated and the drive - the output frequency is below the level set by parameter 30.14. STALL FREQ HI
stops according to “Trip 1a” reaction.
Par.: 30.08: 200% 1= NO No action, motor stall protection is not active
MotorProtCurrLev 2
2= WARNING Motor stall protection is active; if motor is stalled, an alarm signal will be
150%
Par.: 30.09:
MotorProtC urrLev 3
generated
3= FAULT Motor stall protection is active; if motor is stalled, a trip signal will be
generated and the drive will be stopped
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
20 480 t/s
1200
Par.: 30.10 Par.: 30.11
14 (RW / 147.03) StallFrequency
Par.: 30.12
MotorProtTime1 MotorProtTime2
MotorProtTime3
Index Description:
T

Figure 30-2 Motor Overload Protection - Diagram

07 (RW / 136.17) MotProtCurrLevel1

Index Description: Motor protection current level 1. Stall area
Note!
The maximum limit could be less but not over 400% (up to selected ratio between inverter and
motor). The maximum value is calculated by following formular:
Stall Torque
limit
InvNomCurrent (Par.: 06.11) * 3
Max = * 100%
MotorNomCurrent (Par.: 99.03) * 2
f

Unit: % Type: R Min: 20 Max: 400 Def: 400 Int. scaling: 100 == 1% STALL FREQ HI
30.14

08 (RW / 136.18) MotProtCurrLevel2 Figure 30-3 Stall Protection, Frequency Limit - Diagram
Index Description: Motor protection current level 2 (maximum limit see Parameter 30.07). Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 1 Hz Max: 60 Hz Def: 8 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz
Unit: % Type: R Min: 20 Max: 400 Def: 200 Int. scaling: 100 == 1%
15 (RW / 147.04) StallTimeLimit
09 (RW / 136.19) MotProtCurrLevel3 Index Description: Time value for the stall protection logic.
Index Description: Motor protection current level 3 (maximum limit see Parameter 30.07). Unit: s Type: R Min: 10 s Max: 400 s Def: 30 s Int. scaling: 1 == 1 s
Unit: % Type: R Min: 20 Max: 400 Def: 150 Int. scaling: 100 == 1 %

10 (RW / 136.20) MotProtTime1

Index Description: Motor protection time 1 that corresponds to motor protection current level 1.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 Max: 1200 Def: 20 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s

11 (RW / 136.21) MotProtTime2

Index Description: Motor protection time 2 that correspond to motor protection current level 2.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 Max: 1200 Def: 480 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s

12 (RW / 136.22) MotProtTime3

Index Description: Motor protection time 3 that correspond to motor protection current level 3.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 Max: 1200 Def: 1200 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-125 (of 358) H-126 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 30Standard Motor Protection Continue Group 30Standard Motor Protection
Underload Protection 19 (RW / 145.20) FloatingGndSel
Index Description: Reaction selection of single phase-to-earth detection (alarm/trip).
16 (RW / 148.02) UnderloadFunc
Index Description: Removal of motor load may indicate a process malfunction. The protection is activated if : Note!
- the motor torque drops below the load curve selected by parameter 30.18 UNDERLOAD This parameter is only active if “Floating Ground Supervision” - function is enabled.
CURVE. 0 = WARNING Only an alarm message will be set
- this condition has lasted longer than the time set by parameter 30.17 UNDERLOAD TIME 1 = FAULT Fault message will be set and drive stopps according to Trip2b trip resaction
- output frequency is higher than 10% of the nominal frequency of the motor Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
The protection function assumes that the drive is equipped with a motor of the rated power.

TM

Underload curve

Underloadregion

f
0.1*fn
Figure 30-4 Motor Underload Protection - Diagram
1= NO No action, motor underlaod protection is not active
2= WARNING Motor underload protection is active; if motor is underloaded, an alarm signal
will be generated
3= FAULT Motor underload protection is active; if motor is underloaded, a trip signal will
be generated and the drive will be stopped
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

17 (RW / 148.03) UnderloadTime

Index Description: Time limit for underload logic.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 600 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 1 == 1 s

18 (RW / 148.04) UnderloadCurve

Index Description: One of the 5 fixed underload curves can be selected for underload protection
TM
(%)
100

80 3
70 %
60 2
50 %
40 1
5
30 %
20
4
0
ƒN 2.4 * ƒN
Figure 30-5 Motor Underload Curves - Diagram
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 5 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-127 (of 358) H-128 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 31 Standard Fault Functions Continue Group 31Standard Fault Functions

06 PanelLossSupervis
Group name:
31 FAULT FUNCTIONS Index Description: Defines the operation of the drive if the control panel stops communicating, when it is selected as the
Description: control location for the drive (e.g. local mode).

(RW / 149.16)
NOTE!
01 UnVoltRestartEnab
If you select CNST SPD 15 or LAST SPEED, make sure that it is safe to continue operation in case
Index Description: The undervoltage automatic restart function will be activated with this parameter. After an communication with the Control Panel fails.
undervoltage dip the undervoltage control will be activated and the wait time starts. On the CDP312
1 = NO No panel link supervision
- Panel the alarm message “AutoRestart” will be shown. If the voltage is coming back before the
2 = FAULT Fault indication is displayed, fault bit is set (FW5 – Bit 09) and drive stops
undervoltage wait time elapsed, the fault will be reset automatically and the ACS1000 resumes to
normal operation. If the voltage is not coming back until the undervoltage waittime, the drive will be according to the setting of Parameter 21.02 STOP FUNCTION
3 = CNST SPD15 Warning indication is displayed, alarm bit is set (AW5 – Bit 03) and drive
tripped and on the CDP312 – Panel the fault message “AutoRestart” will be shown.
0 = OFF Undervoltage restart function is disabled runs continuously with constant speed15 (Par.34.16).
4 = LAST SPEED
1 = ON Undervoltage restart function is active Warning indication is displayed, alarm bit is set (AW5 – Bit 03) and drive
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 runs continuously with the last actual speed
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
02 (RW / 149.18) UnVoltWaitTime
Index Description: Undervoltage waittime for undervoltage automatic restart function.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 600 s Def: 30 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 s

External Reference Supervision

03 AI<MinFuncExtRef1
Index Description: Operation in cases the reference value 1 (analogue input signal AI1-IOEC2) drops below the
minimum limit. The function is only activated if the parameter 13.08 AI1 MINIMUM IOEC2 is set
to 4mA/2V.
1 = NO No action
2 = FAULT Drive trips in case of analogue signal loss
3 = CNST SPD15 Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with constant speed15
(Par.34.16)
4 = LAST SPEED Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with the last speed reference
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 AI<MinFuncExtRef2
Index Description: Operation in cases the reference value 2 (analogue input signal AI1-IOEC1) drops below the
minimum limit. The function is only activated if the Parameter 13.03 AI1 MINIMUM IOEC1 is set
to 4mA/2V.
1 = NO No action
2 = FAULT Drive trips in case of analogue signal loss
3 = CNST SPD15 Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with constant speed15
(Par.34.16)
4 = LAST SPEED Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with the last speed reference
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 (RW / 145.08) BattChangeEnab

Index Description: For changing the battery during running operation, this parameter has to be set to ON, the fault and
alarm function for battery supervision are not activated. This parameter will be automatically set
back to OFF after 1 hour.
0 = OFF Battery supervision function is active
1 = ON Battery supervision function is disabled
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-129 (of 358) H-130 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 32 Limit Supervision Continue Group 32Limit Supervision

07 MotCurrFunction
Group name:
32 SUPERVISION Index Description: This parameter activates the motor current supervision function.
Description: These parameter values can be altered while the ACS1000 is running. Free programmable relay 1 = NO Supervision not used
output can be used to indicate a supervision limit. The limit bit from each supervision function is set 2 = LOW LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit.
in Limit Word 2 (Par. 8.07). 3 = HIGH LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Limit Value Limit Value
Supervision Signal
08 MotCurrLimit
Supervision Signal Index
High Limit Description: Motor current supervision limit. Setting in actual ampere, step is 1% of In, adjustable 0...5000A
Abs Low Limit Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 A

0 09 MotTorqFunction
Low Limit Time Index Description: This parameter activates the motor torque supervision function.
- Abs Low Limit 1 = NO Supervision not used
2 = LOW LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit.
0
Time 3 = HIGH LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Figure 32-1 Limit Supervision (Actual and Reference Signals) - Diagram
10 MotTorqLimit
01 LimSupervisAction Index Description: Motor torque supervision limit. Setting in 0% ... 400% of the nominal torque of the motor.
Index Description: This parameter defines the operation in case one of the supervision functions below is activated. If Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 400 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
one of the supervision functions is active the delay time will be started. The status of each limit
supervision function will be shown in Par. 8.07 LIMIT WORD2. 11 SupSig1 Function
1 = SOFT STOP If one of the supervision functions below is active, a trip signal will be Index Description: This parameter allows activating the “supervision signal 1” function. .
generated and the drive will be stopped 1 = NO Supervision not used
2 = ALARM If one of the supervision functions below is active, only an alarm signal will 2 = LOW LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit.
be generated 3 = HIGH LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit.
3 = NO No alarm/fault will be set if one of the supervision functions below is active 4 = ABS LOW LIM Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit. Limit is
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 supervised in both rotating directions, forward and reverse.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
02 LimSupDelayTime
Index Description: If one of supervision function is active this delay timer will be started. 12 SupSig1Group+Indx
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 Max: 120 Def: 5 Int. scaling: 10 == 1s Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to “supervision signal 1” by setting parameter 32.12
to the parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
03 SpeedRefFunction The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
Index Description: This parameter activate the speed reference supervision function.
1 = NO Supervision not used Example:
2 = LOW LIMIT When the actual value of INVERTER AIR TEMPERATURE should be supervised, parameter
Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit.
3 = HIGH LIMIT 32.12 is set to 216 with 2 representing the group and 16 representing the index.
Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 The default setting of 32.18 is 8501, ACTUAL VALUE 1.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 8501 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
04 SpeedRefLimit
Index Description: Speed reference supervision limit. 13 SupSig1 Limit
Unit: rpm /Hz Type: R Min: 0 Max: 21000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm / 1Hz Index Description: Signal 1 supervision limit of previous selected signal in 32.12
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
05 SpeedActFunction
Index Description: This parameter allows activating the actual speed supervision function. 14 SupSig2 Function
1 = NO Supervision not used Index Description: This parameter allows activating the “supervision signal 2” function. .
2 = LOW LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit. 1 = NO Supervision not used
3 = HIGH LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit. 2 = LOW LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit.
4 = ABS LOW LIM Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit. Limit is 3 = HIGH LIMIT Supervision will be activated if value is above the set limit.
supervised in both rotating directions, forward and reverse. 4 = ABS LOW LIM Supervision will be activated if value is below the set limit. Limit is
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 supervised in both rotating directions, forward and reverse.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
06 SpeedActLimit
Index Description: Actual speed limit supervision.
Unit: rpm/Hz Type: R Min: -21000 Max: 21000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm/ 1 Hz

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-131 (of 358) H-132 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 32Limit Supervision

15 SupSig2Group+Indx
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to “supervision signal 2” by setting parameter 32.15
to the parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.

Example:
When the actual value of INVERTER AIR TEMPERATURE should be supervised, parameter
32.15 is set to 216 with 2 representing the group and 16 representing the index.

The default setting of 32.21 is 8502, ACTUAL VALUE 2.

Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 8502 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

16 SupSig2 Limit
Index Description: Signal 2 supervision limit of previous selected signal in 32.15
Unit: Type: R Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-133 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 33 Constant Speed Continue Group 33Constant Speed

05 ConstantSpeed4
Group name:
33 CONSTANT SPEED Index Description: Constant speed 4 selection.
Description: The following parameters (except those marked with “O”) can be altered while the ACS1000 is Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 300rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
running. The ACS1000 has 15 programmable constant speeds, ranging from 0 to 18000rpm. Negative
speed values cannot be given directly; this has to be done with the digital input SIGNAL 06 ConstantSpeed5
DIRECTION. If constant speed is activated, the absolute value of the speed is read from parameter Index Description: Constant speed 5 selection.
group 33. The sign of constant speed 15 is considered when used as a Fault Speed (sees parameter Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
30.18 and 30.19 and figure 12-3).
In External, when External Control Location EXT1 is selected, constant speed override any other
references. 07 ConstantSpeed6
Constant speed selections are ignored if the torque reference or process PID reference is followed (see Index Description: Constant speed 6 selection.
Torque Control and PID Control Macros). Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

Example of a sequence 08 ConstantSpeed7

Speed controlled drive: Index Description: Constant speed 7 selection.
[rpm]
Constant Speed 3 Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
C This speed reference function is
800 active if parameter
B 09 ConstantSpeed8
600 33.01 CONST SPEED SEL is
Index Description: Constant speed 8 selection.
A set to 10 and parameter
300 Constant Speed 2
11.01 EX1 STRT/STOP/DIR Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
Constant Speed 1 is set to 5
IOEC2- IOEC2- IOEC2- 10 ConstantSpeed9
Time DI3 DI5 DI6
[s] Index Description: Constant speed 9 selection.
-300 A 0 1 0 Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
B 0 0 1
-600
C 0 1 1 11 ConstantSpeed10
-800
D D 1 1 1 Index Description: Constant speed 10 selection.
Constant Speed 3 Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
Figure 33-1 Constant Speed Selection - Diagram
12 ConstantSpeed11
01 ConstantSpeedSel (O) Index Description: Constant speed 11 selection.
Index Description: This parameter defines which digital inputs (IOEC2 - DI1...DI6) are used to select Constant speeds. Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

1= NOT SEL constant speed function disabled 13 ConstantSpeed12

2= DI1 (SPEED 1) constant speed 1 activated when digital input DI1 – IOEC2 is high Index Description: Constant speed 12 selection.
3= DI2 (SPEED 2) constant speed 2 activated when digital input DI2 – IOEC2 is high Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
4= DI3 (SPEED 3) constant speed 3 activated when digital input DI3 – IOEC2 is high
5= DI4 (SPEED 4) constant speed 4 activated when digital input DI4 – IOEC2 is high 14 ConstantSpeed13
6= DI5 (SPEED 5) Index
constant speed 5 activated when digital input DI5 – IOEC2 is high Description: Constant speed 13 selection.
7= DI6 (SPEED
constant speed 6 activated when digital input DI6 – IOEC2 is high Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
8= DI1, 2
9= DI3, 4 3 constant speeds are selected with two digital inputs (DI1& DI2)
10 = DI5,6 3 constant speeds are selected with two digital inputs (DI3& DI4) 15 ConstantSpeed14
11 = DI 1,2,3 3 constant speeds are selected with two digital inputs (DI5& DI6) Index Description: Constant speed 14 selection.
12 = DI 3,4,5 7 constant speeds are selected with three digital inputs (DI1,DI2& DI3) Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
13 = DI4,5,6 7 constant speeds are selected with three digital inputs (DI3,DI4& DI5)
14 = DI3,4,5,6 7 constant speeds are selected with three digital inputs (DI4,DI5& DI6) 16 ConstantSpeed15
15 const. speeds are selected with four digital inputs (DI3,DI4,DI5&DI6) Index Description: Constant speed 15 selection.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 14 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

02 ConstantSpeed1 Table of Constant Speed Settings

Index Description: Constant speed 1 selection.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 300rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm DI1,2 DI3,4 DI5,6
IOEC2 - DI1 IOEC2 - DI2 IOEC2 - DI3 IOEC2 - DI4 IOEC2 - DI5 IOEC2 - DI6
03 ConstantSpeed2 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Constant Speed
Index Description: Constant speed 2 selection. 1 0 1 0 1 0 Constant Speed 1
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 600rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm 0 1 0 1 0 1 Constant Speed 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 Constant Speed 3
04 ConstantSpeed3
Index Description: Constant speed 3 selection.
Table 33-1 Three Constant Speeds (1..3) are selected with two digital inputs
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 900rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-135 (of 358) H-136 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 33Constant Speed

DI1,2,3 DI3,4,5 DI4,5,6
IOEC2 – IOEC2 - IOEC2 - IOEC2 - IOEC2 – IOEC2 - IOEC2 - IOEC2 - IOEC2 -
DI1 DI2 DI3 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI4 DI5 DI6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No Constant Speed
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 Constant Speed 1
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Constant Speed 2
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 Constant Speed 3
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 Constant Speed 4
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 Constant Speed 5
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Constant Speed 6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Constant Speed 7

Table 33-2 Seven Constant Speeds (1..7) are selected with three digital inputs

DI3,4,5,6
IOEC2 - DI3 IOEC2 - DI4 IOEC2 - DI5 IOEC2 - DI6
0 0 0 0 No Constant Speed
1 0 0 0 Constant Speed 1
0 1 0 0 Constant Speed 2
1 1 0 0 Constant Speed 3
0 0 1 0 Constant Speed 4
1 0 1 0 Constant Speed 5
0 1 1 0 Constant Speed 6
1 1 1 0 Constant Speed 7
0 0 0 1 Constant Speed 8
1 0 0 1 Constant Speed 9
0 1 0 1 Constant Speed 10
1 1 0 1 Constant Speed 11
0 0 1 1 Constant Speed 12
1 0 1 1 Constant Speed 13
0 1 1 1 Constant Speed 14
1 1 1 1 Constant Speed 15

Table 33-3 15 Constant Speeds (1..15) are selected with four digital inputs

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-137 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 34 Critical Speed Continue Group 34Critical Speed

08 CritSpeed4Low
Group name:
34 CRITICAL SPEEDS Index Description: Start of critical speed 4 (low value)
Description: In some mechanical systems, certain speed ranges can cause resonance problems. With this Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
parameter group it is possible to select up to five different speed ranges that the ACS1000 will avoid.
It is not required that Parameter 34.04 CRITICAL SPEED 2 LOW is higher than Parameter 34.03 09 CritSpeed4High
CRITICAL SPEED 1 HIGH, as long as the LOW parameter of one set is lower than the HIGH Index Description: Stop of critical speed 4 (high value)
parameter of the same set. Sets may overlap, but the skip will be from the lower LOW value to the Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
higher HIGH value.

SPEED motor 10 CritSpeed5Low

[rpm] Index Description: Start of critical speed 5 (low value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

11 CritSpeed5High
Index Description: Stop of critical speed 5 (high value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
850
780

450
370

S1 Low S1 High S2 Low S2 High SPEED ref

370 450 780 850
[rpm]

Figure 34-1 Critical Speed, Function of High and Low Limit - Diagram

01 CriticalSpeedSel
Index Description: Enable of filtering critical speeds.
0 = OFF Critical speed supervision is not active
1 = ON Critical speed supervision is active, drive avoids the defined critical speeds
Unit: Type: B Min: Max: Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 CritSpeed1Low
Index Description: Start of critical speed 1 (low value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

03 CritSpeed1High
Index Description: Stop of critical speed 1 (high value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

04 CritSpeed2Low
Index Description: Start of critical speed 2 (low value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

05 CritSpeed2High
Index Description: Stop of critical speed 2 (high value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

06 CritSpeed3Low
Index Description: Start of critical speed 3 (low value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

07 CritSpeed3High
Index Description: Stop of critical speed 3 (high value)
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-139 (of 358) H-140 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 35 Extended Motor Protection (Optional) Continue Group 35Extended Motor Protection (Optional)
08 MotorCoolingProt
Group name:
35 EXT MOTOR PROT Index Description: Selection of external motor cooling protection. This parameter activates the binary inputs ‘Motor
Description: Only available with IOEC 3 / 4 Board (see Parameter 75.01 / 75.02) Cooling Alarm’ (IOEC3-DI6) and ‘Motor Cooling Trip’ (IOEC3-DI7). With parameter 82.04 DI6
INVERT IO3 it is possible to select if the digital input for the alarm signal is high or low active.
IOEC3-DI6 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated
01 BearingTmpProtDE
IOEC3-DI7 = “0” (low signal) : drive will be stopped by and a fault message will be generated
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature protection for Driven End. Reaction in case of bearing over temperature
0= OFF External motor cooling protection function is disabled
and measurement loss.
1= ON External motor cooling protection function is active
1 = SOFT STOP Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
bearing temperature supervision (35.02 and 35.03) is active.
2 = ALARM Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the 09 VibrationProtDI
drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated, bearing Index Description: External vibration protection function:
temperature supervision (35.02 and 35.03) is active. This parameter activates the binary inputs ‘Vibration Supervision Alarm’ (IOEC3-DI8) and ‘Vibration
3 = NO Supervision Trip’ IOEC3-DI9’. With parameter 82.05 DI8 INVERT IO3 it is possible to select if the
No action, bearing temperature protection is not used.
digital input for the alarm signal is high or low active.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 IOEC3-DI8 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated
IOEC3-DI9 = “0” (low signal) : drive will be stopped by and a fault message will be generated.
02 BrgTmpAlarmLevDE 0= OFF External vibration protection function is disabled
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature alarm level for Driven End. An alarm will be generated when measured 1= ON External vibration protection function is active
temperature (PT100 range -10...180°C) rises above this limit. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 110 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
10 VibrationProtAI1
03 BrgTmpTripLevDE Index Description: Vibration signal 1 supervision. Reaction in case of too high vibrations and measurement loss.
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature trip level for Driven End side. Drive is tripped when measured
temperature (PT100 range -10...180°C) rises above this limit and a FAULT message will be NOTE!
generated If this function is enabled par. 81.26 AI1 Select IO3 is set = 3 ‘VibraSens1’.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the load bearing temperature 1 (35.14)
and the transformer temperature ext/3 (36.02 and 36.07) are disabled.
04 BearingTmpProtNDE 1 = SOFT STOP Vibration protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive will be
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature protection for Non Driven End. Reaction in case of bearing over stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, Vibration
temperature and measurement loss. supervision (35.12 and 35.13) is active.
Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the 2 = ALARM Vibration protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive will not
1 = SOFT STOP
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated, Vibration supervision
bearing temperature supervision (35.05 and 35.06) is active. (35.12 and 35.13) is active.
3 = NO
2 = ALARM Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the No action, bearing temperature protection is not used.
drive will not be stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated, bearing Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
temperature supervision (35.05 and 35.06) is active.
3 = NO
No action, bearing temperature protection is not used. 11 VibrationProtAI2
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Vibration signal 2 supervision. Reaction in case of too high vibrations and measurement loss.

05 BrgTmpAlarmLevNDE NOTE!
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature alarm level for Non Driven End. An alarm will be generated when If this function is enabled par. 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 is set = 3 ‘VibraSens2’.
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the load bearing temp. 2 (35.17), the
measured temperature (PT100 range -10...180°C) rises above this limit.
outside air temp. (37.04), the second cooling water pressure (190.44) and the output trafo temp.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 110 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C (36.12) are disabled.
1 = SOFT STOP Vibration protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive will be
06 BrgTmpTripLevNDE stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, Vibration
Index Description: Motor bearing temperature trip level for Non Driven End. Drive is tripped when measured supervision (35.12 and 35.13) is active.
temperature (PT100 range -10...180°C) rises above this limit and a FAULT message will be 2 = ALARM Vibration protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive will not
generated be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated, Vibration supervision
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C (35.12 and 35.13) is active.
3 = NO
No action, bearing temperature protection is not used.
07 ExtMotorProtAlarm Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Operation in case the external motor protection is active (IOEC3 - DI11).
Selection of external motor protection. This parameter activates the binary inputs ‘External Motor
12 VibrationAlmLev
Protection Alarm’ (IOEC3-DI11). With parameter 82.06 DI11 INVERT IO3 it is possible to select if Index Description: Vibration alarm level. An alarm will be generated when the measured vibration (80.17 VibraSens1 or
the digital input for the alarm signal is high or low active
80.18 VibraSens2) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 35.09
IOEC3-DI11 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated
VibrationProtect.
0= OFF External motor protection function is disabled
Unit: % Type: R Min: 1% Max: 100% Def: 100% Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %
1= ON External motor protection function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-141 (of 358) H-142 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 35Extended Motor Protection (Optional) Continue Group 35Extended Motor Protection (Optional)
13 VibrationTripLev Motor Thermal Protection (Optional)
Index Description: Vibration trip level. A trip will be generated when the measured vibration (80.17 VibraSens1 or 80.18 Motor thermal protection with second winding temperature measurements on optional I/O-board IOEC4:
VibraSens2) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 35.09 VibrationProtect. • temperature measurement of the motor using PT100 or PTC sensors by using analogue inputs (with a separate transducer).
Unit: % Type: R Min: 1% Max: 100% Def: 100% Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %
Motor Thermal Protection
14 LoadBrgTmpProt1
Index 30.01 EXT MOTOR THERM PROT
Description: Motor bearing temperature protection 1. Reaction in case of bearing over temperature and AI2 - IOEC4
measurement loss. (85.07) MotTempPhase U2
SCALING (85.03)
86.08 External Alarm Motor Temp Alarm
MotTempAlarm U2
NOTE! : 30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L

If this function is enabled par. 81.26 AI1 Select IO3 is set = 2 ‘LoadBearTemp1’. 86.12 : External Trip Motor Temp Trip
MOT TEMP TRIP L MotTempTrip U2
30.06
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor 1 (35.10) and the Motor Temp Meas Lost
MeasLostAlarm Alarm
transformer temperature ext/3 (36.02 and 36.07) are disabled. enable
AI2-IOEC4 < 2mA Motor Temp Meas Lost
1 = SOFT STOP Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the MeasLostTrip Trip
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, AI2-IOEC4
MeasLostAlarm U2
bearing temperature supervision (35.13 and 35.14) is active. 35.20 MOT TEMP MEAS U MeasLostTrip U2
2 = ALARM Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated, bearing AI3 - IOEC4
temperature supervision (35.13 and 35.14) is active. (85.08) MotTempPhase V2
SCALING (85.04)
3 = NO
No action, bearing temperature protection is not used. 86.14
MotTempAlarm V2
: 30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L
Unit: Type: I Min: 1Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 :
86.18 MotTempTrip V2
30.06 MOT TEMP TRIP L

15 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev1
Index Description: Load bearing temperature alarm level 1. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature AI3-IOEC4 < 2mA
enable

(PT100 range –10…180°C) rises above this limit. AI3-IOEC4

Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 110 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C MeasLostAlarmV2
35.21 MOT TEMP MEAS V MeasLostTrip V2

16 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev1
AI4 - IOEC4
Index Description: Load bearing temperature trip level 1. Drive is tripped when measured temperature (PT100 range – MotTempPhase W2
(85.09) SCALING
10…180°C) rises above this limit and a FAULT message will be generated (85.05)
86.20
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C : 30.05 MOT TEMP ALM L
MotTempAlarm W2

86.24 :
MOT TEMP TRIP L MotTempTrip W2
30.06
17 LoadBrgTmpProt2
Index Description: Load bearing temperature protection 2. Reaction in case of bearing over temperature and enable
AI4-IOEC4 < 2mA
measurement loss.
AI4-IOEC4
MeasLostAlarmW2
NOTE! 35.22 MOT TEMP MEAS W MeasLostTrip W2
If this function is enabled par. 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 is set = 2 ‘LoadBearTemp2’.
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor 2 (35.11), the
outside air temp. (37.04), the second cooling water pressure (190.44) and the output trafo temp.
(36.12) are disabled. Figure 35-1 Optional Motor Thermal Protection - Overview
1 = SOFT STOP Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated, 20 MotWdgUTempMeas2
bearing temperature supervision (35.16 and 35.17) is active. Index: Description: This parameter activates the second motor winding temperature measurement of phase U by using
2 = ALARM Bearing temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the analogue input AI2-IOEC4 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
drive will not be stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated, bearing transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
temperature supervision (35.16 and 35.17) is active. only active, if Par. 86.10 AI2 MINIMUM IO4 is set to 4mA/2V .
3 = NO Note!
No action, bearing temperature protection is not used. If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 35.20, 35.21, 35.22) a Soft Stop will
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
If this function is enabled par. 86.26 ‘AI2 Select IO4’ is set = 2 ‘MotWgTmpPhU2’
18 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev2 1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
Index Description: Load bearing temperature alarm level 2. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
(PT100 range -10...180°C) rises above this limit. 2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 110 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
19 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev2 Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Load bearing temperature trip level 2. Drive is tripped when measured temperature (PT100 range -
10...180°C) rises above this limit and a FAULT message will be generated
Unit: °C Type: R Min: -10 °C Max: 180 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-143 (of 358) H-144 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 35Extended Motor Protection (Optional)

21 MotWdgVTempMeas2
Index: Description: This parameter activates the second motor winding temperature measurement of phase V by using
analogue input AI3-IOEC4 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
only active, if Par. 86.16 AI3 MINIMUM IO4 is set to 4mA/2V .
Note!
If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 35.20, 35.21, 35.22) a Soft Stop will
only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

22 MotWdgWTempMeas2
Index: Description: This parameter activates the second motor winding temperature measurement of phase W by using
analogue input AI4-IOEC4 connected to an external sensor (PT100 or PTC is connected to a
transducer which provides a 0(4)...20mA signal for the AI). The supervision for measurement loss is
only active, if Par. 86.22 AI4 MINIMUM IO4 is set to 4mA/2V.
Note!
If more than one motor winding measurement is active (Par.: 35.20, 35.21, 35.22) a Soft Stop will
only be generated when all off the selected AI signals are lost.
1 = SOFT STOP Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
2 = ALARM Motor temperature measurement is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped – only an alarm signal will be generated
3 = NO No action, motor temperature measurement is not used
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-145 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 36 Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional) Continue Group 36Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional)
06 TrafoOilLevProtec
Group name:
36 TRANSFORMER PROT Index Description: Selection of trafo oil level protection. This parameter activates the binary input ‘Trafo Oil Level
Description: Only available with IOEC3-Board (see Parameter 75.01) or ACS 1000i Alarm’ (IOEC3-DI1). With parameter 82.01 DI1 INVERT IO3 it’s possible to select, if the digital
input for alarm signal is high or low active. I
IOEC3-DI3 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated.
01 TrafoTmpProtectDI
Index Description: Selection of binary trafo temperature protection (oil or winding). This parameter activates the binary NOTE!
inputs ‘Trafo Temperature Alarm’ (IOEC3-DI2) and ‘Trafo Temperature Trip’ IOEC3-DI3’. With Par. This function is not available with ACS 1000i.
82.02 DI2 INVERT IO3 it is possible to select, if the digital input for alarm signal is high or low
0= OFF Transformer oil level protection function is disabled
active.
1= ON Transformer oil level protection function is active
IOEC3-DI2 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated
IOEC3-DI3 = “0” (low signal) : drive will be stopped and a fault message will be generated Unit: Type: B Min: Max: Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

0= OFF External transformer protection function is disabled 07 TrafoTmpSelect

1= ON External transformer protection function is active Index Description: Only ACS 1000i:
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Selection of the transformer temperature sensors that are used for the supervision function (36.02).
1= 1 only temperature sensor 1 used,
02 TrafoTmpProtectAI 2= 1&2 temperature sensor 1 and 2 used,
Index Description: Selection of analogue trafo temperature protection (oil or winding). Operation in case of trafo 3= 1&2&3 temperature sensor 1, 2 and 3 used;
temperature to high and measurement loss. par. 81.26 AI1 Select IO3 is set = 1 ‘TrafoTmpExt/3’;
selection 3 is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration
NOTE! sensor 1 (35.10) and the load bearing temperature 1 (35.14) are disabled.
This parameter will be fixed set to “SOFT STOP” to prevent overheating of the transformer, if Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
“Integrated Transformer Fan” option is used (Par.: 41.07 INTEGRATED TRAFO FAN INST) or with
ACS 1000i.
With ACS 1000: If this function is enabled, par. 81.26 AI1 Select IO3 is set = 1 ‘TrafoTmpExt/3’. 08 TrafoTmpAlarmLev1
Index Description: Only ACS 1000i:
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor 1 (35.10) and the load
bearing temperature 1 (35.14) are disabled. Transformer temperature alarm level. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature (4.07
1= SOFT STOP Trafo temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive TrafoTemp1) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02 TrafoTmpProtectAI.
will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated. Trafo Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 120 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
temperature supervision is active.
2= ALARM Trafo temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the drive 09 TrafoTmpTripLev1
will not be stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated. Index Description: Only ACS 1000i:
Trafo temperature supervision is active. Transformer temperature trip level. Drive is tripped when measured temperature (4.08 TrafoTemp1)
3= NO rises above this limit and a fault message will be generated. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02
No action, analogue trafo protection is not used.
TrafoTmpProtectAI.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 150 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
03 TrafoTmpAlmLExt/3
10 TrafoTmpAlarmLev2
Index Description: Transformer temperature alarm level. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature (80.01
TrafoTempExt/3) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02
Index Description: Only ACS 1000i:
TrafoTmpProtectAI. Transformer temperature alarm level. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature (4.08
TrafoTemp2) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02 TrafoTmpProtectAI.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 70 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 190.1 + 10°C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C

04 TrafoTmpTrpLExt/3
Index 11 TrafoTmpTripLev2
Description: Transformer temperature trip level. Drive is tripped when measured temperature rises above this limit
Index Description: Only ACS 1000i:
and a fault message will be generated. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02
TrafoTmpProtectAI. Transformer temperature trip level. Drive is tripped when measured temperature (4.08 TrafoTemp2)
rises above this limit and a fault message will be generated. Protection is activated by parameter 36.02
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 90 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
TrafoTmpProtectAI.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 190.2 + 10°C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C
05 TrafoBuchholzProt
Index Description: Selection of Trafo Buchholz. This parameter activates the binary inputs ‘Trafo Buchholz Alarm’
(IOEC3-DI4) and ‘Trafo Buchholz Trip’ (IOEC3-DI5). With parameter 82.04 DI4 INVERT IO3 it’s
possible to select, if the digital input for alarm signal is high or low active.
IOEC3-DI4 = “1“ (high signal) : only an alarm message will be generated,
IOEC3-DI5 = “0” (low signal) : drive will be stopped by and a fault message will be generated.

NOTE!
This function is only available if the “Integrated Transformer Fan” option is not used ((Par.: 41.07
INTEGRATED TRAFO FAN INST is set to “NO”) and this function is not available with ACS 1000i.
0= OFF Transformer buchholz protection function is disabled
1= ON Transformer buchholz protection function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-147 (of 358) H-148 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 36Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional)

12 OutpTrafoTmpProt
Index Description: Selection of analogue trafo temperature protection (oil or winding). Operation in case of trafo
temperature to high and measurement loss.

NOTE!

If this function is enabled, par. 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 is set = 5 ‘OutpTrafoTmp’.
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor 2 (35.11), the load
bearing temp. 2 (35.17), the outside air temp. (37.04) and the second cooling water pressure (190.44)
are disabled.
1= SOFT STOP Output trafo temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
Trafo temperature supervision is active.
2= ALARM Output trafo temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated. Trafo
temperature supervision is active.
3= NO
No action, analogue output trafo protection is not used.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

13 OutpTrafoTmpAlmL
Index Description: Output transformer temperature alarm level. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature
(80.21 OutputTrafoTemp) rises above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 36.12
OutpTrafoTmpProt.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 70 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C

14 OutpTrafoTmpTrpL
Index Description: Output transformer temperature trip level. Drive is tripped when measured temperature rises above this
limit and a fault message will be generated. Protection is activated by parameter 36.12
OutpTrafoTmpProt.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 90 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-149 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 37 External Inverter Protection (Optional)

Group name:
37 EXT INV PROTECT
Description: Only available with IOEC 3 / 4 Board (see Parameter 75.01 / 75.02)

01 ExtWtrCoolingProt
Index Description: Selection of external water cooling protection. This parameter activates the binary inputs ‘External
Water Cooling Alarm’ (IOEC4-DI1) and ‘External Water Cooling Trip’ IOEC4-DI2’. With parameter
87.01 DI1 INVERT IO4 it is possible to select if the digital input for alarm signal is high or low
active.
IOEC4-DI1 - an alarm message will be generated
IOEC4-DI2 - drive will be stopped by a low signal value and a fault message will be generated
0= OFF External water cooling protection function is disabled
1= ON External water cooling protection function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 ExtOutputIsolator
Index Description: Parameter for selection if an external output isolator is installed.
0= NO External output isolator is not installed
1= YES External output isolator is installed
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 ExtInputIsolator
Index Description: Parameter for selection if an external input isolator is installed.
0= NO External input isolator is not installed
1= YES External input isolator is installed
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 OutsideAirTmpProt
Index Description: Selection of outside air temperature measurement & protection. Operation in case of outside air
temperature and measurement loss (AI4 - IOEC3).

NOTE!
If 1 or 2 is selected, par 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 is set = 1 ‘OutsideAirTemp’.
Enabling is only possible when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor 2 (35.11), the load
bearing temp. 2 (35.17), the second cooling water pressure (190.44) and the output trafo temp. (36.12)
are disabled.
1= SOFT STOP Outside air temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated,
outside air temperature supervision (37.05 and 37.06) is active.
2= ALARM Outside air temperature protection is used. In case of measurement loss the
drive will not be stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated, outside air
temperature supervision (37.05 and 37.06) is active.
3= NO
No action, outside air temperature protection is not used.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 OutAirTmpAlmLev
Index Description: Outside air temperature alarm level. An alarm will be generated when measured temperature rises
above this limit. Protection is activated by parameter 37.04
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 45 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C

06 OutAirTmpTripLev
Index Description: Outside air temperature trip level. Drive is tripped when measured temperature rises above this limit
and a fault message will be generated. Protection is activated by parameter 37.04
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 200 °C Def: 55 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1 °C

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-151 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 38 Optional Functions Continue Group 38Optional Functions

07 SynBypassFunction (O)
Group name:
38 OPTIONAL FUNC Index Description: This parameter activates the Synchronized Bypass function for starter. If the parameter is set to
Description: Optional function used by the customer. 1= SBYP 2-4 MTR Synchronized Bypass is selected for 2-4 motors. IOEC-Board 5 and 6
The parameters marked with (O) can only be altered while the ACS1000 is stopped. is activated and Synchrotakt 4, Var. 4 is needed.
2= SBYP FOR 1 MTR Synchronized Bypass is selected for only 1 motor. IOEC-Board 5 is
01 MotorHeater activated and Synchrotakt 4, Var. 1 is needed.
Index Description: This parameter activates the motor heater function. Normally the digital output DO5-IOEC1 (NO 3= NO No action, Synchronized Bypass is not activated
MOTOR HEATER ON) is energized, even if parameter 38.01 is set to “NO”. If the function is Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
activated, the motor heater order on command is controlled from digital output DO5-IOEC1.
The digital output IOEC1-DO3 will be de-energized, if parameter 38.01 is set to “YES”, the drive is
not in “RUNNING” – state, no HEATER ALARM signal is active (DI12 – IOEC1) and digital output
MOTOR COOLER ORDER ON (IOEC3 – DO1) is not activated.
The motor heater trip signal is connected to IOEC1-DI12 (in series with cabinet heater). If the ORDER
ON command is set and the trip signal has a low value, an alarm message will be generated.
0= NO Motor heater function is not active
1= YES Motor heater is installed, function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 MotorCooler
Index Description: This parameter activates the motor cooler function. If the function is activated, the motor cooler order
on command is controlled from output IOEC3-DO1; the motor cooler trip signal is connected to
IOEC3-DI12.
1= SOFT STOP Motor cooler is used. If motor cooler trip signal is active the drive will be
stopped with SOFT STOP and a fault signal will be generated.
2= ALARM Motor cooler is used. If motor cooler trip signal is active the drive will not be
stopped - only an alarm signal will be generated.
3= NO No action, motor cooler is not used.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 MotCoolerTimeOff
Index Description: Delay time to switch off the motor cooler when drive is stopped.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 1200 s Def: 300 s Int. scaling: 1 == 1 s

04 CabinetHeater
Index Description: This parameter activates the cabinet heater function. The cabinet heater trip signal is connected to
IOEC1-DI12 (in series with motor heater). If the cabinet heater function is selected and the trip signal
has a low value, an alarm message will be generated.
0= NO Cabinet heater function is not active
1= YES Cabinet heater is installed, function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 BrkChopInstalled (O)
Index Description: This parameter activates the brake chopper function (only available if IOEC4- board is installed).
0= NO Braking chopper functionis not active
1= YES Braking chopper is installed, function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 De: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

06 BrkResiOvertemp
Index Description: If parameter 38.05 BRAKE CHOPPER INSTALLED is set to “YES”, the braking chopper
supervision function is active as well.
0= DISABLE CHOP Braking chopper is installed. If braking chopper supervision trip
signal has a low value the drive will be stopped with SOFT STOP
and a fault message will be generated.
1= ALARM Braking chopper is installed. If braking chopper supervision trip
signal has a low value the drive will not be stopped - only an alarm
signal will be generated.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-153 (of 358) H-154 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 39 Ride Through Function Continue Group 39Ride Through Function

05 (RW / 149.15) AuxRideThrghTime
Group name:
39 RIDE THROUGH Index Description: Time limit within the aux. power has to exceed minimum voltage level after a voltage drop.
Description: The ride through function prevents an under voltage fault when short voltage dips in the DC Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 5 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 s
intermediate circuit occur.

The ride-through function of the ACS 1000 is expected to keep the drive in operation and prevent a
trip when the main (input) power fails. During ride-through operation, the voltage of the DC bus is
kept at a specified level. For this purpose, energy from the rotating mass of the motor and load is
taken through the inverter to compensate for losses and maintain the DC bus voltage. In the process,
the motor speed drops. The ride-through mode can be maintained as long as the rotating mass has
sufficient energy that can be extracted to keep the DC bus voltage up. The ACS 1000 ride-through
function provides adjustable limits for the minimum speed permitted during ride-through, and the
maximum time allowed for ride-through to be active. If the input power is restored, within the
permitted time and speed, the mode automatically changes from ride-through to normal operation.
After the transition to normal operation, the motor is accelerated to the speed setting that was active
before the input power failure. If the input power is not restored before the set time and speed limits
are reached, then the drive is tripped.
It is also possible to disable ride-through operation completely. If it is disabled, then the drive trips
immediately if the input power is lost.

[%] DC Bus Voltage The ride-through voltage levels are

explained on the basis of Figure 39-1.
D
100
C
A Undervoltage Trip Level 65%
B B Undervoltage Alarm Level 71%
A
C Ride-Through Level 80%
D Overvoltage Trip Level 129%

time
t1 t2 t3

Figure 39-1 Ride Through, Voltage Levels - Diagram

01 (RW / 149.01) RideThroughEnable

Index Description: This parameter activates the ride through function.
ATTENTION:
If ride through is enabled the negative torque limit (20.06 MINIMUM TORQUE) must not be 0.
Otherwise the voltage cannot be kept.
0 = OFF Ride through function is disabled
1 = ON Ride through function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 (RW / 149.04) RideThroughTime

Index Description: Time limit to activate ride through function. If time elapsed, a trip will follow.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 15 s Def: 5 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 s

03 (RW / 149.05) RideThrghMinSpeed

Index Description: Ride through speed minimum level. If the speed drops below this level, the ride through function
will be stopped.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 3600 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm

04 (RW / 149.14) AuxRideThrghEnabl

Index Description: This parameter activates the auxiliary voltage ride through function.
If the auxiliary voltage drops below the minimum voltage level, the aux. ride through function will
be activated. If the auxiliary voltage does not come back before the AUX RIDE THROUGH TIME
has elapsed, the drive will trip and a fault message will be generated.
0 = OFF Aux. ride through function not used
1 = ON Aux. ride through function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-155 (of 358) H-156 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 40 PID Control Continue Group 40PID Control

03 PID DerivTime
Group name:
40 PID-CONTROL Index Description: PID Controller derivative time selection.
Description: Intended for use with different closed loop control systems such as pressure control, level control Derivative is calculated according to two consecutive error values (EK-1 and EK) according to the
and flow control. following formula:
The PID Control Macro allows the ACS 1000 to take a reference signal (setpoint) and an actual PID DERIV TIME * (E K - E K-1 )
signal (feedback), and automatically adjust the speed of the drive to match the actual signal to the
reference. The minimum and maximum values of the PID Controller output are the same as TS in which TS = 12ms sample time
Parameter 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED and 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED.
NOTE!
These parameters can only be seen when the PID Control Macro is selected. For example:
If there is a 10% step in error value, the error in the output of the PID Controller is:
Process Error Value
PID DERIV TIME * 10%
TS
The derivative is filtered with a 1-pole filter. Parameter 40.4 PID DERIV FILTER defines the time
constant of the filter.
Unit: S Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0 s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s

04 PID DerivFilter
Gain PID Controller Index Description: Time constant of the 1-pole filter.
Output Unit: S Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s

05 ErrorValueInvers
Gain Index Description: PID Controller error value inversion.
This parameter allows inverting the Error Value (and thus the operation of the PID Controller).
Normally, a decrease in Actual Signal (feedback) causes an increase in drive speed. If a decrease in
actual is desired to cause a decrease in speed, set Error Value Invert to YES.
0 = NO PID Controller error value inversion is not active
PID Integration Time 1 = YES PID Controller error value inversion is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

Figure 40-1 PID Controller Gain, I-Time and Error Value – Diagram 06 ActualValueSel (O)
Index Description: Actual signal source for the PID Process Controller is selected by this parameter. Analogue input
01 PID Gain AI1- IOEC4 is fix connected to actual signal 1 (ACT1) and analogue input AI2- IOEC4 is fix
Index Description: PID Controller Gain selection. connected to actual signal 2 (ACT2) for the PID controller.
This parameter defines the gain of the PID Controller. The setting range is 0.1 ... 100. If 1 is selected, In the list of parameter values choices AI denotes ACT1 and A2 denotes ACT2. ACT1 and ACT2 are
a 10% change in error value causes the PID Controller output to change by 10%. If the Maximum combined by subtraction, addition, multiplication or other function as listed below:
SPEED is set to 1500 rpm for example, the actual speed reference is changed by 150 rpm. • MIN (A1,A2) sets the parameter value either ACT1 or ACT2, depending which one has the
smallest value
PID Gain Speed Change for a Speed Change for a 50% Table 40-4 lists a few • MAX (A1,A2) sets the parameter value either ACT1 or ACT2, depending which one has the
10% Change in Change in Error examples of gain settings, biggest value
Error
and the resulting speed • sqrt (A1–A2) sets the parameter value to square root of (ACT1 – ACT2)
0.5 75 rpm 374 rpm change to a 10% change • sqA1 + sqA2 sets the parameter value to square root of ACT1 plus square root of ACT2
1.0 150 rpm 750 rpm in error value and a 50%
3.0 450 rpm 1500 rpm change in error value. Note!
(limited by Par.MAXIMUM SPEED) Use the sqrt (A1-A2) or sqA1+sqA2 function if the PID-Controller controls flow with a pressure
transducer measuring the pressure difference over a flow meter.
Table 40-4 PID Controller Gain Settings (MAXIMUM SPEED is 1500 rpm)
1 = ACT1 4 = ACT1 * ACT2 7 = MAX (A1,A2)
Unit: Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 100 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 100 == 1 2 = ACT1 - ACT2 5 = ACT1 / ACT2 8 = sqrt (A1 - A2)
3 = ACT1 + ACT2 6 = MIN (A1,A2) 9 = sqA1 + sqA2
02 PID IntegratTime Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 9 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: PID Controller integration time selection.
Defines the time in which the maximum output is achieved if a constant error value exists and the
relative gain is 1. Integration time 1s denotes that a 100% change is achieved in 1s.
Unit: S Type: R Min: 0.02 s Max: 320 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-157 (of 358) H-158 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 40PID Control Continue Group 40PID Control

07 Act1Minimum 10 Act2Maximum
Index Description: Minimum value for actual value 1. Defined as % of the difference between the maximum and Index Description: Maximum value for Actual value 2. Defined as % of the difference between the maximum and
minimum values of the selected analogue input. Refer to parameter group 85 and 86 for IOEC4 minimum values of the selected analogue input. Refer to Parameters group 85 and 86 for IOEC4
analogue input minimum and maximum settings. analogue input minimum and maximum settings.
For scaling refer to parameter 40.08.
The value of this parameter can be calculated using the formula below. The minimum of the actual
Unit: % Type: R Min: -1000 % Max: 1000 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %
value refers to the minimum of the span of the actual value.

11 Act1UnitScale
Minimum of actual value [V or mA] - MINIMUM AI (1 or 2) Index Description: This parameter matches the actual value displayed in the Control Panel (Parameter 03.19) to the Unit
ACTUAL 1 MINIMUM =  * 100 % defined by Parameter 40.12.
MAXIMUM AI (1, 2 or 3) - MINIMUM AI (1 or 2) Unit: Type: R Min: -1000 Max: 1000 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

12 Act1Unit
For example: Index Description: Selection of the Unit of the actual 1 value displayed in the Control Panel (Parameter 03.19).
The pressure of a pipe system is to be controlled between 0 and 10 bar. The pressure transducer has
an output span from 4 to 8 V for pressure between 0 and 10 bar. The minimum output voltage of the 1 = rpm actual value 1 will be displayed in rpm
transducer is 2 V and the maximum is 10 V, so the minimum and the maximum of the analogue 2 = bar actual value 1 will be displayed in bar
input is set to 2V and 10V. 3= % actual value 1 will be displayed in %
4= C actual value 1 will be displayed in °C
ACTUAL 1 MINIMUM is calculated as follows: 5 = mg/l actual value 1 will be displayed in milligram / litre
6 = kPa actual value 1 will be displayed in kilo Pascal
Unit: Type: R Min: 1 Max: 6 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
4V – 2V
ACTUAL 1 MINIMUM =  * 100 % = 25%
10V – 2V 13 Act2UnitScale
Index Description: This parameter matches the actual value displayed in the Control Panel (Parameter 03.20) to the Unit
Unit: % Type: R Min: -1000 % Max: 1000 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 % defined by Parameter 40.14.
Unit: Type: R Min: -1000 Max: 1000 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
08 Act1Maximum
Index Description: Maximum value for actual value 1. Defined as % of the difference between the maximum and 14 Act2Unit
minimum values of the selected analogue input. Refer to parameter group 85 and 86 for IOEC4
Index Description: Selection of the Unit of the Actual 2 value displayed in the Control Panel (Parameter 03.20).
analogue input minimum and maximum settings. 1 = rpm actual value 1 will be displayed in rpm
2 = bar actual value 1 will be displayed in bar
The value of this parameter can be calculated using the formula below. The maximum of the actual 3= % actual value 1 will be displayed in %
value refers to the maximum of the span of the actual value. 4= C actual value 1 will be displayed in °C
5 = mg/l actual value 1 will be displayed in milligram / litter
6 = kPa actual value 1 will be displayed in kilo Pascal
Maximum of actual value [V or mA] - MINIMUM AI (1, 2 or 3) Unit: Type: R Min: 1 Max: 6 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
ACTUAL 1 MAXIMUM =  * 100 %
MAXIMUM AI (1, 2 or 3) - MINIMUM AI (1, 2 or 3)
15 AI<MinFuncExtAct1
Index Description: Operations in case of actual value 1 (analogue input signal AI1-IOEC4) drops below the minimum
For example: limit. The function is only activated if the parameter 86.04 AI1 MINIMUM IO4 is set to 4mA/2V.
The pressure of a pipe system is to be controlled between 0 and 10 bar. The pressure transducer has 1 = NO No action
an output span from 4 to 8 V for pressure between 0 and 10 bar. The minimum output voltage of the 2 = FAULT Drive trips in case of analogue signal loss
transducer is 2 V and the maximum is 10 V, so the minimum and the maximum of the analogue 3 = CNST SPD15 Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with constant speed15
input is set to 2V and 10V. (Par.34.16)
4 = LAST SPEED Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with the last speed reference
ACTUAL 1 MAXIMUM in this case is: Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
8V – 2V
ACTUAL 1 MAXIMUM =  * 100 % = 75% 16 AI<MinFuncExtAct2
10V – 2V Index Description: Operations in case of actual value 2 (analogue input signal AI2-IOEC4) drops below the minimum
limit. The function is only activated if the Parameter 86.10 AI2 MINIMUM IO4 is set to 4mA/2V.
1 = NO No action
Unit: % Type: R Min: -1000 % Max: 1000 % Def: 100 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 % 2 = FAULT Drive trips in case of analogue signal loss
3 = CNST SPD15 Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with constant speed15
09 Act2Minimum (Par.34.16)
Index Description: Minimum value for actual value 2. Defined as % of the difference between the maximum and 4 = LAST SPEED Alarm will be set and drive runs continuously with the last speed reference
minimum values of the selected analogue input. Refer to parameter group 85 and 86 for IOEC4 Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
analogue input minimum and maximum settings.
For scaling refer to parameter 40.07.
Unit: % Type: R Min: -1000 % Max: 1000 % Def: 0 % Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-159 (of 358) H-160 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 40PID Control

Actual value scaling

10V(100%) 100% 10V(100%) 100% 100% 100%

8V (75%) 8V (80%)

60%

4V (25%) 4V (40%)

2V (0%) 20%

0V 0% 0V 0% 0% 0%
Actual ScaledActual Actual ScaledActual Actual ScaledActual

Minimum AI 2V / 4mA Minimum AI 0V / 0mA

Actual 1 Maximum 75% Actual 1 Maximum80% Actual 1 Maximum20%

Actual 1 Minimim 25% Actual 1 Minimim 40% Actual 1 Minimim 60%

Figure 40-2 PID Control, Actual Value Scaling

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-161 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 41 Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

Cooling System Off Delay
Group name:
41 COOLING SYSTEM For cooling down the power system after switching off the MCB, the cooling system will not be switched off immediately.
Description: Cooling system parameter of ACS1000. Therefore the cooling system is running longer after switching of the MCB for a programmable time. During this time the status
“CoolOffDely” will be shown on Panel status (Par.: 8.10 DriveStatus).
Redundant Cooling System
Automatic Change
Over Function
Automatic Change Over Fan/Pump with Redundant Cooling System AirCoolingFanSel
41. 03
With “Redundant Cooling System” (two fans or pumps are selected) the continuous operation of the drive is guaranteed if a fan (TWO(FAN1&2)
IntegTrafoFanInst Auto Chg Active ActRunTimeFan1/Pump1
41. 07 5.15
(air) or pump (water) failure occures. Switch-over from the faulty to the stand-by device will take place automatically. (TWO(FAN1&2)
>
ActRunTimeFan2/Pump2
WtrCoolingPumpSel 5.16
With the “Automatic change over” - function the cycle time and running time for both fans/pumps can be set. If for example a 41. 09
(TWO(PUMP1&2)

cycle time of 10h and a Fan1/Pump1 run time of 6h is selected, Fan1/Pump1 will run for 6 hours. Then they will be stopped and Fan/PumpCycleTime
Fan1/Pump1 Fan/Pump
Control
41. 01
Fan2/Pump2 will run for 4h. After 4h Fan1/Pump1 are swiched on again. Fan1/Pump1RunTime Fan2/Pump2 AutoChgFan1/Pump1On
41. 02
With water cooling the supervision of the conductivity is disabled for the time defined by par. 41.15 WtrPmpChangeMask after AutoChgFan2/Pump2On ActRunFan/Pump
5.13
a change-over.
I/O - Control
1st cycle start 1st cycle finished Fan1 Order On
Fan1/Pump 1 2nd cycle start FanAlarmReset digital Output
41. 04 Fan2 Order On
PumpAlarmReset
41. 10 Pump1 Order On IOEC1 - D01
ON MCB Closed
Pump2 Order On IOEC1 - D02
SW Interlock Signal

OFF I/O - Signals

t Cooling Fan/Pump
"OFF" "OFF"
Status "CoolOffDelay"
8.10
Fan2/Pump 2 T
Fan/PumpOffDelay I 0
190.03

ON

OFF Figure 41-2 Cooling System, Fan / Pump Off Delay - Overview
cooling system off comand,
6h 4h t Cooling
start of "OFF" - delay switch "OFF" - command
System
cooling Fan/Pump
10h 10h
On
40.02 FAN1/PUMP1 RUN TIME
Cooling System Cooling System
Running Off Delay Time
Off
40.01 FAN/PUMP CYCLE TIME t
s

Figure 41-1 Redundant Cooling System, Automatic Fan / Pump Change - Diagram 190.03 FAN/PUMP OFF DELAY
default = 300s

01 Fan/PumpCycleTime
Figure 41-3 Cooling System, Fan / Pump Off Delay - Diagram
Index Description: Parameter defines the cycle time of the redundant cooling system.
Unit: h Type: R Min: 2 Max: 24 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Inverter Air Cooling System
02 Fan1/Pump1RunTime
03 AirCoolFanSel
Index Description: Parameter defines the switch over time between Fan1 / Pump1 and Fan2 / Pump2. Index Description: This parameter activates the selected cooling fan in an air cooled drive.
Unit: h Type: R Min: 1 Max: 41.01 – 1h Def: 6 Int. scaling: 100 == 1h If parameter selection is set to TWO (FAN1&2) the redundant cooling fan function is active. In case
one of the fan is disturbed, the other fan is switched on automatically.
1= ONE (FAN 1) Cooling fan 1 is installed
2= ONE (FAN 2) Cooling fan 2 is installed (only with IOEC 3)
3= TWO (FAN1&2) Redundant cooling fans 1 & 2 are installed (only with IOEC 3)
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 FanAlarmReset
Index Description: Resetting of an active fan ALARM.
Note!
Parameter will be set back automatically to OFF.
0= OFF Fan alarm reset not active
1= RESET Reset command will be set
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-163 (of 358) H-164 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

05 InvAirFilterSupvi Integrated Transformer Fan
Index Description: Parameter activates monitoring of air filter in an air cooled drive. If function is activated and digital The function of Integrated Transformer Fan has to be used if an integrated transformer is installed. The selection is only
input signal is high, an ALARM will be generated. IOEC1 - DI09 possible if IOEC3-Board is installed. If function is activated, the Buchholz protection will be deactivated (see group 36.05 Trafo
0= OFF Air filter supervision function is disabled Buchholz Protection). To protect the Transformer against overheating, parameter 36.02 Trafo Temp Protection AI will be fixed
1= ON Air filter supervision function is active set to “SOFTSTOP” and parameter 81.04 AI1 MINIMUM IO4 to “4 mA”.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Note!
If one or both (in redundant trafo fan control) fan(s) has (have) tripped only an Alarm will be set. There is no trip supervison for
integrated transformer fan.
06 RedAuxFanInstall Integrated Trafo Fan
Index Description: This parameter activates the redundant auxiliary fan function. The selection is only possible in water Option
IntegTr afoFa nIns t
cooling unit and if Par.: 41.09 AMOUNT OF COOLING PUMP is set to “TWO (PUMP1&2)”. 4 1.07
NO
ON E (FAN1 )
Hardware – controlled relays, controls both aux. fans. Only trip and alarm signals are monitored by 1 ON E (FAN2 )
software. If this parameter is set to “Yes” and one of the two aux. fans trips, only alarm will be set. If TWO (FAN1& 2)

both aux. fans are tripped, fault will be set and drive trips according to “Trip 1b” reaction. IntTr afFan1 Alarm
9.1 2
> AW2 / Bit 04
The function is only available if IOEC4 – board is installed. Automatic Change
Fa n1
Over Function / IntTr afoFa n1Tr ip
Supervision 8.0 1
AirCoolin gFan Se l (DI3 - IOEC 3)
4 1.03 MSW / Bit 0 7
(TWO(FAN1&2) IntTrafoFanR es et
41.08
3 3 IntegTr afoFa nIns t Auto C hg Active
-K11 -K12 4 1.07 >
Pump 1 (TWO(FAN1&2)
Pump 2
Wtr C oolingP umpSel IntTr afFan2 Alarm
-Q13 -Q14 4 1.09 9.1 2
Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2
(TWO(PUMP1&2)
Ac tRunTim eFa n1/P ump1
> AW2 / Bit 14
Fan1/Pump1
5.15
Fa n/P ump Cycle Tim e Ac tRunTim eFa n2/P ump2 / IntTr afoFa n2Tr ip Fa n2
4 1.01 5.16 Supervision 8.0 1
3 IOE C1 3 IOEC4 Fa n1 /Pump1RunTim e Fan2/Pump2 Fa n1/Pump1Order On
(DI4 - IOEC 3)
MSW / Bit 0 7
4 1.02 IntTrafoFanR es et
-DI3 -DI9 Fa n2/Pump2Order On 41.08
-K13 -K14 -Q13 -Q14
Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2
IntTrafFa n1Or der On
DO5 - IOEC3
3 3 IntTrafFa n1 &
-K13 -K14 &
M M Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 > Alar m
5.1 4
ActR unTr afoFan
IntTr afFan2 Alar m &
Normal Operation Aux. Fan 1 Faulty Aux. Fan 2 Faulty
IntTrafFa n2Or der On
DO6 - IOEC3
In tTra fFan 2 &
-K11 -K12 -K11 -K12 -K11 -K12 &
Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1
> Ala rm
Pump 2 Pump 2 Pump 2 5.1 4

IntTr afFan1 Alarm & ActR unTr afoFan

-Q13 -Q14 -Q13 -Q14 -Q13 -Q14 Figure 41-5 Integrated Transformer Fan - Overview
Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2

-K13 -K14 -K13 -K14 -K13 -K14

Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2 Aux.Fan 1 Aux.Fan 2
07 IntegTrafoFanInst
Index Description: This parameter activates the integrated transformer function. Depending on the installed fans the
Figure 41-4 Redundant Auxiliary Cooling Fan - Overview parameter has to be set to the correct value; not available with ACS 1000i.
0= NO Redundant aux. fan is not installed 1= NO Integrated transformer fan is not installed, function is not active
1= YES Redundant aux. fan is installed 2= ONE (FAN 1) Integrated transformer cooling fan 1 is installed, function is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 3= ONE (FAN 2) Integrated transformer cooling fan 2 is installed, function is active
4= TWO (FAN1&2) Integrated transformer cooling fans 1&2 are installed, redundant
function is active
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 4 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

08 TrafoFanAlmReset
Index Description: Resetting of an active integrated transformer fan ALARM; not available with ACS 1000i.
Note! Parameter will be set back automatically to OFF.
0= OFF Fan alarm reset not active
1= RESET Reset command will be set
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-165 (of 358) H-166 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

Inverter Air Cooling Temperature Supervision Inverter Air Cooling Difference Pressure Supervision
To protect the ACS1000 (IGCTs, diodes, choke etc.) against overheating the air cooling temperature inside the cubicle is To protect the ACS1000 (IGCTs, diodes, choke etc.) against overheating the air-cooling temperature inside the cubicle and the air
monitored. flow/pressure is monitored. Therefore a pressure differential sensor is installed in the control box to measure the pressure between
The cubicle air temperature is monitored by a PTC on the ADCVI - board. control box and power part of the inverter.
Pressure transducer B1 monitors the air pressure (connected to DI3 on IOEC1).
INV AIR T EMPERAT URE
SUPERV ISIO N
Alarm
AIR PRESSURE
SUPERVISION
Trip Delay
Inverter Air Temperature
2.16 AI I Inverter Air Temperature Alarm
-10°C ... +76°C I < = L1 Air Difference Pressure
Limit L1 Air Press Trip Delay
5° C L1 Hyst

Defaul t: 45°C INV AIR TEMP Digital Input

190. 01 ALARM LEVEL Note!
DI3 - IOEC1
AIR PRESS URE FAIL Supervision signal during
INV AIR T EMPERAT URE 190.04 Default: 5s ON DELAY f a n s ta rt , c ha n g e ov er
SUPERV ISIO N
Trip fans (Redundant Cooling
System) and normal run!

AI I Inverter Air Temperature Trip B1

I > = H1 ControlBox
Limit H1

5°C H1 Hyst
WR
P
Defaul t: 55°C INV AIR TEMP
190. 02 TRIP LEVEL p < - 250 Pa
INV AIR T EMPERAT URE Cooling Air Difference Pressure FAN
SUPERV ISIO N
Low Trip

ADCVI AMC3
AI I Inverter Air Temperature Low Trip
I > = H1
Limit

1° C
H1

H1 Hyst
(Switch On "INHIBITED") Figure 41-8 Air Cooling System, Pressure Supervision – Overview
PTC
-10°C ... +76°C fixed: - 0.5°C INV AIR TEMP
LOW TRIP LEVEL
Single Cooling Fan System: Redundant Cooling Fan System:
Note!
Figure 41-6 Air Cooling System, Temperature Supervision – Overview I f pres su re d oe s n ot c om e
back within "Air Pressure Fail
Cooling Air Pressure On Delay" drive will trip.
Cooling Air Pressure
Cooling Air Temperature Pa Pa
°C DI3 - IOEC1 DI3 - IOEC1

0 0
s s
Air Temperature Trip Level Start of
Start of "Air Pressure Fail On Delay"
(Par.: 190.02 = 55°C) "Air Pressure Fail On Delay" (Par. 190.04 = 5s)
Hystere sis (5°C) (Par. 190.04 = 5s)

Air Temperature Alarm Level

Air differential- Air differential -
(Par.: 190.01 = 45°C)
Hysteresis (5°C) pressure sensor pressure sensor
( < - 250 Pa) Hysteresis (20 Pa) ( < - 250 Pa) Hysteresis (20Pa)

Hysteresis (1 °C)
Air Temperature Low Trip 0
(fixed = -0.5°C)
"Air diff pressure to low" => Start "Fail On Delay"

Trip "Air diff pressure to low" => "Fail On Delay" is over

Time "Air pressure to low " => Start "Fail On Delay"
s
Trip "Inverter Air Temperature"; ACS1000 switch on prevented Warning "Air pressure to low " (switch over fan)

Trip "Inverter Air Temperature" reset possible; ACS1000 is ready to switch on Warning "Air pressure to low " disapear (2nd fan is running)

Warning -> Inverter Air Temperature to high

Trip -> Inverter Air Temperature to high

Figure 41-9 Air Cooling System, Pressure Supervision - Diagram
Trip reset possible -> Inverter Air Temperature to high

Warning disapear -> Inverter Air Temperature to high Inverter Water Cooling System

Figure 41-7 Air Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Diagram 09 WtrCoolPumpSel

Index Description: This parameter activates the selected water cooling pump in a water cooled drive.
If parameter is selected to TWO (PUMP1&2) the redundant water cooling pump function is active. In
case one of the pump is disturbed, the other pump is switched on automatically.
1= ONE (PUMP 1) Water cooling pump 1 is installed
2= ONE (PUMP 2) Water cooling pump 2 is installed
3= TWO (PUMP 1&2) Redundant water cooling pump is installed (Pump 1 & 2)
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-167 (of 358) H-168 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

10 PumpAlarmReset 11 AutoCoolOnDelay
Index Description: Resetting of an active pump ALARM. Index Description: Parameter defines the time delay for the automatic cooling system on command.
Note! If the MCB is open and the actual water conductivity is higher than the ALARM limit the automatic
Parameter will be set back automatically to OFF.
cooling sequence will be started. The cooling pump will be switched on automatically after the AUTO
0= OFF Pump alarm reset not active
COOL ON DELAY time has elapsed. In the drive status word the message “AUTO COOLING” will
1= RESET Reset command will be set
be displayed (an alarm will not be generated).
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Min Type: R Min: 0 Max: 3600 Def: 120 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Min

Auto Cooling Control with Water Cooling System

Start Sequence of Redundant Water Cooling System
The water conductivity increases if water cooling pumps have been switched off for a longer time (after switching off the MCB).
The water conductivity increases if drive has been switched off for a longer time. Therefore it is necessary to bring the water
To avoid a long waiting time until the MCB can be switched on again, it is necessary to bring the water conductivity down into the
conductivity down into the allowed operating range before the drive can be started again. To avoid a trip after the automatic
allowed operating range. Therefore the “Auto cooling control” - function can be used. It can be enabled with par. 41.16
WtrAutoCoolMode. switch over function changes to pump 2 (see Figure 41-1), it is helpful to check the water conductivity in pump 2 systems as
well.
Function! Function!
If water conductivity is above the value of par. 41.17 WtrAutoCoolStCond the “Auto Cooling On Delay”- time (par. 41.11 If water conductivity is above alarm limit after initialisation, pump 2 will be started immediately to bring down the water
AutoCoolOnDelay) is started. The waiting time before the auto cooling sequence will be started can be seen on the panel at Par. conductivity. On the Panel the drive status “StartSeqOn” will be shown (Par.: 8.10 DriveStatusWord). After water conductivity
5.17 AutoCoolWaitTime (counting down to zero!). After cooling on delay time has been exceeded cooling pump 1 will start is below alarm limit the 1st delay time of 15s is started and if time is over without reaching the alarm limit again the cooling
automatically. On the Panel the drive status “AutoCoolOn” will be shown (Par.: 8.10 DriveStatusWord). Water conductivity system will be switched over to pump1. After pump1 has started it could be that the water conductivity is bad again (from pump1
starts to decrease and if conductivity is below alarm limit the auto cooling sequence will stop (drive status “AutoCoolOn” system, pipe …) and the alarm level will be exceeded. After water conductivity is below alarm limit the 2nd delay time of 15s is
disappears) and the pump off delay time (Par.: 190.03 Fan/Pump Off Delay) starts. During this time the status “CoolOffDely” started and if time is over without reaching the alarm limit again, the drive status changes to “RdyForMCB On” and the “Start
will be shown on panel status (Par.: 8.10 DriveStatus). After exceeding cooling off delay time pump 1 will stop. Water Sequence” is swiched off.
conductivity starts to increase again. If water conductivity is above alarm limit the auto cooling sequence starts again but this time
with starting of pump 2. Note!
Note! The “Start Sequence” will not be started if water conductivity is below alarm limit after switching on the auxiliary power.
The auto cooling system is always alternating between cooling pump 1 and pump 2, if parameter 41.09 Water Therefore Pump1 will start immediately.
CoolingPumpSelection is set to “TWO(Pump1&2) otherwise only selected pump (Pump1 or Pump2) will start. The “Auto Aux. Power On
cooling start sequence” will not be started if parameter 41.11 AutoCoolOnDelay is set to ZERO. Water
Start of 15s delay time
Conductivity Init Done
Water Pump change over
Cooling On Delay "Start" us
Conductivity
us Cooling Pump 1 "ON" Start of 15s delay time
Cooling Pump Off delay "ON" Drive Start allowed
Cooling Pum p 1 "OFF"

Cooling On Delay "Start" Trip Level

41.11 190.03
Cooling Pump 2 "ON" Alarm Level
Cooling Pump Off delay "ON"

Trip Level Cooling Pump 2 "OFF"

190.10
Alarm Level
190.09
WtrAutoCoolStCond
41.17
t

t Pump 1

ON
Pump 1

ON
OFF
t
OFF
t Pump 2

Pump 2 Auto Cooling Pump 1 On ON

ON

OFF
OFF t
t
Cooling Pump "Start sequence"
Auto Cooling Pump 2 On
Figure 41-11 Redundant Water Cooling System, Start Sequence - Diagram
Figure 41-10 Water Cooling System, Auto Cooling Sequence - Diagram

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-169 (of 358) H-170 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

12 WtrCoolStartSeq 14 WtrValveMotorLift
Index Description: Selection of redundant cooling system start sequence function. This function can only be selected if Index Description: Parameter defines the “Motor lift” - value of the installed water valve motor (see table 41-1).
ACS1000 is a water cooled system and parameter 41.09 AMOUNT OF WATER COOLING PUMPS Note!
is set to “TWO (PUMP1&2)”.
This parameter can only be changed by service.
Note!
If start sequence is active the drive is not ready for closing the MCB. Unit: s/mm Type: R Min: 1 Max: 15 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 s/mm
0 = OFF Redundant water cooling system start sequence is not active
1 = ON Redundant water cooling system start sequence is active 15 WtrPmpChangeMask
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Water cooling system. Masking (supervision disabling) time for the internal cooling water
conductivity supervision after the pump change-over. The conductivity supervision is released earlier
if the actual conductivity value after the pump changeover is below the alarm level (parameter 190.09
Inverter Water Valve Control InvWtrCondAlmLev).
The cooling system is controlled and monitored by the ACS 1000. Water conductivity, temperature and pressure of the cooling
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 Max: 625 Def: 60 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s
water in the main cooling circuit and the level in the expansion tank are monitored.
The motor valve in the raw water circuit is closed or opened depending on the temperature of the main cooling circuit. Due to
different water valves and valve motors the parameter has to be set to the right value (normally done by loading package). 16 WtrAutoCoolMode
Index Description: Water cooling system. Selection of pump auto cooling mode.
Description Manufacturer Type Data (lifting hight) Data (motor lift)
1 = RUN ALWAYS Water cooling pumps are running unless there is a pump related fault.
2 - way regulation valve Danfoss VM2 10mm
2 = AUTOM OFF Pumps will be stopped after the off delay time is over (defined by
2 - way regulation valve Danfoss VR2 25mm
parameter 190.03 PumpOffDelay). The off delay time starts as soon
3 - way regulation valve Danfoss VRG3 15mm
the MCB is open.
Valve E - Motor Danfoss AMV 30 3 s/mm 3 = AUTOM OFF ON
Valve E - Motor Danfoss AMV 423 3 s/mm Auto cooling control is active (see Figure 41-10).
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Table 40-5 Valve and Motor type
WATER VALVE WATER VALVE
REGULATOR CONTROL 17 WtrAutoCoolStCond
Index Description: Water cooling system. Parameter defines the water conductivity value when the automatic cooling
190.13
WATER TEMP REF + WATER TEMP DIFF CONTROL VALVE ORDER OPEN sequence will be started (see Figure 41-10).
(Default: 30°C)
- Control Valve Closed
CONTROL VALVE ORDER CLOSE
Unit: uS Type: R Min: -5 Max: 5 Def: 0.4 Int. scaling: 100 == 1uS
WATER TEMP ACT Control Valve Open
WATER VALVE LI FTING HEIGHT
41. 13
WATER VALVE MOTOR LIFT
41. 14
Digital Output Digital Output
IOEC3 - DO3 IOEC3 - DO4

WATER COOLING SYST EM

FL OW DIAGRAM
B11 B13 B12
P T Q
I I I
V5
TO CONVERTER

V13
Flow diagram only for information!

C2
L Z2 C1 V11
B10

RAW WATER INLET

V14
FROM CONVERTER C E1 E2
A

V82

MAKE UP WATER

V15 M M11
V1 V3

OPTION : P1
"REDUNDANT COOLING PUMP" M B14 " 3 - WAY VALVE "
M M12

V2 V4

" 2 - WAY VALVE "

P2 B14
V80 V81 M
RAW WATER OUTLET

Figure 41-12 Water Cooling System, Control Valve - Overview

13 WtrValveLiftHeigh
Index Description: Parameter defines the “Lifting height” - value of the installed water valve (see table 41-1).
Note!
This parameter can only be changed by service.
Unit: mm Type: R Min: 1 Max: 50 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 mm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-171 (of 358) H-172 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

Inverter Water Cooling Pressure Supervision Cooling Water Pressure, Output / Diff.
To protect the ACS1000 against water flow inside the cubicle (leakage) and overheating of power components (IGCTs, diodes, bar
choke etc.) the water pressure is monitored.
4.03 WATERPRE SSURE 1
WATER PRESSURE SUPERVISION
SCALING Alarm High Output Pressure Trip High Level
Water Outp. Press. (Par.: 190.46 = 6.0 bar) Hysteresis (0.05bar)
Water Pressure 1 High Alarm
(4...20 mA = 0...6.0bar)
AI I
I > = H1
Output Pressure Alarm High Level
Limit H1
(Par.: 190.45 = 5.5 bar) Hysteresis (0.05bar)
0.05bar HHyst

190. 20
Default: 6bar
AI3 HighValue IO1
Difference Pressure Alarm High Level
Default: (Par.: 190.47 = 4.5 bar) Hysteresis (0.05bar)
Default: 0bar 5.5 bar INV WTR PRESSURE
190. 21 AI3 LowValue IO1 190. 45 ALARM LEVEL HIGH
190. 22 Default: 4mA AI3 Minimum IO1
WATERPRE SSURE 1 WATERPRE SSURE 1
Default: 0.1s SUPERVISION SUPERVISION
190. 23 AI3 Filter IO1 TripHigh Trip High DelayFix
Default: 0mA Water Outp. Press. Water Outp. Press.
190. 24 AI3 Offset IO1
High Trip High Trip Delayed
AI I
WATER PRESSURE I > = H2
SUPERVISION Limit H2
MeasurementLost Difference Pressure Alarm Low Level Hysteresis (0.05bar)
0.05bar HHyst
Water Press. 1 (Par.: 190.48 = 2.0 bar)
MeasLost Default:
6 bar WTR PRESSURE Difference Pressure Trip Low Level Hysteresis (0.05bar)
AI I INV WTR PRESSURE 2s
I < = L1 (AI3 - IOEC1 < 3mA) 190. 46 FAIL ON FIX DELAY (Par.: 190.49 = 1.5 bar)
3m A L1 TRIP LEVEL HIGH
Analogue Input
WATER PRESSURE DIFF
AI3 - IOEC1 SUPERVISION
Alarm High

Water Diff. Press.

AI I High Alarm
I > = H1
B11 B13 B12 Limit H1

P T Q
I I I
0. 05bar H1 Hyst Time
V5 Default:
s
TO CONVERTER 4.5 bar INV WTR PRESSURE
190. 47
PART OF ALARM LEVEL HIGH Warning -> Difference pressure too low Warning disappears -> Difference pressure too high
WATER COOLING SYSTEM
FLOW DIAGRAM WATER PRESSURE DIFF
(see Figure 41-7) SUPERVISION Trip -> Difference pressure too low (0.5s / 190.05 delayed) Warning disappears -> Output pressure too high
Alarm Low
Trip reset possible -> Difference pressure too low Trip reset possible -> Output pressure too high
Water Diff. Press.
Low Alarm
AI I
I < = L1
Warning disappears -> Difference pressure too low Trip -> Output pressure too high (2s delayed)
Limit L1

0. 05bar L1 H yst Warning -> Output pressure too high

Default:
2 bar INV WTR PRESSURE Warning -> Difference pressure too high
190. 48
ALARM LEVEL LOW

80. 20 WATER PRESSURE DIFF WATERPRE SSURE 1 Figure 41-14 Water Cooling System, Ouput / Difference Pressure Supervision - Diagram
SUPERVISION SUPERVISION
Trip Low Trip Delay Var
+ Water Diff. Press. Water Diff. Press.
Water Press. Diff. Low Trip Low Trip Delayed
AI I Cooling Water Pressure, Input
Limit L2
I < = L2 Only Closed Cooling System
- Note!
0. 05bar L2 H yst Supervision signal during bar
Default: pump st art and c hange
Default: 2.5 s
1.5 bar INV WTR PRESSURE 190. 05 WTR PRESSURE over pumps (Redundant
190. 49 TRIP LEVEL LOW FAIL ON DELAY Cooling System)

WATERPRE SSURE 1 Input Pressure Trip High Level

SUPERVISION
Trip DelayFix (Par.: 190.51 = 3.0 bar) Hysteresis (0.05bar)
Water Diff. Press.
Low Trip Delayed Input Pressure Alarm High Level
following supervisions
(Par.: 190.50 = 2.0 bar) Hysteresis (0.05bar)
only active with closed
cooling system:
Note!
190. 44 80. 19 WATERPRE SSURE 2 Supervision signal during
SUPERVISION
open cool. system Alarm High 0.5 s WTR PRESSURE normal run!
FAIL ON FIX DELAY
0 Water Inp. Press.
High Alarm
AI I
closed cool. system I > = H1
Water Pressure 2 Limit H1

0.05bar HHyst

Water Pressure Input Default:

(4...20 mA = 0...6.0bar) 2.0 bar INV WTR PRESSURE
190. 50
WATER PRESSURE
ALARM LEVEL HIGH
SCALING
WATERPRE SSURE 2 WATERPRE SSURE 2 Input Pressure Alarm Low Level
SUPERVISION
Hysteresis (0.05bar)
SUPERVISION
TripHigh Trip High DelayFix (Par.: 190.52 = 0.2bar)
Water Inp. Press. Water Inp. Press.
High Trip High Trip Delayed Input Pressure Trip Low Level Hysteresis (0.05bar)
AI I
I > = H2 (Par.: 190.53 = 0.1bar)
Default: 6bar AI4 HighValue IO3 Limit H2
81. 20
0.05bar HHyst
Default: 0bar AI4 LowValue IO3
81. 21
Default: Time
Default: 4mA 3.0 bar INV WTR PRESSURE WTR PRESSURE
81. 22 AI4 Minimum IO3 190. 51 5s
FAIL ON FIX DELAY
s
TRIP LEVEL HIGH
Default: 0.1s AI4 Filter IO3
81. 23
WATERPRE SSURE 2 Warning -> Input pressure too low Warning disappears -> Input pressure too high
Default: 0mA AI4 Offset IO3 SUPERVISION
81. 25 Alarm Low
Trip -> Input pressure too low (1s delayed ) Trip reset possible -> Input pressure too high
WATER PRESSURE Water Inp. Press.
SUPERVISION Low Alarm Trip reset possible -> Input pres sure too low Trip -> Input pressure too high (5s delayed )
MeasurementLost AI I
I < = L1
Limit L1
Water Press. 2 Warning disappears -> Input pres sure too low Warning -> Input pressure too high
MeasLost 0.05bar LHyst
AI I
I < = L1 (AI4 - IOEC3 < 3mA) Default:
3m A L1

Analogue Input
AI4 - IOEC3
190. 52
0.2 bar INV WTR PRESSURE
ALARM LEVEL LOW
Figure 41-15 Water Cooling System, Input Pressure Supervision - Diagram
WATERPRE SSURE 2 WATERPRE SSURE 2
SUPERVISION SUPERVISION
Trip Low Trip Low DelayFix
Water Inp. Press. Water Inp. Press.
Low Trip Low Trip Delayed
AI I
I < = L2
Limit L2

0.05bar LHyst

Default:
0.1 bar INV WTR PRESSURE WTR PRESSURE
190. 53 1s
TRIP LEVEL LOW FAIL ON FIX DELAY

Figure 41-13 Water Cooling System, Pressure Supervision – Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-173 (of 358) H-174 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

Inverter Water Cooling Temperature Supervision
Cooling Water Temperature Internal
To protect the power components of ACS1000 (IGCTs, diodes, choke etc.) against overheating the water temperature is
°C
monitored.
WATER TEMPERATURE Temperature Pump Off High Lev.
WATER TEMPERATURE SUPERVISION
SCAL ING Alarm
(Par.: 190.41 = 60°C)
ACT Water Temperature
AI I Water Temperature Alarm
Hysteresis (10 °C)
(4...20 mA = 0...100°C) I > = H2
Limit H2

Default: 100°C 4.02 1°C H2 Hyst

190.15 AI2 HighValue IO1
Default: 0°C Default: 39°C
190.16 AI2 LowValue IO1 190.06 INV WTR TEMP
ALARM LEV EL
Default: 4mA
190.17 AI2 Minimum IO1
WATER TEMPERATURE
Default: 0.5s SUPERVISION
Temperature Trip Level
190.18 AI2 Filter IO1
Auto.Cooling
Default: 0mA (Par.: 190.07 = 41°C)
190.19 AI2 Offset IO1 Hysteresis (1 °C)
WATER TEMPERATURE
AI I Auto. Cooling Pump On
I > = H1
SUPERVISION Limit H1 Temperature Alarm Level
MeasurementLost
1 °C H1 Hyst
(Par.: 190.06 = 39°C)
Hysteresis (1 °C)
AI I Water Temp MeasLost INV WTR TEMP
3mA L1
I < = L1
(AI2 - IOEC1 < 3mA) 2°C
- AUTOCOOL LEV EL
Analogue Input
AI2 - IOEC1 WATER TEMPERATURE
SUPERVISION
Trip

AI I Water Temperature High Trip Hysteresis (1° C)

I > = H3
B11 B13 B12 Limit H3 Temperature Pump On Level
P T Q 1°C H3 Hyst
I I I (Par.: 190.08 = 15°C)
V5
TO CONV ERTER Default: 41°C
190.07 INV WTR TEMP
PART OF TRIP LEVEL Hysteresis (1 ° C)
WATER COOLING SYSTEM Temperature Pump Off Low Lev.
FLOW DIAGRAM WATER TEMPERATURE
(see Figure41-7 ) SUPERVISION (Par.: 190.40 = 2°C)
LowTrip

Water Temperature Low Trip

Time
AI I Trip, Pump ON -> Water temperature too low s
I < = L1
Limit L1
(Auto.Cooling P ump On) Pump OFF
1°C L1 Hyst

Default: 15°C
Pump ON
INV WTR TEMP
190.08 PUMP ON Trip reset possible -> Water temperature too low,
Pump OFF (depends on autocooling setting)
WATER TEMPERATURE
SUPERVISION
LowTrip
Warning -> Water temperature too high
Trip -> Water temperature too high
AI I Water Temperature Low Trip
I < = L2
Limit L2 Pump OFF
(Pump Off)
1°C L2 Hyst
Pump ON
Default: 2°C INV WTR TEMP
190.40 PUMP OFF Trip reset possible -> Water temperature too high
WATER TEMPERATURE
SUPERVISION Warningdisappears -> Water temperature too high
High Trip
Figure 41-17 Water Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Diagram
AI I Water Temperature High Trip
I > = H1
Limit H1
(Pump Off)
10°C H1 Hyst

Default: 60°C INV WTR TEMP

190.41
PUMP OFF

Figure 41-16 Water Cooling System, Temperature Supervision - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-175 (of 358) H-176 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System Continue Group 41Cooling System

Inverter Water Cooling Conductivity Supervision Water Cooling State Machine
To protect the ACS1000 power components (IGCTs, diodes, choke etc.) against flash over the water cunductivity inside the water
MCB On
cooling system is monitored.
Function not included in the picture: Drive Alarm
During 5 minutes after switching the MCB on the inverter conductivity alarm and trip thresholds are set to 1.5 µS. That is to avoid Reset
MCB Off
MCB Control
erroneous alarm or trip messages when the cooling pump starts to run.
WATER CONDUCTIVITY WATER CONDUCTIVITY
WATER CONDUCTIVITY
SUPERVISION SUPERVISION
SCALING
Auto Cooling On Auto Cooling On MCB Open
Auto.
Cooling Drive Trip Feedback
ACT Water Conductivity On 1b
AI I
(4...20 mA = 0,05...2,0us) I >= H1 Closed
Limit H1 Autocooling
4.04
Default:2us
0,1us H1 Hyst On Delay
190.25 AI4 HighValue IO1
Default:0.05us Default:0,4us INV WTR COND AUTO COOLING ON
190.26 AI4 LowValue IO1 41.17
AUTO COOL LEVEL DELAY Delay Reset Pump Off Bypass Auto
Default:4mA
190.27 AI4 Minimum IO1
Default:2h
Delay Pump On Cooling
Default:30s 41.08
190.28 AI4 Filter IO1
Default:0mA WATER CONDUCTIVITY
190.29 AI4 Offset IO1 SUPERVISION
Alarm

WATER CONDUCTIVITY Water Cooling Redundant

SUPERVISION Water Conductivity Alarm System
MeasurementLost AI I
I > = H1
Limit H1
Water Cond MeasLost Single
0,1us H1 Hyst
AI I (AI4-IOEC1 < 3mA)
I < = L1
3mA L1
Default:0,5us Pump Pump2
INV WTR COND
Analogue Input 190.09 ALARM LEVEL Selection
AI4 - IOEC1
Pump1

WATER CONDUCTIVITY WATER CONDUCTIVITY

SUPERVISION SUPERVISION
Trip Trip Delay Water
Water
Conductivity Conductivity
B11 B13 B12 Pump1 Pump2
Trip Trip Delayed
P T Q AI I Yes Tripped Yes Tripped
I I I I > = H1
Limit H1
V5
0,1us H1 Hyst
NO NO
TO CONVERTER
PART OF Default:
WATER COOLING SYSTEM 0,7us
FLOW DIAGRAM INV WTR COND TRIP 30 min
INV WTR COND TRIP Pump1 Pump2
(see Figure 41-7 )
190.10 LEVEL FIX DELAY Start Start
Figure 41-18 Water Cooling System, Conductivity Supervision - Overview
Cooling Water Conductivity Pump
Running
uS
Conductivity Trip Level
(Par.: 190.10 = 0.7uS)
Hysteresis (0,1us)
Trip Water
Pressure
Conductivity Alarm Level
(Par.: 190.09 = 0.5uS) OK
Hysteresis (0,1us) Delay Time Delay Time
Pump Start Pump Run

Trip Trip
WtrAutoCoolStCond
(Par.: 41.17 = 0.4uS)
Trip Water Alarm
Temperature
LOW

Water
Trip Alarm
Temperature
HIGH
OK

Trip Water Alarm

Time Conductivity
Start Autocooling when MCB open and enabled with par. 41.16 s
OK
Reset
Warning -> Water conductivity to high

Trip -> Water conductivity to high (30min delayed)

Drive
Trip reset possible -> Water conductivity to high Ready to Start
Warning disapears -> Water conductivity to high

Figure 41-19 Water Cooling System, Conductivity Supervision - Diagram Figure 41-20 Single Water Cooling System - State Machine

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-177 (of 358) H-178 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 41Cooling System

Water Cooling State Machine

Water Cooling
System
Single

Redundant

Cooling Off
Seq Start
On
On
Pump Auto
Change Off

High Pump Counter Reset

Conductivity
Interval Time

OK

Cooling Pump1 Off Pump2 Off

Seq Finished Run Time Run Time
On On
Reset Reset
Alarm Trip

Alarm Trip

Pump1 Pump2
On Command On Command
Yes Yes
1st Alarm 1 st Alarm

Pump1 2 nd Pump2 2nd

Pump1 Yes Pump2 Yes
Tripped Trip Tripped Trip
Tripped Tripped

No No

Tripped 1 st
Alarm
2nd Trip
1 st Alarm
Tripped

2 nd Trip

1 st Alarm 1st Alarm

Pump1 Pump2 Pressure 2nd Pressure 2 nd

Start Start Pump1 Trip Pump2 Trip

Pump Pump1 Pump2

Running Running Running

Figure 41-21 Redundant Water Cooling System - State Machine

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-179 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 42 Motor Over- / Underload Protection Continue Group 42Motor Over- / Underload Protection
04 UnderLoadTripLim
Group name:
42 LOAD PROTECTION Index Description: This parameter defines the under load trip limit (in percentage of the ideal motor current, see figure
Description: Motor over- & underload protection parameter of ACS1000. 42.1).
If the actual rms motor current remains under the trip range, the programmable delay timer (Par.:
42.02 LoadProtectionDelayTime) will be started. If the motor current does not exceed the trip
Motor Over- / Underload Protection Function
current within the delay time a fault will be occur (FW7 – Bit5) and the drive will be stopped
This function prevents running the motor within unpermitted operating ranges for a longer period. according to SOFTSTOP sequence.
During commissioning the load Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 200 Def: 70 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%
IIdealMot curve of the pump has to be
A
determined. The frequency and
the motor current have to be 05 OverLoadAlarmLim
measured at 10 different load Index Description: This parameter defines the over load alarm limit (in percentage of the ideal motor current, see figure
Par.: 42.26
points and these values have to 42.1).
Current Level P9 P9
be entered in parameters If the actual rms motor current is within the alarm and trip range (above alarm and below trip current)
42.07…42.26. the programmable delay timer (Par.: 42.02 LoadProtectionDelayTime) will be started. If the motor
current does not fall below the alarm current within the delay time an alarm will be occur (AW7 –
P8
9 current points (P1 ... P9)

During operation the ACS1000 Bit4). If the motor current is below alarm current limit the alarm will disappear.
Par.: 42.18 ... 42.26

Overload Trip Current

application software Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 200 Def: 110 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%
P7 continuously calculates the ideal
motor current according to the 06 OverLoadTripLim
Overload Alarm Current P6
entered values. The value of the Index Description: This parameter defines the over load trip limit (in percentage of the ideal motor current, see figure
P5 calculated ideal motor current is 42.1).
P4 Underload Alarm Current displayed in Par. 5.08 If the actual rms motor current exceeds the trip range, the programmable delay timer (Par.: 42.02
P3 IdealMotCurr(Calc). LoadProtectionDelayTime) will be started. If the motor current does not drop under the trip current
Par.: 42.18 P2
Current Level P1 within the delay time a fault will be occur (FW7 – Bit4) and the drive will be stopped according to
P1
Underload Trip Current If the actual rms motor current is SOFTSTOP sequence.
Par.: 42.17
LoadProtStartCurr
inside the operating range Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 200 Def: 120 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%
Par.: 5.08 Ideal Motor Current (calcutated) (below overload and above
underload alarm current) no
fMot 07 LoadProtStartFreq
9 frequency points (P1 ... P9)
Hz alarm/fault is active. If the
Par.: 42.08 ... 42.16 Index Description: If the actual motor frequency exceeds the frequency value set in this parameter the motor over- /
Par.: 42.08 Par.: 42.16
actual rms current is outside the
Frequency Level P1 Frequency Level P9 operating range an alarm/fault underload protection function will be activated.
will be generated. Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Max: 100 Def: 2 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz
Par.: 42.07
LoadProtStartFreq

08 FrequencyLevel P1
Figure 42-1 Motor Over– / Underload Protection - Diagram
Index Description: Frequency of load point 1.
During operation the ACS1000 application software continuously calculates the under/overload alarm and trip current according to
following formula: Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.07 Max: 100 Hz Def: 5 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz

Par.: 5.09 Mot Underload Alarm Curr = Par.: 5.08 IdealMotCurr * Par.: 42.03 UnderLoadAlarmLim
Par.: 5.10 Mot Underload Trip Curr = Par.: 5.08 IdealMotCurr * Par.: 42.04 UnderLoadTripLim 09 FrequencyLevel P2
Par.: 5.11 Mot Overload Alarm Curr = Par.: 5.08 IdealMotCurr * Par.: 42.05 OverLoadAlarmLim Index Description: Frequency of load point 2.
Par.: 5.12 Mot Overload Trip Curr = Par.: 5.08 IdealMotCurr * Par.: 42.06 OverLoadTripLim
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.08 Max: 100 Hz Def: 10 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz

01 LoadProtFunction 10 FrequencyLevel P3
Index Description: This parameter activates the motor load protection function. If the actual motor frequency is above Index Description: Frequency of load point 3.
the start frequency (Par.: 42.07 LoadProtStartFrequency) the calculation of ideal motor current Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.09 Max: 100 Hz Def: 15 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz
and monitoring function will be started.
0 = OFF No action, motor load protection is not used. 11 FrequencyLevel P4
1 = ON Motor load protection is active. Index Description: Frequency of load point 4.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.10 Max: 100 Hz Def: 20 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz

02 LoadProtDelayTime 12 FrequencyLevel P5
Index Description: If the actual rms motor current is above overload or below underload current limits this delay timer Index Description: Frequency of load point 5.
will be activated.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.11 Max: 100 Hz Def: 25 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 Max: 60 Def: 30 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s
13 FrequencyLevel P6
03 UnderLoadAlarmLim Index Description: Frequency of load point 6.
Index Description: This parameter defines the under load alarm limit (in percentage of the ideal motor current, see figure
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.12 Max: 100 Hz Def: 30 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz
42.1).
If the actual rms motor current is within the alarm and trip range (below alarm and above trip current)
the programmable delay timer (Par.: 42.02 LoadProtectionDelayTime) will be started. If the motor 14 FrequencyLevel P7
current does not exceeds the alarm current within the delay time an alarm will be occur (AW7 – Index Description: Frequency of load point 5.
Bit7). If the motor current exceeds the alarm current limit an alarm will disappear. Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.13 Max: 100 Hz Def: 35 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 200 Def: 80 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-181 (of 358) H-182 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 42Motor Over- / Underload Protection

15 FrequencyLevel P8
Index Description: Frequency of load point 8.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.14 Max: 100 Hz Def: 40 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz

16 FrequencyLevel P9
Index Description: Frequency of load point 9.
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: Par.42.15 Max: 100 Hz Def: 45 Hz Int. scaling: 10 == 1Hz

17 LoadProtStartCurr
Index Description: Current of start load point, which corresponds to Par. 42.07 Load Protection Start Frequency.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 4000 A Def: 10 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

18 CurrentLevel P1
Index Description: Current of load point 1, which corresponds to Par. 42.08 Frequency Level P1.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 4000 A Def: 30 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

19 CurrentLevel P2
Index Description: Current of load point 2, which corresponds to Par. 42.09 Frequency Level P2.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 4000 A Def: 50 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

20 CurrentLevel P3
Index Description: Current of load point 3, which corresponds to Par. 42.10 Frequency Level P3.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 4000 A Def: 70 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

21 CurrentLevel P4
Index Description: Current of load point 4, which corresponds to Par. 42.11 Frequency Level P4.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 4000 A Def: 90 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

22 CurrentLevel P5
Index Description: Current of load point 5, which corresponds to Par. 42.12 Frequency Level P5.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 A Def: 110 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

23 CurrentLevel P6
Index Description: Current of load point 6, which corresponds to Par. 42.13 Frequency Level P6.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 A Def: 130 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

24 CurrentLevel P7
Index Description: Current of load point 7, which corresponds to Par. 42.14 Frequency Level P7.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 A Def: 150 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

25 CurrentLevel P8
Index Description: Current of load point 8, which corresponds to Par. 42.15 Frequency Level P8.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 A Def: 170 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

26 CurrentLevel P9
Index Description: Current of load point 9, which corresponds to Par. 42.16 Frequency Level P9.
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 Max: 5000 A Def: 190 A Int. scaling: 1 == 1A

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-183 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 43 ESP Protection Function Continue Group 43ESP Protection Function

04 MotPhUnbalTripLim
Group name:
43 ESP PROTECTION Index Description: This parameter defines the motor phase unbalance trip limit (in percentage of the nominal motor
Description: ESP application protection parameter of ACS1000. current, see figure 43.1).
If the actual motor phase unbalance current is above trip current the programmable delay timer (Par.:
43.02 MotPhaseUnbalDelayTime) will be started. If the motor current does not drop under the trip
Motor Phase Unbalance Supervision
current within the delay time a fault will be occur (FW1 – Bit5) and the drive will be stopped
This function prevents running the motor within unpermitted operating ranges for a longer period. according to SOFTSTOP sequence.
Due to special kind of cables used Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 100 Def: 15 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%
IMotPhase Par.: 1.18 MotCurrent Phase U for an ESP application, it is
A
(RMS) necessary to supervise the motor
phase unbalance between the three
motor phases in order to prevent
overheating of a motor phase.

During operation the ACS1000

Par.: 1.20 MotCurrent Phase W Par.: 1.19 MotCurrent Phase V application software continuously
(RMS) (RMS)
calculates the maximum difference
between the three motor phases.

Par.: 1.21 Motor Phase Unbalance Current If the actual motor unbalance
- min. Motor Phase Current)
(Difference = max. Motor Phase Current
current is inside the operating
Par.: 43.04 MotPhaseUnbalTripCurrent range (below motor unbalance
MotPhaseUnb alT ripLim alarm and trip current) no
Par.: 43.03 MotPhaseUnbalAlarmCurrent
MotPhaseUn balAlmLim
alarm/fault is active. If the actual
motor unbalance current is outside
the operating range an alarm/fault
t
motor phase unbalance alarm (start of delay time) will be generated.
motor phase unbalance trip (start of delay time)

Figure 43-1 Motor Phase Unbalance Protection - Diagram

Par.: 99.03 MotNomCurrent * Par.: 43.03 MotPhaseUnbalAlmLim
MotPhaseUnbalAlarmCurrent =
100 %

Par.: 99.03 MotNomCurrent * Par.: 43.04 MotPhaseUnbalTripLim

MotPhaseUnbalTripCurrent =
100 %

01 MotPhaseUnbalFunc
Index Description: This parameter activates the motor phase unbalance protection function.
Note!
This parameter can only be overwritten from service.
0 = OFF No action, motor phase unbalance protection is not used.
1 = ON Motor phase unbalance protection is active.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 MotPhUnbalDelTime
Index Description: If the maximum deviation between the three motor phases exceeds the alarm or trip current limits this
delay timer will be activated.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 Max: 60 Def: 30 Int. scaling: 1 == 1s

03 MotPhUnbalAlmLim
Index Description: This parameter defines the motor phase unbalance alarm limit (in percentage of the nominal motor
current, see figure 43.1).
If the actual motor phase unbalance current is above alarm current the programmable delay timer
(Par.: 43.02 MotPhaseUnbalDelayTime) will be started. If the motor phase unbalance current does
not drop under the alarm current within the delay time an alarm will be occur (AW1 – Bit5).
If the motor unbalance current drops under the alarm current limit the alarm will disappear.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: 100 Def: 10 Int. scaling: 10 == 1%

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-185 (of 358) H-186 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 48 Customer Supervision Function Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function

02 CustSig1TypeSel
Group name:
48 CUSTOMER SUP SIG Index Description: With this parameter the logical interconnection (AND or OR) of customer supervision signal 1 is
Description: Customer application supervison function of ACS1000. selected.
If AND is selected, customer supervision signal 1 will only be set if all three signals (CSS1.1 …
CSS1.3) are active.
Customer Supervision Signal 1 If OR is selected, customer supervision signal 1 will be set if one of three signals (CSS1.1 … CSS1.3)
is active.
This parameter group allows the customer to define an own supervision function. It is possible to define three different signals Note!
(CSS1.1 … CSS1.3) and their logical interconnection (OR or AND - gate). Additionally is it possible to invert (high or low active) Only if CSS1.1 … 1.3 INVERT is set to DIRECT.
those signals. 0= AND AND – gate is active
If NOT SEL is selected, the function is disabled. 1= OR OR – gate is active
If ONLY STATUS is selected, only the status bit in parameter 7.03 AUX STATUS WORD will be set, no alarm or fault will be
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
initiated.
If ALARM is selected, only the alarm message “CustSupSig1” will be displayed on the panel. No trip reaction is active.
If SOFTSTOP, TRIP 1a or TRIP 1b is chosen, drive stops according selected trip reaction and the fault message 03 CustSig1.1Grp+Idx
“CustSupSig1” will be displayed on the panel. Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to Customer Supervision Signal 1.1 (CSS 1.1) by
setting parameter 48.03 to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from.
Additionally the bit number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with
48.01
CustSig1 Reaction parameter 48.04.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x is the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
CustSig1 TypeSel
48.02

CustSig1.1 Invert
Example:
48.05
If Par. 48.03 is set to “809” and 48.04 is set to “0”, customer supervision signal 1.1 is active when 8.09
Signal Selection
CSS1.1 DI1-14 STAUS WORD IOEC2 / BIT 0 is “1” (digital input 1 of IOEC2 is active).
NOT SEL
CustSig1.1 Grp&Idx
48.03 Group & Index

48.04
CustSig1.1 BitNum
Bit Number -1
ONLY ST AT US By default CS1.1 is set to “0”.
Output
OR ALARM
9.17
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
CSS1.1 Act
> CSS1 (AW7 - B07)
CustSig1.2 Invert Act SOF T STO P
48.08 7.03
04 CustSig1.1BitNum
(ACW2 - B06)
Signal Selection
TRIP 1a Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.03.
CSS1.2 7.03

48.06
CustSig1.2 Grp&Idx
Group & Index
(ACW2 - B01) Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
TRIP 1b
AND 7.03
CustSig1.2 BitNum
48.07 Bit Number -1
(ACW2 - B02)
Output
& 05 CustSig1.1Invert
CSS1.2 Act
Index Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 1.1 (CSS 1.1).
CustSig1.3 Invert OR
48.11
CustSupSig1 Active
0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
Signal Selection
CSS1.3
> 8.04 1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR - gate
(ASW3 - B02)
48.09
CustSig1.3 Grp&Idx
Group & Index
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
CustSig1.3 BitNum
48.10 Bit Number -1

Output OR
06 CustSig1.2Grp+Idx
CustSupSig1 Fault Index Description: Selection of Group and Index of Customer Supervision Signal 1.2 (CSS 1.2).
CSS1.3 Act
> 9.09
(FW9 - B07) Description see parameter 48.03

Figure 48-1 Customer Supervision Signal 1 - Overview By default CS1.2 is set to “0”.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
01 CustSig1Reaction
Index Description: This parameter activates the customer supervision signal 1. 07 CustSig1.2BitNum
1= NOT SEL Function is not active Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.06
2= ONLY STATUS Only status indication is active Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
3= ALARM If supervision signal is active, an alarm will be generated
4= SOFTSTOP If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive trips 08 CustSig1.2Invert
according to “Softstop” trip reaction Index Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 1.2 (CSS 1.2).
5= TRIP 1A 0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive trips
according to “Trip 1a” trip reaction 1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR – gate
6= TRIP 1B
If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive trips Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
according to “Trip 1b” trip reaction
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 6 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 09 CustSig1.3Grp+Idx
Index Description: Selection of Group and Index of Customer Supervision Signal 1.3 (CSS 1.3).
Description see parameter 48.03

By default CS1.3 is set to “0”.

Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-187 (of 358) H-188 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function
10 CustSig1.3BitNum 13 CustSig2TypeSel
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.09 Index Description: With this parameter the logical interconnection (AND or OR) of customer supervision signal 2 is
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 selected.
If AND is selected, the customer supervision signal 2 will only be set if all three signals (CSS2.1 …
11 CustSig1.3Invert CS2.3) are active.
Index If OR is selected, the customer supervision signal 2 will be set if one of three signals (CSS2.1 …
Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 1.3 (CSS 1.3).
CS2.3) is active.
0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
Note!
1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR – gate Only if CSS1.1 … 1.3 INVERT is set to DIRECT.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 0= AND AND – gate is active
1= OR OR – gate is active
Customer Supervision Signal 2 Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

This parameter group allows the customer to define an own supervision function. It is possible to define three different signals 14 CustSig2.1Grp+Idx
(CSS1.1 … CSS1.3) and their logical interconnection (OR or AND - gate). Additionally is it possible to invert (high or low active) Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to Customer Supervision Signal 2.1 (CSS 2.1) by
those signals.
setting parameter 48.14 to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from.
If NOT SEL is selected, the function is disabled. Additionally the bit number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with
If ONLY STATUS is selected, only the status bit in parameter 7.03 AUX STATUS WORD will be set, no alarm or fault will be parameter 48.15.
initiated.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x is the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
If ALARM is selected, only the alarm message “CustSupSig1” will be displayed on the panel. No trip reaction is active.
If SOFTSTOP, TRIP 1a or TRIP 1b is chosen, drive stops according selected trip reaction and the fault message
Example:
“CustSupSig1” will be displayed on the panel. If Par. 48.14 is set to “809” and 48.15 is set to “0”, customer supervision signal 2.1 is active when 8.09
DI1-14 STAUS WORD IOEC2 / BIT 0 is “1” (digital input 1 of IOEC2 is active).

48.12
CustSig2 Reaction By default CS2.1 is set to “0”.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
CustSig2 TypeSel
48.13

48.16
CustSig2.1 Invert 15 CustSig2.1BitNum
Signal Selection
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.14
CSS2.1
NOT SEL Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
CustSig2.1 Grp&Idx
48.14 Group & Index
CustSig2.1 BitNum ONLY ST AT US
48.15 Bit Number -1
OR ALARM
16 CustSig2.1Invert
Output 9.17
Index Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 2.1 (CSS 2.1).
CSS2.1 Act
> CSS2 (AW7 - B08)
48.19
CustSig2.2 Invert Act SOF T STO P
7.03 0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
Signal Selection
(ACW2 - B06) 1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR - gate
TRIP 1a
CSS2.2 7.03
CustSig2.2 Grp&Idx (ACW2 - B01)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
48.17 Group & Index
TRIP 1b
AND 7.03
CustSig2.2 BitNum
48.18 Bit Number -1
(ACW2 - B02)
& 17 CustSig2.2Grp+Idx
Output
Index Description: Selection of Group and Index of Customer Supervision Signal 2.2 (CSS 2.2).
CSS2.2 Act
48.22 CustSig2.3 Invert OR
Description see parameter 48.14
CustSupSig2 Active
Signal Selection > 8.04
CSS2.3
(ASW3 - B03) By default CS2.2 is set to “0”.
CustSig2.3 Grp&Idx
48.20 Group & Index Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
CustSig2.3 BitNum
48.21 Bit Number -1

Output OR
CustSupSig2 Fault
18 CustSig2.2BitNum
CSS2.3 Act
> 9.09 Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.17
(FW9 - B08)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Figure 48-2 Customer Supervision Signal 2 - Overview
19 CustSig2.2Invert
Index Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 2.2 (CSS 2.2).
12 CustSig2Reaction 0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
Index Description: This parameter activates the customer supervision signal 2. 1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR - gate
1= NOT SEL Function is not active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
2= ONLY STATUS Only status indication is active
3= ALARM If supervision signal is active, an alarm will be generated
4= SOFTSTOP 20 CustSig2.3Grp+Idx
If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive Index Description: Selection of Group and Index of Customer Supervision Signal 2.3 (CSS 2.3).
trips according to “Softstop” trip reaction Description see parameter 48.14
5= TRIP 1A
If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive
trips according to “Trip 1a” trip reaction By default CS2.3 is set to “0”.
6= TRIP 1B
If supervision signal is active, a fault will be generated and the drive Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 804 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
trips according to “Trip 1b” trip reaction
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 6 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-189 (of 358) H-190 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function
21 CustSig2.3BitNum Example 2: Digital output DO1-IOEC2 is set if ⇒
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the selected parameter group and index in 48.10
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 13 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ACS1000 is running in REMOTE mode, actual speed equals reference speed and inverter air temperature is above
40°C
22 CustSig2.3Invert
Function:
Index Description: Inversion selection for selected Customer Supervision Signal 2.3 (CSS 2.3). ACS1000 Ref Speed = Act Speed AND
(8.01 - B8 AT SETPOINT)
0= DIRECT selected signal sent directly to AND / OR - gate
CustSup2SigAct
1= INVERTED selected signal sent inverted to AND / OR - gate REMOTE - Mode
(8.01 - B9 REMOTE)
& 8.04
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 (ASW3 - B03)
Inv Air Temp > 40°C
(8.07 - B7 SUP SIG1)
Examples Digital Output Selection

14.01 DO1 Group+Index IO2 : 804

A special customer ALARM is generated if ⇒
Limit Supervision Selection
Example 1: 14.02 DO1 Bit Number IO2 :3
14.02 DO1 Invert IO2 : DIRECT DO1 - IOEC2
32.01 LimitSupervisAction : NO
32.02 LimSu pDelayT ime : 3s
ACS1000 is running and digital input DI11 - IOEC4 is not set (OFF) 32.17 SupSig1Function : HIGH LIMIT
32.18 SupSig1Group+Indx : 216
32.19 SupSig1Limit : 40
Function: ACS1000 Running
AND
(8.01 - B2)

ALARM
DI11 - IOEC4 Figure 48-4 Customer Supervision - Example 2 (DO)
(85.11 - B10)
& 9.17
(AW7 - B08)

Constant "1" CustSup1Sig Act

Parameter settings:
1
(8.04 - B14) 8.04

(ASW3 - B02) 48.12 CustSig1 Reaction : ONLY STATUS ⇒ no reaction

48.02 CustSig1 TypeSel : AND ⇒ AND – gate active
Figure 48-3 Customer Supervision - Example 1 (Alarm) 48.03 CustSig1.1 Grp+Idx : 801 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD
Parameter settings: 48.04 CustSig1.1 BitNum : 8 ⇒ Bit 8 (AT SETPOINT)
48.05 CustSig1.1 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ signal not inverted
48.01 CustSig1 Reaction : ALARM ⇒ reaction 48.06 CustSig1.2 Grp+Idx : 801 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD
48.02 CustSig1 TypeSel : AND ⇒ AND – gate active 48.07 CustSig1.2 BitNum : 9 ⇒ Bit 9 (REMOTE)
48.03 CustSig1.1 Grp+Idx : 801 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD 48.08 CustSig1.2 Invert : INVERTED ⇒ signal inverted (REMOTE = /LOCAL)
48.04 CustSig1.1 BitNum : 2 ⇒ Bit 2 (running) 48.09 CustSig1.3 Grp+Idx : 807 ⇒ LIMIT WORD 2
48.05 CustSig1.1 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ signal not inverted 48.10 CustSig1.3 BitNum : 7 ⇒ Bit 7 (SupSig1)
48.06 CustSig1.2 Grp+Idx : 8511 ⇒ DI STATUS WORD 1-14 IOEC4 48.11 CustSig1.3 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ not inverted
48.07 CustSig1.2 BitNum : 10 ⇒ Bit 10 (DI11)
48.08 CustSig1.2 Invert : INVERTED ⇒ signal inverted
48.09 CustSig1.3 Grp+Idx : 804 ⇒ AUX STATUS WORD 3
48.10 CustSig1.3 BitNum : 14 ⇒ Bit 14 (constant “1”signal)
48.11 CustSig1.3 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ not inverted

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-191 (of 358) H-192 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 48Customer Supervision Function

It is also possible to combine the customer supervision signal 1 & 2 :
Example 3: Drive trips with trip reaction TRIP 1a if ⇒

ACS1000 is running in LOCAL – Mode or digital Input DI6 – IOEC2 is set to ON

Function:
ACS1000 Running
AND
(8.01 - B2)
CustSup1SigAct
REMOTE - Mode
(8.01 - B9 REMOTE) & 8.04 OR
(ASW3 - B02)
CustSup2Sig Act
DI6 - IOEC2
1
Constant 1
(8.09 - B5)
> 8.04
(8.04 - B14)
(ASW3 - B03)
Constant 0
0
(8.04 - B13)
Trip 1a
8.04
(ACW2 - B01)

Figure 48-5 Customer Supervision - Example 3 (Trip)

Parameter settings:

48.01 CustSig1 Reaction : ONLY STATUS ⇒ no reaction

48.02 CustSig1 TypeSel : AND ⇒ AND – gate active
48.03 CustSig1.1 Grp+Idx : 801 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD
48.04 CustSig1.1 BitNum : 2 ⇒ Bit 2 (running)
48.05 CustSig1.1 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ signal not inverted
48.06 CustSig1.2 Grp+Idx : 801 ⇒ MAIN STATUS WORD
48.07 CustSig1.2 BitNum : 9 ⇒ Bit 9 (REMOTE)
48.08 CustSig1.2 Invert : INVERTED ⇒ signal inverted (REMOTE = /LOCAL)
48.09 CustSig1.3 Grp+Idx : 804 ⇒ AUX STATUS WORD 3
48.10 CustSig1.3 BitNum : 14 ⇒ Bit 14 (constant “1”signal)
48.11 CustSig1.3 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ not inverted
48.12 CustSig2 Reaction : TRIP 1a ⇒ trip reaction “TRIP 1a” selected
48.13 CustSig2 TypeSel : OR ⇒ OR – gate active
48.14 CustSig2.1 Grp+Idx : 804 ⇒ AUX STATUS WORD 3
48.15 CustSig2.1 BitNum : 2 ⇒ Bit 2 (CustSup1SigAct)
48.16 CustSig2.1 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ signal not inverted
48.17 CustSig2.2 Grp+Idx : 809 ⇒ DI 1-14 STATUS WORD IOEC2
48.18 CustSig2.2 BitNum : 5 ⇒ Bit 5 (DI6 - IOEC2)
48.19 CustSig2.2 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ not inverted
48.20 CustSig2.3 Grp+Idx : 804 ⇒ AUX STATUS WORD 3
48.21 CustSig2.3 BitNum : 13 ⇒ Bit 13 (constant “0”signal)
48.22 CustSig2.3 Invert : DIRECT ⇒ not inverted

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-193 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 50 Speed Measurement Continue Group 50Speed Measurement

03 SpeedFeedbackSel
Group name:
50 SPEED MEASUREMENT Index Description: Source of the speed feedback to the speed controller.
Description: If measurement from ENCODER is faulty during magnetizing, running or stopping the speed 1 = INTERNAL internal actual speed
feedback selection will be switched to INTERNAL and an alarm / fault message will be displayed. 2 = ENCODER pulse encoder module is used (see also Par. 75.03 ENCODER MODULE)
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 2 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
SPEED
MEASUREMT 04 (RW / 155.02) EncoderPulseNR
Index Description: Number of encoder pulses per revolution.
Motor Model
Unit: Type: R Min: 1 Max: 30000 Def: 2048 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Motor Speed
1.02
05 (RW / 155.08) EncoderAlm/Fault
ENCO DER
Speed Measured Index Description: Defines if encoder error causes an alarm or a fault.
1.04
FILTER
Note!
50.03 SPEED FB SEL
Fault supervision is only active during critical states such as
Motor Speed Filt
• MAGNETISING,
50.01 SPEED SCALING 1.03
• RUNNING
50.02 SPEED MEAS MODE
• STOPPING,
50.04 ENCODER PULS NUMBER
50.06 SD ACT FILT TIME in all other states only an alarm is given.
50.05 ENCO DER ALM/FLT
0 = ALARM in case of an alarm, drive will run continuously by using the internal actual speed
and an alarm signal will be generated
1 = FAULT in case of a fault, drive will be stopped and a fault signal will be generated
Figure 50-1 Speed Measurement - Overview Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

(RW / 120.13) 06 (RW / 121.09) SpeedActFiltTime

01 SpeedScaling
Index Description: This parameter defines the actual speed (in rpm) that corresponds to the value of 20000 in the Index Description: Time constant of the first order actual speed filter.
overriding system. This parameter has only scaling effect to the actual speed signals, which can be Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 ms Max: 999999 ms Def: 0 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
read from the overriding system (integer scaling).

For example:

Par. 50.01 SPEED SCALING 1500 1500 1500

Par. 1.02 MOTOR SPEED 1500 750 0

(Panel)
Par. 1.02 MOTOR SPEED 20000 10000 0
(reading in Overriding System by
using DataSet)

Calculation:
• n max when running with maximum speed (n max is not necessarily the field weakening point)
• for example, scale the drive to follow surface speed reference:

v max ∗ i
50.01 SPEED SCALING =
∏∗d
where, v max = m/min, d = m and i = gear ratio

Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 18000 rpm Def: 1500 rpm Int. scaling: 15000 == 1500 rpm

02 (RW / 155.04) SpeedMeasMode

Index Description: Selects the measurement type of the pulse encoder mode.
0 = A_- B DIR positive edges for speed ; channel B: direction
1 = A_-_ positive and negative edges for speed ; channel B: not used
2 = A_-_B DIR positive and negative edges for speed ; channel B: direction
3 = A_-_B_-_ channel A & B: positive and negative edges for speed and direction
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 3 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-195 (of 358) H-196 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 51 Communication Module (Field Bus Adapter)

Group name:
51 MASTER ADAPTER
Description: This parameter group defines the communication parameters when FBA (Field Bus Adapter) is used.
Parameter names depend on the selected FBA type.
This group name identifies which communication hardware module is connected to the ACS 1000
drive. Some option modules support multiple protocols, which can be selected with a parameter. The
setup parameters can be modified either by using the drive panel or by PC software, e.g.
DriveWindow.
Note!
The changes to the parameters in group 51 do not come into effect immediately but only when the
power of the fieldbus adapters was switched off and then switched on again.

01 (R/W 109.01) MODULE TYPE

Index Description: Module type and software version.
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:

02 (R/W 109.02-15) FIELDBUS PAR2

M M
15 FIELDBUS PAR15
Index Description: Different meanings depending on module type.
Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-197 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 64 IOEC 5 & 6 Boards (Optional) Continue Group 64Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional)

Parameter Group 64 is only available if Par. 38.07 SYNCHRONIZED BYPASS FUNCTION is set. 04 DO1-6 StatusIOEC5
For more information refer to “ACS1000 Synchronized Bypass– Installation and Start-up Manual. Index Description: Status of the optional IOEC 5 board relay outputs.
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated.

Group 64 Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional) Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC5

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
Group name:
64 ACTUAL SIGNALS REM
64 ACT SIGNALS IO5
04 D01-6 Status IOEC5
0100010
Description: Measured or calculated values

01 DI1-7 StatusIOEC5 DO6 DO2

Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI1 ... DI7 of the optional IOEC 5 board. Unit: Type: Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.
05 DI1-7 StatusIOEC6
Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC5
Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI1 ... DI7 of the optional IOEC 6 board.
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.
LO C 1 0.0 rpm
64 ACT SIGNALS IO5
REM 01 DI1-7 STATUS IOEC5 Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC6
0100001

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
64 ACT SIGNALS IO6
DI 6 DI 1 REM 05 DI1-7 STATUS IOEC6
0100001
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 DI8-14StatusIOEC5 DI 6 DI 1

Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI8 ... DI14 of the optional IOEC 5 board. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.
06 DI8–14StatusIOEC6
Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC5
Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI8 ... DI14 of the optional IOEC6 board.
Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.
LO C 1 0.0 rpm
64 ACT SIGNALS IO5
REM 02 DI8-14 STATUS IOEC5 Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC6
0100001

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
64 ACT SIGNALS IO6
DI 13 DI 8 REM 06 DI8-14 STATUS IOEC6
0100001
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

DI 13
03 DI StatusWord IO5 DI 8

Index Description: Bit Name Meaning Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 B0 DI1 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC5
2 B1 DI2 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC5 07 DI StatusWord IO6
4 B2 DI3 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC5 Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
8 B3 DI4 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC5 1 B0 DI1 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC6
16 B4 DI5 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC5 2 B1 DI2 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC6
32 B5 DI6 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC5 4 B2 DI3 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC6
64 B6 DI7 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC5 8 B3 DI4 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC6
128 B7 DI8 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC5 16 B4 DI5 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC6
256 B8 DI9 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC5 32 B5 DI6 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC6
512 B9 DI10 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC5 64 B6 DI7 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC6
1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC5 128 B7 DI8 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC6
2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC5 256 B8 DI9 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC6
4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC5 512 B9 DI10 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC6
8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC5 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC5 1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC6
16384 B14 2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC6
32768 B15 (Not Used) 4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC6
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC6 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC6
16384 B14
32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-199 (of 358) H-200 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 64Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional)

08 DO1-6 StatusIOEC6
Index Description: Status of the optional IOEC 6 board relay outputs.
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated.

Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC6

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
64 ACT SIGNALS IO6
REM 08 D01-6 Status IOEC6
0100010

DO6 DO2

Unit: Type: Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-201 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 65 Synchronized Bypass (Optional) Continue Group 65Synchronized Bypass (Optional)

06 BrkCloseTimeLimit
Group name:
65 SYNCHRONIZED BYPASS Index Description: Maximum operating time for closing the motor breakers. If the motor breaker has not closed within
Description: Synchronized Bypass function for starter. Group is activated by parameter 38.07 this time a trip will be initiated.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 30 s Def: 3s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s
01 SM1AvailableSig
Index Description: Condition to release the grounding isolator. If the motor breaker 1 has an available signal, the 07 BrkOpenTimeLimit
supervision of the signal can be activated here. The available signal is for example not given if the Index Description: Maximum operating time for opening the motor breakers. If the motor breaker has not opened within
motor breaker 1 is in test position or drawn out. this time a trip will be initiated.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 s Max: 30 s Def: 3s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 s
1 = NO Feedback signal SM1 AVAILABLE is not used.
2 = LOW ACTIV Feedback signal SM1 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a low 08 MaxMotCurForSwiSm
signal “0” on IOEC5 – DI12 Index Description: DTC: Maximum (relative) motor current for opening motor breaker. After the line breaker (Sbpx)
3 = HIGH ACTIV Feedback signal SM1 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a high has been closed the motor breaker still remains closed for a while until the load of the converter is
signal “1” on IOEC5 – DI12 commutated smoothly to the line. If the rel. motor current is < this parameter the motor breaker is
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 opened.
Scalar Control: The motor breaker is opened directly after receiving the line breaker (Sbpx) closed
02 SM2AvailableSig signal. The setting of this parameter has no influence during scalar control.
Index Description: Condition to release the grounding isolator. If the motor breaker 2 has an available signal, the Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 100 % Def: 15 % Int. scaling: 1 == 1 %
supervision of the signal can be activated here. The available signal is for example not given if the
motor breaker 2 is in test position or drawn out. 09 DifferentMotPar
Index Description: Enable different motor parameters for synchronized bypass.
1 = NO Feedback signal SM2 AVAILABLE is not used.
0 = No Only one motor parameter set is used for all motors.
2 = LOW ACTIV Feedback signal SM2 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a low 1 = Yes For each motor a different motor parameter set is used.
signal “0” on IOEC6 – DI04
3 = HIGH ACTIV To set the new motor parameters, first select the motor by digital inputs 6-8 of IOEC5. Type in the
Feedback signal SM2 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a high parameter in the usual groups (like if you had only one motor parameter set). Typing in new
signal “1” on IOEC6 – DI04 parameters is only possible in state “Rdy MCB On”.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Conditions for using different motor Stored / different parameters:
parameter sets:
03 SM3AvailableSig Parameter: Parameter:
Index Description: Condition to release the grounding isolator. If the motor breaker 3 has an available signal, the 99.02 All motors have the same nom. voltage 20.01 MINIMUM SPEED
supervision of the signal can be activated here. The available signal is for example not given if the 99.04 All motors have the same nom. freq. 20.02 MAXIMUM SPEED
motor breaker 3 is in test position or drawn out. 50.03 Speed Feedback Sel = INTERNAL 20.04 MAX MOTOR CURRENT
30.01 Motor Therm Prot = No 29.02 FREQUENCY MAX
1 = NO Feedback signal SM3 AVAILABLE is not used. 29.03 FREQUENCY MIN
2 = LOW ACTIV Feedback signal SM3 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a low 99.03 MOTOR NOM CURRENT
signal “0” on IOEC6 – DI07 99.05 MOTOR NOM SPEED
3 = HIGH ACTIV Feedback signal SM3 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a high 99.06 MOTOR NOM POWER
signal “1” on IOEC6 – DI07 99.07 MOTOR NOM COS_FII
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 112.13 RS
112.14 LS
112.15 SIGMALS
04 SM4AvailableSig
112.16 ROTOR TIME
Index Description: Condition to release the grounding isolator. If the motor breaker 4 has an available signal, the
112.17 SPEED LIMIT REFERENCE
supervision of the signal can be activated here. The available signal is for example not given if the (StartupControl ; internal signal)
motor breaker 4 is in test position or drawn out.
112.19 MECH TIME CONSTANT
1 = NO Feedback signal SM4 AVAILABLE is not used. 112.23 MOTOR TIME USE
2 = LOW ACTIV Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Feedback signal SM4 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a low
signal “0” on IOEC6 – DI10
3 = HIGH ACTIV Feedback signal SM4 AVAILABLE is available. It is active with a high 10 FluxChange/s
Index Description: DTC: Parameter for adjusting how fast the flux reference (par 27.03) is changed per second.
signal “1” on IOEC6 – DI10
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 After the line breaker (Sbpx) has been closed the motor breaker still remains closed for a while until
the load of the converter is commutated smoothly to the line:
For this the torque is ramped to zero and then the flux reference is changed to have a minimum
05 SynOnControlMode motor current. This parameter has to be adjusted to achieve a stable control of the flux because
Index Description: Selection of one signal or two signals for starting and stopping the synchronizing sequence. optimal flux reference is depending on ACS1000-, motor- and line properties.
Hints:
0 = ONE SIGNAL Steady state signal, IOEC5 – DI10 high = start synchronizing, low = stop 0 %/s is used for tuning. Par 27.03 can be adjusted directly to find out optimal flux reference.
synchronizing If motor current is smaller than 40% of rated current change of flux will be automatically reduced.
1 = TWO SIGNAL Pulse signal, IOEC2 – DI09 = stop synchronising , IOEC2 – DI10 = start
synchronising Scalar Control: The motor breaker is opened directly after receiving the line breaker (Sbpx) closed
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 signal. The setting of this parameter has no influence during scalar control.
Unit: % / s Type: R Min: 0 % / s Max: 5 % / s Def: 0.5 % / s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 % / s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-203 (of 358) H-204 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 65Synchronized Bypass (Optional)

11 Freq. Change / s
Index Description: Parameter for adjusting how fast the frequency reference is changed per second, when the
Synchrotakt gives the command to increase the frequency reference value (IOEC5, DI2) or to reduce
the frequency reference value (IOEC5, DI3).
Unit: Hz / s Type: R Min: 0.01 Hz / s Max: 1 Hz / s Def: 0.1 Hz / s Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz / s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-205 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 70 DDCS Control Continue Group 70DDCS Control

03 (RW / 105.12) CH0 BaudRate
Group name:
70 DDCS CONTROL Index Description: Channel 0 communication speed. This must be set to 4 Mbit/s, when FCI or FBA communication
Description: Parameter settings of the DDCS (Distributed Drives Communication System) communication modules are used. Otherwise, the overriding system automatically sets the communication speed.
channels. 0 = 8 Mbit/s
1 = 4 Mbit/s
CAUTION! 2 = 2 Mbit/s

!
Handle the fibre optic cable with care. Do not touch the ends with bare hands, as fibre optic cables 3 = 1 Mbit/s
are extremely sensitive to dirt. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1==1

04 (RW / 105.01) CH0 Timeout

Index Description: The delay time before communication break fault is announced. The time count starts, when the link
does not update the message. When the time has lapsed the alarm CH0 LINK ERR is activated and
Fieldbus Connection Bit 7 is activated in 9.13 ALARM WORD 5. Setting this parameter to 0 disables the timeout
The ACS1000 can be connected to an external control system – usually a fieldbus – using an adapter module. The fieldbus adapter supervision function.
module (FBA) is connected to Channel 0 (CH0) on the ACS1000 AMC3 board by using a DDCS-protocol fibre optic link. The Note !
drive can either receive all of its control information from the fieldbus, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus and If there are no connections in channel 0, then the value has to be set to 0ms (Timeout monitoring is
other available control locations, e.g. digital/analogue inputs, drive control panel. not calculating).
Unit: ms Type: I Min: 0 Max: 60 000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms
Data Flow

05 CH0 ComLossCtrl
Fieldbus
Index Description: This parameter defines the action in case of a communication fault in channel 0 (CH0) of the
Parameter R/W Requests

Master (PLC)
NAMC-board.
A ctual Values (ACT1)
C ontrol Word (OCW)

Drive will be stopped by ramping. Deceleration time is defined by

Status Word (SW)

1 = STOP RAMPING
R eferences (REF)

Fieldbus
parameter 22.02 DECEL TIME.
2 = STOP TORQ The drive will be stopped by torque limit.
Fieldbus Other 3 = COAST STOP The drive will be stopped by coasting
Adapter devices 4 = LAST SPEED The drive is running continuously with the last actual speed.
5 = CONST SPEED15
ACS1000 The drive is running continuously with the constant speed reference
6 = FAULT (33.16 CONST SPEED 15).
Drive will be tripped according to “Trip 1b” reaction
In case of communication fault and parameter selection 1…5, alarm message CH0 LINK ERR is
Figure 70-1 Structure of Fieldbus System (DDCS CH0) activated and Bit 7 is set to 1 in 9.13 ALARM WORD 5.
In case of communication fault and parameter selection 6, fault message CH0 LINK ERR is
01 (RW / 105.02) CH0 NodeAddress activated and Bit 10 is set to 1 in 9.07 FAULT WORD 7.
Index Description: Node address for channel 0.
When using the APC2 system, the address must be 1. If AC70, FCI-Module or AC80 is used through Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 6 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
the Module – Bus (adapter TB810), CH0 NODE ADDR and input POSITION in the data base
element DRIENG are set according to the following table: 06 (RW / 105.08) CH1 LinkControl
Index Description: DDCS channel 1 intensity control for transmission LED’s. This value is adjusted through the link
including each device in the link. This parameter can be used in special cases to optimize the
AC70, AC80 & FCI Module - Bus The Position can be calculated as follow: communication performance in the link.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 15 Def: 8 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Position Par. 70.01
16 x hundred number in position
101 17
number + rest of position number
: :
112 28 For example:
201 33 DRIENG / Position = 711
: :
212 44 711 ⇒ 7 x 16 + 11 = 123
701 113
: : ⇒ 70.01 = 123
712 124

Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 254 Def: 125 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 (RW / 105.03) CH0 LinkControl

Index Description: DDCS channel 0 intensity control for transmission LEDs. This value is adjusted through the link
including each device in the link. This parameter can be used in special cases to optimise the
communication performance in the link.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 15 Def: 15 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-207 (of 358) H-208 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 70DDCS Control Continue Group 70DDCS Control

Master/Follower Master / Follower Link
The ring connection can be used in most applications. A parallel connection can also be implemented by using a branching card.
Master / Follower Macro The size of link: One Master and max. 10 Follower stations.
The Master/Follower Application Macro is designed for applications in which the system is run by several ACS1000 drives and (for more information on parallel connections, more than 10 Follower stations è contact your local ABB representative)
the motor shafts are coupled to each other via gearing, chain, belt etc. Thanks to the Master/Follower macro the load can be evenly
distributed between the drives. Master Follower Follower
The external control signals are connected to the Master ACS1000 only. The Master controls the Followers via fibre optic serial ACS1000 ACS1000 ACS1000
communication link.
The Master station is typically speed controlled and the other drives follow the torque or speed reference of the Master. CH2 CH2 CH2

AMC3

AMC3

AMC3
In general: R T R T R T
Torque control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and Follower drives are coupled fixedly to
each other by gearing, a chain etc. No speed difference between the drives is possible (see Figure 70-2).
Speed control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and the Follower drives are coupled flexibly to
each other. A slight speed difference between the drives is possible (see Figure 70-2). When both the Master and Followers are
speed controlled, drooping is also typically used (Parameter 24.02 DROOP RATE).

In some applications both speed control and torque control of the Followers are required. In those cases a flying change between
speed and torque control can be performed via digital input of the follower (see Chapter 3 – Operation, at the Master/Follower
T = Transmitter, R = Receiver, AMC3 = Motor Control Board
Application Macro Manual).
Figure 70-3 Master/Follower Connections (DDCS CH2)
Please pay attention to the description of parameters 21.09 and 21.10: MCB closing and opening time limits for master drive!
Master / Follower Link Configuration
Channel 2 (CH2) on the AMC board is used for the Master/Follower link between the drives. The drive is programmable to be
Speed-Controlled Master Speed-Controlled Master either the master or a follower in the communication. Typically the speed controlled process master drive is configured also to be
Follower Follows the Torque Reference Follower Follows the Speed Reference the communication master.
of the Master of the Master
Master Drive:
ACS1000 ACS1000
The torque reference source address is defined in the Master drive by parameter 70.11 CH2 MASTER SIGNAL 3 to be sent as
data set 63 to the Follower drives. Speed reference 70.10 CH2 MASTER SIGNAL 2 can also send through the link in the same
DDCS (Distributed Drives Communication System) message, if the follower is speed controlled. Typical parameter addresses are:
Mains 3 3 Mains 3 3
External n External n CH2 MASTER SIGNAL 1 (70.09) 7.07 (fixed) FOLLOWER CONTROL WORD
Control Signals Control Signals CH2 MASTER SIGNAL 2 (70.10) 23.01 SPEED REF
MASTER MASTER CH2 MASTER SIGNAL 3 (70.11) 3.13 TORQ USED REF
ACS1000 ACS1000
2 2 2 2 The Master Drive cyclically sends Master References 1…3 in one DDCS message, a broadcast every 2 milliseconds.

Follower Drive(s):
Mains 3 3 Mains 3 3
If the Follower – mode is selected by Parameter 70.08 CH2 M/F Mode, connections are fixed in the program as follows:
Signal Addresses in the Follower Drive
FOLLOWER FOLLOWER
Data Set Data Set Interval Address Parameter Signal to be monitored
Follower Fault Master/Follower Follower Fault Master/Follower Number Index Name
Supervision Link Supervision Link
1 2 ms 7.06 OCW 3.21 DS FCW
Figure 70-2 Master/Follower Applications, Schematic Representation 63 2 2 ms 23.01 SPEED REF 3.22 DS SPEED REF
3 2 ms 25.01 TORQ REF A 3.23 DS TORQ REF A
CAUTION! To avoid contradictory control, the drives coupled to the same machinery should receive The Follower mode includes only fast data read from data set 63 into the speed and torque reference chain. This mode can also be

! the external control signals only via the Master. used with the overriding system connected to CH0, typically when fast communication is required but there is no need for a real
General rules: Master/Follower application.
• Connect all external control signals to the Master drive only.
• Do not control the Follower(s) with the Control Panel or through a fieldbus system.
• Do not change the External control location of the Follower if Parameter 11.01, 11.02, 12.03 or 12.06
is set to a value other than COMM.MODULE
LOC

• Do not change control location of the Follower drive to local (do not press the REM
key on the
Control Panel).

If the Master and Follower are controlled with different control signals the drives conflicts each
other.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-209 (of 358) H-210 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 70DDCS Control Continue Group 70DDCS Control

Follower Supervision 07 (RW / 106.15) CH2 NodeAddress
The Follower does not send any feedback data via the serial Master/Follower link. Therefore it is highly recommended to Index Description: Node address for channel 2. This is used in an application, with one or several point to point
separately wire the Follower fault information back to the Master. The connection stops both, the Master drive and the Follower communication connections between the AMC boards.
drives, upon a Follower fault. 0 = Master drive
Master Follower Follower 1 ... 254 = Node address for follower drives
ACS1000 ACS1000 ACS1000 Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 254 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
DO4 - Relay Output

DO4 - Relay Output

DO4 - Relay Output

08 CH2 M/F Mode
DI8 - Run Enable

DI8 - Run Enable

DI8 - Run Enable

(Process Stop)

(Process Stop)

(Process Stop)
Index Description: CH 2 is used to send the torque reference, speed reference and the Follower Control Word from the
IOEC 2

IOEC 2

IOEC 2
Master drive to one or several Follower drives. Master/Follower macro is an application in which the
Fault (-1)

Fault (-1)

Fault (-1)
system is run by several ACS 1000 Drives and the motor shafts are coupled to each other via
gearing, chain, belt etc. CH2 communication mode is configured by means of this parameter as
X12 5 6 X24 3 2 1 X12 5 6 X24 3 2 1 X12 5 6 X24 3 2 1 follows:

The Master / Follower link is not active and CH2 is not used for
1 = NOT IN USE
communication
2 = MASTER The drive is the Master in the M/F link and broadcasts via CH2 the contents of
data set 63 (defined by Parameters 70.09 … 70.11).
Figure 70-4 Follower ‘Fault Information’ Wiring 3 = FOLLOWER The drive is the Follower in the M/F link. Torque reference is read from data
set 63 index 3 into TORQ REF A and from Index 2 to SPEED REF.
Follower Signal Selection Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
The signals, which are sent as broadcast message to Data Set 63, are selected with Par. 70.09 , 70.10 and 70.11. If one of the
selected signals in the parameters has a wrong format, the alarm message WRONG MF-SIG will be displayed on the Master 09 (RW / 156.05) CH2 MasterSignal1
drive panel and Bit 9 is activated in 9.13 ALARM WORD 5. Index Description: Group + Index of the signal to be sent as broadcast message to Data Set 63 Index 1 in the Follower
drives (control word).
MASTER FOLLOWER Example:
The setting 707 broadcasts 7.07 FOLLOWER CONTROL WORD (the default value is 707, which
denotes Parameter Group 7, Index 07).
Data Set
63
Data Set
63
Note!
(F IXED) Value DDCS Link Value This parameter is not used, if 70.08 CH2 M/F MODE is set to FOLLOWER. The CH2 MASTER
7.07 DS FCW
Follower Control Word 70.09
CH2 M AS T ER S IGNAL1
1 CH 2 1 3.21 SIGNAL 1 is fixed to 707!
23.01 CH2 M AS T ER S IGNAL 2 DS SPEED REF
Speed Reference 70.10 2 2 3.22 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 20000 Def: 707 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
3.13 CH2 M AS T ER S IGNAL 3 DS TORQ REF A
70.11 3 3 3.23
Torque Used Ref
P ar .70.17 - FO LL S PE E D RE F
" M ASTER"
10 (RW / 156.05) CH2 MasterSignal2
Data Set
nr Index Description: Group + Index of the signal to be sent as broadcast message to Data Set 63 Index 2 in the Follower
1 or 10 122.19
drives (speed reference).
DDCS Link Value
CH 0
P ar .70.18 - FOLL TO RQ RE F Example:
FBA 1 " M ASTER"
* The setting 2301 broadcasts 23.01 SPEED REF (the default value is 2301, who denotes Parameter
2
torq_ref_a
Group 23, Index 01).
3 122.21
Note!
P ar .75.04 - COM M M ODULE P ar .70.08 - CH2 M /F M O DE
This parameter is not used, if 70.08 CH2 M/F MODE is set to FOLLOWER.
" FOLLOWE R"
" FBA DS E T1 or FBA DS ET 10"
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 20000 Def: 2301 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
P ar .75.06 - DATA S E T COM M
OCW
" RE AD / W RITE " Figure 11 - 1
& 7.06 &
P ar .70.08 - CH2 M /F M O DE
" FOLLOWE R" Figure 11 - 2 11 RW / 156.06) CH2 MasterSignal3
Index Description: Group + Index of the signal to be sent as broadcast message to Data Set 63 Index 3 in the Follower
Par.70.17 - FOLL S PE E D RE F
"FOLLOW ER"
& drives (torque reference).
REF1 OVE RR SYST
Example:
3.24
The setting 313 broadcasts 3.13 TORQ USED REF (the default value is 313, which denotes actual
signal group 3, Index 13).
Figure 12 - 1
Par .70.18 - FOLL TORQ REF
& Note!
& Figure 12 - 2
" FOLLOWE R"
REF2 OVE RR SYST
This parameter is not used, if 70.08 CH2 M/F MODE is set to FOLLOWER.
3.25 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 20000 Def: 313 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

* NOTE! 12 (RW / 105.09) CH2 LinkControl

If Par. 70.17 resp. 70.18 is selected to "MASTER" , the direct fast communication link is used to send Index Description: DDCS CH2 intensity control for transmission LEDs. This value is adjusted through the link
the SPEED REF resp. TORQ REF A directly to motor control (parameter 122.19 resp. 122.21), the including each device in the link. This parameter can be used in special cases to optimize the
reference value from Application (Par. 23.01 SPEED REF resp. 25.01 TORQ REF A) will be ignored! communication performance in the link.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 15 Def: 8 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Figure 70-5 Follower Signal Selection - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-211 (of 358) H-212 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 70DDCS Control Continue Group 70DDCS Control

13 CH2 Timeout PC Connections to Channel 3
Index Description: Time delay before a communication break fault is announced. The time count starts, when the link
does not update the message. When the time has elapsed the alarm CH2 LINK ERR is activated and
Bit 8 is set to 1 in 9.13 ALARM WORD 5.
Note! POINT TO POINT Connection
If there are no connections in channel 2, then the value has to be set to 0ms (Timeout monitoring is AMC3
not calculating). CH3
NPCM - 01
Unit: ms Type: I Min: 1 ms Max: 60000 ms Def: 100 ms Int. scaling: 1 == 1 ms PCMCIA
board

14 CH2 ComLossCtrl
Index Description: This parameter defines the action in case of a communication fault in CH2 on the NAMC-03 board.
RING Connection
1 = STOP RAMP Drive will be stopped by ramping. Deceleration time is defined by
parameter 22.02 DECEL TIME. AMC3 AMC3 AMC3
2 = STOP TORQUE The drive will be stopped by torque limit. CH3 CH3 CH3
3 = COAST STOP The drive will be stopped by coasting
4 = LAST SPEED
The drive is running continuously with the last actual speed.
5 = CNST SPD15
The drive is running continuously with the constant speed reference
6 = FAULT (33.16 CONST SPEED 15).
Drive will be tripped according to “Trip 1b” reaction STAR Connection AMC3

NDBU - 91, - 95 or - 85
In case of communication fault and parameter selection 1…5, alarm message CH0 LINK ERR is CH3

Branching Unit Card

activated and Bit 7 is set to 1 in 9.13 ALARM WORD 5.
In case of communication fault and parameter selection 6, fault message CH0 LINK ERR is AMC3
activated and Bit 10 is set to 1 in 9.07 FAULT WORD 7. CH3

Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 5 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 AMC3

CH3
DriveWindow

15 (RW / 105.04) CH3 NodeAddress

Index Description: Node address for channel 3. The start-up and maintenance tools normally use this channel. If CH3 Figure 70-6 Connection AMC33-Board(s) <-> PC (DDCS CH3) - Examples
channels of several drives have been connected in a ring or star (using a branching Unit), each one
must be given a unique node address.
Note!
Master/Follower - Follower Reference Selection
The new node address becomes valid only on the next AMC3 power-on.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 254 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 17 FollowerSpeedRef
Index Description: This parameter defines the source for the speed reference in Master / Follower mode in the Follower
drive.
16 (RW / 105.05) CH3 LinkControl
Note:
Index Description: DDCS channel 3 intensity control for transmission LEDs. This value is adjusted through the link This Parameter is not used, if 70.08 CH2 M/F MODE is set to MASTER.
including each device in the link. This parameter can be used in special cases to optimize the
0 = FOLLOWER Speed reference is read either from Data Sets 1, 10 or I/O.
communication performance in the link.
1 = MASTER Speed reference from Data Set 63 of Master (Par. 70.10) is written to Follower
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 15 Def: 15 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

18 FollowerTorqRef
Index Description: This parameter defines the source for the torque reference in Master / Follower mode in the Follower
drive.
Note:
This Parameter is not used, if 70.08 CH2 M/F MODE is set to MASTER.
0 = FOLLOWER Torque reference is read either from Data Sets 1, 10 or I/O.
1 = MASTER Torque reference from Data Set 63 of Master (Par. 70.11) is written to
Follower.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-213 (of 358) H-214 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 75 Option Modules Continue Group 75Option Modules

04 FBA CommModule
Group name:
75 OPTION MODULES Index Description: This parameter is used, if a FBA module (Field Bus Adapter) or an ABB Advant controller (AF100-
Description: All IOEC - boards are connected in a ring to the AMC3 - board by using DDCS channel 1 (CH1). Bus) is used to communicate with the drive. The module is connected channel 0 (CH0).
Each of these modules is given a unique address using by setting the rotating switch to the See also Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control.
appropriate value. The IOEC1 Standard I/O board has permanent address number 2 (node-address- 1 = NO Fieldbus module is not installed.
switch set to 2) and IOEC2 Standard I/O board has permanent address number 4 (node-address- 2 = DSET1 R/W The drive is controlled through the communication link (channel
switch set to 4). CH0) by using DataSets 1 to 8. This is a typical setting for the use
Fieldbus adapter modules are connected to the AMC3 - board by using DDCS channel 0 (CH0). of a fieldbus adapter module.
The encoder module NTAC-02 is connected to the AMC3 - board by using DDCS channel 5 (CH5). 3 = DSET1 READ The drive is not controlled through the communication link. Only
The parameters marked with (O) can only be altered while the ACS1000 is stopped. actual signals/parameters can be read from drive.
4 = DSET10 R/W The drive is controlled through the communication link (channel
01 IOEC3 OptionBoard CH0) by using DataSets 10 to 39. This is a typical setting for use
Index with an ABB Advant controlled AF100-Bus adapter module (for
Description: IOEC3 option board selection. IOEC 3 option board increase the numbers of I/Os and release the
example APC2, AC70, AC80, FCI, NPBA-02, NCSA-01).
options where this board is needed. The board is connected in series with IOEC boards 1 & 2
(IOEC4) on CH1. The board is given the address 6 by setting the Node-switch to 6 as shown below. 5 = DSET10 READ The drive is not controlled through the communication link. Only
actual signals/parameters can be read from drive.
6 Note!
Node- If parameter 75.04 COMM MODULE is set to ‘DSET1 xx’, only parameter groups 90 and 91 will
switch be visible.
If parameter 75.04 COMM MODULE is set to ‘DSET10 xx’, parameter groups 90…95 will be
0 = NO extension IOEC 3 option board is not activated visible.
1 = YES extension IOEC 3 option board is activated Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 5 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 IOEC4 OptionBoard
Index Description: IOEC4 option board selection. IOEC 4 option board increase the numbers of I/Os and release the
options where this board is needed. The board is connected in series with IOEC boards 1 & 2
(IOEC3) on CH1. The board is given the address 8 by setting the Node-switch to 8 as shown below.

Node-
switch

0 = NO extension IOEC 4 option board is not activated

1 = YES extension IOEC 4 option board is activated
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 (RW / 155.06) EncoderModule

Index Description: NTAC-02 pulse encoder module selection. Module is connected the channel CH5. The module is
given the address 16 by setting the DIP switches as shown below.

ON
DIP -
switches 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 = NO = extension NTAC-02 module is not activated

1 = YES = extension NTAC-02 module is activated
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-215 (of 358) H-216 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 80…84IOEC 3 Board (Optional) Continue Group 80Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional)
09 DI1-7 StatusIOEC3
Parameter Group 80 to 84 is only available if Par. 75.01 is set to YES.
For more information refer to “ACS1000 IOEC3 Board – Installation and Start-up Manual.
Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI1 ... DI7 of the optional IOEC 3 board.
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.

Group 80 Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional) Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC3

LOC 1 0.0 rpm

Group name: 80 ACT SIGNALS IO3
80 ACT SIGNALS IO3 REM 09 DI1-7 STATUS IOEC3
0 1000 01
Description: Measured or calculated values

DI 6 DI 1
01 TrafoTempExt/3
Index Description: Scaled physical value of analogue input 1, IOEC3 displayed in degrees centigrade, if par. 81.26 ‘AI1 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Select IO3’ = ‘TrafoTemp ext/3’; otherwise see par. 80.15 or 80.17
10 DI8-14StatusIOEC3
ACS 1000: Temperature of the external transformer oil or windings. Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI8 ... DI14 of the optional IOEC 3 board.
ACS 1000i: Temperature 3 of the internal transformer windings. Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C
Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC3

02 BearingTempDE
Index Description: Temperature of the motor bearing driven end in degrees centigrade. LOC 1 0.0 rpm
80 ACT SIGNALS IO3
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C REM 10 DI8-14 STATUS IOEC3
0 1000 01

03 BearingTempNDE
Index Description: Temperature of the motor bearing non driven end in degrees centigrade. DI 13 DI 8

Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 OutsideAirTemp 11 DI StatusWord IO3

Index Description: Temperature of the outside air temperature in degrees centigrade, if par. 81.27 ‘AI4 Select IO3’ = Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
‘OutsideAirTemp’; otherwise see par. 80.16 or 80.18 or 80.19 or 80.21. 1 B0 DI1 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC3
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C 2 B1 DI2 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC3
4 B2 DI3 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC3
05 AI1 IOEC3 8 B3 DI4 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC3
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 1. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value is set. See 16 B4 DI5 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC3
parameter 81.02...81.03. 32 B5 DI6 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC3
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA 64 B6 DI7 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC3
128 B7 DI8 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC3
06 AI2 IOEC3 256 B8 DI9 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC3
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 2. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value is set. See 512 B9 DI10 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC3
parameter 81.08...81.09 1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC3
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA 2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC3
4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC3
8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC3 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC3
07 AI3 IOEC3
16384 B14
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 3. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value is set. See
32768 B15 (Not Used)
parameter 81.14...81.15.
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA

12 AO1 IOEC3
08 AI4 IOEC3
Index Description: Value of analogue output 1 in milliampere.
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 4. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value is set. See
parameter 81.20...81.21. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
13 AO2 IOEC3
Index Description: Value of analogue output 2 in milliampere.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-217 (of 358) H-218 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 80Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional)

14 DO1-6 StatusIOEC3
Index Description: Status of the optional IOEC 3 board relay outputs.
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated.

Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC3

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
80 ACT SIGNALS IO3
REM 14 D01-6 Status IOEC3
0100010

DO6 DO2

Unit: Type: Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

15 LoadBearTemp1
Index Description: Bearing temperature 1 of the load displayed in degrees centigrade, if par. 81.26 ‘AI1 Select IO3’ =
‘LoadBearTmp1’; otherwise see par. 80.01 or 80.17.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

16 LoadBearTemp2
Index Description: Bearing temperature 2 of the load displayed in degrees centigrade, if par. 81.27 ‘AI4 Select IO3’ =
‘LoadBearTmp2’; otherwise see par. 80.04 or 80.18 or 80.19 or 80.21.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

17 VibraSens1
Index Description: Vibration signal 1 from vibration sensor in percent, if par. 81.26 ‘AI1 Select IO3’ = ‘VibraSens1’;
otherwise see par. 80.01 or 80.15.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

18 VibraSens2
Index Description: Vibration signal 2 from vibration sensor in percent, if par. 81.27 ‘AI4 Select IO3’ = ‘VibraSens2’;
otherwise see par. 80.04 or 80.16 or 80.19 or 80.21.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 %

19 WtrCoolPress2
Index Description: Measured and scaled pressure 2 of the cooling water, if par. 81.27 ‘AI4 Select IO3’ =
‘CoolWtrPres2’; otherwise see par. 80.04 or 80.16 or 80.18.
It is needed for the closed water cooling circuit and represents the input pressure.
Unit: bar Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 bar

20 WtrCoolPressDiff
Index Description: Difference of cooling water pressure 1 (4.03) and 2 (80.19).
It is needed for the closed water cooling circuit and represents the difference of the output and the
input pressure.
Unit: bar Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 bar

21 OutputTrafoTemp
Index Description: Temperature of the output (e.g. step-up ) transformer, if par. 81.27 ‘AI4 Select IO3’ =
‘OutpTrafoTmp’; otherwise see par. 80.04 or 80.16 or 80.18 or 80.19.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-219 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 81 Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) Continue Group 81Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
07 AI1 Offset IO3
Group name:
81 AN INPUT IOEC3 Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
Description: The analogue input value can be selected in milliamps or volts by means of a HW-switch. manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
01 AutoOffsetCalib
Index: Description: Automatic offset calibration for the analogue inputs of IOEC 3. Offset value will be stored into the 08 AI2 HighValue IO3
appropriate AIx OFFSET Iox parameter. Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
Automatic offset calibration: See parameter 80.06 AI2 IOEC3 [mA] and 80.02 BearingTempDE [°C].
All analogue input signals have to be disconnected from the IOEC 3 board (remove the terminal Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 2000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
plugs) and all AIx OFFSET IOx parameters must have value “0”. Set parameter 81.01 to ON. The
OFFSET calibration is started and the analogue input offset values are stored into AIx OFFSET 09 AI2 LowValue IO3
IOx parameters. During offset calibration, the alarm message “AnInpCalib” is shown on the panel. Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
After the calibration is finished, parameter 81.01 will be is automatically set to “OFF”. 2V). See parameter 80.06 AI2 IOEC3 [mA] and 80.02 BearingTempDE [°C].
If one of the analogue input values is higher than 0,5mA the offset calibration will not be carried Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
out and the fault message “AnInpCalib” will be shown on the panel. Parameter 81.01 is
automatically set to “OFF”.
Manual offset calibration: 10 AI2 Minimum IO3
Disconnect the appropriate analogue input signal from the IOEC 3 board (remove the terminal Index: Description: Minimum value of AI2. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
plug). Check the actual value in Group 80. Change the offset value until the actual value is 0 mA. 0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
0 = OFF no offset calibration Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
1 = ON automatic offset calibration started
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 11 AI2 Filter IO3
Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
02 AI1 HighValue IO3 Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
See parameter 80.05 AI1 IOEC3 [mA] and
12 AI2 Invert IO3
80.01 ‘TrafoTemp ext/3’ / 80.15 ‘LoadBearTemp1’ / 80.17 ‘VibraSens1’.
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 2000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
03 AI1 LowValue IO3 1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
2V).
See parameter 80.05 AI1 IOEC3 [mA] and 13 AI2 Offset IO3
80.01 ‘TrafoTemp ext/3’ / 80.15 ‘LoadBearTemp1’ / 80.17 ‘VibraSens1’. Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
04 AI1 Minimum IO3
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI1. Value to correspond to minimum reference. 14 AI3 HighValue IO3
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V). See
NOTE! parameter 80.07 AI3 IOEC3 [mA] and 80.03 BearingTempNDE [°C].
This parameter will be fixed set to “4mA / 2V” to prevent overheating of the transformer, if Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 2000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
“Integrated Transformer Fan” option is used (Par.: 41.07 INTEGRATED TRAFO FAN INST) or
if par. 81.26 ‘AI1 Select IO3’ = ‘TrafoTemp ext/3’.
0 = 0 mA / 0V 0...20 mA or 0...10V range 15 AI3 LowValue IO3
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
1 = 4 mA / 2V 4...20 mA or 2...10V range
2V). See parameter 80.07 AI3 IOEC3 [mA] and 80.03 BearingTempNDE [°C].
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 AI1 Filter IO3

16 AI3 Minimum IO3
Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input. Index: Description: Minimum value of AI3 Value to correspond to minimum reference.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
06 AI1 Invert IO3 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input

17 AI3 Filter IO3
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-221 (of 358) H-222 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 81Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) Continue Group 81Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
18 AI3 Invert IO3 27 AI4SelIO3
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion. Index Description: This parameter selects the AI4 signal of IOEC3.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input The parameter is write-protected; it is set by the loading package via type code. actual value par.
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input 0 = None
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 1 = OutsAirTmp outside air temperature 80.04
2 = LoadBearTmp2 bearing temperature 2 of load (e.g. pump or fan) 80.16
19 AI3 Offset IO3 3 = VibraSens2 vibration sensor 2 80.18
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or 4 = CoolWtrPres2 cooling water pressure 2 (only water cooled type) 80.19
manually. 5 = OutpTrafoTmp output trafo temp. 80.21
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 5 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

20 AI4 HighValue IO3

Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
See parameter 80.08 AI4 IOEC3 and
80.04 ‘OutsideAirTemp’ / 80.16 ‘LoadBearTemp2’ / 80.18 ‘VibraSens2’ / 80.19 ‘WtrCoolPress2’.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1800 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

21 AI4 LowValue IO3

Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
2V).
See parameter 80.08 AI4 IOEC3 and
80.04 ‘OutsideAirTemp’ / 80.16 ‘LoadBearTemp2’ / 80.18 ‘VibraSens2’ / 80.19 ‘WtrCoolPress2’.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

22 AI4 Minimum IO3

Index: Description: Minimum value of AI4. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

23 AI4 Filter IO3

Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0s Max: 30 s Def: 10 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

24 AI4 Invert IO3

Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

25 AI4 Offset IO3

Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA

26 AI1SelIO3
Index Description: This parameter selects the AI1 signal of IOEC3.
The parameter is write-protected; it is set by the loading package via type code. actual value par.
0 = None
1 = TrafTmpExt/3 ACS 1000: external transformer temperature 80.01
ACS 1000i: internal transformer temperature 3
2 = LoadBearTmp1 bearing temperature 1 of load (e.g. pump or fan) 80.15
3 = VibraSens1 vibration sensor 1 80.17
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 3 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-223 (of 358) H-224 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 82 Digital Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)

Group name:
82 DIG INPUT IOEC3
Description: Control of the digital inputs. With this parameter it is possible to select if the digital input of an
alarm signal is high or low active.

01 DI1 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input DI1, OIL LEVEL ALARM

0 = DIRECT DI1: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI1: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 DI2 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input DI2, OIL TEMPERATURE ALARM or TRAFO WINDING
TEMPERATURE ALARM

0 = DIRECT DI2: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI2: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 DI4 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input DI4, BUCHHOLZ ALARM

0 = DIRECT DI4: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI4: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

04 DI6 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input DI6, MOTOR COOLING ALARM

0 = DIRECT DI6: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI6: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 DI8 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input DI8, VIBRATION SUPERVISION ALARM

0 = DIRECT DI8: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI8: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

06 DI11 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input signal DI11, EXTERNAL MOTOR PROTECTION ALARM.

0 = DIRECT DI11: high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED DI11: high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-225 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 83 Analogue Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) Continue Group 83Analogue Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
06 AO2Group+IndexIO3
Group name:
83 AN OUTPUT IOEC3 Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 83.06 to the
Description: Parameter group 83 provides the settings to assign any accessible real type numerical value of the parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
AMC – table (i.e. actual values like motor current, motor speed…) to an analogue output of IOEC3 The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
and make the adjustment for scaling, filtering, inverting of the output signal.
Numerical values from a higher-level control system can also be transferred to the analogue outputs. Example:
When the actual value of the MOTOR CURRENT is to be read out at AO2 – IOEC3, parameter
83.06 is set to 107 with 1 representing the group and 07 representing the index.
01 AO1Group+IndexIO3
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 83.01 to the A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output.
parameter group and index the value is to taken from. The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 83.06 to the group and index of
Example: the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index)
When the actual value of the MOTOR CURRENT is to be read out at AO1 – IOEC3, parameter
83.01 is set to 107 with 1 representing the group and 07 representing the index.
The default setting of 83.06 is 108, MotorTorqueFilt.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 108 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output.
The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure 07 AO2 Invert IO3
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 83.01 to the group and index of Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index) 0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
The default setting of 83.01 is 2301, SpeedRef. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 2301 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
08 AO2 Minimum IO3
02 AO1 Invert IO3 Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere.
Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion. 1 = 0mA no offset
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output 2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA)
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.)
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
03 AO1 Minimum IO3
Index Description: Analogue output signal offset in milliampere.
09 AO2 Filter IO3
1 = 0mA no offset Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA) Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.) 10 AO2 Scale IO3
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Nominal value of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 83.06 AO2
GROUP+INDEX IO3. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
04 AO1 Filter IO3 Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

05 AO1 Scale IO3

Index Description: Nominal value of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 83.01 AO1
GROUP+INDEX IO3. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-227 (of 358) H-228 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 84 Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) Continue Group 84Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
06 DO2 Invert IO3
Group name:
84 DIG OUTPUT IOEC3 Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO2.
Description: Control of the digital outputs of IOEC3 board. 0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
Note! 1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Depending on the selected APPLICATION MACRO, OPTION or INVERTER TYPE, the digital Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
outputs are fixed to used functions (see Figure 84-1 & 84-2).
07 DO3Group+IndexIO3
01 DO1Group+IndexIO3 Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO3 by setting parameter 84.07
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO1 by setting parameter 84.01 to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.08.
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.02. The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
Example:
Example: If Par. 84.07 is set to “807” and 84.08 is set to “1”, digital output DO3 is active when 8.07 LIMIT
If Par. 84.01 is set to “807” and 84.02 is set to “0” , digital output DO1 is active when 8.07 LIMIT WORD 2 / BIT 1 is “1”.
WORD 2 / BIT 0 is “1”. If Par. 84.07 is set to “702” and 84.08 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO3 is controlled from
If Par. 84.01 is set to “702” and 84.02 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO1 is controlled from the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
By default, DO3 indicates SPEED ACT LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 1)
By default, DO1 indicates Speed Ref Limit signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 0).
NOTE!
NOTE! With water cooling DO3 is fixed to the following command:
With the motor cooler option (par. 38.02 ‘MotorCooler’ = ‘SOFT STOP’ or ‘ALARM’) ‘Order close raw water regulation valve’
DO1 is fixed to the ‘Motor Cooler Order On’ command. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
08 DO3 BitNumber IO3
02 DO1 BitNumber IO3 Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.07.
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.01. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
09 DO3 Invert IO3
03 DO1 Invert IO3 Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO3.
Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO1. 0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF 1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
10 DO4Group+IndexIO3
04 DO2Group+IndexIO3 Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO4 by setting parameter 84.10
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO2 by setting parameter 84.04 to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.11.
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.05. The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
Example:
Example: If Par. 84.10 is set to “807” and 84.11 is set to “2”, digital output DO4 is active when 8.07 LIMIT
If Par. 84.04 is set to “801” and 84.05 is set to “9”, digital output DO2 is active when 8.01 MAIN WORD 2 / BIT 2 is “1”.
STATUS WORD / BIT 9 is “1”. If Par. 84.10 is set to “702” and 84.11 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO4 is controlled from
If Par. 84.04 is set to “702” and 84.05 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO2 is controlled from the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
By default, DO4 indicates CURRENT LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 2)
By default, DO2 indicates LOCAL operation signal (Par. 8.01 / Bit 9 – inverted ; parameter 84.06
is set to INVERTED). NOTE!
With water cooling DO4 is fixed to the following command:
NOTE! ‘Order open raw water regulation valve’
With the new aux. power concept and the redundant cooling fan / pump option (par. 41.03 = ‘TWO Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
(FAN1&2)’) DO2 is fixed to the following command:
ACS 1000: ‘Cooling Fan/Pump 2 Order On’, 11 DO4 BitNumber IO3
ACS 1000i: ‘Cooling Fan Grp. 2 Order On’ (second inverter and transformer fan in parallel). Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.10.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 801 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 DO2 BitNumber IO3 12 DO4 Invert IO3

Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.04. Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO4.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 9 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-229 (of 358) H-230 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 84Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) Continue Group 84Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
13 DO5Group+IndexIO3 Selection and programming of digital outputs of IOEC 3:
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO5 by setting parameter 84.13
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit Par. 38.02
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.14. Motor Cooler Installed

The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
MOTOR COOLER ORDER ON

Example: Free programmable parameters

- D01
If Par. 84.13 is set to “807” and 84.14 is set to “3”, digital output DO5 is active when 8.07 LIMIT 84.01 Group + Index
84.02 Bit Number
WORD 2 / BIT 3 is “1”. 84.03 Invert

If Par. 84.13 is set to “702” and 84.14 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO5 is controlled from Par. 41.03
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2. Redundant Cooling Fan / Pump
Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
Note! ACS 1000: Cooling Fan/Pum p 2 Order On
ACS 1000i: Cooling Fan Grp. 2 Order On
If Par. 38.10 INTEGRATED TRAFO FAN set to an other value than “0”, the digital output D05 is Free programmable parameters
84.04 Group + Index - D02
fix connected to TRAFO FAN1 ORD ON signal. Par. 84.13, 84.14 & 84.15 are not in function. 84.05 Bit Number
84.06 Invert

By default, DO5 indicates TORQUE LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 3) Inverter Water Cooling Type

Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
WAT ER VALVE 1 CLOSE
14 DO5 BitNumber IO3
Free programmable parameters
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.13. 84.07 Group + Index
- D03
84.08 Bit Number
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 84.09 Invert

15 DO5 Invert IO3 Figure 84-1 Digital Outputs D01…D03 on IOEC 3 - Overview
Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO5.
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF Inverter Water Cooling Type
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 to
WATER VALVE 1 OPEN

Free programmable parameters

16 DO6Group+IndexIO3 84.10 Group + Index - D04
84.11 Bit Number
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO6 by setting parameter 84.16 84.12 Invert
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit Group 38.10
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 84.17. Integrated Trafo Fan

The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
TRAFO FAN 1 ORD ON
Example: Free programmable parameters
- D05
If Par. 84.16 is set to “807” and 84.17 is set to “4”, digital output DO6 is active when 8.07 LIMIT 84.13 Group + Index
84.14 Bit Number
WORD 2 / BIT 4 is “1”. 84.15 Invert

If Par. 84.16 is set to “702” and 84.17 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO6 is controlled from Group 38.10
Integrated Trafo Fan
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
Note! TRAF O FAN 2 ORD ON

If Par. 38.10 INTEGRATED TRAFO FAN set to an other value than “0”, the digital output D06 is Free programmable parameters
84.16 Group + Index - D06
fix connected to TRAFO FAN2 ORD ON signal. Par. 84.16, 84.17 & 84.18 are not in function. 84.17 Bit Number
84.18 Invert

By default, DO6 indicates SUP SIG 1 LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 4)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Figure 84-2 Digital Outputs D04…D06 on IOEC 3 - Overview

17 DO6 BitNumber IO3

Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 84.14.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 4 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

18 DO6 Invert IO3

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO6.
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-231 (of 358) H-232 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 85…89IOEC 4 Board (Optional) Continue Group 85Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional)
10 DI1-7 StatusIOEC4
Parameter Group 85 to 89 is only available if Par. 75.02 is set to YES.
For more information refer to “ACS1000 IOEC4 Board – Installation and Start-up Manual.
Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI1 ... DI7 of the optional IOEC 4 board.
Example: DI1 and DI6 are activated.

Group 85 Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional) Status of digital Input DI1...7 - IOEC4

LOC 1 0.0 rpm

Group name: 85 ACT SIGNALS IO4
85 ACT SIGNALS IO4 REM 09 DI1-7 STATUS IOEC4
0 1000 01
Description: Measured or calculated values.

DI 6 DI 1
01 PIDActualValue1
Index Description: Feedback signal for PID controller (feedback from analogue input AI1-IOEC4) Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Integer scaling: 100 == 1%
11 DI8-14StatusIOEC4
02 PIDActualValue2 Index Description: Status of digital inputs DI8 ... DI14 of the optional IOEC 4 board.
Index Description: Feedback signal for PID controller (feedback from analogue input AI2-IOEC4) Example: DI8 and DI13 are activated.
Unit: % Type: R Min: Max: Integer scaling: 100 == 1%
Status of digital Input DI8...14 - IOEC4

03 MotorWdgTmpPhU2 1 0.0 rpm

LOC
Index Description: Measured and scaled second temperature of the motor winding phase U. Value of AI2-IOEC4 in °C. 85 ACT SIGNALS IO4
REM 10 DI8-14 STATUS IOEC4
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C 0 1000 01

04 MotorWdgTmpPhV2
DI 13 DI 8
Index Description: Measured and scaled second temperature of the motor winding phase V. Value of AI3-IOEC4 in °C.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

05 MotorWdgTmpPhW2 12 DI StatusWord IO4

Index Description: Bit Name Meaning
Index Description: Measured and scaled second temperature of the motor winding phase W. Value of AI4-IOEC4 in °C.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1 °C 1 B0 DI1 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 1 – IOEC4
2 B1 DI2 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 2 – IOEC4
4 B2 DI3 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 3 – IOEC4
06 AI1 IOEC4
8 B3 DI4 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 4 – IOEC4
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 1. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See 16 B4 DI5 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 5 – IOEC4
parameter 86.02...86.03.
32 B5 DI6 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 6 – IOEC4
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
64 B6 DI7 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 7 – IOEC4
128 B7 DI8 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 8 – IOEC4
07 AI2 IOEC4 256 B8 DI9 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 9 – IOEC4
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 2. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See 512 B9 DI10 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 10 – IOEC4
parameter 86.08...86.09. 1024 B10 DI11 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 11 – IOEC4
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA 2048 B11 DI12 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 12 – IOEC4
4096 B12 DI13 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 13 – IOEC4
08 AI3 IOEC4 8192 B13 DI14 – IOEC4 Status of the digital input 14 – IOEC4
Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 3. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See 16384 B14
parameter 86.14...86.15. 32768 B15 (Not Used)
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

09 AI4 IOEC4 13 AO1 IOEC4

Index Description: Scaled value of analogue input 4. Displayed in milliampere when default scaling value. See Index Description: Value of analogue output 1 signal in milliampere.
parameter 86.20...86.21. Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA
14 AO2 IOEC4
Index Description: Value of analogue output 2 signal in milliampere.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 20000 == 20mA

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-233 (of 358) H-234 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 85Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional)

15 DO1-6 StatusIOEC4
Index Description: Status of the optional IOEC 4 board relay outputs.
Example: DO2 and DO6 are activated.

Status of digital Output DO1...6 - IOEC4

LO C 1 0.0 rpm
85 ACT SIGNALS IO4
REM 14 D01-6 Status IOEC4
0100010

DO6 DO2

Unit: Type: Min: 0 Max: 8388607 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-235 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 86 Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional) Continue Group 86Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
09 AI2 LowValue IO4
Group name:
86 AN INPUT IOEC4 Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
Description: Scaling and selection of Analogue Input’s 2V). See parameter 85.07 AI2 IOEC4 and 85.02 PIDActualValue2 resp. 85.03
MotorWdgTmpPhU2.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
01 AutoOffsetCalib
Index: Description: Automatic offset calibration for the analogue inputs of IOEC 4. Offset value will be stored into the
appropriate AIx OFFSET Iox parameter. 10 AI2 Minimum IO4
Automatic offset calibration: Index: Description: Minimum value of AI2. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
All analogue input signals have to be disconnected from the IOEC 4 board (remove the terminal 0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
plugs) and all AIx OFFSET IOx parameters must have value “0”. Set parameter 86.01 to ON. The 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
OFFSET calibration is started and the analogue input offset values are stored into AIx OFFSET Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
IOx parameters. During offset calibration, the alarm message “AnInpCalib” is shown on the panel.
After the calibration is finished, parameter 86.01 will be is automatically set to “OFF”. 11 AI2 Filter IO4
If one of the analogue input values is higher than 0,5mA the offset calibration will not be carried Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
out and the fault message “AnInpCalib” will be shown on the panel. Parameter 86.01 is Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
automatically set to “OFF”.
Manual offset calibration:
Disconnect the appropriate analogue input signal from the IOEC 4 board (remove the terminal 12 AI2 Invert IO4
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
plug). Check the actual value in Group 80. Change the offset value until the actual value is 0 mA.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
0 = OFF no offset calibration 1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
1 = ON Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
automatic offset calibration started
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
13 AI2 Offset IO4
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
02 AI1 HighValue IO4
manually.
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
See parameter 85.06 AI1 IOEC4 and 85.01 PIDActualValue1.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
14 AI3 HighValue IO4
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
03 AI1 LowValue IO4
See parameter 85.08 AI3 IOEC4 and 85.04 MotorWdgTmpPhV2.
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 2000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
2V). See parameter 85.06 AI1 IOEC4 and 85.01 PIDActualValue1.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
15 AI3 LowValue IO4
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
04 AI1 Minimum IO4
2V). See parameter 85.08 AI3 IOEC4 and 85.04 MotorWdgTmpPhV2.
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI1. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 16 AI3 Minimum IO4
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI3. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
05 AI1 Filter IO4
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
17 AI3 Filter IO4
06 AI1 Invert IO4 Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 18 AI3 Invert IO4
Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
07 AI1 Offset IO4 1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
19 AI3 Offset IO4
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
08 AI2 HighValue IO4
manually.
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA
See parameter 85.07 AI2 IOEC4 and 85.02 PIDActualValue2 resp. 85.03 MotorWdgTmpPhU2.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 1000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-237 (of 358) H-238 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 86Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)

20 AI4 HighValue IO4
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V).
See parameter 85.09 AI4 IOEC4 and 85.05 MotorWdgTmpPhW2.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 2000 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

21 AI4 LowValue IO4

Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or
2V). See parameter 85.09 AI4 IOEC4 and 85.05 MotorWdgTmpPhW2.
Unit: Type: I Min: -10000 Max: 10000 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

22 AI4 Minimum IO4

Index: Description: Minimum value of AI4. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

23 AI4 Filter IO4

Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 30 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

24 AI4 Invert IO4

Index Description: Analogue input signal inversion.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the input
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

25 AI4 Offset IO4

Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par. 81.01 = ON) or
manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 mA Max: 0.5 mA Def: 0 mA Int. scaling: 1000 == 1 mA

26 AI2SelIO4
Index Description: This parameter selects the AI2 signal of IOEC4. actual value par.
0= None
1= PIDActValue2 Feedback signal 2 for PID controller 85.02
2= MotWgTmpPhU2 Second motor winding temp. phase U 85.03
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 2 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-239 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 87 Digital Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)

Group name:
87 DIG INPUT IOEC4
Description: Control of the digital inputs. With this parameter it is possible to select if the digital input of an
alarm signal is high or low active.

01 DI1 Invert IO4

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input signal DI1, EXTERNAL WATER COOLING ALARM

0 = DIRECT high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 DI4 Invert IO4

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital input signal DI4, Liquid Leakage Alarm

0 = DIRECT high value = Alarm is active, low value = Alarm is not active
1 = INVERTED high value = Alarm is not active, low value = Alarm is active
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-241 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 88 Analogue Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional) Continue Group 88Analogue Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
06 AO2Group+IndexIO4
Group name:
88 AN OUTPUT IOEC4 Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 88.06 to the
Description: Parameter group 88 provides the settings to assign any accessible real type numerical value of the parameter group and index the value is to taken from.
AMC – table (i.e. actual values like motor current, motor speed…) to an analogue output of IOEC4 The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
and make the adjustment for scaling, filtering, inverting of the output signal.
Numerical values from a higher-level control system can also be transferred to the analogue outputs. Example:
When the actual value of the MOTOR TORQUE FILT is to be read out at AO2 – IOEC4, parameter
88.06 is set to 108 with 1 representing the group and 08 representing the index.
01 AO1Group+IndexIO4
Index Description: A numerical value of the AMC-table is assigned to analogue output by setting parameter 88.01 to the A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output.
parameter group and index the value is to taken from. The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 88.06 to the group and index of
Example: the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index)
When the actual value of the MOTOR SPEED is to be read out at AO1 – IOEC4, parameter 88.01 is
set to 102 with 1 representing the group and 02 representing the index.
The default setting of 88.06 is 108, MotorTorqueFilt.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 32767 Def: 108 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
A numerical value from a higher-level control system can also transferred to the analogue output.
The data set where the value is transmitted into the AMC-table is directed to one of the DATA
parameters (19.01…19.08) by means of either parameters 90.01...90.12 or 92.01…93.12 (see Figure 07 AO2 Invert IO4
19-1). The value is then assigned to the analogue output by setting 88.01 to the group and index of Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
the desired DATA parameter (for example: 1901 ⇒ 19 = group , 01 = index) 0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output
The default setting of 88.01 is 102, MotorSpeed. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 32767 Def: 102 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
08 AO2 Minimum IO4
02 AO1 Invert IO4 Index Description: Analogue output signal 2 offset in milliampere.
Index Description: Analogue output signal inversion.
0 = NO minimum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output 1 = 0mA no offset
1 = YES maximum signal value corresponds to the minimum value at the output 2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA
(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.)
03 AO1 Minimum IO4 Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Analogue output signal 1 offset in milliampere. This parameter is not used, if the temperature
measurement function is activated by a parameter 30.01 (constant current supply for the temperature 09 AO2 Filter IO4
sensor). Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
1 = 0mA no offset Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s
2 = 4mA 20% offset (area 4…20mA)
3 = 10mA 50% offset on area 0…20 mA 10 AO2 Scale IO4
(for indication of direction i.e. motor torque, motor speed. See Figure 15-2.) Index Description: Nominal value of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 88.06
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 AO2Group+IndexIO4. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 100 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
04 AO1 Filter IO4
Index Description: Filter time constant for analogue output.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 10 s Def: 0.1 s Int. scaling: 10 == 1 s

05 AO1 Scale IO4

Index Description: Nominal value of the signal whose group and index is defined in parameter 88.01
AO1Group+IndexIO4. This value corresponds to 20mA at the output (See Figure 15-2).
Unit: Type: R Min: - 65536 Max: 65536 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-243 (of 358) H-244 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 89 Digital Outputs of IOEC4 (Optional) Continue Group 89Digital Outputs of IOEC4 (Optional)
07 DO3Group+IndexIO4
Group name:
89 DIG OUTPUT IOEC4 Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO3 by setting parameter 89.07
Description: Control of the digital outputs of IOEC4board. to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
Note! number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 89.08.
Depending on the selected APPLICATION MACRO, OPTION or INVERTER TYPE, the digital The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
outputs are fixed to used functions (see Figure 89-1 & 89-2).
Example:
If Par. 89.07 is set to “801” and 89.08 is set to “1”, digital output DO3 is active when 8.01 MAIN
01 DO1Group+IndexIO4 STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”.
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO1 by setting parameter 89.01 If Par. 89.07 is set to “702” and 89.08 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO3 is controlled from
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 89.02.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. By default, DO3 indicates CURR LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 2)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example:
If Par. 89.01 is set to “801” and 89.02 is set to “1”, digital output DO1 is active when 8.01 MAIN
STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”. 08 DO3 BitNumber IO4
If Par. 89.01 is set to “702” and 89.02 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO1 is controlled from Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.07.
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

By default, DO1 indicates SPEED REF LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 0) 09 DO3 Invert IO4
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO3.
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
02 DO1 BitNumber IO4 1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.01. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
10 DO4Group+IndexIO4
03 DO1 Invert IO4 Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO4 by setting parameter 89.10
Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO1. to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 89.11.
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal.
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example:
If Par. 89.10 is set to “801” and 89.11 is set to “1”, digital output DO4 is active when 8.01 MAIN
04 DO2Group+IndexIO4 STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”.
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO2 by setting parameter 89.04 If Par. 89.10 is set to “702” and 89.11 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO4 is controlled from
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 89.05.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. By default, DO4 indicates TORQ LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 3)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Example:
If Par. 89.04 is set to “801” and 89.05 is set to “1”, digital output DO2 is active when 8.01 MAIN
STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”. 11 DO4 BitNumber IO4
If Par. 89.04 is set to “702” and 89.05 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO2 is controlled from Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.10.
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 3 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

By default, DO2 indicates SPEED ACT LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 1) 12 DO4 Invert IO4
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO4.
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
05 DO2 BitNumber IO4 1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.04. Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

06 DO2 Invert IO4

Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO2.
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-245 (of 358) H-246 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 89Digital Outputs of IOEC4 (Optional) Continue Group 89Digital Outputs of IOEC4 (Optional)
13 DO5Group+IndexIO4 Selection and programming of digital outputs of IOEC 4
Index Description: A binary signal (i.e. from a status word) is assigned to digital output DO5 by setting parameter 89.13
to the parameter group and index from which the signal is to be taken from. Additionally the bit Not defined yet
number, which identifies the signal within the status word, has to be selected with parameter 89.14.
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
NOT DEFINED YET

Example: Free programmable parameters

- D01
If Par. 89.13 is set to “801” and 89.14 is set to “1”, digital output DO5 is active when 8.01 MAIN 89.01 Group + Index
89.02 Bit Number
STATUS WORD / BIT 1 is “1”. 89.03 Invert

If Par. 89.13 is set to “702” and 89.14 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO5 is controlled from Not defined yet
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
By default, DO5 indicates SUP SIG 1 LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 4) NOT DEFINED YET

Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Free programmable parameters
- D02
89.04 Group + Index
89.05 Bit Number
89.06 Invert
14 DO5 BitNumber IO4
Not defined yet
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.13.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 4 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Fixed by ApplicationSoftwar e
to
NOT DEFINED YET

15 DO5 Invert IO4 Free programmable parameters

- D03
89.07 Group + Index
Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO5. 89.08 Bit Number
89.09 Invert
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Figure 89-1 Digital Outputs D01…D03 on IOEC 4 - Overview

Not defined yet

16 DO6Group+IndexIO4
Index Description: Digital output 6 is controlled by a selectable bit (see Par. 89.17) of the signal selected with this Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
parameter. The format is (x)xyy, where (x) the group and yy is the index of the desired signal. to
NOT DEFINED YET
Example:
Free programmable parameters
If Par. 89.16 is set to “807” and 89.17 is set to “6”, digital output DO6 is active when 8.05 LIMIT 89.10 Group + Index - D04
89.11 Bit Number
WORD 2 / BIT 6 is “1”. 89.12 Invert
If Par. 89.16 is set to “702” and 89.17 is set to “12,13 or14”, digital output DO6 is controlled from
Not defined yet
the overriding system by 7.02 AUX CONTROL WORD 2.
Note! Fixed by ApplicationSoftware
to
If Par. 38.05 BRAKE CHOPPER INSTALLED is set to “1”, the digital output D06 is fix NOT DEFINED YET
connected to the BRAKE CHOPPER ORDER ON signal. Par. 89.16 , 89.17 & 89.19 are not in
Free programmable parameters
function. 89.13 Group + Index - D05
89.14 Bit Number
By default, DO6 indicates SUP SIG 2 LIMIT signal (Par. 8.07 / Bit 5) 89.15 Invert
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 30000 Def: 807 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 38.05
Ext Braking Chopper

Fixed by ApplicationSoftwar e
17 DO6 BitNumber IO4 to
BRAKE CHOP PUMP/F AN ON
Index Description: This parameter specifies the bit number (0...15) of the previous selected signal in 89.16.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 15 Def: 5 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Free programmable parameters
- D06
89.16 Group + Index
89.17 Bit Number
89.18 Invert
18 DO6 Invert IO4
Index Description: Inversion selection for digital output-signal DO6. Figure 89-2 Digital Outputs D04…D06 on IOEC 4 - Overview
0 = DIRECT high value = relay ON , low value = relay OFF
1 = INVERTED high value = relay OFF , low value = relay ON
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-247 (of 358) H-248 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 90…95Data Set Transmit and Receive (Field Bus Interface) Continue Group 90Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter)
Group 90 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) 07 D SET 5/14 VAL 1
Index Description: DataSet 5 Value 1 or DataSet 14 Value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Group name:
90 D SET REC ADDR
Description: Signal addresses for the data received from the overriding system. 08 D SET 5/14 VAL 2
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index. Index Description: DataSet 5 Value 2 or DataSet 14 Value 2 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Overriding
System
AMC 3 09 D SET 5/14 VAL 3
Index Description: DataSet 5 Value 3 or DataSet 14 Value 3 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
DataSet Table

DS DataSet Selection Address 10 D SET 7/16 VAL 1

(Gr. 75.04)
Assignment of AMC Index Description: DataSet 7 Value 1 or DataSet 16 Value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
1 DataSet Table Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
3
Group 11 D SET 7/16 VAL 2
5 Index
DDCS link Description: DataSet 7 Value 2 or DataSet 16 Value 2 receive address (100 ms interval)
90.01... 90.12
7 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
CH0
12 D SET 7/16 VAL 3
DS
Index Description: DataSet 7 Value 3 or DataSet 16 Value 3 receive address (100 ms interval)
10 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
12
14
16

Figure 90-1 Receive Data from Fieldbus (Data Set 1…16) - Overview

01 D SET 1/10 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 1 Value 1 or DataSet 10 Value 1 receive address (20 ms interval).
Fixed to Overriding Control Word (7.06 - OCW).
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 706 Int. scaling:

02 D SET 1/10 VAL 2

Index Description: DataSet 1 Value 2 or DataSet 10 Value 2 receive address (20 ms interval).
Fixed to Reference 1 (3.24 - REF1 OVERR SYSTEM).
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 324 Int. scaling:

03 D SET 1/10 VAL 3

Index Description: DataSet 1 Value 3 or DataSet 10 Value 3 receive address (20 ms interval).
Fixed to Reference 2 (REF2 OVERR SYSTEM).
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 325 Int. scaling:

04 D SET 3/12 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 3 Value 1 or DataSet 12 Value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

05 D SET 3/12 VAL 2

Index Description: DataSet 3 Value 2 or DataSet 12 Value 2 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

06 D SET 3/12 VAL 3

Index Description: DataSet 3 Value 3 or DataSet 12 Value 3 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-249 (of 358) H-250 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 91 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) Continue Group 91Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter)
08 D SET 6/15 VAL 2
Group name:
91 D SET TR ADDR Index Description: DataSet 6 Value 2 or DataSet 15 Value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Description: Signal addresses for the data transmitted to the overriding system. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index.
09 D SET 6/15 VAL 3
Overriding Index Description: DataSet 6 Value 3 or DataSet 15 Value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
AMC 3 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
System

DataSet Table 10 D SET 8/17 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 8 Value 1 or DataSet 17 Value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
DS DataSet Selection Address Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
(Gr. 75.04)
Assignment of AMC
2 DataSet Table 11 D SET 8/17 VAL 2
4 Index Description: DataSet 8 Value 2 or DataSet 17 Value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Group Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
6
DDCS link
91.01... 91.12
8 12 D SET 8/17 VAL 3
CH0 Index Description: DataSet 8 Value 3 or DataSet 17 Value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
DS
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

11
13
15
17

Figure 91-1 Transmit Data to Fieldbus (Data Set 2…17) - Overview

01 D SET 2/11 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 2 Value 1 or DataSet 11 Value 1 transmit address (20 ms interval).
Fixed to Main Status Word (MSW).
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 801 Int. scaling:

02 D SET 2/11 VAL 2

Index Description: Data set 2 Value 2 or DataSet 11 Value 2 transmit address (20 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 102 Int. scaling:

03 D SET 2/11 VAL 3

Index Description: DataSet 2 Value 3 or DataSet 11 Value 3 transmit address (20 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 107 Int. scaling:

04 D SET 4/13 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 4 Value 1 or DataSet 13 Value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

05 D SET 4/13 VAL 2

Index Description: DataSet 4 Value 2 or DataSet 13 Value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

06 D SET 4/13 VAL 3

Index Description: DataSet 4 Value 3 or DataSet 13 Value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

07 D SET 6/15 VAL 1

Index Description: DataSet 6 Value 1 or DataSet 15 Value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-251 (of 358) H-252 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 92 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) Continue Group 92Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter)
10 D SET 24 VAL 1
Group name:
92 D SET REC ADDR Index Description: Data set 24 value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
Description: Signal addresses for the data received from the overriding system. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index.
11 D SET 24 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 24 value 2 receive address (100 ms interval)
Overriding
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
System AMC 3
Address 12 D SET 24 VAL 3
DataSet Assignment AMC Index Description: Data set 24 value 3 receive address (100 ms interval)
Table of DataSet Table Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Group
DDCS link 18 13 D SET 26 VAL 1
92.01 ... 92.21
20 93.01 ... 93.12 Index Description: Data set 26 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
: Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

CH0 :
14 D SET 26 VAL 2
38 Index Description: Data set 26 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

15 D SET 26 VAL 3
Figure 92-1 Receive Data from Fieldbus (Data Set 18…50) - Overview Index Description: Data set 26 value 3 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
01 D SET 18 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 18 value 1 receive address (100 ms interval) 16 D SET 28 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 28 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
02 D SET 18 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 18 value 2 receive address (100 ms interval) 17 D SET 28 VAL 2
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling: Index Description: Data set 28 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
03 D SET 18 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 18 value 3 receive address (100 ms interval) 18 D SET 28 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 28 value 3 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
04 D SET 20 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 20 value 1 receive address (100 ms interval) 19 D SET 30 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 30 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
05 D SET 20 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 20 value 2 receive address (100 ms interval) 20 D SET 30 VAL 2
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Index Description: Data set 30 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
06 D SET 20 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 20 value 3 receive address (100 ms interval) 21 D SET 30 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 30 value 3 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
07 D SET 22 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 22 value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

08 D SET 22 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 22 value 2 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

09 D SET 22 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 22 value 3 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-253 (of 358) H-254 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 93 Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter) Continue Group 93Data Set Receive Address (Field Bus Adapter)
14 D SET 50 VAL 2
Group name:
93 D SET REC ADDR Index Description: Data set 50 value 2 receive data (100 ms interval)
Description: Signal addresses for the data received from the overriding system. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index.
(see Figure 92-1 Overview received data from fieldbus) 15 D SET 50 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 50 value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
01 D SET 32 VAL 1 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Index Description: Data set 32 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

02 D SET 32 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 32 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

03 D SET 32 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 32 value 3 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

04 D SET 34 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 34 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

05 D SET 34 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 34 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

06 D SET 34 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 34 value 3 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

07 D SET 36 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 36 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

08 D SET 36 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 36 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

09 D SET 36 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 36 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

10 D SET 38 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 38 value 1 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

11 D SET 38 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 38 value 2 receive address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

12 D SET 38 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 38 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

13 D SET 50 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 50 value 1 receive address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-255 (of 358) H-256 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 94 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) Continue Group 94Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter)
10 D SET 25 VAL 1
Group name:
94 D SET TR ADDR Index Description: Data set 25 value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Description: Signal addresses for the data transmitted to the overriding system. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index.
11 D SET 25 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 25 value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Overriding
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
System AMC 3
Address 12 D SET 25 VAL 3
DataSet Assignment AMC Index Description: Data set 25 value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Table of DataSet Table Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Group
DDCS link 19 13 D SET 27 VAL 1
94.01 ... 94.21
21 95.01 ... 95.12 Index Description: Data set 27 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
: Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

CH0 :
14 D SET 27 VAL 2
39 Index Description: Data set 27 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

15 D SET 27 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 27 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Figure 94-1 Transmit Data to Fieldbus (Data Set 19…51) - Overview
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

01 D SET 19 VAL 1
16 D SET 29 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 19 value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval) Index Description: Data set 29 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

02 D SET 19 VAL 2
Index
17 D SET 29 VAL 2
Description: Data set 19 value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Index Description: Data set 29 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

03 D SET 19 VAL 3
18 D SET 29 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 19 value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Index Description: Data set 29 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

04 D SET 21 VAL 1
Index
19 D SET 31 VAL 1
Description: Data set 21 value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Index Description: Data set 31 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

05 D SET 21 VAL 2
Index
20 D SET 31 VAL 2
Description: Data set 21 value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Index Description: Data set 31 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

06 D SET 21 VAL 3
21 D SET 31 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 21 value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval) Index Description: Data set 31 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

07 D SET 23 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 23 value 1 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

08 D SET 23 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 23 value 2 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

09 D SET 23 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 23 value 3 transmit address (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-257 (of 358) H-258 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 95 Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter) Continue Group 95Data Set Transmit Address (Field Bus Adapter)
14 D SET 51 VAL 2
Group name:
95 D SET TR ADDR Index Description: Data set 51 value 2 inquire data (100 ms interval)
Description: Signal addresses for the data transmitted to the overriding system. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
The format is (x)xyy, where (x)x = Parameter Group and yy = Parameter Index.
(see Figure 94-1 Overview transmit data to fieldbus) 15 D SET 51 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 51 value 3 inquire address feedback (100 ms interval)
01 D SET 33 VAL 1 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Index Description: Data set 33 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

02 D SET 33 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 33 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

03 D SET 33 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 33 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

04 D SET 35 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 35 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

05 D SET 35 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 35 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

06 D SET 35 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 35 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

07 D SET 37 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 37 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

08 D SET 37 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 37 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

09 D SET 37 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 37 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

10 D SET 39 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 39 value 1 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

11 D SET 39 VAL 2
Index Description: Data set 39 value 2 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

12 D SET 39 VAL 3
Index Description: Data set 39 value 3 transmit address (250 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

13 D SET 51 VAL 1
Index Description: Data set 51 value 1, address feedback for D SET 50 VAL 1 (100 ms interval)
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-259 (of 358) H-260 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 98 Real Time Clock Continue Group 98Real Time Clock

11 (R/W 173.04) ActValue Hour
Group name: REAL TIME CLOCK
98 Index Description: Present hour.
Description: This group provides the setting for the actual date and time. Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 23 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 hour

01 SetNewRealTime 12 (R/W 173.05) ActValue Minutes

Index Description: Selects the source for setting of new clock time (Par. 98.02… 98.07). Index Description: Present minute.
1 = PANEL SET OFF Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 59 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Minute
2 = PANEL SET ON
Set new real time clock by Panel command “PANEL SET ON”. After new time has been set, 13 (R/W 173.06) ActValue Seconds
the parameter will be automatically set back to “PANEL SET OFF”. Index Description: Present second.
3 = DI1 – IO2 Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 59 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Second
4 = DI2 – IO2
5 = DI3 – IO2
6 = DI4 – IO2
7 = DI5 – IO2
8 = DI6 – IO2
Set new real time clock by digital Input. The new time will always be set after a 0 – 1 flag.
9 = COMM.MODULE
Set new real time clock by fieldbus command (ACW1 – Bit9). The new time will always be
set after a 0 – 1 flag.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 9 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

02 SetValue Year
Index Description: Set value of year.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1997 Max: 2069 Def: 2002 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 SetValue Month
Index Description: Set value of month.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 12 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Month

04 SetValue Day
Index Description: Set value of day.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 31 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 day

05 SetValue Hour
Index Description: Set value of hour.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 23 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 hour

06 SetValue Minutes
Index Description: Set value of minute.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 59 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Minute

07 SetValue Seconds
Index Description: Set value of second.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 59 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Second

08 (R/W 173.01) ActValue Year

Index Description: Present year.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1997 Max: 2069 Def: 1997 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Year

09 (R/W 173.02) ActValue Month

Index Description: Present month.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 12 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Month

10 (R/W 173.03) ActValue Day

Index Description: Present day.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 31 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 day

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-261 (of 358) H-262 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Group 99 Start-Up Data Continue Group 99Start-Up Data

Note: 08 Motor IDRun (O)

Index Description: With this parameter the motor identification run is started. During the run the drive identifies the
The drive will not start if the Start-up Data Parameters have not been changed from the factory settings, or the characteristic parameters of the motor for optimum motor control. The identification run must be
nominal current of the motor is too small compared to the nominal current of the inverter. carried out at the first startup of the ACS1000, since motor data are usually not known. This
condition is shown on the panel as "ID Run Request" when entering the state "Ready to Run" for the
first time. One of the two proposed ID run procedures must be chosen to avoid an ID run fault when
starting the ACS1000.
A motor identification run can be repeated whenever the ACS1000 is in the state "Ready to Run" by
WARNING! selecting one of the two proposed ID run procedures followed by a start command.
Running the motor and the being driven equipment with incorrect start-up data can result in improper operation, reduction in control 1 = NO Default setting
accuracy and damage to the equipment. 2 = STANDARD Procedure for motor ID run which leaves motor at standstill. For most
applications the motor parameters identified by this procedure are accurate
Group name: enough to guarantee the perfect operation of the drive. This procedure takes
99 START-UP DATA less than a minute.
Description: Parameters to set up the motor information. Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 2 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Note!
The parameters marked with (O) can only be altered while the ACS1000 is stopped. 09 Filter IDRun (O)
Parameter 99.02 … 99.07 can only be altered when Bit 05 of ASW1 is set to “1”. Index Description: This procedure identifies the parameters of the output filter of the ACS1000 inverter. It leads to a "ID
Run Fault" when the motor is not disconnected from the inverter. The filter ID run can only be
01 (RW / 101.04) Language started in the state "Ready to Run" by setting the index value to "Yes" and starting the drive. When
Index Description: The ACS 1000 Drives Macro displays all information in the selected language. The CDP 312 the procedure is finished the panel shows the message "Press Stop". Stopping the drive then returns
Control Panel or DrivesWindow show 11 alternative languages. to the state "Ready to Run".
1 = English 7 = Netherlands Note!
2 = English Am. 8 = Francaise The filter ID run is never forced since the filter parameters are set by the factory.
3 = Deutsch 9 = Dansk 0 = NO no FILTER ID RUN selected
4 = Italiano 10 = Suomi 1 = YES start the FILTER ID RUN
5 = Espanol 11 = Svenska Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
6 = Portugese
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 11 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 10 (R/W 111.3) ControlMode (O)
Index Description: Motor control mode selection.
02 (RW / 110.01) MotorNomVoltage
Index Description: Nominal voltage from the motor rating plate. It is not possible to start the ACS 1000 Drive Macro 0 = DTC direct torque control mode is selected.
without setting this parameter. 1 = SCALAR scalar control mode is selected
Unit: V Type: R Min: 0 V Max: 10000 V Def: 0 V Int. scaling: 1 == 1 V Unit Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

03 (RW / 110.02) MotorNomCurrent 11 ApplicationRestore(O)

Index Description: Rated motor current. Index Description: Restores either USER MACRO 1, USER MACRO 2 or FACTORY parameter values depending on
Unit: A Type: R Min: 0 A Max: 4000 A Def: 0 A Int. scaling: 10 == 1 A the selection in Parameter 99.13 ApplicationMacro (except “USER MACRO x” parameter group 75
and 99)
04 (RW / 110.03) MotorNomFreq
Index Description: Nominal frequency from the motor rating plate. 0 = NO not selected
1 = YES values are restored
Unit: Hz Type: R Min: 0 Hz Max: 200 Hz Def: 0 Hz Int. scaling: 100 == 1 Hz
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
05 (RW / 110.04) MotorNomSpeed
Index 12 Drive ID Number (O)
Description: Nominal speed from the motor rating plate.
Index Description: This parameter can be used by the overriding system to check the correct connections of the optical
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: 0 rpm Max: 20000 rpm Def: 0 rpm Int. scaling: 1 == 1 rpm
cables to the drive. This parameter requires support from the overriding system.
Unit: Type: I Min: 0 Max: 32767 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
06 (RW / 110.06) MotorNomPower
Index Description: Nominal power from the motor rating plate.
Unit: kW Type: R Min: 0 kW Max: 10000 kW Def: 0 kW Int. scaling: 1 == 1 kW

07 (RW / 110.07) MotorCosPhi

Index Description: Motor cos phi from the motor rating plate.
Unit: Type: R Min: 0.00 Max: 1.00 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 100 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-263 (of 358) H-264 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 1 – Parameter description

Continue Group 99Start-Up Data

13 (RW / 101.05) ApplicationMacro (O)
Index Description: Application Macros are pre-programmed parameter sets. By using the Application Macros a quick
and easy start-up of the ACS1000 is possible.
While starting up the ACS1000, a macro can be selected from the list below:
1 = Factory setting Factory parameters (default) are recalled and stored to the FPROM
2 = Hand/Auto
3 = PID Control
4 = Torque Control
5 = Sequential Control
6 = User 1 Load
Parameter set1 (USER MACRO 1) is loaded to the RAM memory
7 = User 1 Save
Parameter set1 (USER MACRO 1) is saved to the FPROM memory
8 = User 2 Load
9 = User 2 Save Parameter set2 (USER MACRO 2) is loaded to the RAM memory
10 = M/F Control Parameter set2 (USER MACRO 2) is saved to the FPROM memory
11 = Speed Control
In addition to the pre-programmed macros there is a selection for saving the current settings as a User
Macro (USER 1 SAVE or USER 2 SAVE), and recalling these settings (USER 1 LOAD and USER 2
LOAD). If USER MACRO 1 or 2 is in use, the parameter values are stored to the last saved values.
In addition, the last saved results of the motor identification are restored.
Exception: Settings of Parameters 16.05.
During APPLICATION MACRO changes, the alarm message “MACRO CHANGE” will be shown
on the panel (until the new macro is loaded completely). If the MCB will try to close during the
“macro change” – time the drive will change to trip state and a fault message is coming up.

Note:
The Back - Up function of Drive Window only saves the active User Macro if called: thus both User
Macros must be backed up separately.
The User Macro can be changed from digital inputs or from the overriding system by using AUX
CTRL WORD 1 (7.02) Bit 4 (see also Parameter 16.05). The status of the active macro can be seen
in AUX STATUS WORD 2 (8.03) Bits 8 and 9.
Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 11 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-265 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control C2.1.2 Fieldbus Adapter Configuration

C2.1 Fieldbus Communication Fieldbus Adapter Configuration

C2.1.1 Fieldbus / DDCS Communication

Fieldbus
Fieldbus / DDCS Communication Master • One fieldbus adapter per drive
• Fieldbus adapter acts as slave
• No direct communication between drives
AF100 - Bus
Fieldbus (e.g. Profibus)
Fieldbus (Modbus) Fieldbus

Programming AF100 ABB Advant Controller

Fieldbus Adapter AC70 / AC80 Fieldbus
Tool ........ Adapter
Fieldbus Adapter Fieldbus Adapter FCI AC70
e.g.: NPBA-80 e.g.: NPBA-12 ........ ABB Drive

Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 3 Slave n

AC80 S800 I/O

Tool Link (RS232)

MODBUS (RS485)
Service Tool
e.g. Drive Window Figure 2.1-2 - Fieldbus Adapter Configuration - Overview
X3 X1
RS485 AC80 C2.1.3 ABB AC400 – Advant Controller Configuration
NMBC-01 Drive Bus
(Modbus-Interface)
CDP 80 CDP 80
X2 X4
I/O Interface
ABB AC400 - Advant Controller Configuration
DDCS Protocol

External CH0 CH3 ACS1000

X1 X2 Control
RS485 CH5 AMC3 CH2 Master/Follower
NDPI-21
(PanelInterface) CH1 Link
CDP 80
X3 Drives Objects Advant Operator
Motor
Supervision Workplace
AC 400 Series
Standard
IOEC1 & 2 ACS 1000 with System Application:
Transformer
Supervision Option AC 70 vers. 1.1/1
Drives Application sw
IOEC3 ... 6 AC 400 Series vers. 1.3
CDP80 - Panel
Additional Customer I/O AdvaCommand vers. 1.8
FCI
I I/O
FCI vers. 1.3
S800 I/O
= Optical ModuleBus

TB810*) = ACS 1000

INVERTER
Encoder Module
NTAC-20
AC70

Drives Application sw

AF 100
*) TB810 is an optical ModuleBus Modem

Motor

Figure 2.1-1 - Fieldbus / DDCS Communication - Overview

Figure 2.1-3 - ABB AC400 - Advant Controller Configuration - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-267 (of 358) H-268 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

ABB AC400 - Advant Controller, AMPL Configuration Example C2.2 Fieldbus Interface, Data Set 1 … 17 Transmit and Receive
C2.2.1 Data Set - Definition

Fieldbus Interface Data Set 1…17 Definition

Motor 12 Presentation in AdvaCommand
New DB elements Speed Interlocking:
∗ Each data set consists of three 16-bit words (data words)
DRIENG
Current Enabled
Status:
CommunicationOK
DriveOK
DriveAlarm
DriveWarning

MMCX State: Reference Actual

DriveLimit
Local/Remote:
Remote (Central)
Local (Machine)
∗ Contents of each data word depend on drive application
Not re ady Local (Panel)
Faulted Speed 123 Speed 123
Mode:
Disabled % torque 123 Current 123
Stop ped
Running

Start Drive
events
Stop

FB A Gr.90 Data Set 1 or Data Set 10 DRIVE

Data Word 1 Data Word 2 Data Word 3
PC elements
CW REF 1 REF2
MMC-ORD MMC-IND
FBI Gr.91 Data Set 2 or Data Set 11 APPL
Data Word 1 Data Word 2 Data Word 3

New New SW ACT1 ACT2

New
Motor12 Motor12
Control Status DRI-CONV
DRI-S DRI-R
Setpoint 1 Speed
Setpoint 2 Current

Figure 2.2-1 - Data Set 1…17 Definition - Overview

Figure 2.1-4 - ABB AC400 - Advant Controller, AMPL Configuration - Example C2.2.2 Data Set - Data Flow

C2.1.4 Integer Scaling on the DDCS Link Fieldbus Interface Data Flow
Due to the effectiveness of the communication method, the data is transferred as integer values through the link. Then the
actual and reference values have to be scaled to 16-bit integers for the DDCS link. The integer scaling factor is mentioned
in the AMC table parameter list in the column Int. scaling.

FIELDBUS OPTICAL LINK

BAUDRATE: 4 Mbit/s
INTERVAL: 2 ms
FBA DRIVE
07 MOTOR CURRENT DS1, DS3 … DS7
Index Description: Measured motor current absolute value (rms).
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Int. scaling: 10 == 1A or
FBI DDCS DDCS APPL
DS10,DS12 … DS16

Each parameter has two different gateways to write the value: integer format or decimal. Finally, the result is exactly same
in the AMC program. This relation is always shown in the signal and parameter table as shown above.
DS2, DS4 … DS8
or
DS11, DS13 … DS17

FBA= Fieldbus Adapter

FBI= Fieldbus Interface
DDCS= Distributed Drive Communication System
APPL= Drive Application
DSx= Data Set x

Figure 2.2-2 - Data Set 1…17 Data Flow - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-269 (of 358) H-270 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.2.3 Data Set - Control Structure Data Set 2 … 17 - Transmit

Parameter Setting Parameter

Data Set 1 … 16 - Receive Selection

Par.: 75. 04 :
Parameter Setting (DataSet 1 or DataSet 10)
Main Status Word

Par.: 90. 01 : Read DataSet values Par.: 91. 01 : 801 PAR

DSET1 or DSET10 Parameter from Fieldbus 91 Gr oup Read selected value
(Group 8.01) and transmitt
11
Main Control Word Selection 1 Inde x it to DDCS - Link WriteDataSet values to
DSREAD InitValue
2 DDCS - Link
(fix ed) 801
Par.: 90. 01 : 706 PAR 10 DataSet 1/10 Value 1 801 PARRD
DataSet N ame
Value 1 Copythe received DSET 2/11 VAL 1 8 (Group) Group
90 Group 1 DataSet 1/10 Value 2
value from Fieldbus to
DIV DSWRITE
Value 2 100 1 (Index)
DataSet 1/10 Value 3 Group 7.06 Motor Speed Inde x Data Set
1 Index
DataSet 2/11 Value 1
Value 3
InitValue Par.: 91. 02 : 102 Value
(fixed) 706
706 PARWR PAR DataSet 2/11 Value 2
Value 1
DSET 1/10 VAL 1 Name 7 (Group) 91 Gr oup Read selected value Value 2
Group (free pro- (Group 1.02) and transmitt DataSet 2/11 Value 3
DIV 6 (Index) grammable) 2 Inde x Value 3
Index it to DDCS - Link
Speed Reference 1 100 102 InitValue
Value
D SET 2/11 VAL 2 N ame
102 PARRD
Par.: 90. 02 : 324 PAR 1 (Group)
DIV Group
90 Group Copythe received 100
MotorCurrent
2 (Index)
value from Fieldbus to Inde x
2 Index Group 3.24 Value
Par.: 91. 03 : 107 PAR
(fixed) 324 InitValue
324 PARWR 91 Group Read selected value
DSET 1/10 VAL 2 Name 3 (Group) (free pro- (Group 1.07) and transmitt
Group 3 Inde x
DIV 24 (Index)
gramma ble) it to DDCS - Link
107 InitVa lue
Speed Reference 2 100 Index
D SET 2/11 VAL 3 Nam e
107 PARRD
Value 1 (Group)
Par.: 90. 03 : 325 PAR DIV Group
100 7 (Index)
90 Group Copythe received Inde x
value from Fieldbus to Value
3 Index Group 3.25
(fixed) 325 InitValue
325
(Group)
PARWR Motor Torque
DSET 1/10 VAL 3 Name 3 Group
DIV 25 (Index) Par.: 91. 04 : 109 PAR
100 Index Gro up Read selected value 13
91
Read DataSet values Value (free pro- 4 In de x
(Group 1.09) and transmitt
it to DDCS - Link 4 WriteDataSet values to
grammable) DDCS - Link
from Fieldbus 109 In itValu e

DSET 4/13 VAL 1 Nam e

109 PARRD
Aux Control Word 1 DSREAD 1 (Group) DSWRITE
DIV Group
100 9 (Index) Data Set
Par.: 90. 04 : 702 PAR 12 DataSet Value 1
Data Set 3 Value 1 Inde x
DataSet 4/13 Value 1
90 Group Data Set 3 Value 2 Copythe received Value Value 1
3 Value 2 value from F ieldbus to DataSet 4/13 Value 2
4 Index Data Set 3 Value 3 Group 7.02 Value 2
Value 3 DataSet 4/13 Value 3
(free pro- Value 3
702 InitValue
grammable) 702 PARWR
D SET 3 VAL 1 Name 7 (Group)
Group
DIV (Index)
100 2 Index

Value

Figure 2.2-4 - Data Set 2…17 Transmit - Overview

Figure 2.2-3 - Data Set 1…16 Receive - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-271 (of 358) H-272 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.3 Fieldbus Interface, Data Set 18 … 51 Transmit and Receive C2.3.3 Data Set - Control Structure

C2.3.1 Data Set - Definition Data Set 18 … 36 - Receive

Parameter Setting Read DataSet values

Fieldbus Interface Data Set 18…51 Definition Parameter from Fieldbus
Selection
DSREAD

∗ Each data set consists of three 16-bit words (data words) Par.: 92. 01 :
92
PAR
Group
18 Da ta Set Value 1
DataSet 18 Value 1
DataSet 18 Value 2
Copy the received
value from DDCS - Link
(free pro- Value 2
1 In de x to Gr oup x.xx
gra mma ble) DataSet 18 Value 3
Value 3
In itValue

∗ Contents of each data word depend on drive application

0
0 PARWR
D SET 10 VAL 1 Na me x (Group) Group
DIV x (Index) In de x
100
Va lue
Par.: 92 . 02 : PAR
92 Group Copy the r eceived

FCI Gr.92 Data Set 18 DRIVE (free pro-

gramma ble)
2 In de x
value from DD CS - Link
to Group x.xx
0 In itValue
0 PARWR
Data Word 1 Data Word 2 Data Word 3 D SET 10 VAL 2 Na me x (Group) Group
DIV x
Free Free Free 100 (Index) In de x
programmable programmable programmable Va lue
Par.: 92 . 03 : PAR
92 Group C opy the received
AF100 Gr.94 Data Set 19 APPL (free pro-
gra mma ble)
3 In de x
value from DDCS - Link
to Group x.xx
0 In itValu e
0 PARWR
Data Word 1 Data Word 2 Data Word 3 D SET 10 VAL 3 Na m e x (Group) Group
DIV
Free Free Free x (Index) In de x
programmable programmable programmable
100
Read DataSet values Va lue

from Fieldbus
DSREAD
Par.: 92 . 04 : PAR DataSet 20 Value 1
20 Data Set Value 1
92 Gro up DataSet 20 Value 2 C opy the received
Value 2 value from DDCS - Link
(fr ee pro- 4 Inde x DataSet 20 Value 3 to Group x.xx
gramma ble) Value 3
0 InitValue
Nam e
0
x PARWR
D SET 12 VAL 1 (Group) Gro up
DIV x (Index)
100 Inde x

Figure 2.3-1 - Data Set 18…37 Definition - Overview Value

C2.3.2 Data Set - Data Flow

Fieldbus Interface Data Flow

Figure 2.3-3 - Data Set 18…36 Receive - Overview

FIELDBUS OPTICAL LINK

BAUDR ATE: 4 Mbit/s
INTERVAL: 2 ms
FB A DR IVE

FBI DDCS DS18,DS20 … DS38 DDCS APPL

DS19, DS21 … DS39

FBA= Fieldbus Adapter

FBI= Fieldbus Interface
DDCS= Distributed Drive Com munication System
APPL= D rive Application
DSx= Data Set x

Figure 2.3-2 - Data Set 18…37 Data Flow - Overview

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-273 (of 358) H-274 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.4 Statemachine for Fieldbus Control

Data Set 19 … 37 - Transmit

Parameter Setting (from anystate)

Parameter
Selection MSW _FAULT
MSW _NO N_PO W ER FAULT _WITH_
Par.: 94. 01 : PAR Read selected value NON_POW ER SWITCH-O N INHIBIT ED
DEF ECT FAULT WIT H DEFECT
ASW 2 Bit7 = 1
94 Gro up (Group x.xx) and transmitt
(free pro- it to DDCS - Link WriteDataSet values MCB_OFF
grammable) 1 Inde x
to DDCS - Link PO WER_ON
DISCHARG ED
xxx InitValu e
xxx PARRD
DSET 19 VAL 1 Nam e x (Group) MSW _INIT _PPCS AUXILIARY _POWER_OFF
DIV Gro up DSWRITE INIT _PPCS SWITCH-O N INHIBIT ED
100 xx (Index) In de x 19 Data Set ASW 2 Bit 0 = 0

DataSet 19 Value 1
Par.: 94. 02 : Value Value 1
PAR DataSet 19 Value 2
PPCS_OK (from anystate)

94 Gro up Read selected value Value 2

(free pro- (Group x.xx) and transmitt DataSet 19 Value 3
MSW _CALIBRA T E MSW _INIT
2 Inde x Value 3 MSW _FA ULT_ST O PPING
grammable) it to DDCS - Link CALIBRAT E CALIBRAT IO N INIT SWIT CH-ON INHIBIT ED F AUL T_ST OPPING T RIPPED
xxx InitValu e ASW 2 Bit 0 = 1 MSW Bit 3 = 1

DSET 19 VAL 2 Nam e

xxx PARRD
x (Group)
DIV Gro up CAL IBRAT E_DONE & INIT_DONE & INIT _DONE &
100 GRO UND_SWIT CH_OPEN
xx (Index) ACW 1 Bit 13 = 0
GRO UND_SWIT CH_CLOSED G ROUND_SWITCH_OPEN FLUX_RAM P_END
In de x ACW 1 Bit 13 = 1 ACW 1 Bit 13 = 0
Value
Par.: 94. 03 : PAR
Read selected value MSW _FA ULT _ST OPPED
94 Gro up F AUL T_STOPPED T RIPPED
(free pro- (Group x.xx) and transmitt MSW Bit 3 = 1
3 In de x MSW _READY_T O _CHARG E
grammable) it to DDCS - Link READY _TO _
In itValu e CHARGE READY T O SWITCH ON
xxx MSW Bit 0 = 1 TIME_T AU_ROT OR
DSET 19 VAL 3 Nam e
x PARRD
x (Group)
DIV Gr oup MCB_ON MCB_OFF &
OCW Bit 0 = 1 UDC > 50V
100 xx (Index)
In de x
Value MSW _FAULT _1A MSW _FAULT_1B
FAULT _1A FAULT 1 A FAULT _1B FAULT 1 B
MSW _CHA RGING
CHARG ING ACW 2 Bit 1 = 1 ACW 2 Bit 2 = 1
READY T O SWITCH ON
ST OP_MOT OR
MCW Bit 3 = 0
RESET
MCB_OFF
Par.: 94. 04 : PAR OCW Bit 7 = 1
Read selected value MCB_OFF
94 Group CHARG ING_TIM E
(free pro-
(Group x.xx) and transmitt WriteDataSet values OCW Bit 0 = 0 (from anystate)
4 Inde x it to DDCS - Link
gramma ble) to DDCS - Link
xxx InitVa lue
MSW _READY_T O_RUN MSW _FAULT _ALL_O FF
Nam e
xxx PARRD READY _TO _
READY T O OPERAT E
FAULT_AL L_
TRIPPED
DSET 21 VAL 1 x (Group) DSWRITE RUN
MSW Bit 1 = 1
OFF
ASW Bit 3 = 1
DIV Gr oup
100 xx (Index) 21 Data Set
Inde x
DataSet 21 Value 1
Value 1 ST ART_MOT OR MCB_OFF RESET
Value
OCW Bit 3 = 1 OCW Bit 0 = 0 OCW Bit 7 = 1
DataSet 21 Value 2
Value 2
DataSet 21 Value 3 UDC < 50V UDC > 50V
Value 3 MSW _MAGNETIZING
MAGNETIZING MODULAT ING
ASW 2 Bit 3 = 1

(from anystate) (from anystate)

MAGNET IZ E_END
ST OP_MOT OR or
ASW 1 Bit 3 = 1 MCB_OFF
MSW _FAULT _2A MSW _FAULT _2B
FAULT _2A FAULT 2 A FAULT _2B FAULT 2 B
Figure 2.3-4 - Data Set 19…37 Transmit - Overview RUNNING
MSW _RUNNING
O PERATION ENABL ED
ACW 2 Bit 3 = 1 ACW 2 Bit 4 = 1

MSW Bit 2 = 1 OFF 2

RESET
OCW Bit 7 = 1
C2.3.4 Special Data Sets 50 & 51 - Communication ST OP_MOT OR
ST OP_MOT OR
OCW Bit 3 = 0
MCB_OFF

OCW Bit 3 = 0
(CO AST ST OP
(RAMP STOP n = 0) (from any state)
n = 0 / I = 0)
Data Set 50 & 51
MSW _BREAKING
BREAKING O PERATION ENABL ED
MSW _FA ULT_3
FAUL T _3 FAULT 3
ASW 2 Bit 5 = 1
DataSe t 50 DataSe t 51
ST ART _MOTOR MCB_OFF
Value 1 Value 1 N < CRIT SPEED
OCW Bit 3 = 1
Value 2 Value 2 MECH_TIM E_CONST
DS16READ DS16WRITE
Value 3 Value 3 RESET
MSW _ST O PPING OCW Bit 7 = 1
STO PPING STOPPING
ParWrite
(from anystate)
(from anystate)
DIV Group
100 In dex RAMP_END

PRO CESS_ST OP PRO CESS_CO AST_

Input OFF3 OFF3 ST OP
MSW ST OPPED OFF2
OCW Bit 2 = 0 OFF2
ST OPPED ST OPPED OCW Bit 1 = 0
ASW 1 Bit 11 = 0 n(f) = 0 n(f) = 0 / I = 0
ParRead
MCB_CLO SED MCB_OFF
Group
DIV ASW 2 Bit 5 = 1 MSW Bit 0 = 0
100 In dex

Output
01 MSW _DISCHARGING no T ransitions due to:
DISCHARGING READY T O SWITCH ON
OCW = Overriding Control Word
ASW 2 Bit 6 = 1
trips MCW = Main Control Word
Figure 2.3-5 - Data Sets 50 & 51 Communication - Overview changed motor data
ID run
ACW = Aux. Control Word
MSW = Main Status Word
MCB_ON
"SoftStop" ASW = Aux. Status Word
DISCHARGING_T IM E Overvoltage during
OCW Bit 0 = 1 RFG = Ramp Function Generator
Ready_to_run n = Speed
I = Input Current
f = Frequency

Figure 2.4-1 - Fieldbus Control – Statemachine

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-275 (of 358) H-276 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.5 Example of a Fieldbus-Controlled Drive C2.5.2 Pre-Conditions

7.06 Overriding Control Word (pre-conditions)
C2.5.1 Default Parameter Settings:
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
Group 75 Group 51 MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
75.04 CommModule FBA DSET 1 READ/WRITE ⇒ 51.xx Fieldbus Par. Module depending On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
Zero
Group 11
5238D 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
11.01 Ext1 Strt/Stop/Dir COMM.MODULE
11.03 Direction REQUEST 5238D
11.04 Ext1 MCB Control COMM.MODULE
Group 12
12.02 Ext1/Ext2 Select COMM.MODULE 8.01 Main Status Word
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
12.03 Ext Ref1 Select COMM.MODULE
12.04 Ext Ref1 Minimum 0 rpm RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
12.05 Ext Ref1 Maximum 1100 rpm MCB
561 D 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Data Transfer (Data Set): 231 H

DataSet 1/10 Val 1 ⇒ Par.: 7.06 ⇒ Overriding Control Word (OCW)
DataSet 1/10 Val 2 ⇒ Par.: 3.24 ⇒ Reference 1 Overriding System (REF1 OS) ⇒ drive is ready for “CHARGING” (switch on the MCB)
DataSet 1/10 Val 3 ⇒ Par.: 3.25 ⇒ Reference 2 Overriding System (REF2 OS)
DataSet 2/11 Val 1 ⇒ Par.: 8.01 ⇒ Main Status Word (MSW) C2.5.3 Fault Reset
Note! 7.06 Overriding Control Word
If Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
75.04 CommModule FBA DSET 10 READ/WRITE MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
is set, the communication to the overriding system is done via DataSet 10…51. The control of the drive is working in the Zero
same way. 5366 D 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

Data Transfer (Data Set): 14F6 H

Transmit Over
DataSet 1/10 Val 1 ⇒ Par.: 7.06 ⇒ Overriding Control Word (OCW) 8.01 Main Status Word
DataSet 1/10 Val 2 ⇒ Par.: 3.24 ⇒ Reference 1 Overriding System (REF1 OS) Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
DataSet 1/10 Val 3 ⇒ Par.: 3.25 ⇒ Reference 2 Overriding System (REF2 OS) RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
DataSet 2/11 Val 1 ⇒ Par.: 8.01 ⇒ Main Status Word (MSW) MCB
569 D 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
239 H

⇒ sending of “RESET” - bit

Note!
If a fault is pending (Bit 03 of 8.01 MSW is set to “1”) check the reason for it. After you have get rid of it, set Bit 07 of
7.06 OCW to “1” for at least 1s.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-277 (of 358) H-278 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.5.4 Charging the DC-Link (Switch on the MCB) C2.5.5 Start the Motor (Switch Drive to Running)
pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5238 D pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5239 D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D
8.01 MSW - 561D 8.01 MSW - 563D

⇒ set Bit 00 in 7.06 OCW to “1” ⇒ MCB will be switched on and ACS1000 starts charging the DC – Link.
⇒ set Bit 03 in 7.06 OCW to “1” ⇒ drive starts magnetizing. After magnetising is finished drive starts to run up to speed reference
7.06 Overriding Control Word (according acceleration time) given from overriding system.
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not 7.06 Overriding Control Word
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
Zero
MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
5239 D 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
Zero
1477 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
5247 D 1
147F H
MAX CHARGING
Udc

7.06 - OCW

MAX Magnetizing Accelaration Running

nmot
8.01 - MSW
7.06 - OCW

t Imot

8.01 - MSW

MIN 7.06 - OCW 8.01 - MSW

Bit 00: 0 -> 1 Bit 01: 0 -> 1

Figure 2.5-1 - Charging the DC-Link - Diagram

⇒ as soon as the ACS1000 has finished charging the DC - Link, Bit 01 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “1” ⇒ drive is ready to start 7.06 - OCW 8.01 - MSW
MIN
Bit 03: 0 -> 1 Bit 08: 0 -> 1
8.01 Main Status Word 8.01 - MSW
Bit 02: 0 -> 1
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not Figure 2.5-2 - Start the Motor - Diagram
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
MCB ⇒ As soon ACS1000 has finished to magnetizing the motor, Bit 02 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “1” ⇒ motor starts to accelerate to
563 D 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 given speed reference ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed reaches the given speed reference Bit 08 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “1”
233 H ⇒ motor is running with given speed reference

8.01 Main Status Word

⇒ drive is ready for “START”
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
MCB
823 D 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
337 H

⇒ drive is ready “RUNNING”

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-279 (of 358) H-280 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.5.6 Change the Direction of Rotation (Motor is Running with Given Speed) C2.5.7 Stop by “RAMP STOP” (Motor is Running with Given Speed)
pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5247 D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D ( -20000D ) pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5247D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D
8.01 MSW - 823D 8.01 MSW - 823D

⇒ speed reference change from overriding system; from +20000 to –20000 ⇒ set Bit 03 & Bit 06 in 7.06 OCW to “0” ⇒ drive starts to decelerate to 0 rpm and will be switched off at zero speed

7.06 Overriding Control Word 7.06 Overriding Control Word

Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
Zero Zero
5247 D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 5175 D 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

147F H 1437 H

MAX
Stopping Stopped

7.06 - OCW
MAX Forward Reverse Forward
8.01 - MSW
nmot

3.24 - Ref1 OS nref

(+ 20000)

Imot
t

0
t

nmot
3.24 - Ref1 OS
(- 20000) 8.01 - MSW
MIN 7.06 - OCW
Bit 03: 1 -> 0 Bit 02: 1 -> 0
Bit 06: 1 -> 0 8.01 - MSW
Bit 08: 1 -> 0
MIN
Figure 2.5-4 - Stop by “RAMP STOP” - Diagram

8.01 Main Status Word

Figure 2.5-3 - Change the Direction of Rotation - Diagram Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not
⇒ motor direction will be changed according to given speed reference ⇒ +20000 maximum speed forward ⇒ - ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
MCB
20000 maximum speed reverse
563 D 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
8.01 Main Status Word 233 H
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
RDY
ON
RDY
RUN
RDY
REF
Trippe d Off 2
Status
Off 3
Status
On
Inhibit
Alarm At
Setpoint
Remote Above Ext Ctrl
Limit Location
Not
Used
Not
Used
Not
Used
Not
Used
⇒ drive starts to decelerate to 0 rpm ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed is below the given speed reference Bit 08 in 8.01
MCB MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed reaches zero speed, drive will be switched off and Bit02 in 8.01
823 D 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ drive is “READY FOR START”
337 H

⇒ drive is “RUNNING”

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-281 (of 358) H-282 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.5.8 Stop by “COAST STOP” (Motor is Running with Given Speed) C2.5.9 Emergency Off (Motor is Running with Given Speed)
pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5247D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5247D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D
8.01 MSW - 823D 8.01 MSW - 823D

⇒ set Bit 03 in 7.06 OCW to “0” ⇒ drive starts to ramp down (with zero torque), if actual speed is below self excitation ⇒ set Bit 01 in 7.06 OCW to “0” ⇒ drive will be switched off immediately and MCB will be opened
speed, drive will be switched off
7.06 Overriding Control Word
7.06 Overriding Control Word Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not Zero
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
Zero 5245 D 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
5239 D 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 147D H
1477 H

MAX Emergency Off /

MAX Ramp Stop with zero torque Coast Stop Running
MCB Off

7.06 - OCW 7.06 - OCW

8.01 - MSW 8.01 - MSW

Imot
nself Udc

Imot
t t
Imot

nmot nmot

MIN act speed < MIN

7.06 - OCW self excit speed 7.06 - OCW 8.01 - MSW
8.01 - MSW
Bit 03: 1 -> 0 Bit 01: 1 -> 0 Bit 02: 1 -> 0
8.01 - MSW Bit 02: 1 -> 0
Bit 08: 1-> 0
Bit 08: 1 -> 0
Figure 2.5-5 - Stop by “COAST STOP” - Diagram Figure 2.5-6 - Emergency Off - Diagram

8.01 Main Status Word 8.01 Main Status Word

Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
MCB MCB

563 D 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 616 D 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

233 H 268 H

⇒ drive starts to decelerate with zero torque ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed is below the given speed reference Bit 08 in ⇒ drive and MCB will be switched off immediately ⇒ Bit 03 & 06 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “1” and Bit 00, 01, 02, 04
8.01 MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed is below the self excitation speed the drive will be switched & 08 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ drive is in “TRIPPED” state
off and Bit02 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ drive is “READY FOR START”

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-283 (of 358) H-284 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.5.10 Emergency Stop (Motor is Running with Given Speed) C2.6 Fieldbus Parameter Settings, Modbus & Profibus Addresses
pre-conditions : 7.06 OCW - 5247 D 3.24 REF1 OS - 20000D
8.01 MSW - 823D C2.6.1 Actual Signals – Group 01 … 09

⇒ set Bit 02 in 7.06 OCW to “0” ⇒ drive starts to decelerate to 0 rpm and MCB will be switched off at zero speed No. Signal Short name Range / Unit Profibus Par. No. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent (+ 4000 in FMS Modbus Plus
Mode) Par. No.
7.06 Overriding Control Word
Bit 00
Group 01 - Actual Signals: Motor Values
Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15
1.01 ProcessSpeed Pr Speed NO, rpm, %, m/s 1 40101 100 == 100%
MCB Off2 Off3 Run Ramp Ramp Ramp in Reset Inching Inching Remote Ext Ctrl Process Not Not Not
-100 == -100%
On Out Hold Zero 1 2 Comand Location Stop Used Used Used
Zero 1.02 MotorSpeed Mot Speed rpm 2 40102 20000 == 100%
1.03 MotorSpeedFilt Mot Speed rpm 3 40103 -20000 == -100%
5243 D 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
(see Par 50.01)
1.04 MeasuredSpeed M Speed rpm 4 40104
147B H
1.05 (Not Used) 5 40105 1 == 1
1.06 MotorFrequency Mot Freq Hz 6 40106 100 == 1 Hz
MAX
Emergency Stop MCB Off 1.07 MotorCurrent Mot Curr A 7 40107 10 == 1 A
1.08 MotorTorqueFilt Mot Torq % 8 40108 100 == 1 %
7.06 - OCW 1.09 MotorTorque Mot Torq % 9 40109 100 == 1 %
Udc
8.01 - MSW 1.10 ShaftPower Power % 10 40110 10 == 1 %
1.11 MotorVoltage Mot Volt V 11 40111 1 == 1 V
1.12 (Not Used) 12 40112 1 == 1
1.13 RS Ω 13 40113 10 == 1 Ω
Imot
1.14 LS mH 14 40114 10 == 1 mH
t
1.15 Sigma LS mH 15 40115 10 == 1 mH
1.16 Rotor Time RotTime ms 16 40116 1 == 1 ms
1.17 ActSpeedFeedback SpeedFb (0) INTERNAL; 17 40117 1 == 1
(1) EXTERNAL
1.18 MotCurrPhaseU RMS MotPhU A 18 40118 1= 1A
nmot
1.19 MotCurrPhaseV RMS MotPhV A 19 40119 1= 1A
1.20 MotCurrPhaseW RMS MotPhW A 20 40120 1= 1A
MIN 7.06 - OCW 8.01 - MSW 1.21 MotCurrUnbalance MotUnb A 21 40121 1= 1A
Bit 02: 1 -> 0 8.01 - MSW Group 02 - Actual Signals: Converter Values
Bit 08: 1 -> 0
2.01 ControlMode Ctrl Mode (1) SPEED; 26 40201 (see Range / Unit)
Figure 2.5-7 - Emergency Stop - Diagram (2) TORQUE
2.02 DC Voltage Udc1 Udc1 V 27 40202 1 == 1 V
8.01 Main Status Word 2.03 DC Voltage Udc1 Udc1 % 28 40203 1 == 1 %
Bit 00 Bit 01 Bit 02 Bit 03 Bit 04 Bit 05 Bit 06 Bit 07 Bit 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 2.04 DC Voltage Udc2 Udc2 V 29 40204 1 == 1 V
RDY RDY RDY Trippe d Off 2 Off 3 On Alarm At Remote Above Ext Ctrl Not Not Not Not 2.05 DC Voltage Udc2 Udc2 % 30 40205 1 == 1 %
ON RUN REF Status Status Inhibit Setpoint Limit Location Used Used Used Used
MCB 2.06 DC Voltage Udc1+2 Udc1+2 V 31 40206 1 == 1 V
600 D 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.07 DC Voltage Udc1+2 Udc1+2 % 32 40207 1 == 1 %
2.08 DC Voltage Udc2-1 Udc2-1 V 33 40208 1 == 1 V
258 H
2.09 DC Voltage Udc2-1 Udc2-1 % 34 40209 1 == 1 %
2.10 InvCurrent IU Inv Cur IU A 35 40210 1 == 1 A
⇒ drive starts to decelerate to 0 rpm ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed is below the given speed reference Bit 08 in 8.01 2.11 InvCurrent IW Inv Cur IW A 36 40211 1 == 1 A
MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ as soon the actual motor speed reaches zero speed, drive and MCB will be switched off ⇒ Bit 2.12 InvEarthCurrent Inv Er Cur A 37 40212 1 == 1 A
03 & 06 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “1” and Bit 00, 01, 02 & 05 in 8.01 MSW will be set to “0” ⇒ drive is in 2.13 FiltCurrent IU Fil Cur IU A 38 40213 1 == 1 A
“TRIPPED” state 2.14 FiltCurrent IW Fil Cur IW A 39 40214 1 == 1 A
2.15 SwitchFreqAct Sw Freq Hz 40 40215 1 == 1 Hz
2.16 InvAirTemp1 Air Temp °C 41 40216 10 == 1° C
Group 03 - Actual Signals: Speed and Torque Ref. Values
3.01 SpeedRef2 Spd Ref 2 rpm 51 40301 0==0% , 20000 == 100% of
3.02 SpeedRef3 Spd Ref 3 rpm 52 40302 motor absolute max. speed
3.03 SpeedErrorNeg Spd Err N rpm 53 40303
3.04 TorquePropRef Trq Pr Ref % 54 40304 100 == 1%
3.05 TorqueIntegRef Trq In Ref % 55 40305 100 == 1%
3.06 TorqueDerRef Tr qDr Ref % 56 40306 100 == 1%
3.07 TorqueAccCompRef Trq Ac Cmp % 57 40307 100 == 1%
3.08 TorqueRef 1 Torq Ref 1 % 58 40308 100 == 1%
3.09 TorqueRef 2 Torq Ref 2 % 59 40309 100 == 1%
3.10 TorqueRef 3 Torq Ref 3 % 60 40310 100 == 1%
3.11 TorqueRef 4 Torq Ref 4 % 61 40311 100 == 1%
3.12 TorqueRef 5 Torq Ref 5 % 62 40312 100 == 1%

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-285 (of 358) H-286 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.1 Actual Signals – Group 01 … 09 C2.6.1 Actual Signals – Group 01 … 09

No. Signal Short name Range / Unit Profibus Par. No. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Signal Short name Range / Unit Profibus Par. No. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent (+ 4000 in FMS Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent (+ 4000 in FMS Modbus Plus
Mode) Par. No. Mode) Par. No.
3.13 TorqueUsedRef Torq Ref % 63 40313 10 == 1 % (8) USER 2 LOAD ,
3.14 FluxUsedRef Flux Ref % 64 40314 10 == 1 % (9) USER 2 SAVE;
(10) M/F-CTRL;
3.15 FluxAct Flux Act % 65 40315 10 == 1 %
(11) SPEED-CTRL
3.16 FieldWkPointAct FWP Act Hz 66 40316 1 == 1 Hz 5.05 Control Location Ctrl Loc (1) LOCAL; 105 40505 (see Range / Unit)
3.17 dv/dt % 67 40317 20000 == 100% (2) LOCAL;
-20000 == -100% (3) EXTERNAL 1;
(see Par 50.01) (4) EXTERNAL 2
3.18 PID-Ctrl Act1 PID Act1 rpm; bar; %; °C; mg/l; kPa 68 40318 10 == 1 5.06 ApplBlockOutput Appl Outp Rpm / Hz 106 40506 10 == 1%
3.19 PID-Ctrl Act2 PID Act2 rpm; bar; %; °C; mg/l; kPa 69 40319 (see Range / Unit) 5.07 BackspLockTimeRem LockTime s 107 40507 1 == 1 s
3.20 PID-Ctrl Dev PID Dev % 70 40320 10 == 1 % 5.08 IdealMotCurr IdMotCur A 108 40508 1 == 1 A
3.21 DS FollowCtrlWord 0 … 32767 71 40321 1 == 1 5.09 MotULoadAlmCurr ULoadAlm A 109 40509 1 == 1 A
3.22 DS SpeedRef DS Speed -32768 … 32767 72 40322 (see Signal 3.24) 5.10 MotULoadTripCurr ULoadTrp A 110 40510 1 == 1 A
3.23 DS TorqRefA DS Torq -32768 … 32767 73 40323 (see Signal 3.25) 5.11 MotOLoadAlmCurr OLoadAlm A 111 40511 1 == 1 A
3.24 Ref1 OverrSystem Ref1 OS -32768 … 32767 74 40324 20000 == 100% 5.12 MotOLoadTripCurr OLoadTrp A 112 40512 1 == 1 A
(speed control drive) 5.13 ActRunFan/Pump ActRun (1) FAN1; 113 40513 (see Range / Unit)
3.25 Ref2 OverrSystem Ref2 OS -32768 … 32767 75 40325 20000 == 100% (2) FAN2;
(speed control drive) (3)PUMP1;
10000 == 100% (4)PUMP2;
(torque control drive) (5) NONE
Group 04 - Actual Signals: Basic I/O – Values (IOEC 1 & 2) 5.14 ActRunIntTrafoFan TrafoFan (1) FAN1; 114 40514 (see Range / Unit)
4.01 ExternalRef2 ExtRef2 % 76 40401 10 == 1 % (2) FAN2;
4.02 InvWtrCoolTemp Wtr Temp °C 77 40402 10 == 1° C (3) NONE
5.15 AutoChgFan1Pmp1On Fan1Pmp1 h 115 40515 1 == 1 h
4.03 InvWtrCoolPressur Wtr Press bar 78 40403 10 == 1 bar
5.16 AutoChgFan2Pmp2On Fan2Pmp2 h 116 40516 1 == 1 h
4.04 InvWtrConductivit Wtr Cond uS 79 40404 100 == 1 us
5.17 AutoCoolWaitTime CoolWait min 117 40517 1 == 1 min
4.05 ExternalRef1 ExtRef1 rpm / Hz 80 40405 10 == 1 rpm /
(Macro depending) 10 == 1 Hz Group 06 - Information
4.06 InvAirTemp2 AirTmp1 °C 81 40406 10 == 1° C 6.01 SoftwareVersion Soft Vers Text 126 40601 (see Range / Unit)
4.07 TrafoTemp1 TrafTmp1 °C 82 40407 10 == 1° C 6.02 DTC Version DTC Vers Text 127 40602 (see Range / Unit)
4.08 TrafoTemp2 TrafTmp2 °C 83 40408 10 == 1° C 6.03 Appl SW Version Appl Vers Text 128 40603 (see Range / Unit)
4.09 MotorWdgTmpPhU1 Wdg Tmp U °C 84 40409 10 == 1° C 6.04 AMC SerialNumber AMC Ser No Text 129 40604
4.10 MotorWdgTmpPhV1 Wdg Tmp V °C 85 40410 10 == 1° C 6.05 ApplDuty % 130 40605 1 == 1 %
4.11 MotorWdgTmpPhW1 Wdg Tmp W °C 86 40411 10 == 1° C 6.06 AuxTimeUse Aux Time h 131 40606 1 == 1 h
4.12 AI1 IOEC1 AI1 IO1 mA 87 40412 20000 == 20 mA 6.07 InvTimeUse Inv Time h 132 40607 1 == 1 h
4.13 AI2 IOEC1 AI2 IO1 mA 88 40413 20000 == 20 mA 6.08 MotorTimeUse Mot Time h 133 40608 1 == 1 h
4.14 AI3 IOEC1 AI3 IO1 mA 89 40414 20000 == 20 mA 6.09 MWhInverter MWh Inv MWh 134 40609 1 == 10 MWh
4.15 AI4 IOEC1 AI4 IO1 mA 90 40415 20000 == 20 mA 6.10 InvNomVoltage Inv Volt V 135 40610 1 == 1 V
4.16 AI1 IOEC2 AI1 IO2 mA 91 40416 20000 == 20 mA 6.11 InvNomCurrent Inv Curr A 136 40611 1 == 1 A
4.17 AI2 IOEC2 AI2 IO2 mA 92 40417 20000 == 20 mA 6.12 InvNomPower Inv Power kW 137 40612 1 == 1 kVA
4.18 AI3 IOEC2 AI3 IO2 mA 93 40418 20000 == 20 mA 6.13 InverterType Inv Type (0) AIR COOLED; 138 40613
4.19 AI4 IOEC2 AI4 IO2 mA 94 40419 20000 == 20 mA (1) WATER COOLED
6.14 FilterInductance Filt Ind mH 139 40614 100 == 1 mH
4.20 DI1-7StatusIOEC1 DI1-7IO1 0 … 127 95 40420 1 == 1
6.15 FilterCapacity Filt Cap uF 140 40615 100 == 1 uF
4.21 DI8-14StatusIOEC1 DI8-14I1 0 … 127 96 40421 1 == 1
6.16 RLF Ω 141 40616 100 == 1 Ω
4.22 DI1-7StatusIOEC2 DI1-7IO2 0 … 127 97 40422 1 == 1
6.17 NumOfMotorStarts NumStart 0 … 32767 142 40617 1 == 1
4.23 DI8-14StatusIOEC2 DI8-14I2 0 … 127 98 40423 1 == 1
6.18 RealTime YYMMDD YYMMDD 0 … 32767 40618 1 == 1
4.24 AO1 IOEC1 AO1 IO1 mA 99 40424 20000 == 20 mA
6.19 RealTime HHMMSS HHMMSS 0 … 32767 40619 1 == 1
4.25 AO2 IOEC1 AO2 IO1 mA - 40425 20000 == 20 mA
4.26 AO1 IOEC2 AO1 IO2 mA - 40426 20000 == 20 mA
Group 07 - Control Words
7.01 MainControlWord MCW 0 … 32767 151 40701 1 == 1
4.27 AO2 IOEC2 AO2 IO2 mA - 40427 20000 == 20 mA
7.02 AuxControlWord1 ACW1 0 … 32767 152 40702 1 == 1
Group 05 - Actual Signals: Data Values
7.03 AuxControlWord2 ACW2 0 … 32767 153 40703 1 == 1
5.01 DO1-6 StatusIOEC1 DO1-6 IO1 0 … 8388607 101 40501 1 == 1
7.04 AuxControlWord3 ACW3 0 … 32767 154 40704 1 == 1
5.02 DO1-6 StatusIOEC2 DO1-6 IO2 0 … 8388607 102 40502 1 == 1
7.05 EnableControlWord ECW 0 … 32767 155 40705 1 == 1
5.03 DataLog 1 Status Dat Log - 32768 … 32767 103 40503 1 == 1
7.06 OverrControlWord OCW 0 … 32767 156 40706 1 == 1
5.04 UsedApplicatMacro Macro (1) FACTORY; 104 40504 (see Range / Unit)
(2) HAND/AUTO; 7.07 FollowControlWord FCW 0 … 32767 157 40707 1 == 1
(3) PID-CTRL; 7.08 IBControlWord1 IB CW1 0 … 32767 158 40708 1 == 1
(4) T-CTRL; 7.09 IBControlWord2 IB CW2 0 … 32767 159 40709 1 == 1
(5) SEQ CTRL;
(6) USER 1 LOAD; Group 08 - Status Words
(7) USER 1 SAVE; 8.01 MainStatusWord MSW 0 … 32767 176 40801 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-287 (of 358) H-288 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.1 Actual Signals – Group 01 … 09 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Signal Short name Range / Unit Profibus Par. No. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent (+ 4000 in FMS Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
Mode) Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
8.02 AuxStatusWord1 ASW1 0 … 32767 177 40802 1 == 1 FMSMode)
8.03 AuxStatusWord2 ASW2 0 … 32767 178 40803 1 == 1 Group 11 - Start / Stop / Dir / MCB Control
8.04 AuxStatusWord3 ASW3 0 … 32767 179 40804 1 == 1 11.01 Ext1Strt/Stop/Dir (1) NOT SEL; 251 41101 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) DI1;
8.05 AuxStatusWord4 ASW4 0 … 32767 180 40805 1 == 1
(3) DI1,2;
8.06 LimitWord1 LW1 0 … 32767 181 40806 1 == 1 (4)DI1P,2P;
8.07 LimitWord2 LW2 0 … 32767 182 40807 1 == 1 (5)DI1P,2P,3;
8.08 DI StatusWordIO1 DI SWIO1 0 … 32767 183 40808 1 == 1 (6)DI1P,2P,3P;
(7) DI6;
8.09 DI StatusWordIO2 DI SWIO2 0 … 32767 184 40809 1 == 1 (8) DI6,5;
8.10 DriveStatusWord Status (Text) 40810 (9) KEYPAD;
Group 09 - Fault & Alarm Words (10) COMM. MODULE
11.02 Ext2Strt/Stop/Dir (1) NOT SEL; 252 41102 (see Alternative Settings)
9.01 FaultWord1 FW1 0… 32767 201 40901 1 == 1
(2) DI1;
9.02 FaultWord2 FW2 0… 32767 202 40902 1 == 1 (3) DI1,2;
9.03 FaultWord3 FW3 0… 32767 203 40903 1 == 1 (4)DI1P,2P;
9.04 FaultWord4 FW4 0… 32767 204 40904 1 == 1 (5)DI1P,2P,3;
(6) DI1P,2P,3P;
9.05 FaultWord5 FW5 0… 32767 205 40905 1 == 1
(7) DI6;
9.06 FaultWord6 FW6 0… 32767 206 40906 1 == 1 (8) DI6,5;
9.07 FaultWord7 FW7 0… 32767 207 40907 1 == 1 (9) KEYPAD;
9.08 FaultWord8 FW8 0… 32767 208 40908 1 == 1 (10) COMM. MODULE
11.03 Direction (1) FORWARD; 253 41103 (see Alternative Settings)
9.09 FaultWord9 FW9 0… 32767 209 40909 1 == 1 (2) REVERSE;
9.10 FaultWord10 FW10 0… 32767 210 40910 1 == 1 (3) REQUEST
9.11 AlarmWord1 AW1 0… 32767 211 40911 1 == 1 11.04 Ext1 MCB Control (1) FRONT DOOR; 254 41104 (see Alternative Settings)
9.12 AlarmWord2 AW2 0… 32767 212 40912 1 == 1 (2) DI1;
(3) DI1P,2P;
9.13 AlarmWord3 AW3 0… 32767 213 40913 1 == 1 (4) DI3;
9.14 AlarmWord4 AW4 0… 32767 214 40914 1 == 1 (5)DI3P,4P;
9.15 AlarmWord5 AW5 0… 32767 215 40915 1 == 1 (6) DI5;
(7)DI5P,6P;
9.16 AlarmWord6 AW6 0… 32767 216 40916 1 == 1
(8) DI7;
9.17 AlarmWord7 AW7 0… 32767 217 40917 1 == 1 (9)DI7P,13P;
9.18 AlarmWord8 AW8 0… 32767 218 40918 1 == 1 (10) COMM. MODULE
9.19 SSW FaultDiag SFW 0… 32767 219 40919 1 == 1 11.05 Ext2 MCB Control (1) FRONT DOOR; 255 41105 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) DI1;
9.20 SSW AlarmDiag SAW 0… 32767 220 40920 1 == 1 (3)DI1P,2P;
(4) DI3;
(5)DI3P,4P;
(6) DI5;
(7)DI5P,6P;
(8) DI7;
(9)DI7P,13P;
(10) COMM. MODULE
Group 12 - Reference Select
12.01 KeypadRefSelect (1) REF1 (rpm); 276 41201 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) REF2 (%)
12.02 Ext1/Ext2 Select (1) DI1-IO2; 277 41202 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) DI2-IO2;
(3) DI3-IO2;
(4) DI4-IO2;
(5) DI5-IO2;
(6) DI6-IO2;
(7) EXT1;
(8) EXT2;
(9) COMM. MODULE

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-289 (of 358) H-290 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
12.03 ExtRef1Select (1) KEYPAD; 278 41203 (see Alternative Settings) 13.25 AI4 LowValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 325 41325 1 == 1
(2) REF1/IO2AI1; 13.26 AI4 Minimum IO2 (0) 0mA/0V; 326 41326 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) REF2/IO1AI1; (1) 4mA/2V
(4)REF1+REF2; 13.27 AI4 Filter IO2 0 … 30 s 327 41327 100 == 1 s
(5) REF1-REF2;
(6)REF1*REF2; 13.28 AI4 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 328 41328 (see Alternative Settings)
(7) MIN REF1/2; 13.29 AI4 Offset IO2 0 … 0,5 mA 329 41329 1000 == 1 mA
(8) MAX REF1/2; Group 14 – Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
(9)DI3U,4DR;
14.01 D02Group+IndexIO1 0 … 30000 331 41401 1 == 1
(10) DI3U,4D;
(11) DI5U,6D; 14.02 D02 BitNumber IO1 0 … 15 332 41402 1 == 1
(12)COMM.REF; 14.03 D02 Invert IO1 (1) DIRECT; 333 41403 (see Alternative Settings)
(13)COMREF+REF1; (2) INVERTED
(14)COMREF*REF1 14.04 D01Group+IndexIO2 0 … 30000 334 41404 1 == 1
12.04 ExtRef1Minimum 0 … 18000 rpm 279 41204 1 == 1 rpm 14.05 D01 BitNumber IO2 0 … 15 335 41405 1 == 1
12.05 ExtRef1Maximum 0 … 18000 rpm 280 41205 1 == 1 rpm 14.06 D01 Invert IO2 (1) DIRECT; 336 41406 (see Alternative Settings)
12.06 ExtRef2Select (1) KEYPAD; 280 41206 (see Alternative Settings) (2) INVERTED
(2) REF1/IO2AI1; 14.07 D02Group+IndexIO2 0 … 30000 337 41407 1 == 1
(3) REF2/IO1AI1;
14.08 D02 BitNumber IO2 0 … 15 338 41408 1 == 1
(4)REF1+REF2;
(5) REF1-REF2; 14.09 D02 Invert IO2 (1) DIRECT; 339 41409 (see Alternative Settings)
(6)REF1*REF2; (2) INVERTED
(7) MIN REF1/2; 14.10 D03Group+IndexIO2 0 … 30000 340 41410 1 == 1
(8) MAX REF1/2; 14.11 D03 BitNumber IO2 0 … 15 341 41411 1 == 1
(9)DI3U,4DR; 14.12 D03 Invert IO2 (1) DIRECT; 342 41412 (see Alternative Settings)
(10) DI3U,4D; (2) INVERTED
(11) DI5U,6D; 14.13 D04Group+IndexIO2 0 … 30000 41413 1 == 1
(12)COMM.REF;
(13)COMREF+REF1; 14.14 D04 BitNumber IO2 0 … 15 41414 1 == 1
(14) COMREF*REF1 14.15 D04 Invert IO2 (1) DIRECT; 41415 (see Alternative Settings)
12.07 ExtRef2Minimum 0 … 100 % 282 41207 10 == 1 % (2) INVERTED
12.08 ExtRef2Maximum 0 … 500 % 283 41208 10 == 1 % Group 15 – Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)
12.09 MotPotTracking (0) NO; (1) YES 41209 1 == 1 15.01 A01Group+Index IO1 0 … 30000 356 41501 1 == 1
Group 13 – Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2) 15.02 A01 Invert IO1 (0) NO; (1) YES 357 41502 (see Alternative Settings)
13.01 AutoOffsetCalib (0) NO; (1) YES 301 41301 (see Alternative Settings) 15.03 A01 Minimum IO1 (1) 0 mA; 358 41503 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) 4 mA;
13.02 AI1 Scale IO1 0 … 100 % 302 41302 10 == 1 %
(3) 10 mA
13.03 AI1 Minimum IO1 (0) 0mA/0V; 303 41303 (see Alternative Settings) 15.04 A01 Filter IO1 0 … 10 s 359 41504 10 == 1 s
(1) 4mA/2V
15.05 A01 Scale IO1 -65536 … 65535 360 41505 1 == 1
13.04 AI1 Filter IO1 0 … 30 s 304 41304 100 == 1 s
15.06 A02Group+Index IO1 0 … 30000 361 41506 1 == 1
13.05 AI1 Invert IO1 (0) NO; (1) YES 305 41305 (see Alternative Settings)
15.07 A02 Invert IO1 (0) NO; (1) YES 362 41507 (see Alternative Settings)
13.06 AI1 Offset IO1 0 … 0,5 mA 306 41306 1000 == 1 mA
15.08 A02 Minimum IO1 (1) 0 mA; 363 41508 (see Alternative Settings)
13.07 AI1 Scale IO2 0 … 100 % 307 41307 10 == 1 %
(2) 4 mA;
13.08 AI1 Minimum IO2 (0) 0mA/0V; 308 41308 (see Alternative Settings) (3) 10 mA
(1) 4mA/2V 15.09 A02 Filter IO1 0 … 10 s 364 41509 10 == 1 s
13.09 AI1 Filter IO2 0 … 30 s 309 41309 100 == 1 s
15.10 A02 Scale IO1 -65536 … 65535 365 41510 1 == 1
13.10 AI1 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 310 41310 (see Alternative Settings)
15.11 A01Group+Index IO2 0 … 30000 366 41511 1 == 1
13.11 AI1 Offset IO2 0 … 0,5 mA 311 41311 1000 == 1 mA
15.12 A01 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 367 41512 (see Alternative Settings)
13.12 AI2 HighValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 312 41312 1 == 1
15.13 A01 Minimum IO2 (1) 0 mA; 368 41513 (see Alternative Settings)
13.13 AI2 LowValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 313 41313 1 == 1 (2) 4 mA;
13.14 AI2 Minimum IO2 (0) 0mA/0V; 314 41314 (see Alternative Settings) (3) 10 mA
(1) 4mA/2V 15.14 A01 Filter IO2 0 … 10 s 369 41514 10 == 1 s
13.15 AI2 Filter IO2 0 … 30 s 315 41315 100 == 1 s 15.15 A01 Scale IO2 -65536 … 65535 370 41515 1 == 1
13.16 AI2 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 316 41316 (see Alternative Settings) 15.16 A02Group+Index IO2 0 … 30000 371 41516 1 == 1
13.17 AI2 Offset IO2 0 … 0,5 mA 317 41317 1000 == 1 mA 15.17 A02 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 372 41517 (see Alternative Settings)
13.18 AI3 HighValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 318 41318 1 == 1 15.18 A02 Minimum IO2 (1) 0 mA; 373 41518 (see Alternative Settings)
13.19 AI3 LowValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 319 41319 1 == 1 (2) 4 mA;
13.20 AI3 Minimum IO2 (0) 0mA/0V; 320 41320 (see Alternative Settings) (3) 10 mA
(1) 4mA/2V 15.19 A02 Filter IO2 0 … 10 s 374 41519 10 == 1 s
13.21 AI3 Filter IO2 0 … 30 s 321 41321 100 == 1 s 15.20 A02 Scale IO2 -65536 … 65535 375 41520 1 == 1
13.22 AI3 Invert IO2 (0) NO; (1) YES 322 41322 (see Alternative Settings) Group 16 – System Control Inputs
13.23 AI3 Offset IO2 0 … 0,5 mA 323 41323 1000 == 1 mA 16.01 ProcessStop (1) NOT USED; 381 41601 (see Alternative Settings)
13.24 AI4 HighValue IO2 -10000 … 10000 324 41324 1 == 1 (2) DI08 IOEC2;
(3)COMM.MODULE

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-291 (of 358) H-292 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
16.02 ParameterLock (0) OPEN; 382 41602 (see Alternative Settings) (of motor nom. current)
(1) LOCKED 20.05 MaximumTorque 0 … 300 % 485 42005 100 == 1 %
16.03 Passcode 0 … 9999 383 41603 1 == 1 (of motor nom. torque)
16.04 FaultResetSel (1) NOT SEL; 384 41604 (see Alternative Settings) 20.06 MinimumTorque -300 … 0 % 486 42006 100 == 1 %
(2) DI12-IO2; (of motor nom. torque)
(3) ON STOP; 20.07 SPC TorqMax 0 … 300 % 487 42007 100 == 1 %
(4)COMM.MODULE (of motor nom. torque)
16.05 UserMacro IO Chg (1) NOT SEL; 385 41605 (see Alternative Settings) 20.08 SPC TorqMin -300 … 0 % 488 42008 100 == 1 %
(2) DI1-IO2; (of motor nom. torque)
(3) DI2-IO2; 20.09 TREF TorqMax 0 … 300 % 489 42009 100 == 1 %
(4) DI3-IO2; (of motor nom. torque)
(5) DI4-IO2; 20.10 TREF TorqMin -300 … 0 % 490 42010 100 == 1 %
(6) DI5-IO2; (of motor nom. torque)
(7) DI6-IO2; 20.11 FreqTripMargin 0 … 200 Hz 491 42011 100 == 1 Hz
(8)COMM.MODULE
20.12 AtSetpointMargin 0 … 100 % 492 42012 10 == 1 %
16.06 OldUserPasscode 0 … 999 386 41606 1 == 1
16.07 NewUserPasscode 0 … 999 387 41607 1 == 1 Group 21 – Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function
21.01 FlyStartEnable (0) OFF; (1) ON 506 42101 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 17 – Utilities
21.02 StopFunction (1) STOP RAMPNG; 507 42102 (see Alternative Settings)
17.01 ProbeVariable (1) InvCurrent U; 406 41701 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) STOP TORQ;
(2) InvCurrent V;
(3) COAST STOP
(3) InvCurrent W;
(4) FilCurrent U; 21.03 ProcessStopMode (1) STOP RAMPNG; 508 42103 (see Alternative Settings)
(5) FilCurrent V; (2) STOP TORQ;
(6) FilCurrent W; (3) COAST STOP
(7) MotCurrent U; 21.04 ProcessStopMCBCtr (0) OPENING; 509 42104 (see Alternative Settings)
(8) MotCurrent V; (1) STAY CLOSED
(9) MotCurrent W; 21.05 ProcessStopSpdDif 0 … 18000 rpm 510 42105 20000 == 100%
(10)GndCurrent; -20000 == -100%
(11) StaCurrent X; (according to par. 50.01)
(12) StaCurrent Y; 21.06 MCB OnControlMode (0) ONE SIGNAL; 511 42106 (see Alternative Settings)
(13) InvVoltage X; (1) TWO SIGNALS
(14) InvVoltage Y; 21.07 MCB FeedbackSig (0) ONE SIGNAL; 512 42107 (see Alternative Settings)
(15) FilVoltage X; (1) TWO SIGNALS
(16) FilVoltage Y; 21.08 MCB AvailableSig (1) NO; 513 42108 (see Alternative Settings)
(17) DCVoltage 1; (2) LOW ACTIVE;
(18) DCVoltage 2; (3) HIGH ACTIVE
(19) DCVoltageTot; 21.09 MCB CloseTimeLim 1 … 30 s 514 42109 10 == 1 s
(20) DCVoltageDif 21.10 MCB OpenTimeLim 1 … 30 s 515 42110 10 == 1 s
17.02 (Value 1 DC) (Alternative Settings , depend 407 41702 (see Alternative Settings)
on par. 17.01) 21.11 BackspinLockFunc 0) OFF; (1) ON 516 42111 (see Alternative Settings)
17.03 (Value 2 AC RMS) (Alternative Settings , depend 408 41703 (see Alternative Settings) 21.12 BackspinLockTime 0 … 7200 s 517 42112 1 == 1 s
on par. 17.01) 21.13 BackspinLockReset 0) OFF; (1) ON 518 42113 (see Alternative Settings)
17.04 (Value 3 Total RMS) (Alternative Settings , depend 409 41704 (see Alternative Settings) 21.14 FlyBackSrchEna 0) OFF; (1) ON 42114 (see Alternative Settings)
on par. 17.01)
Group 18 – Process Speed Group 22 – Ramp Functions
22.01 Acc/Dec 1/2Sel (1) ACC1/DEC 1; 531 42201 (see Alternative Settings)
18.01 Scale 1 … 100000 431 41801 1 == 1
(2) ACC2/DEC 2;
18.02 Unit (1) NOT SEL; 432 41802 (see Alternative Settings) (3) DI1-IO2;
(2) rpm; (4) DI2-IO2;
(3) %; (5) DI3-IO2;
(4) m/s (6) DI4-IO2;
Group 19 – Data Storage (7) DI5-IO2;
19.01 DATA 1 -32768 … 32767 456 41901 1 == 1 (8) DI6-IO2
19.02 DATA 2 -32768 … 32767 457 41902 1 == 1 22.02 AccelTime1 0 … 1800 s 532 42202 10 == 1 s
19.03 DATA 3 -32768 … 32767 458 41903 1 == 1 22.03 DecelTime1 0 … 1800 s 533 42203 10 == 1 s
22.04 AccelTime2 0 … 1800 s 534 42204 10 == 1 s
19.04 DATA 4 -32768 … 32767 459 41904 1 == 1
19.05 DATA 5 -32768 … 32767 460 41905 1 == 1 22.05 DecelTime2 0 … 1800 s 535 42205 10 == 1 s
22.06 ProcessStopRamp 0 … 1800 s 536 42206 10 == 1 s
19.06 DATA 6 -32768 … 32767 461 41906 1 == 1
22.07 ShapeTime 0 … 1000 s 537 42207 10 == 1 s
19.07 DATA 7 -32768 … 32767 462 41907 1 == 1
19.08 DATA 8 -32768 … 32767 463 41908 1 == 1 22.08 VariableSlope (0) OFF; (1) ON 538 42208 (see Alternative Settings)
22.09 VarSlopeRate 0 … 200 s 539 42209 10 == 1 s
Group 20 – Limit Values
20.01 MinimumSpeed -18000 … 0 rpm 481 42001 20000 == 100% Group 23 – Speed Reference
-20000 == -100% 23.01 SpeedRef -18000 … 18000 rpm 556 42301 20000 == 100%
20.02 MaximumSpeed 0 … 18000 rpm 482 42002
(according to par. 50.01) 23.02 InchingSpeed1 -18000 … 18000 rpm 557 42302 -20000 == -100%
20.03 StopDriveTube 0 … (Par. 20.02) 483 42003 (according to par. 50.01)
20.04 MaxMotorCurrent 1 … 400 % 484 42004 10 == 1 % 23.03 InchingSpeed2 -18000 … 18000 rpm 558 42303

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-293 (of 358) H-294 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
23.04 SpeedCorrection Par. 20.01 … Par 20.02 559 42304 29.01 FrequencyRef 29.03 … 29.02 706 42901 100 == 1 Hz
23.05 SpeedShare 0 … 400 % 560 42305 10 == 1 % 29.02 FrequencyMax 29.03 … 200 Hz 707 42902 100 == 1 Hz
23.06 SpeedErrorFilter 0 … 999999 ms 561 42306 1 == 1 ms 29.03 FrequencyMin -200 … 29.02 Hz 708 42903 100 == 1 Hz
23.07 WindowSelectOn (0) OFF; (1) ON 562 42307 (see Alternative Settings) Group 30 – Standard Motor Protection
23.08 WindowIntegOn (0) OFF; (1) ON 563 42308 (see Alternative Settings) 30.01 ExtMotorThermProt (1) SOFT STOP; 731 43001 (see Alternative Settings)
23.09 WindowWidthPos 0 … Par. 20.02 564 42309 20000 == 100% (2) ALARM;
-20000 == -100% (3) NO
23.10 WindowWidthNeg 0 … Par. 20.02 565 42310
(according to par. 50.01) 30.02 MotWdgUTempMeas1 (1) SOFT STOP; 732 43002 (see Alternative Settings)
23.11 SpeedStep see parameter description 566 42311 (2) ALARM;
Group 24 – Speed Control (3) NO
24.01 DroopRate 0… 100 % 581 42401 10 == 1 % 30.03 MotWdgVTempMeas1 (1) SOFT STOP; 733 43003 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) ALARM;
24.02 KPS 0… 100 582 42402 100 == 1
(3) NO
24.03 KPS Min 0… 10 583 42403 100 == 1 30.04 MotWdgWTempMeas1 (1) SOFT STOP; 734 43004 (see Alternative Settings)
24.04 KPS WeakPoint 0… 100 % 584 42404 100 == 1 5 (2) ALARM;
24.05 KPS WPFiltTime 0… 999999 ms 585 42405 1 == 1 ms (3) NO
30.05 MotTempAlarmLevel 50 … 180 °C 735 43005 1 == 1 °C
24.06 Set P Weighting (0) OFF; (1) ON 586 42406 (see Alternative Settings)
30.06 MotTempTripLevel 30.06 … 180 °C 736 43006 1 == 1 °C
24.07 SetPointWeight 30 … 100 % 587 42407 1 == 1 %
30.07 MotProtCurrLevel1 20 … 400% 737 43007 1 == 1 %
24.08 TIS 0 … 1000 s 588 42408 1000 == 1s
30.08 MotProtCurrLevel2 20 … 400% 738 43008 1 == 1 %
24.09 TIS Init Value 0 … 200 % 589 42409 100 == 1 %
30.09 MotProtCurrLevel3 20 … 400% 739 43009 1 == 1 %
24.10 BAL (0) OFF; (1) ON 590 42410 (see Alternative Settings)
30.10 MotProtTime1 0 … 1200s 740 43010 1 == 1 s
24.11 BAL Ref -200 … 200 % 591 42411 100 == 1 %
30.11 MotProtTime2 0 … 1200s 741 43011 1 == 1 s
24.12 DerivationTime 0 … 10000 ms 592 42412 10 == 1 ms
30.12 MotProtTime3 0 … 1200s 742 43012 1 == 1 s
24.13 DerivFilterTime 0 … 100000 ms 593 42413 1 == 1 ms
30.13 StallFunction (1) NO; 743 43013 (see Alternative Settings)
24.14 AccCompDerivTime 0 … 100 s 594 42414 1000 == 1 s
(2) WARNING;
24.15 AccCompFiltTime 0 … 999999 ms 595 42415 1 == 1 ms (3) FAULT
24.16 SlipGain 0 … 400 % 596 42416 1 == 1 % 30.14 StallFrequency 0 … 50 Hz 744 43014 100 == 1 Hz
24.17 KPS TIS MinFreq 0 … 200 Hz 597 42417 100 == 1 Hz 30.15 StallTimeLimit 10 … 400 s 745 43015 1 == 1 s
24.18 KPS TIS MaxFreq 0 … 200 Hz 598 42418 100 == 1 Hz 30.16 UnderloadFunc (1) NO; 746 43016 (see Alternative Settings)
24.19 KPS ValueMinFreq 100 … 500 % 599 42419 1 == 1 % (2) WARNING;
(3) FAULT
24.20 TIS ValueMinFreq 100 … 500 % 600 42420 1 == 1 %
30.17 UnderloadTime 0 … 600 s 747 43017 1 == 1 s
Group 25 – Torque Reference 30.18 UnderloadCurve (1) CURVE 1; 748 43018 (see Alternative Settings)
25.01 TorqueRefA -200 … 200 % 606 42501 100 == 1 % (2) CURVE 2;
25.02 TorqueRefA FTC 0 … 60000 ms 607 42502 1 == 1ms (3) CURVE 3;
25.03 LoadShare -400 … 400 % 608 42503 10 == 1 % (4) CURVE 4;
(5) CURVE 5
25.04 TorqueRefB Par. 20.06 … Par.20.05 609 42504 100 == 1 % 30.19 FloatingGndSel 749 43019 (see Alternative Settings)
(0) WARNING;
25.05 TorqRampUpTime 0 … 120 s 610 42505 100 == 1 s (1) FAULT
25.06 TorqRampDownTime 0 … 120 s 611 42506 100 0 1 s Group 31 – Standard Fault Functions
25.07 TorqRef AorB Sel (0) TORQ REF A; 612 42507 (see Alternative Settings) 31.01 UnVoltRestartEnab (0)NO; (1)YES 756 43101 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) TORQ REF B 31.02 UnVoltWaitTime 0 … 600s 757 43102 10 == 1 s
Group 26 – Torque Reference Handling 31.03 AI<MinFuncExtRef1 (1) NO; 758 43103 (see Alternative Settings)
26.01 TorqueSelector (1) ZERO; 631 42601 (see Alternative Settings) (2) FAULT;
(2) SPEED; (3) CNST SPEED15;
(3) TORQUE; (4) LAST SPEED
(4)MINIMUM; 31.04 AI<MinFuncExtRef2 (1) NO; 759 43104 (see Alternative Settings)
(5) MAXIMUM; (2) FAULT;
(6) ADD (3) CNST SPEED15;
26.02 LoadCompensation Par. 20.06 … Par.20.05 632 42602 100 == 1 % (4) LAST SPEED
26.03 TorqueStep Par. 20.06 … Par.20.05 633 42603 100 == 1 % 31.05 BattChangeEnab (0) OFF; (1) ON 760 43105 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 27 – Flux Control 31.06 PanelLossSupervis (1) NO; 762 43106 (see Alternative Settings)
27.01 FluxOptimazion (0) NO; (1) YES 655 42701 (see Alternative Settings) (2) FAULT;
(3) CNST SPEED15;
27.02 FluxBraking (0) NO; (1) YES 656 42702 (see Alternative Settings) (4) LAST SPEED
27.03 FluxRef 20 … 140 % 657 42703 10 == 1 % Group 32 – Limit Supervision
27.04 FluxMax 20 … 140 % 658 42704 10 == 1 % 32.01 LimSupervisAction (1) SOFT STOP; 781 43201 (see Alternative Settings)
27.05 FluxMin 20 … 100 % 659 42705 10 == 1 % (2) ALARM;
27.06 FieldWkPointMax 30 … 110 % 660 42706 100 == 1 % (3) NO
32.02 LimSupDelayTime 0 … 120 s 782 43202 10 == 1 s
27.07 MinOptimizedFlux 70 ... 100 % 42707 10 == 1 %
32.03 SpeedRefFunction (1) NO; 783 43203 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 29 – Scalar Control (2) LOW LIMIT;

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-295 (of 358) H-296 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
(3) HIGH LIMIT 34.04 CritSpeed2Low 0 … 18000 rpm 834 43404 1 == 1 rpm
32.04 SpeedRefLimit 0 … 21000 rpm 784 43204 10 == 1 rpm 34.05 CritSpeed2High 0 … 18000 rpm 835 43405 1 == 1 rpm
32.05 SpeedActFunction (1) NO; 785 43205 (see Alternative Settings) 34.06 CritSpeed3Low 0 … 18000 rpm 836 43406 1 == 1 rpm
(2) LOW LIMIT; 34.07 CritSpeed3High 0 … 18000 rpm 837 43407 1 == 1 rpm
(3) HIGH LIMIT;
34.08 CritSpeed4Low 0 … 18000 rpm 838 43408 1 == 1 rpm
(4) ABS LOW LIM
32.06 SpeedActLimit -21000 … 21000 rpm 786 43206 1 == 1 rpm 34.09 CritSpeed4High 0 … 18000 rpm 839 43409 1 == 1 rpm
32.07 MotCurrFunction (1) NO; 787 43207 (see Alternative Settings) 34.10 CritSpeed5Low 0 … 18000 rpm 840 43410 1 == 1 rpm
(2) LOW LIMIT; 34.11 CritSpeed5High 0 … 18000 rpm 841 43411 1 == 1 rpm
(3) HIGH LIMIT
Group 35 – Extended Motor Protection (Optional)
32.08 MotCurrLimit 0 … 5000 A 788 43208 1 == 1 A
35.01 BearingTmpProtDE (1) SOFT STOP; 856 43501 (see Alternative Settings)
32.09 MotTorqFunction (1) NO; 789 43209 (see Alternative Settings) (2) ALARM;
(2) LOW LIMIT; (3) NO
(3) HIGH LIMIT 35.02 BrgTmpAlarmLevDE -10 … 180 °C 857 43502 1 == 1 °C
32.10 MotTorqLimit 0 … 400 % 790 43210 10 ==1 %
35.03 BrgTmpTripLevDE -10 … 180 °C 858 43503 1 == 1 °C
32.11 SupSig1 Function (1) NO; 791 43211 (see Alternative Settings)
35.04 BearingTmpProtNDE (1) SOFT STOP; 859 43504 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) LOW LIMIT;
(3) HIGH LIMIT; (2) ALARM;
(4) ABS LOW LIM (3) NO
32.12 SupSig1Group+Indx 101 … 30000 792 43212 1 == 1 35.05 BrgTmpAlarmLevNDE -10 … 180 °C 860 43505 1 == 1 °C
32.13 SupSig1 Limit - 32768 … 32767 793 43213 1 == 1 35.06 BrgTmpTripLevNDE -10 … 180 °C 861 43506 1 == 1 °C
32.14 SupSig2 Function (1) NO; 794 43214 (see Alternative Settings) 35.07 ExtMotorProtAlarm (0) OFF; (1) ON 862 43507 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) LOW LIMIT; 35.08 MotorCoolingProt (0) OFF; (1) ON 863 43508 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) HIGH LIMIT; 35.09 VibrationProtDI (0) OFF; (1) ON 864 43509 (see Alternative Settings)
(4) ABS LOW LIM 35.10 VibrationProtAI1 43510 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) SOFT STOP;
32.15 SupSig2Group+Indx 101 … 30000 795 43215 1 == 1 (2) ALARM;
32.16 SupSig2 Limit - 32768 … 32767 796 43216 1 == 1 (3) NO
Group 33 - Constant Speed 35.11 VibrationProtAI2 (1) SOFT STOP; 43511 (see Alternative Settings)
33.01 ConstantSpeedSel (1) NOT SEL; 806 43301 (see Alternative Settings) (2) ALARM;
(3) NO
(2)DI1(SPEED1);
(3)DI2(SPEED2); 35.12 VibrationAlmLev 1 ... 100 % 43512 10 == 1 %
(4)DI3(SPEED3); 35.13 VibrationTripLev 1 ... 100 % 43513 10 == 1 %
(5)DI4(SPEED4); 35.14 LoadBrgTmpProt1 (1) SOFT STOP; 43514 (see Alternative Settings)
(6)DI5(SPEED5); (2) ALARM;
(7)DI6(SPEED6); (3) NO
(8) DI1,2; 35.15 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev1 -10 … 180 °C 43515 1 == 1 °C
(9) DI3,4;
35.16 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev1 -10 … 180 °C 43516 1 == 1 °C
(10) DI5,6;
(12) DI1,2,3; 35.17 LoadBrgTmpProt2 (1) SOFT STOP; 43517 (see Alternative Settings)
(12) DI3,4,5; (2) ALARM;
(13) DI4,5,6; (3) NO
(14)DI3,4,5,6 35.18 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev2 -10 … 180 °C 43518 1 == 1 °C
33.02 ConstantSpeed1 0 … 18000 rpm 807 43302 1 == 1 rpm 35.19 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev2 -10 … 180 °C 43519 1 == 1 °C
33.03 ConstantSpeed2 0 … 18000 rpm 808 43303 1 == 1 rpm 35.20 MotWdgUTempMeas2 (1) SOFT STOP; 43520 (see Alternative Settings)
33.04 ConstantSpeed3 0 … 18000 rpm 809 43304 1 == 1 rpm (2) ALARM;
33.05 ConstantSpeed4 0 … 18000 rpm 810 43305 1 == 1 rpm (3) NO
35.21 MotWdgVTempMeas2 (1) SOFT STOP; 43521 (see Alternative Settings)
33.06 ConstantSpeed5 0 … 18000 rpm 811 43306 1 == 1 rpm (2) ALARM;
33.07 ConstantSpeed6 0 … 18000 rpm 812 43307 1 == 1 rpm (3) NO
33.08 ConstantSpeed7 0 … 18000 rpm 813 43308 1 == 1 rpm 35.22 MotWdgWTempMeas2 (1) SOFT STOP; 43522 (see Alternative Settings)
33.09 ConstantSpeed8 0 … 18000 rpm 814 43309 1 == 1 rpm (2) ALARM;
(3) NO
33.10 ConstantSpeed9 0 … 18000 rpm 815 43310 1 == 1 rpm
Group 36 – Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional)
33.11 ConstantSpeed10 0 … 18000 rpm 816 43311 1 == 1 rpm 36.01 TrafoTmpProtectDI 1001 43601 (see Alternative Settings)
(0) OFF; (1) ON
33.12 ConstantSpeed11 0 … 18000 rpm 817 43312 1 == 1 rpm 36.02 TrafoTmpProtectAI 1002 43602 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) SOFT STOP;
33.13 ConstantSpeed12 0 … 18000 rpm 818 43313 1 == 1 rpm (2) ALARM;
33.14 ConstantSpeed13 0 … 18000 rpm 819 43314 1 == 1 rpm (3) NO
33.15 ConstantSpeed14 0 … 18000 rpm 820 43315 1 == 1 rpm 36.03 TrafoTmpAlmLExt/3 0 … 200 °C 1003 43603 1 == 1 °C
33.16 ConstantSpeed15 0 … 18000 rpm 821 43316 1 == 1 rpm 36.04 TrafoTmpTrpLExt/3 0 … 200 °C 1004 43604 1 == 1 °C
36.05 TrafoBuchholzProt (0) OFF; (1) ON 1005 43605 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 34 - Critical Speed
34.01 CriticalS peedSel (0) OFF; (1) ON 831 43401 (see Alternative Settings) 36.06 TrafoOilLevProtec (0) OFF; (1) ON 1006 43606 (see Alternative Settings)
34.02 CritSpeed1Low 0 … 18000 rpm 832 43402 1 == 1 rpm 36.07 TrafoTmpSelect (1) 1; 43607 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) 1&2;
34.03 CritSpeed1High 0 … 18000 rpm 833 43403 1 == 1 rpm (3) 1&2&3

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-297 (of 358) H-298 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
36.08 TrafoTmpAlarmLev1 0 … 200 °C 43608 1 == 1 °C 40.14 Act2Unit (1) rpm; (2) bar; (3) %; (4) 1086 44014 (see Alternative Settings)
36.09 TrafoTmpTripLev1 0 … 200 °C 43609 1 == 1 °C C; (5) mg/l; (6) kPa
40.15 AI<MinFuncExtAct1 (1) NO; 1087 44015 (see Alternative Settings)
36.10 TrafoTmpAlarmLev2 0 … 200 °C 43610 1 == 1 °C
(2) FAULT;
36.11 TrafoTmpTripLev2 0 … 200 °C 43611 1 == 1 °C (3) CNST SPEED15;
36.12 OutpTrafoTmpProt (1) SOFT STOP; 1002 43612 (see Alternative Settings) (4) LAST SPEED
(2) ALARM; 40.16 AI<MinFuncExtAct2 (1) NO; 1088 44016 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) NO (2) FAULT;
36.13 OutpTrafoTmpAlmL 0 … 200 °C 43613 1 == 1 °C (3) CNST SPEED15;
36.14 OutpTrafoTmpTrpL 0 … 200 °C 43614 1 == 1 °C (4) LAST SPEED
Group 37 - External Inverter Protection (Optional) Group 41 – Cooling System
41.01 Fan/PumpCycleTime 2 … 24h 1091 44101 100 == 1h
37.01 ExtWtrCoolingProt (0) OFF; (1) ON 1019 43701 (see Alternative Settings)
41.02 Fan1/Pump1RunTime 1 … (Par. 41.01 – 1h) 1092 44102 100 == 1h
37.02 ExtOutputIsolator (0) NO; (1) YES 1020 43702 (see Alternative Settings)
41.03 AirCoolFanSel (1) ONE(FAN1); 1093 44103 (see Alternative Settings)
37.03 ExtInputIsolator (0) NO; (1) YES 1021 43703 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) ONE(FAN2);
37.04 OutsideAirTmpProt (1) SOFT STOP; 1022 43704 (see Alternative Settings) (3) TWO(FAN1&2)
(2) ALARM; 41.04 FanAlarmReset (0) OFF; (1) RESET 1094 44104 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) NO
41.05 InvAirFilterSupvi (0) OFF; (1) ON 1095 44105 (see Alternative Settings)
37.05 OutAirTmpAlmLev 0 … 200 °C 1023 43705 10 == 1 °C
41.06 RedAuxFanInstall (0) NO; (1) YES 1096 44106 (see Alternative Settings)
37.06 OutAirTmpTripLev 0 … 200 °C 1024 43706 10 == 1 °C
41.07 IntegTrafoFanInst (0) NO; 1097 44107 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 38 – Optional Functions (1) FAN1;
38.01 MotorHeater (0) NO; (1) YES 1037 43801 (see Alternative Settings) (2) FAN2;
38.02 MotorCooler (1) SOFT STOP; 1038 43802 (see Alternative Settings) (3) TWO FANS
(2) ALARM; 41.08 TrafoFanAlmReset (0) OFF; 1098 44108 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) NO (1) RESET
38.03 MotCoolerTimeOff 0 … 1200 s 1039 43803 10 == 1 s 41.09 WtrCoolPumpSel (1)ONE(PUMP1); 1099 44109 (see Alternative Settings)
38.04 CabinetHeater (0) NO; (1) YES 1040 43804 (see Alternative Settings) (2)ONE(PUMP2);
(3) TWO (PUMP1&2)
38.05 BrkChopInstalled (0) NO; (1) YES 1041 43805 (see Alternative Settings) 41.10 PumpAlarmReset 1100 44110 (see Alternative Settings)
(0) OFF;
38.06 BrkResiOvertemp (0) DISABLE CHOP; 1042 43806 (see Alternative Settings) (1) RESET
(1) ALARM 41.11 AutoCoolOnDelay 0 …2 h 1101 44111 10 == 1 h
38.07 SynBypassFunction (1) SBYP 2-4 MTR; 1043 43807 (see Alternative Settings)
41.12 WtrCoolStartSeq (0) OFF; (1) ON 1102 44112 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) SBYP FOR 1 MTR;
(3) NO 41.13 WtrValveLiftHeigh 1 … 50 mm 1103 44113 1 == 1 mm
Group 39 – Ride Through Function 41.14 WtrValveMotorLift 1 … 15 s/mm 1104 44114 1 == 1 s/mm
39.01 RideThroughEnable (0) OFF; (1) ON 1055 43901 (see Alternative Settings) 41.15 WtrPmpChangeMask 0 ... 625 s 44115 1 == 1 s
39.02 RideThroughTime 0 … 15 s 1056 43902 1000 == 1 s 41.16 WtrAutoCoolMode (1) RUN ALWAYS; 44116 1 == 1
39.03 RideThrghMinSpeed 0 … 3600 rpm 1057 43903 1 == 1rpm (2) AUTOM OFF;
(3) AUTOM OFF ON
39.04 AuxRideThrghEnabl (0) OFF; (1) ON 1058 43904 (see Alternative Settings) 41.17 WtrAutoCoolStCond -5 ... 5 uS 44117 100 == 1uS
39.05 AuxRideThrghTime 0…5s 1059 43905 1000 == 1 s
Group 42 – Motor Over- / Underload Protection
Group 40 – PID Control 42.01 LoadProtFunction (0) OFF; (1) ON ---- 44201 (see Alternative Settings)
40.01 PID Gain 0.1 … 100 1073 44001 100 == 1 42.02 LoadProtDelayTime 0 … 60 s ---- 44202 1 == 1 s
40.02 PID IntegratTime 0.02 … 320.00 s 1074 44002 100 == 1 s 42.03 UnderLoadAlarmLim 0 … 200 % ---- 44203 10 == 1 %
40.03 PID DerivTime 0 … 10 s 1075 44003 100 == 1 s 42.04 UnderLoadTripLim 0 … 200 % ---- 44204 10 == 1 %
40.04 PID DerivFilter 0 … 10 s 1076 44004 100 == 1 s 42.05 OverLoadAlarmLim 0 … 200 % ---- 44205 10 == 1 %
40.05 ErrorValueInvers (0) NO; (1) YES 1077 44005 (see Alternative Settings) 42.06 OvderLoadTripLim 0 … 200 % ---- 44206 10 == 1 %
40.06 ActualValueSel (1) ACT1; 1078 44006 (see Alternative Settings) 42.07 LoadProtStartFreq 0 … 100 Hz ---- 44207 10 == 1 %
(2) ACT1-ACT2;
(3) ACT1+ACT2; 42.08 FrequencyLevel P1 Par. 42.07 … 100 Hz ---- 44208 10 == 1 Hz
(4) ACT1*ACT2; 42.09 FrequencyLevel P2 Par. 42.08 … 100 Hz ---- 44209 10 == 1 Hz
(5) ACT1/ACT2; 42.10 FrequencyLevel P3 Par. 42.09 … 100 Hz ---- 44210 10 == 1 Hz
(6)MIN(A1,A2);
42.11 FrequencyLevel P4 Par. 42.10 … 100 Hz ---- 44211 10 == 1 Hz
(7) MAX(A1,A2);
(8) sqrt(A1-A2); 42.12 FrequencyLevel P5 Par. 42.11 … 100 Hz ---- 44212 10 == 1 Hz
(9) sqA1+sqA2 42.13 FrequencyLevel P6 Par. 42.12 … 100 Hz ---- 44213 10 == 1 Hz
40.07 Act1Minimum -1000 … 1000 % 1079 44007 10 == 1 % 42.14 FrequencyLevel P7 Par. 42.13 … 100 Hz ---- 44214 10 == 1 Hz
40.08 Act1Maximum -1000 … 1000 % 1080 44008 10 == 1 % 42.15 FrequencyLevel P8 Par. 42.14 … 100 Hz ---- 44215 10 == 1 Hz
40.09 Act2Minimum -1000 … 1000 % 1081 44009 10 == 1 % 42.16 FrequencyLevel P9 Par. 42.15 … 100 Hz ---- 44216 10 == 1 Hz
40.10 Act2Maximum -1000 … 1000 % 1082 44010 10 == 1 % 42.17 LoadProtStartCurr 0 … 4000 A ---- 44217 1 == 1 A
40.11 Act1UnitScale -1000 … 1000 1083 44011 1 == 1 42.18 CurrentLevel P1 0 … 4000 A ---- 44218 1 == 1 A
40.12 Act1Unit (1) rpm; (2) bar; (3) %; (4) 1084 44012 (see Alternative Settings) 42.19 CurrentLevel P2 0 … 4000 A ---- 44219 1 == 1 A
C; (5) mg/l; (6) kPa
42.20 CurrentLevel P3 0 … 4000 A ---- 44220 1 == 1 A
40.13 Act2UnitScale -1000 … 1000 1085 44013 1 == 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-299 (of 358) H-300 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
42.21 CurrentLevel P4 0… 4000 A ---- 44221 1 == 1 A 50.05 EncoderAlm/Fault (0) FAULT; 1113 45005 (see Alternative Settings)
42.22 CurrentLevel P5 0… 4000 A ---- 44222 1 == 1 A (1) ALARM
50.06 SpeedActFiltTime 0 … 999999 ms 1114 45006 1 == 1ms
42.23 CurrentLevel P6 0… 4000 A ---- 44223 1 == 1 A
42.24 CurrentLevel P7 0… 4000 A ---- 44224 1 == 1 A Group 51 – Communication Module (Field Bus Adapter)
51.01 MODULE TYPE Module type and software 1127 45101 (see Alternative Settings)
42.25 CurrentLevel P8 0… 4000 A ---- 44225 1 == 1 A
version
42.26 CurrentLevel P9 0… 4000 A ---- 44226 1 == 1 A 51.02 Fieldbus Par 2 Different meaning depending 1128 45102 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 43 – ESP Protection Function on module type
43.01 MotPhaseUnbalFunc (0) OFF; (1) ON ---- 44301 (see Alternative Settings) 51.03 Fieldbus Par 3 Different meaningdepending 1129 45103 (see Alternative Settings)
on module type
43.02 MotPhUnbalDelTime 0 … 60 s ---- 44302 1 == 1 s
51.04 Fieldbus Par 4 Different meaning depending 1130 45104 (see Alternative Settings)
43.03 MotPhUnbalAlmLim 0 … 100 % ---- 44303 10 == 1 % on module type
43.04 MotPhUnbalTripLim 0 … 100 % ---- 44304 10 == 1 % 51.05 Fieldbus Par 5 Different meaning depending 1131 45105 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 48 –Customer Supervision Function on module type
48.01 CustSig1Reaction (1) NOT SEL; ---- 44801 (see Alternative Settings) 51.06 Fieldbus Par 6 Different meaning depending 1132 45106 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) ONLY STATUS; on module type
(3) ALARM; 51.07 Fieldbus Par 7 Different meaning depending 1133 45107 (see Alternative Settings)
(4) SOFTSTOP; on module type
(5) TRIP 1A; 51.08 Fieldbus Par 8 Different meaning depending 1134 45108 (see Alternative Settings)
(6) TRIP 1B on module type
48.02 CustSig1TypeSel (0) AND; ---- 44802 (see Alternative Settings) 51.09 Fieldbus Par 9 Different meaning depending 1135 45109 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) OR on module type
48.03 CustSig1.1Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44803 1 == 1 51.10 Fieldbus Par 10 Different meaning depending 1136 45110 (see Alternative Settings)
on module type
48.04 CustSig1.1BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44804 1 == 1
51.11 Fieldbus Par 11 Different meaning depending 1137 45111 (see Alternative Settings)
48.05 CustSig1.1Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44805 (see Alternative Settings) on module type
(1) INVERTED 51.12 Fieldbus Par 12 Different meaning depending 1138 45112 (see Alternative Settings)
48.06 CustSig1.2Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44806 1 == 1 on module type
48.07 CustSig1.2BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44807 1 == 1 51.13 Fieldbus Par 13 Different meaning depending 1139 45113 (see Alternative Settings)
48.08 CustSig1.2Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44808 (see Alternative Settings) on module type
(1) INVERTED 51.14 Fieldbus Par 14 Different meaning depending 1140 45114 (see Alternative Settings)
48.09 CustSig1.3Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44809 1 == 1 on module type
48.10 CustSig1.3BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44810 1 == 1 51.15 Fieldbus Par 15 Different meaning depending 1141 45115 (see Alternative Settings)
on module type
48.11 CustSig1.3Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44811 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
Group 64 – Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional)
48.12 CustSig2Reaction (1) NOT SEL; ---- 44812 (see Alternative Settings) 64.01 DI1-7 StatusIOEC5 0 … 8388607 1314 46401 1 == 1
(2) ONLY STATUS; 64.02 DI8-14StatusIOEC5 0… 8388607 1315 46402 1 == 1
(3) ALARM; 64.03 DI StatusWord IO5 0… 32767 1316 46403 1 == 1
(4)SOFTSTOP;
64.04 DO1-6 StatusIOEC5 0… 8388607 1317 46404 1 == 1
(5) TRIP 1A;
(6) TRIP 1B 64.05 DI1-7 StatusIOEC6 0… 8388607 1318 46405 1 == 1
48.13 CustSig2TypeSel (0) AND; ---- 44813 (see Alternative Settings) 64.06 DI8-14StatusIOEC6 0… 8388607 1319 46406 1 == 1
(1) OR 64.07 DI StatusWord IO6 0… 32767 1320 46407 1 == 1
48.14 CustSig2.1Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44814 1 == 1
64.08 DO1-6 StatusIOEC6 0 … 8388607 1321 46408 1 == 1
48.15 CustSig2.1BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44815 1 == 1
Group 65 – Synchronized Bypass (Optional)
48.16 CustSig2.1Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44816 (see Alternative Settings)
65.01 SM1AvailableSig (1) NO; 1332 46501 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
(2) LOW ACTIVE;
48.17 CustSig2.2Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44817 1 == 1
(3) HIGH ACTIVE
48.18 CustSig2.2BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44818 1 == 1 65.02 SM2AvailableSig (1) NO; 1333 46502 (see Alternative Settings)
48.19 CustSig2.2Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44819 (see Alternative Settings) (2) LOW ACTIVE;
(1) INVERTED (3) HIGH ACTIVE
48.20 CustSig2.3Grp+Idx 1 … 30000 ---- 44820 1 == 1 65.03 SM3AvailableSig (1) NO; 1334 46503 (see Alternative Settings)
48.21 CustSig2.3BitNum 1 … 15 ---- 44821 1 == 1 (2) LOW ACTIVE;
(3) HIGH ACTIVE
48.22 CustSig2.3Invert (0) DIRECT; ---- 44822 (see Alternative Settings)
65.04 SM4AvailableSig (1) NO; 1335 46504 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
(2) LOW ACTIVE;
Group 50 – Speed Measurement (3) HIGH ACTIVE
50.01 SpeedScaling 0 … 18000 rpm 1109 45001 Par. value == 20000 65.05 SynOnControlMode (0) ONE SIGNAL; 1336 46505 (see Alternative Settings)
50.02 SpeedMeasMode (1) A _- B DIR; 1110 45002 (see Alternative Settings) (1) TWO SIGNAL
(2) A _-_; 65.06 BrkCloseTimeLimit 1…3s 1337 46506 100 == 1 s
(3) A _-_ B DIR; 65.07 BrkOpenTimeLimit 1…3s 1338 46507 100 == 1 s
(4) A _-_ B _-_
65.08 MaxMtrCurForSwiSm 0 … 100 % 1339 46508 1 == 1 %
50.03 SpeedFeedbackSel (1) INTERNAL; 1111 45003 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) ENCODER 65.09 DifferentMotPar (0) NO; (1) YES 1340 46509 (see Alternative Settings)
50.04 EncoderPulseNR 1 … 30000 1112 45004 1 == 1 65.10 FluxChange/s 0… 5% /s 1341 46510 100 == 1 % / s

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-301 (of 358) H-302 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
65.11 Freq. Change / s 0.01 ... 1 Hz / s 46511 100 == 1 Hz / s 80.14 D01-6 StatusIOEC3 0 … 8388607 1543 48014 1 == 1
Group 70 – DDCS Control 80.15 LoadBearTemp1 °C 48015 10 == 1 °C
70.01 CH0 NodeAddress 1 … 254 1422 47001 1 == 1 80.16 LoadBearTemp2 °C 48016 10 == 1 °C
70.02 CHO LinkControl 1 … 15 1423 47002 1 == 1 80.17 VibraSens1 % 48017 10 == 1 %
70.03 CH0 BaudRate (0) 8Mbits; 1424 47003 (see Alternative Settings) 80.18 VibraSens2 % 48018 10 == 1 %
(1) 4Mbits; 80.19 WtrCoolPress2 bar 48019 10 == 1 bar
(2) 2Mbits;
80.20 WtrCoolPressDiff bar 48020 10 == 1 bar
(3) 1Mbits
70.04 CH0 Timeout 0 … 60000 ms 1425 47004 1 == 1 ms 80.21 OutputTrafoTemp °C 48021 10 == 1 °C
70.05 CH0 ComLossCtrl (1) STOP RAMP; 1426 47005 (see Alternative Settings) Group 81 – Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
(2) STOP TORQUE; 81.01 AutoOffsetCalib (0) OFF; (1) ON 1555 48101 (see Alternative Settings)
(3) COAST STOP; 81.02 AI1 HighValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1556 48102 1 == 1
(4) LAST SPEED;
(5) CNST SPD15; 81.03 AI1 LowValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1557 48103 1 == 1
(6) FAULT 81.04 AI1 Minimum IO3 (1) 0mA/0V; 1558 48104 (see Alternative Settings)
70.06 CH1 LinkControl 1 … 15 1427 47006 1 == 1 (2) 4mA/2V
70.07 CH2 NodeAddress 1 … 254 1428 47007 1 == 1 81.05 AI1 Filter IO3 0 … 30 s 1559 48105 10 == 1 s
70.08 CH2 M/F Mode (1) NOT IN USE; 1429 47008 (see Alternative Settings) 81.06 AI1 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1560 48106 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) MASTER; 81.07 AI1 Offset IO3 0 … 0,5 mA 1561 48107 1000 == 1 mA
(3) FOLLOWER 81.08 AI2 HighValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1562 48108 1 == 1
70.09 CH2 MasterSignal1 0 … 9999 1430 47009 1 == 1 81.09 AI2 LowValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1563 48109 1 == 1
70.10 CH2 MasterSignal2 0 … 9999 1431 47010 1 == 1 81.10 AI2 Minimum IO3 (1) 0mA/0V; 1564 48110 (see Alternative Settings)
70.11 CH2 MasterSignal3 0 … 9999 1432 47011 1 == 1 (2) 4mA/2V
70.12 CH2 LinkControl 1 … 15 1433 47012 1 == 1 81.11 AI2 Filter IO3 0 … 30 s 1565 48111 10 == 1 s
70.13 CH2 Timeout 0 … 60000 ms 1434 47013 1 == 1 ms 81.12 AI2 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1566 48112 (see Alternative Settings)
70.14 CH2 ComLossCtrl (1) STOP RAMP; 1435 47014 (see Alternative Settings) 81.13 AI2 Offset IO3 0 … 0,5 mA 1567 48113 1000 == 1 mA
(2) STOP TORQUE; 81.14 AI3 HighValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1568 48114 1 == 1
(3) COAST STOP; 81.15 AI3 LowValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1569 48115 1 == 1
(4) LAST SPEED;
(5) CNST SPD15; 81.16 AI3 Minimum IO3 (1) 0mA/0V; 1570 48116 (see Alternative Settings)
(6) FAULT (2) 4mA/2V
70.15 CH3 NodeAddress 1 … 254 1436 47015 1 == 1 81.17 AI3 Filter IO3 0 … 30 s 1571 48117 10 == 1 s
70.16 CH3 LinkControl 1 … 15 1437 47016 1 == 1 81.18 AI3 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1572 48118 (see Alternative Settings)
70.17 FollowerSpeedRef (0) FOLLOWER; 1438 47017 (see Alternative Settings) 81.19 AI3 Offset IO3 0 … 0,5 mA 1573 48119 1000 == 1 mA
(1) MASTER 81.20 AI4 HighValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1574 48120 1 == 1
70.18 FollowerTorqRef (0) FOLLOWER; 1439 47018 (see Alternative Settings) 81.21 AI4 LowValue IO3 -10000 … 10000 1575 48121 1 == 1
(1) MASTER
81.22 AI4 Minimum IO3 (1) 0mA/0V; 1576 48122 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 75 – Option Modules (2) 4mA/2V
75.01 IOEC3 OptionBoard (0) NO; (1) YES 1512 47501 (see Alternative Settings) 81.23 AI4 Filter IO3 0 … 30 s 1577 48123 10 == 1 s
75.02 IOEC4 OptionBoard (0) NO; (1) YES 1513 47502 (see Alternative Settings) 81.24 AI4 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1578 48124 (see Alternative Settings)
75.03 EncoderModule (0) NO; (1) YES 1514 47503 (see Alternative Settings) 81.25 AI4 Offset IO3 0 … 0,5 mA 1579 48125 1000 == 1 mA
75.04 FBAComm.Module (1) NO; 1515 47504 (see Alternative Settings) 81.26 AI1 Select IO3 (1) TrafTmpExt/3; 48126 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) DSET1 READ/WRITE; (2) LoadBearTmp1;
(3) DSET1 READ ONLY; (3) VibraSens1
(4) DSET10 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 (1) OutsAirTmp; 48127 (see Alternative Settings)
READ/WRITE; (2) LoadBearTmp2;
(5) DSET10 READ ONLY (3) VibraSens2
Group 80 – Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional) Group 82 – Digital Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
80.01 TrafoTempExt/3 °C 1530 48001 10 == 1 °C 82.01 DI1 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1580 48201 (see Alternative Settings)
80.02 BearingTempDE °C 1531 48002 10 == 1 °C (1) INVERTED
80.03 BearingTempNDE °C 1532 48003 10 == 1 °C 82.02 DI2 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1581 48202 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
80.04 OutsideAirTemp °C 1533 48004 10 == 1 °C
82.03 DI4 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1582 48203 (see Alternative Settings)
80.05 AI1 IOEC3 mA 1534 48005 20000 == 20 mA (1) INVERTED
80.06 AI2 IOEC3 mA 1535 48006 20000 == 20 mA 82.04 DI6 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1583 48204 (see Alternative Settings)
80.07 AI3 IOEC3 mA 1536 48007 20000 == 20 mA (1) INVERTED
80.08 AI4 IOEC3 mA 1537 48008 20000 == 20 mA 82.05 DI8 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1584 48205 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
80.09 DI1-7 StatusIOEC3 0 … 127 1538 48009 1 == 1 82.06 DI11 Invert IO3 1585 48206 (see Alternative Settings)
(0) DIRECT;
80.10 DI8-14StatusIOEC3 0 … 127 1539 48010 1 == 1 (1) INVERTED
80.11 DI StatusWord IO3 0 … 32767 1540 48011 1 == 1 Group 83 – Analogue Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
80.12 AO1 IOEC3 mA 1541 48012 20000 == 20 mA 83.01 A01Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1598 48301 1 == 1
80.13 AO2 IOEC3 mA 1542 48013 20000 == 20 mA 83.02 A01 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1599 48302 (see Alternative Settings)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-303 (of 358) H-304 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
83.03 A01 Minimum IO3 (1) 0 mA; 1600 48303 (see Alternative Settings) (2) 4mA/2V
(2) 4 mA; 86.05 AI1 Filter IO4 0 … 30 s 1663 48605 10 == 1 s
(3) 10 mA
86.06 AI1 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1664 48606 (see Alternative Settings)
83.04 A01 Filter IO3 0 … 10 s 1601 48304 10 == 1 s
86.07 AI1 Offset IO4 0 … 0,5 mA 1665 48607 1000 == 1 mA
83.05 A01 Scale IO3 -65536 … 65535 1602 48305 1 == 1
86.08 AI2 HighValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1666 48608 1 == 1
83.06 A02Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1603 48306 1 == 1
86.09 AI2 LowValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1667 48609 1 == 1
83.07 A02 Invert IO3 (0) NO; (1) YES 1604 48307 (see Alternative Settings)
86.10 AI2 Minimum IO4 (1) 0mA/0V; 1668 48610 (see Alternative Settings)
83.08 A02 Minimum IO3 (1) 0 mA; 1605 48308 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) 4mA/2V
(2) 4 mA;
86.11 AI2 Filter IO4 0 … 30 s 1669 48611 10 == 1 s
(3) 10 mA
83.09 A02 Filter IO3 0 … 10 s 1606 48309 10 == 1 s 86.12 AI2 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1670 48612 (see Alternative Settings)
83.10 A02 Scale IO3 -65536 … 65535 1607 48310 1 == 1 86.13 AI2 Offset IO4 0 … 0,5 mA 1671 48613 1000 == 1 mA
Group 84 – Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) 86.14 AI3 HighValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1672 48614 1 == 1
84.01 D01Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1616 48401 1 == 1 86.15 AI3 LowValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1673 48615 1 == 1
84.02 D01 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1617 48402 1 == 1 86.16 AI3 Minimum IO4 (1) 0mA/0V; 1674 48616 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) 4mA/2V
84.03 D01 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1618 48403 (see Alternative Settings)
86.17 AI3 Filter IO4 0 … 30 s 1675 48617 10 == 1 s
(1) INVERTED
84.04 D02Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1619 48404 1 == 1 86.18 AI3 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1676 48618 (see Alternative Settings)
84.05 D02 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1620 48405 1 == 1 86.19 AI3 Offset IO4 0 … 0,5 mA 1677 48619 1000 == 1 mA
84.06 D02 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1621 48406 (see Alternative Settings) 86.20 AI4 HighValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1678 48620 1 == 1
(1) INVERTED 86.21 AI4 LowValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1679 48621 1 == 1
84.07 D03Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1622 48407 1 == 1 86.22 AI4 Minimum IO4 (1) 0mA/0V; 1680 48622 (see Alternative Settings)
84.08 D03 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1623 48408 1 == 1 (2) 4mA/2V
84.09 D03 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1624 48409 (see Alternative Settings) 86.23 AI4 Filter IO4 0 … 30 s 1681 48623 10 == 1 s
(1) INVERTED 86.24 AI4 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1682 48624 (see Alternative Settings)
84.10 D04Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1625 48410 1 == 1 86.25 AI4 Offset IO4 0 … 0,5 mA 1683 48625 1000 == 1 mA
84.11 D04 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1626 48411 1 == 1 86.26 AI2 Select IO4 (1) PIDActValue2; 1682 48626 (see Alternative Settings)
84.12 D04 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1627 48412 (see Alternative Settings) (2) MotWgTmpPhU2
(1) INVERTED Group 87 – Digital Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
84.13 D05Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1628 48413 1 == 1 87.01 DI1 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1684 48701 (see Alternative Settings)
84.14 D05 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1629 48414 1 == 1 (1) INVERTED
84.15 D05 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1630 48415 (see Alternative Settings) 87.02 DI3 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1684 48702 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED (1) INVERTED
84.16 D06Group+IndexIO3 0 … 30000 1631 48416 1 == 1 Group 88 – Analogue Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
84.17 D06 BitNumber IO3 0 … 15 1632 48417 1 == 1 88.01 A01Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1702 48801 1 == 1
84.18 D06 Invert IO3 (0) DIRECT; 1633 48418 (see Alternative Settings) 88.02 A01 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1703 48802 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED 88.03 A01 Minimum IO4 (1) 0 mA; 1704 48803 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 85 – Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional) (2) 4 mA;
85.01 PIDActualValue1 % 1641 48501 100 == 1 % (3) 10 mA
88.04 A01 Filter IO4 0 … 10 s 1705 48804 10 == 1 s
85.02 PIDActualValue2 % 1642 48502 100 == 1 %
88.05 A01 Scale IO4 -65536 … 65535 1706 48805 1 == 1
85.03 MotorWdgTmpPhU2 °C 1643 48503 10 == 1 °C
88.06 A02Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1707 48806 1 == 1
85.04 MotorWdgTmpPhV2 °C 1644 48504 10 == 1 °C
88.07 A02 Invert IO4 (0) NO; (1) YES 1708 48807 (see Alternative Settings)
85.05 MotorWdgTmpPhW2 °C 1645 48505 10 == 1 °C
88.08 A02 Minimum IO4 (1) 0 mA; 1709 48808 (see Alternative Settings)
85.06 AI1 IOEC4 mA 1646 48506 20000 == 20 mA
(2) 4 mA;
85.07 AI2 IOEC4 mA 1647 48507 20000 == 20 mA (3) 10 mA
85.08 AI3 IOEC4 mA 1648 48508 20000 == 20 mA 88.09 A02 Filter IO4 0 … 10 s 1710 48809 10 == 1 s
85.09 AI4 IOEC4 mA 1649 48509 20000 == 20 mA 88.10 A02 Scale IO4 -65536 … 65535 1711 48810 1 == 1
85.10 DI1-7 StatusIOEC4 0 … 127 1650 48510 1 == 1 Group 89 – Digital Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
85.11 DI8-14StatusIOEC4 0 … 127 1651 48511 1 == 1 89.01 D01Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1720 48901 1 == 1
85.12 DI StatusWord IO4 0 … 32767 1652 48512 1 == 1 89.02 D01 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1721 48902 1 == 1
85.13 AO1 IOEC mA 1653 48513 20000 == 20 mA 89.03 D01 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1722 48903 (see Alternative Settings)
85.14 AO2 IOEC4 mA 1654 48514 20000 == 20 mA (1) INVERTED
89.04 D02Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1723 48904 1 == 1
85.15 D01-6 StatusIOEC4 0 … 8388607 48515 1 == 1
89.05 D02 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1724 48905 1 == 1
Group 86 – Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
89.06 D02 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1725 48906 (see Alternative Settings)
86.01 AutoOffsetCalib (0) OFF; (1) ON 1659 48601 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
86.02 AI1 HighValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1660 48602 1 == 1 89.07 D03Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1726 48907 1 == 1
86.03 AI1 LowValue IO4 -10000 … 10000 1661 48603 1 == 1 89.08 D03 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1727 48908 1 == 1
86.04 AI1 Minimum IO4 (1) 0mA/0V; 1662 48604 (see Alternative Settings) 89.09 D03 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1728 48909 (see Alternative Settings)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-305 (of 358) H-306 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C2.6.2 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)
(1) INVERTED (2) HAND/AUTO;
89.10 D04Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1729 48910 1 == 1 (3) PID-CTRL;
(4) T-CTRL;
89.11 D04 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1730 48911 1 == 1
(5) SEQ CTRL;
89.12 D04 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1731 48912 (see Alternative Settings) (6) USER 1 LOAD;
(1) INVERTED (7) USER 1 SAVE;
89.13 D05Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1732 48913 1 == 1 (8) USER 2 LOAD ,
89.14 D05 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1733 48914 1 == 1 (9) USER 2 SAVE;
(10) M/F-CTRL;
89.15 D05 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1734 48915 (see Alternative Settings)
(11) SPEED-CTRL
(1) INVERTED
89.16 D06Group+IndexIO4 0 … 30000 1735 48916 1 == 1
89.17 D06 BitNumber IO4 0 … 15 1736 48917 1 == 1
89.18 D06 Invert IO4 (0) DIRECT; 1737 48918 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) INVERTED
Group 98 – Real Time Clock
98.01 SetNewRealTime (1) PANELSET OFF; 1923 49801 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) PANELSET ON;
(3) DI1-IO2;
(4) DI2-IO2;
(5) DI3-IO2;
(6) DI4-IO2;
(7) DI5-IO2;
(8) DI6-IO2;
(9)COMM.MODULE
98.02 SetValue Year 1997 … 2069 1924 49802 1 == 1
98.03 SetValue Month 1 … 12 1925 49803 1 == 1
98.04 SetValue Day 1 … 31 1926 49804 1 == 1
98.05 SetValue Hours 0 … 23 1927 49805 1 == 1
98.06 SetValue Minutes 0 … 59 1928 49806 1 == 1
98.07 SetValue Seconds 0 … 60 1929 49807 1 == 1
98.08 ActValue Year 1997 … 2069 1930 49808 1 == 1
98.09 ActValue Month 1 … 12 1931 49809 1 == 1
98.10 ActValue Day 1 … 31 1932 49810 1 == 1
98.11 ActValue Hours 0 … 23 1933 49811 1 == 1
98.12 ActValue Minutes 0 … 59 1934 49812 1 == 1
98.13 ActValue Seconds 0 … 60 1935 49813 1 == 1
Group 99 - Start-Up Data
99.01 Language (1) ENGLISH; 1941 49901 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) ENGLISH AM;
(3) DEUTSCH;
(4) ITALIANO;
(5) ESPANOL;
(6) PORTUGESE;
(7) NETHERLANDS;
(8) FRANCAISE;
(9) DANSK;
(10) SUOMI;
(11) SVENSKA
99.02 MotorNomVoltage 0 … 9000 V 1942 49902 1 == 1 V
99.03 MotorNomCurrent 0 … 4000 A 1943 49903 10 == 1 A
99.04 MotorNomFreq 8 … 200 Hz 1944 49904 100 == 1 Hz
99.05 MotorNomSpeed 1 … 18000 rpm 1945 49905 1 == 1 rpm
99.06 MotorNomPower 0 … 10000 kW 1946 49906 1 == 1 kW
99.07 MotorCosPhi 0…1 1947 49907 100 == 1
99.08 Motor ID Run (1) NO; 1948 49908 (see Alternative Settings)
(2) STANDARD
99.09 Filter ID Run (0) NO; (1) YES 1949 49909 (see Alternative Settings)
99.10 ControlMode (0) DTC; 1950 49910 (see Alternative Settings)
(1) SCALAR
99.11 AplicationRestore (0) NO; (1) YES 1951 49911 (see Alternative Settings)
99.12 Drive ID Number 0 … 32767 1952 49912 1 == 1
99.13 ApplicationMacro (1) FACTORY; 1953 49913 (see Alternative Settings)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-307 (of 358) H-308 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.3 Parameter Settings – Group 90 … 91 (Fieldbus - Data Set 1 … 8) C2.6.4 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51)

No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus No. Parameter Range / Unit Profibus Par. Modbus / Scaling for Fieldbus
( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus ( ) Fieldbus Equivalent No. Modbus Plus
(+ 4000 in Par. No. (+ 4000 in Par. No.
FMSMode) FMSMode)

Group 90 – Data Set Receive Address Group 92 – Data Set Receive Address
90.01 D SET 1/10 VAL 1 fixed to 7.06 1745 40001 / 40028 92.01 D SET 18 VAL 1 fixed to 7.06 1781 40052
Overriding Control Word Overriding Control Word
(OCW) (OCW)
90.02 D SET 1/10 VAL 2 fixed to 3.24 1746 40002 / 40029 92.02 D SET 18 VAL 2 fixed to 3.24 1782 40053
REF 1 Overriding System REF 1 Overriding System
(REF1 OS) (REF1 OS)
90.03 D SET 1/10 VAL 3 fixed to 3.25 1747 40003 / 40030 92.03 D SET 18 VAL 3 fixed to 3.25 1783 40054
REF 2 Overriding System REF 2 Overriding System
(REF2 OS) (REF2 OS)
90.04 D SET 3/12 VAL 1 0 … 9999 1748 40007 / 40034 (see Alternative Settings) 92.04 D SET 20 VAL 1 0 … 9999 1784 40058 (see Alternative Settings)
(Format: (X)XYY, where (Format: (X)XYY, where
(X)X = Parameter Group, YY (X)X = Parameter Group, YY
= Parameter Index) = Parameter Index)
90.05 D SET 3/12 VAL 2 see Par.: 90.04 1749 40008 / 40035 (see Alternative Settings) 92.05 D SET 20 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1785 40059 (see Alternative Settings)
90.06 D SET 3/12 VAL 3 see Par.: 90.04 1750 40009 / 40036 (see Alternative Settings) 92.06 D SET 20 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1786 40060 (see Alternative Settings)
90.07 D SET 5/14 VAL 1 see Par.: 90.04 1751 40013 / 40040 (see Alternative Settings) 92.07 D SET 22 VAL 1 see Par.: 92.04 1787 40064 (see Alternative Settings)
92.08 D SET 22 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1788 40065 (see Alternative Settings)
90.08 D SET 5/14 VAL 2 see Par.: 90.04 1752 40014 / 40041 (see Alternative Settings)
92.09 D SET 22 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1789 40066 (see Alternative Settings)
90.09 D SET 5/14 VAL 3 see Par.: 90.04 1753 40015 / 40042 (see Alternative Settings)
92.10 D SET 24 VAL 1 see Par.: 92.04 1790 40070 (see Alternative Settings)
90.10 D SET 7/16 VAL 1 see Par.: 90.04 1754 40019 / 40046 (see Alternative Settings)
92.11 D SET 24 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1791 40071 (see Alternative Settings)
90.11 D SET 7/16 VAL 2 see Par.: 90.04 1755 40020 / 40047 (see Alternative Settings)
92.12 D SET 24 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1792 40072 (see Alternative Settings)
90.12 D SET 7/16 VAL 3 see Par.: 90.04 1756 40021 / 40048 (see Alternative Settings)
92.13 D SET 26 VAL 1 see Par.: 92.04 1793 40076 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 91 – Data Set Transmit Address 92.14 D SET 26 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1794 40077 (see Alternative Settings)
91.01 D SET 2/11 VAL 1 fixed to 8.01 1763 40004 / 40031
92.15 D SET 26 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1795 40078 (see Alternative Settings)
Main Status Word
(MSW) 92.16 D SET 28 VAL 1 see Par.: 92.04 1796 40082 (see Alternative Settings)
91.02 D SET 2/11 VAL 2 0 … 9999 1764 40005 / 40032 (see Alternative Settings) 92.17 D SET 28 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1797 40083 (see Alternative Settings)
(Format: (X)XYY, where 92.18 D SET 28 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1798 40084 (see Alternative Settings)
(X)X = Parameter Group, YY
92.19 D SET 30 VAL 1 see Par.: 92.04 1799 40088 (see Alternative Settings)
= Parameter Index)
91.03 D SET 2/11 VAL 3 see Par.: 91.02 1765 40006 / 40033 (see Alternative Settings) 92.20 D SET 30 VAL 2 see Par.: 92.04 1800 40089 (see Alternative Settings)
92.21 D SET 30 VAL 3 see Par.: 92.04 1801 40090 (see Alternative Settings)
91.04 D SET 4/13 VAL 1 see Par.: 91.02 1766 40010 / 40037 (see Alternative Settings)
91.05 D SET 4/13 VAL 2 see Par.: 91.02 1767 40011 / 40038 (see Alternative Settings) Group 93 – Data Set Receive Address
93.01 D SET 32 VAL 1 0 … 9999 1816 40094 (see Alternative Settings)
91.06 D SET 4/13 VAL 3 see Par.: 91.02 1768 40012 / 40039 (see Alternative Settings)
(Format: (X)XYY, where
91.07 D SET 6/15 VAL 1 see Par.: 91.02 1769 40016 / 40043 (see Alternative Settings) (X)X = Parameter Group, YY
91.08 D SET 6/15 VAL 2 see Par.: 91.02 1770 40017 / 40044 (see Alternative Settings) = Parameter Index)
91.09 D SET 6/15 VAL 3 see Par.: 91.02 1771 40018 / 40045 (see Alternative Settings) 93.02 D SET 32 VAL 2 see Par.: 93.01 1817 40095 (see Alternative Settings)
93.03 D SET 32 VAL 3 see Par.: 93.01 1818 40096 (see Alternative Settings)
91.10 D SET 8/17 VAL 1 see Par.: 91.02 1772 40022 / 40049 (see Alternative Settings)
93.04 D SET 34 VAL 1 see Par.: 93.01 1819 (see Alternative Settings)
91.11 D SET 8/17 VAL 2 see Par.: 91.02 1773 40023 / 40050 (see Alternative Settings)
93.05 D SET 34 VAL 2 see Par.: 93.01 1820 (see Alternative Settings)
91.12 D SET 8/17 VAL 3 see Par.: 91.02 1774 40024 / 40051 (see Alternative Settings)
93.06 D SET 34 VAL 3 see Par.: 93.01 1821 (see Alternative Settings)
93.07 D SET 36 VAL 1 see Par.: 93.01 1822 (see Alternative Settings)
93.08 D SET 36 VAL 2 see Par.: 93.01 1823 (see Alternative Settings)
93.09 D SET 36 VAL 3 see Par.: 93.01 1824 (see Alternative Settings)
93.10 D SET 38 VAL 1 see Par.: 93.01 1825 (see Alternative Settings)
93.11 D SET 38 VAL 2 see Par.: 93.01 1826 (see Alternative Settings)
93.12 D SET 38 VAL 3 see Par.: 93.01 1827 (see Alternative Settings)
93.13 D SET 50 VAL 1 see Par.: 93.01 1828 (see Alternative Settings)
93.14 D SET 50 VAL 2 see Par.: 93.01 1829 (see Alternative Settings)
93.15 D SET 50 VAL 3 see Par.: 93.01 1830 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 94 – Data Set Transmit Address
94.01 D SET 19 VAL 1 fixed to 8.01 1834 40055 (see Alternative Settings)
Main Status Word
(MSW)
94.02 D SET 19 VAL 2 0 … 9999 1835 40056 (see Alternative Settings)
(Format: (X)XYY, where
(X)X = Parameter Group, YY
= Parameter Index)
94.03 D SET 19 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1836 40057 (see Alternative Settings)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-309 (of 358) H-310 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 2 – Fieldbus Control

C2.6.4 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51)

94.04 D SET 21 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1837 40061 (see Alternative Settings)
94.05 D SET 21 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1838 40062 (see Alternative Settings)
94.06 D SET 21 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1839 40063 (see Alternative Settings)
94.07 D SET 23 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1840 40067 (see Alternative Settings)
94.08 D SET 23 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1841 40068 (see Alternative Settings)
94.09 D SET 23 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1842 40069 (see Alternative Settings)
94.10 D SET 25 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1843 40073 (see Alternative Settings)
94.11 D SET 25 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1844 40074 (see Alternative Settings)
94.12 D SET 25 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1845 40075 (see Alternative Settings)
94.13 D SET 27 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1846 40079 (see Alternative Settings)
94.14 D SET 27 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1847 40080 (see Alternative Settings)
94.15 D SET 27 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1848 40081 (see Alternative Settings)
94.16 D SET 29 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1849 40085 (see Alternative Settings)
94.17 D SET 29 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1850 40086 (see Alternative Settings)
94.18 D SET 29 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1851 40087 (see Alternative Settings)
94.19 D SET 31 VAL 1 see Par.: 94.02 1852 40091 (see Alternative Settings)
94.20 D SET 31 VAL 2 see Par.: 94.02 1853 40092 (see Alternative Settings)
94.21 D SET 31 VAL 3 see Par.: 94.02 1854 40093 (see Alternative Settings)
Group 95 – Data Set Transmit Address
95.01 D SET 33 VAL 1 0 … 9999 1869 40097 (see Alternative Settings)
(Format: (X)XYY, where
(X)X = Parameter Group, YY
= Parameter Index)
95.02 D SET 33 VAL 2 see Par.: 95.01 1870 40098 (see Alternative Settings)
95.03 D SET 33 VAL 3 see Par.: 95.01 1871 40099 (see Alternative Settings)
95.04 D SET 35 VAL 1 see Par.: 95.01 1872 (see Alternative Settings)
95.05 D SET 35 VAL 2 see Par.: 95.01 1873 (see Alternative Settings)
95.06 D SET 35 VAL 3 see Par.: 95.01 1874 (see Alternative Settings)
95.07 D SET 37 VAL 1 see Par.: 95.01 1875 (see Alternative Settings)
95.08 D SET 37 VAL 2 see Par.: 95.01 1876 (see Alternative Settings)
95.09 D SET 37 VAL 3 see Par.: 95.01 1877 (see Alternative Settings)
95.10 D SET 39 VAL 1 see Par.: 95.01 1878 (see Alternative Settings)
95.11 D SET 39 VAL 2 see Par.: 95.01 1879 (see Alternative Settings)
95.12 D SET 39 VAL 3 see Par.: 95.01 1880 (see Alternative Settings)
95.13 D SET 51 VAL 1 see Par.: 95.01 1881 (see Alternative Settings)
95.14 D SET 51 VAL 2 see Par.: 95.01 1882 (see Alternative Settings)
95.15 D SET 51 VAL 3 see Par.: 95.01 1883 (see Alternative Settings)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-311 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros C3.2 Default Parameter Settings

C3.1 Default Actual Signals on CDP312 – Panel C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

Actual Signal Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Group 11 - Start / Stop / Dir / MCB Control
11.01 Ext1Strt/Stop/Dir DI1,2 DI1 DI1 DI1,2 DI1,2 DI1,2 DI1,2
1 Status Status Status Status Status Status Status
11.02 Ext2Strt/Stop/Dir NOT SEL DI6 DI6 DI1,2 NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL
2 MotSpeed MotSpeed MotSpeed MotSpeed MotSpeed MotSpeed MotSpeed
11.03 Direction FORWARD FORWARD FORWARD REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST
3 MotCurr MotCurr MotCurr MotCurr MotCurr MotCurr MotCurr
11.04 Ext1 MCB Control DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P
11.05 Ext2 MCB Control DI7P,13P DI3P,4P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P DI7P,13P

Group 12 - Reference Select

12.01 KeypadRefSelect REF1 (rpm) REF1 (rpm) REF1 (rpm) REF2 (%) REF1 (rpm) REF1 (rpm) REF1 (rpm)
12.02 Ext1/Ext2 Select EXT1 DI5-IO2 DI3-IO2 DI3-IO2 EXT1 EXT1 EXT1
12.03 ExtRef1Select REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF1/IO2AI1
12.04 ExtRef1Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.05 ExtRef1Maximum 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
12.06 ExtRef2Select KEYPAD REF2/IO1AI1 REF1/IO2AI1 REF2/IO1AI1 KEYPAD KEYPAD KEYPAD
12.07 ExtRef2Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.08 ExtRef2Maximum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12.09 MotPotTracking NO NO NO NO NO NO NO

Group 13 – Basic Analogue Inputs (IOEC 1 & 2)

13.01 AutoOffsetCalib NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.02 AI1 Scale IO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13.03 AI1 Minimum IO1 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
13.04 AI1 Filter IO1 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
13.05 AI1 Invert IO1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.06 AI1 Offset IO1 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
13.07 AI1 Scale IO2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13.08 AI1 Minimum IO2 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
13.09 AI1 Filter IO2 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
13.10 AI1 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.11 AI1 Offset IO2 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
13.12 AI2 HighValue IO2 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
13.13 AI2 LowValue IO2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13.14 AI2 Minimum IO2 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
13.15 AI2 Filter IO2 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s
13.16 AI2 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.17 AI2 Offset IO2 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
13.18 AI3 HighValue IO2 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
13.19 AI3 LowValue IO2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13.20 AI3 Minimum IO2 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
13.21 AI3 Filter IO2 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s
13.22 AI3 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.23 AI3 Offset IO2 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
13.24 AI4 HighValue IO2 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
13.25 AI4 LowValue IO2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13.26 AI4 Minimum IO2 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
13.27 AI4 Filter IO2 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s
13.28 AI4 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13.29 AI4 Offset IO2 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA

Group 14 – Basic Digital Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2)

14.01 D02Group+IndexIO1 801 801 801 801 801 801 801
14.02 D02 BitNumber IO1 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14.03 D02 Invert IO1 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
14.04 D01Group+IndexIO2 801 801 801 801 801 801 801
14.05 D01 BitNumber IO2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-313 (of 358) H-314 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
14.06 D01 Invert IO2 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 19.08 DATA 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.07 D02Group+IndexIO2 801 801 801 801 801 801 801 Group 20 – Limit Values
14.08 D02 BitNumber IO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20.01 MinimumSpeed -1101 rpm -1101 rpm -1101 rpm -1101 rpm -1101 rpm -1101 rpm -1101 rpm
14.09 D02 Invert IO2 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 20.02 MaximumSpeed 1101 rpm 1101 rpm 1101 rpm 1101 rpm 1101 rpm 1101 rpm 1101 rpm
14.10 D03Group+IndexIO2 801 801 801 801 801 801 801 20.03 StopDriveTube 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm
14.11 D03 BitNumber IO2 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 20.04 MaxMotorCurrent 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
14.12 D03 Invert IO2 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 20.05 MaximumTorque 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
14.13 D04Group+IndexIO2 801 801 801 801 801 801 801 20.06 MinimumTorque -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2
14.14 D04 BitNumber IO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 20.07 SPC TorqMax 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
14.15 D04 Invert IO2 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 20.08 SPC TorqMin -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2

Group 15 – Basic Analogue Outputs (IOEC 1 & 2) 20.09 TREF TorqMax 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
15.01 A01Group+Index IO1 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 20.10 TREF TorqMin -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2
15.02 A01 Invert IO1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 20.11 FreqTripMargin 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
15.03 A01 Minimum IO1 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 20.12 AtSetpointMargin 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
15.04 A01 Filter IO1 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s Group 21 – Start- / Stop- / MCB-Function
15.05 A01 Scale IO1 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 21.01 FlyStartEnable ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
15.06 A02Group+Index IO1 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 21.02 StopFunction COAST STOP STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO RAMPNG
15.07 A02 Invert IO1
21.03 ProcessStopMode COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP
15.08 A02 Minimum IO1 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA
21.04 ProcessStopMCBCtr OPENING OPENING OPENING OPENING OPENING OPENING OPENING
15.09 A02 Filter IO1 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
21.05 ProcessStopSpdDif 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s 10 rpm / s
15.10 A02 Scale IO1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
21.06 MCB OnControlMode TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO
15.11 A01Group+Index IO2 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS
15.12 A01 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 21.07 MCB FeedbackSig TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO
SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS
15.13 A01 Minimum IO2 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
21.08 MCB AvailableSig NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
15.14 A01 Filter IO2 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
21.09 MCB CloseTimeLim 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s
15.15 A01 Scale IO2 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
21.10 MCB OpenTimeLim 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s
15.16 A02Group+Index IO2 108 108 108 108 108 108 108
21.11 BackspinLockFunc OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
15.17 A02 Invert IO2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
21.12 BackspinLockTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s
15.18 A02 Minimum IO2 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
21.13 BackspinLockReset OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
15.19 A02 Filter IO2 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
21.14 FlyBackSrchEna OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
15.20 A02 Scale IO2 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Group 22 – Ramp Functions
Group 16 – System Control Inputs 22.01 Acc/Dec 1/2Sel DI4-IO2 ACC1/DEC 1 ACC1/DEC 1 DI5-IO2 DI3-IO2 DI4-IO2 DI4-IO2
16.01 ProcessStop DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2 DI8-IO2
22.02 AccelTime1 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s
16.02 ParameterLock OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN
22.03 DecelTime1 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s
16.03 Passcode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22.04 AccelTime2 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s
16.04 FaultResetSel NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL
22.05 DecelTime2 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s 60 s
16.05 UserMacro IO Chg NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL
22.06 ProcessStopRamp 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s
16.06 OldUserPasscode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22.07 ShapeTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s
16.07 NewUserPasscode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22.08 VariableSlope OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Group 17 – Utilities 22.09 VarSlopeRate 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s
17.01 ProbeVariable Inv Current U Inv Current U Inv Current U Inv Current U Inv Current U Inv Current U Inv Current U
Group 23 – Speed Reference
17.02 (Value 1 DC) 0 DC 0 DC 0 DC 0 DC 0 DC 0 DC 0 DC
23.01 SpeedRef 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
17.03 (Value 2 AC RMS) 0 AC 0 AC 0 AC 0 AC 0 AC 0 AC 0 AC
23.02 InchingSpeed1 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
17.04 (Value 3 Total RMS) 0 rms 0 rms 0 rms 0 rms 0 rms 0 rms 0 rms
23.03 InchingSpeed2 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
Group 18 – Process Speed 23.04 SpeedCorrection 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
18.01 Scale 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
23.05 SpeedShare 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
18.02 Unit % % % % % % % 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s
23.06 SpeedErrorFilter
Group 19 – Data Storage 23.07 WindowSelectOn OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
19.01 DATA 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
23.08 WindowIntegOn OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
19.02 DATA 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
23.09 WindowWidthPos
19.03 DATA 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
23.10 WindowWidthNeg
19.04 DATA 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
23.11 SpeedStep
19.05 DATA 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Group 24 – Speed Control
19.06 DATA 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
24.01 DroopRate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
19.07 DATA 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
24.02 KPS

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-315 (of 358) H-316 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
24.03 KPS Min 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30.13 StallFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24.04 KPS WeakPoint 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30.14 StallFrequency 8 Hz 8 Hz 8 Hz 8 Hz 8 Hz 8 Hz 8 Hz
24.05 KPS WPFiltTime 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 30.15 StallTimeLimit 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s
24.06 Set P Weighting OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 30.16 UnderloadFunc NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24.07 SetPointWeight 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 30.17 UnderloadTime 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s
24.08 TIS 2.5 s 2.5 s 2.5 s 2.5 s 2.5 s 2.5 s 2.5 s 30.18 UnderloadCurve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
24.09 TIS Init Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30.19 FloatingGndSel WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING
24.10 BAL OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Group 31 – Standard Fault Functions
24.11 BAL Ref 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31.01 UnVoltRestartEnab OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
24.12 DerivationTime 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 31.02 UnVoltWaitTime 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s
24.13 DerivFilterTime 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 31.03 AI<MinFuncExtRef1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24.14 AccCompDerivTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 31.04 AI<MinFuncExtRef2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24.15 AccCompFiltTime 8s 8s 8s 8s 8s 8s 8s 31.05 BattChangeEnab OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
24.16 SlipGain 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 31.06 PanelLossSupervis FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
24.17 KPS TIS MinFreq 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz Group 32 – Limit Supervision
24.18 KPS TIS MaxFreq 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 32.01 LimSupervisAction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24.19 KPS ValueMinFreq 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32.02 LimSupDelayTime 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s
24.20 TIS ValueMinFreq 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32.03 SpeedRefFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Group 25 – Torque Reference 32.04 SpeedRefLimit 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
25.01 TorqueRefA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.05 SpeedActFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
25.02 TorqueRefA FTC 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 1000.0 ms 32.06 SpeedActLimit 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
25.03 LoadShare 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32.07 MotCurrFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
25.04 TorqueRefB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.08 MotCurrLimit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
25.05 TorqRampUpTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 32.09 MotTorqFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
25.06 TorqRampDownTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 32.10 MotTorqLimit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
25.07 TorqRef AorB Sel TORQ REF B TORQ REF B TORQ REF B TORQ REF B TORQ REF B TORQ REF B TORQ REF B 32.11 SupSig1 Function NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Group 26 – Torque Reference Handling 32.12 SupSig1Group+Indx 8501 8501 8501 8501 8501 8501 8501
26.01 TorqueSelector SPEED SPEED SPEED TORQUE SPEED SPEED SPEED 32.13 SupSig1 Limit 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
26.02 LoadCompensation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.14 SupSig2 Function NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
26.03 TorqueStep 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.15 SupSig2Group+Indx 8502 8502 8502 8502 8502 8502 8502

Group 27 – Flux Control 32.16 SupSig2 Limit 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
27.01 FluxOptimazion OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Group 33 - Constant Speed
27.02 FluxBraking OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 33.01 ConstantSpeedSel DI5,6 DI2(SPEED2) DI4(SPEED4) DI4(SPEED4) DI4,5,6 DI5,6 DI5,6
27.03 FluxRef 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 33.02 ConstantSpeed1 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm 100 300 rpm 300 rpm
27.04 FluxMax 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 33.03 ConstantSpeed2 600 rpm 500 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 250 600 rpm 600 rpm
27.05 FluxMin 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 33.04 ConstantSpeed3 900 rpm 900 rpm 900 rpm 900 rpm 500 900 rpm 900 rpm
27.06 FieldWkPointMax 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 33.05 ConstantSpeed4 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm 750 300 rpm 300 rpm
27.07 MinOptimizedFlux 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 33.06 ConstantSpeed5 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 1000 600 rpm 600 rpm

Group 29 – Scalar Control 33.07 ConstantSpeed6 900 rpm 900 rpm 900 rpm 900 rpm 1250 900 rpm 900 rpm
29.01 FrequencyRef 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 33.08 ConstantSpeed7 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 1500 0 rpm 0 rpm
29.02 FrequencyMax 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 33.09 ConstantSpeed8 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
29.03 FrequencyMin -50 Hz -50 Hz -50 Hz -50 Hz -50 Hz -50 Hz -50 Hz 33.10 ConstantSpeed9 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm

Group 30 – Standard Motor Protection 33.11 ConstantSpeed10 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.01 ExtMotorThermProt SOFT STOP SOFT STOP SOFT STOP SOFT STOP SOFT STOP SOFT STOP SOFT STOP 33.12 ConstantSpeed11 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.02 MotWdgUTempMeas1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 33.13 ConstantSpeed12 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm

30.03 MotWdgVTempMeas1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 33.14 ConstantSpeed13 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.04 MotWdgWTempMeas1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 33.15 ConstantSpeed14 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.05 MotTempAlarmLevel 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 33.16 ConstantSpeed15 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm 600 rpm
30.06 MotTempTripLevel 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C Group 34 - Critical Speed
30.07 MotProtCurrLevel1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 34.01 CriticalSpeedSel OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
30.08 MotProtCurrLevel2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 34.02 CritSpeed1Low 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.09 MotProtCurrLevel3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 34.03 CritSpeed1High 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.10 MotProtTime1 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 20 s 34.04 CritSpeed2Low 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.11 MotProtTime2 480 s 480 s 480 s 480 s 480 s 480 s 480 s 34.05 CritSpeed2High 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
30.12 MotProtTime3 1200 s 1200 s 1200 s 1200 s 1200 s 1200 s 1200 s 34.06 CritSpeed3Low 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-317 (of 358) H-318 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
34.07 CritSpeed3High 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 38.05 BrkChopInstalled NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
34.08 CritSpeed4Low 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 38.06 BrkResiOvertemp DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE
CHOP CHOP CHOP CHOP CHOP CHOP CHOP
34.09 CritSpeed4High 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
38.07 SynBypassFunction NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
34.10 CritSpeed5Low 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
Group 39 – Ride Through Function
34.11 CritSpeed5High
39.01 RideThroughEnable ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
Group 35 – Extended Motor Protection (Optional) 39.02 RideThroughTime 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s
35.01 BearingTmpProtDE NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
39.03 RideThrghMinSpeed 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm
35.02 BrgTmpAlarmLevDE 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C
39.04 AuxRideThrghEnabl ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
35.03 BrgTmpTripLevDE 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C
39.05 AuxRideThrghTime 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
35.04 BearingTmpProtNDE NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C
Group 40 – PID Control
35.05 BrgTmpAlarmLevNDE
40.01 PID Gain 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35.06 BrgTmpTripLevNDE 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C
40.02 PID IntegratTime 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s
35.07 ExtMotorProtAlarm OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
40.03 PID DerivTime 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s
35.08 MotorCoolingProt OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
40.04 PID DerivFilter 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
35.09 VibrationProtDI OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
40.05 ErrorValueInvers NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
35.10 VibrationProtAI1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
40.06 ActualValueSel ACT 1 ACT 1 ACT 1 ACT 1 ACT 1 ACT 1 ACT 1
35.11 VibrationProtAI2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
40.07 Act1Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
35.12 VibrationAlmLev 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
40.08 Act1Maximum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35.13 VibrationTripLev 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
40.09 Act2Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
35.14 LoadBrgTmpProt1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
40.10 Act2Maximum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35.15 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev1 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C
40.11 Act1UnitScale 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35.16 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev1 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C
40.12 Act1Unit % % % % % % %
35.17 LoadBrgTmpProt2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
40.13 Act2UnitScale 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35.18 LoadBrgTmpAlmLev2 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C 110 °C
40.14 Act2Unit % % % % % % %
35.19 LoadBrgTmpTrpLev2 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C 120 °C
40.15 AI<MinFuncExtAct1 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
35.20 MotWdgUTempMeas2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
40.16 AI<MinFuncExtAct2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
35.21 MotWdgVTempMeas2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Group 41 – Cooling System
35.22 MotWdgWTempMeas2
41.01 Fan/PumpCycleTime 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h
Group 36 – Transformer Protection (ACS 1000: Optional) 6h 6h 6h 6h 6h 6h 6h
41.02 Fan1/Pump1RunTime
36.01 TrafoTmpProtectDI OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
41.03 AirCoolFanSel ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1) ONE(FAN1)
36.02 TrafoTmpProtectAI NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
41.04 FanAlarmReset OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.03 TrafoTmpAlmLExt/3 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
41.05 InvAirFilterSupvi OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.04 TrafoTmpTrpLExt/3 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C
41.06 RedAuxFanInstall NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
36.05 TrafoBuchholzProt OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
41.07 IntegTrafoFanInst NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
36.06 TrafoOilLevProtec OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
41.08 TrafoFanAlmReset OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.07 TrafoTmpSelect 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
41.09 WtrCoolPumpSel ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1) ONE(PUMP1)
36.08 TrafoTmpAlarmLev1 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
41.10 PumpAlarmReset OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.09 TrafoTmpTripLev1 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C
41.11 AutoCoolOnDelay OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.10 TrafoTmpAlarmLev2 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
41.12 WtrCoolStartSeq OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
36.11 TrafoTmpTripLev2 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C
41.13 WtrValveLiftHeigh 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
36.12 OutpTrafoTmpProt NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
41.14 WtrValveMotorLift 3s/mm 3s/mm 3s/mm 3s/mm 3s/mm 3s/mm 3s/mm
36.13 OutpTrafoTmpAlmL 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
41.15 WtrPmpChangeMask 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
36.14 OutpTrafoTmpTrpL 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C
41.16 WtrAutoCoolMode 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Group 37 - External Inverter Protection (Optional) 41.17 WtrAutoCoolStCond 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
37.01 ExtWtrCoolingProt OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Group 42 – Motor Over- / Underload Protection
37.02 ExtOutputIsolator OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
42.01 LoadProtFunction OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
37.03 ExtInputIsolator OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
42.02 LoadProtDelayTime 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s
37.04 OutsideAirTmpProt NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
42.03 UnderLoadAlarmLim 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
37.05 OutAirTmpAlmLev 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
42.04 UnderLoadTripLim 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
37.06 OutAirTmpTripLev 55 °C 55 °C 55 °C 55 °C 55 °C 55 °C 55 °C
42.05 OverLoadAlarmLim 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Group 38 – Optional Functions 42.06 OvderLoadTripLim 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
38.01 MotorHeater NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
42.07 LoadProtStartFreq 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
38.02 MotorCooler NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
42.08 FrequencyLevel P1 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz 5 Hz
38.03 MotCoolerTimeOff 300 s 300 s 300 s 300 s 300 s 300 s 300 s
42.09 FrequencyLevel P2 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
38.04 CabinetHeater NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
42.10 FrequencyLevel P3 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz 15 Hz

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-319 (of 358) H-320 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
42.11 FrequencyLevel P4 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 51.04 Fieldbus Par 4 Different meaning depending on module type
42.12 FrequencyLevel P5 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 51.05 Fieldbus Par 5 Different meaning depending on module type
42.13 FrequencyLevel P6 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 51.06 Fieldbus Par 6 Different meaning depending on module type
42.14 FrequencyLevel P7 35 Hz 35 Hz 35 Hz 35 Hz 35 Hz 35 Hz 35 Hz 51.07 Fieldbus Par 7 Different meaning depending on module type
42.15 FrequencyLevel P8 40 Hz 40 Hz 40 Hz 40 Hz 40 Hz 40 Hz 40 Hz
51.08 Fieldbus Par 8 Different meaning depending on module type
42.16 FrequencyLevel P9 45 Hz 45 Hz 45 Hz 45 Hz 45 Hz 45 Hz 45 Hz
51.09 Fieldbus Par 9 Different meaning depending on module type
42.17 LoadProtStartCurr 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A Different meaning depending on module type
51.10 Fieldbus Par 10
42.18 CurrentLevel P1 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A
51.11 Fieldbus Par 11 Different meaning depending on module type
42.19 CurrentLevel P2 50 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 50 A
51.12 Fieldbus Par 12 Different meaning depending on module type
42.20 CurrentLevel P3 70 A 70 A 70 A 70 A 70 A 70 A 70 A
51.13 Fieldbus Par 13 Different meaning depending on module type
42.21 CurrentLevel P4 90 A 90 A 90 A 90 A 90 A 90 A 90 A
51.14 Fieldbus Par 14 Different meaning depending on module type
42.22 CurrentLevel P5 110 A 110 A 110 A 110 A 110 A 110 A 110 A
51.15 Fieldbus Par 15 Different meaning depending on module type
42.23 CurrentLevel P6 130 A 130 A 130 A 130 A 130 A 130 A 130 A
42.24 CurrentLevel P7 150 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 150 A Group 64 – Actual Signals of IOEC 5 & 6 (Optional)
64.01 DI1-7 StatusIOEC5
42.25 CurrentLevel P8 170 A 170 A 170 A 170 A 170 A 170 A 170 A
64.02 DI8-14StatusIOEC5
42.26 CurrentLevel P9 190 A 190 A 190 A 190 A 190 A 190 A 190 A
64.03 DI StatusWord IO5
Group 43 – ESP Protection Function
64.04 DO1-6 StatusIOEC5
43.01 MotPhaseUnbalFunc OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
64.05 DI1-7 StatusIOEC6
43.02 MotPhUnbalDelTime 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s 30 s
64.06 DI8-14StatusIOEC6
43.03 MotPhUnbalAlmLim 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
64.07 DI StatusWord IO6
43.04 MotPhUnbalTripLim 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15
64.08 DO1-6 StatusIOEC6
Group 48 –Customer Supervision Function
NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL
Group 65 – Synchronized Bypass (Optional)
48.01 CustSig1Reaction
65.01 SM1AvailableSig NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48.02 CustSig1TypeSel AND AND AND AND AND AND AND
65.02 SM2AvailableSig NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48.03 CustSig1.1Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804
65.03 SM3AvailableSig NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48.04 CustSig1.1BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
65.04 SM4AvailableSig NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48.05 CustSig1.1Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
65.05 SynOnControlMode TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO TWO
48.06 CustSig1.2Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804 SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS SIGNALS
48.07 CustSig1.2BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 65.06 BrkCloseTimeLimit 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s
48.08 CustSig1.2Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 65.07 BrkOpenTimeLimit 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s
48.09 CustSig1.3Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804 65.08 MaxMtrCurForSwiSm 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15
48.10 CustSig1.3BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 65.09 DifferentMotPar NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48.11 CustSig1.3Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 65.10 FluxChange/s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s 0.5 % / s
48.12 CustSig2Reaction NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL NOT SEL 65.11 Freq. Change / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s 0.1 Hz / s
48.13 CustSig2TypeSel AND AND AND AND AND AND AND Group 70 – DDCS Control
48.14 CustSig2.1Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804 70.01 CH0 NodeAddress 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
48.15 CustSig2.1BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 70.02 CHO LinkControl 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
48.16 CustSig2.1Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 70.03 CH0 BaudRate 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s 4 Mbit/s
48.17 CustSig2.2Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804 70.04 CH0 Timeout 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms
48.18 CustSig2.2BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 70.05 CH0 ComLossCtrl COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP
48.19 CustSig2.2Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 70.06 CH1 LinkControl 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
48.20 CustSig2.3Grp+Idx 804 804 804 804 804 804 804 70.07 CH2 NodeAddress 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
48.21 CustSig2.3BitNum 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 70.08 CH2 M/F Mode NOT IN USE NOT IN USE NOT IN USE NOT IN USE NOT IN USE MASTER NOT IN USE
48.22 CustSig2.3Invert DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 70.09 CH2 MasterSignal1 707 707 707 707 707 707 707

Group 50 – Speed Measurement 70.10 CH2 MasterSignal2 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301
50.01 SpeedScaling 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 70.11 CH2 MasterSignal3 313 313 313 313 313 313 313
50.02 SpeedMeasMode A _-_ B _-_ A _-_ B _-_ A _-_ B _-_ A _-_ B _-_ A _-_ B _ -_ A _-_ B _-_ A _-_ B _-_ 70.12 CH2 LinkControl 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
50.03 SpeedFeedbackSel INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL 70.13 CH2 Timeout 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms
50.04 EncoderPulseNR 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 70.14 CH2 ComLossCtrl COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP COAST STOP
50.05 EncoderAlm/Fault ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM 70.15 CH3 NodeAddress 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
50.06 SpeedActFiltTime 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms 70.16 CH3 LinkControl 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

Group 51 – Communication Module (Field Bus Adapter) 70.17 FollowerSpeedRef FOLLOWER FOLLOWER FOLLOWER FOLLOWER FOLLOWER FOLLOWER FOLLOWER

51.01 MODULE TYPE Module type and software version 70.18 FollowerTorqRef MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER MASTER

51.02 Fieldbus Par 2 Different meaning depending on module type Group 75 – Option Modules
51.03 Fieldbus Par 3 Different meaning depending on module type 75.01 IOEC3 OptionBoard NO NO NO NO NO NO NO

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-321 (of 358) H-322 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
75.02 IOEC4 OptionBoard NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 82.02 DI2 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
75.03 EncoderModule NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 82.03 DI4 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
75.04 FBAComm.Module NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 82.04 DI6 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT

Group 80 – Actual Signals of IOEC 3 (Optional) 82.05 DI8 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
80.01 TrafoTempExt/3 82.06 DI11 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
80.02 BearingTempDE Group 83 – Analogue Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
80.03 BearingTempNDE 83.01 A01Group+IndexIO3 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301 2301
80.04 OutsideAirTemp 83.02 A01 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
80.05 AI1 IOEC3 83.03 A01 Minimum IO3 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA
80.06 AI2 IOEC3 83.04 A01 Filter IO3 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
80.07 AI3 IOEC3 83.05 A01 Scale IO3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
80.08 AI4 IOEC3 83.06 A02Group+IndexIO3 108 108 108 108 108 108 108
80.09 DI1-7 StatusIOEC3 83.07 A02 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
80.10 DI8-14StatusIOEC3 83.08 A02 Minimum IO3 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA
80.11 DI StatusWord IO3 83.09 A02 Filter IO3 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
80.12 AO1 IOEC3 83.10 A02 Scale IO3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
80.13 AO2 IOEC3 Group 84 – Digital Outputs of IOEC 3 (Optional)
80.14 D01-6 StatusIOEC3 84.01 D01Group+IndexIO3 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
80.15 LoadBearTemp1 84.02 D01 BitNumber IO3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
80.16 LoadBearTemp2 84.03 D01 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
80.17 VibraSens1 84.04 D02Group+IndexIO3 801 801 801 801 801 801 801
80.18 VibraSens2 84.05 D02 BitNumber IO3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
80.19 WtrCoolPress2 84.06 D02 Invert IO3 INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED
80.20 WtrCoolPressDiff 84.07 D03Group+IndexIO3 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
80.21 OutputTrafoTemp 84.08 D03 BitNumber IO3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Group 81 – Analogue Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) 84.09 D03 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
81.01 AutoOffsetCalib OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 84.10 D04Group+IndexIO3 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
81.02 AI1 HighValue IO3 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 84.11 D04 BitNumber IO3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
81.03 AI1 LowValue IO3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84.12 D04 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
81.04 AI1 Minimum IO3 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 84.13 D05Group+IndexIO3 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
81.05 AI1 Filter IO3 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 84.14 D05 BitNumber IO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
81.06 AI1 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 84.15 D05 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
81.07 AI1 Offset IO3 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 84.16 D06Group+IndexIO3 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
81.08 AI2 HighValue IO3 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 84.17 D06 BitNumber IO3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
81.09 AI2 LowValue IO3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84.18 D06 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
81.10 AI2 Minimum IO3 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V Group 85 – Actual Signals of IOEC 4 (Optional)
81.11 AI2 Filter IO3 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 85.01 PIDActualValue1
81.12 AI2 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 85.02 PIDActualValue2
81.13 AI2 Offset IO3 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 85.03 MotorWdgTmpPhU2
81.14 AI3 HighValue IO3 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 85.04 MotorWdgTmpPhV2
81.15 AI3 LowValue IO3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85.05 MotorWdgTmpPhW2
81.16 AI3 Minimum IO3 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 85.06 AI1 IOEC4
81.17 AI3 Filter IO3 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 85.07 AI2 IOEC4
81.18 AI3 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 85.08 AI3 IOEC4
81.19 AI3 Offset IO3 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 85.09 AI4 IOEC4
81.20 AI4 HighValue IO3 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 85.10 DI1-7 StatusIOEC4
81.21 AI4 LowValue IO3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85.11 DI8-14StatusIOEC4
81.22 AI4 Minimum IO3 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 85.12 DI StatusWord IO4
81.23 AI4 Filter IO3 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 85.13 AO1 IOEC
81.24 AI4 Invert IO3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 85.14 AO2 IOEC4
81.25 AI4 Offset IO3 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 85.15 D01-6 StatusIOEC4
81.26 AI1 Select IO3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 TrafTmpExt/3 Group 86 – Analogue Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
81.27 AI4 Select IO3 OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp OutsAirTmp 86.01 AutoOffsetCalib OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Group 82 – Digital Inputs of IOEC 3 (Optional) 86.02 AI1 HighValue IO4 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
82.01 DI1 Invert IO3 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT 86.03 AI1 LowValue IO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-323 (of 358) H-324 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99 C3.2.1 Parameter Settings – Group 11 … 89, 98, 99

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros
Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
86.04 AI1 Minimum IO4 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 89.18 D06 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
86.05 AI1 Filter IO4 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s Group 98 – Real Time Clock
86.06 AI1 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 98.01 SetNewRealTime PANALSET PANALSET PANALSET PANALSET PANALSET PANALSET PANALSET
0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
86.07 AI1 Offset IO4
98.02 SetValue Year 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002
86.08 AI2 HighValue IO4 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
98.03 SetValue Month 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
86.09 AI2 LowValue IO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
98.04 SetValue Day 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
86.10 AI2 Minimum IO4 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V 4mA/2V
98.05 SetValue Hours 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
86.11 AI2 Filter IO4 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
98.06 SetValue Minutes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
86.12 AI2 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
98.07 SetValue Seconds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
86.13 AI2 Offset IO4 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
98.08 ActValue Year
86.14 AI3 HighValue IO4 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
98.09 ActValue Month
86.15 AI3 LowValue IO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
98.10 ActValue Day
86.16 AI3 Minimum IO4 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V
98.11 ActValue Hours
86.17 AI3 Filter IO4 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s
98.12 ActValue Minutes
86.18 AI3 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
98.13 ActValue Seconds
86.19 AI3 Offset IO4 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Group 99 - Start-Up Data
86.20 AI4 HighValue IO4
99.01 Language ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH
86.21 AI4 LowValue IO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
99.02 MotorNomVoltage 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V
86.22 AI4 Minimum IO4 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V 0mA/0V
99.03 MotorNomCurrent 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A
86.23 AI4 Filter IO4 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
99.04 MotorNomFreq 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz
86.24 AI4 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
99.05 MotorNomSpeed 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
86.25 AI4 Offset IO4 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2 PIDActValue2
99.06 MotorNomPower 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW
86.26 AI2 Select IO4
99.07 MotorCosPhi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Group 87 – Digital Inputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)
99.08 Motor ID Run NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
87.01 DI1 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
99.09 Filter ID Run NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
87.02 DI3 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
99.10 ControlMode DTC DTC DTC DTC DTC DTC DTC
Group 88 – Analogue Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional) 99.11 AplicationRestore NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
88.01 A01Group+IndexIO4 102 102 102 102 102 102 102
99.12 Drive ID Number 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
88.02 A01 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
99.13 ApplicationMacro FACTORY HAND/AUTO PID-CTRL TORQUE SEQ-CTRL M/F-CTRL SPEED-CTRL
88.03 A01 Minimum IO4 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA CTRL
88.04 A01 Filter IO4 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
88.05 A01 Scale IO4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
88.06 A02Group+IndexIO4 108 108 108 108 108 108 108
88.07 A02 Invert IO4 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
88.08 A02 Minimum IO4 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA
88.09 A02 Filter IO4 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
88.10 A02 Scale IO4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Group 89 – Digital Outputs of IOEC 4 (Optional)

89.01 D01Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.02 D01 BitNumber IO4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
89.03 D01 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
89.04 D02Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.05 D02 BitNumber IO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
89.06 D02 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
89.07 D03Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.08 D03 BitNumber IO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
89.09 D03 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
89.10 D04Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.11 D04 BitNumber IO4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
89.12 D04 Invert IO4 INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED INVERTED
89.13 D05Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.14 D05 BitNumber IO4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
89.15 D05 Invert IO4 DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT
89.16 D06Group+IndexIO4 807 807 807 807 807 807 807
89.17 D06 BitNumber IO4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-325 (of 358) H-326 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.2 Parameter Settings – Group 90 … 91 (Fieldbus – Data Set 1 … 8) C3.2.3 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51)

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros

Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control Control Control Control
Group 90 – Data Set Receive Address Group 92 – Data Set Receive Address
90.01 D SET 1/10 VAL 1 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 92.01 D SET 18 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90.02 D SET 1/10 VAL 2 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 92.02 D SET 18 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90.03 D SET 1/10 VAL 3 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 92.03 D SET 18 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90.04 D SET 3/12 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92.04 D SET 20 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90.05 D SET 3/12 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92.05 D SET 20 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90.06 D SET 3/12 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92.06 D SET 20 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92.07 D SET 22 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90.07 D SET 5/14 VAL 1
90.08 D SET 5/14 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92.08 D SET 22 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.09 D SET 22 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90.09 D SET 5/14 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.10 D SET 24 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90.10 D SET 7/16 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.11 D SET 24 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90.11 D SET 7/16 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.12 D SET 24 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90.12 D SET 7/16 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.13 D SET 26 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Group 91 – Data Set Transmit Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.14 D SET 26 VAL 2
91.01 D SET 2/11 VAL 1 801 801 801 801 801 801 801
92.15 D SET 26 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.02 D SET 2/11 VAL 2 101 101 101 101 101 101 101
92.16 D SET 28 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.03 D SET 2/11 VAL 3 107 107 107 107 107 107 107
92.17 D SET 28 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.04 D SET 4/13 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.18 D SET 28 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.05 D SET 4/13 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.19 D SET 30 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.06 D SET 4/13 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.20 D SET 30 VAL 2
91.07 D SET 6/15 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
92.21 D SET 30 VAL 3
91.08 D SET 6/15 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Group 93 – Data Set Receive Address
91.09 D SET 6/15 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.01 D SET 32 VAL 1
91.10 D SET 8/17 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93.02 D SET 32 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.11 D SET 8/17 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93.03 D SET 32 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
91.12 D SET 8/17 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93.04 D SET 34 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.05 D SET 34 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.06 D SET 34 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.07 D SET 36 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.08 D SET 36 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.09 D SET 36 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.10 D SET 38 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.11 D SET 38 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.12 D SET 38 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.13 D SET 50 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.14 D SET 50 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
93.15 D SET 50 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Group 94 – Data Set Transmit Address

94.01 D SET 19 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.02 D SET 19 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.03 D SET 19 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.04 D SET 21 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.05 D SET 21 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.06 D SET 21 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.07 D SET 23 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.08 D SET 23 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.09 D SET 23 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.10 D SET 25 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.11 D SET 25 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.12 D SET 25 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.13 D SET 27 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.14 D SET 27 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.15 D SET 27 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-327 (of 358) H-328 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 3 – Default Settings of Application Macros

C3.2.3 Parameter Settings – Group 92 … 95 (Fieldbus - Data Set 10 … 51)

No. Parameter Default Parameter Settings of Application Macros

Factory Hand / Auto PID Control Torque Sequential M/F Control Speed
Control Control Control
94.16 D SET 29 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.17 D SET 29 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.18 D SET 29 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.19 D SET 31 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.20 D SET 31 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
94.21 D SET 31 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Group 95 – Data Set Transmit Address

95.01 D SET 33 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.02 D SET 33 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.03 D SET 33 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.04 D SET 35 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.05 D SET 35 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.06 D SET 35 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.07 D SET 37 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.08 D SET 37 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.09 D SET 37 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.10 D SET 39 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.11 D SET 39 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.12 D SET 39 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.13 D SET 51 VAL 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.14 D SET 51 VAL 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
95.15 D SET 51 VAL 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-329 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 4 – Fault Tracing

Chapter 4 – Fault Tracing C4.1.4 Trip 3 (Trip Reaction)

This trip is an enhanced tripping level of the trip 2 and it normally only will occur, if the inverter is blocked. In this level following
actions will be done:
C4.1 Description of Fault Trip Reactions
• The machine will be short circuit with the zero voltage vector directly
In the ACS 1000 are different trip reactions possible. These different reactions are:
• Soft Stop • The protection IGCT will be switched off.
• Trip 1
• The MCB will be opened.
• Trip 2
• Trip 3
Self excitation could not happen, because the zero voltage will stay switched.
C4.1.1 Soft Stop (Trip Reaction) Only used if serious damage to the inverter has happened.
This is the normal stopping procedure, which is called „soft stop“ and if a stopping request is made it will be handled as follows:
• At first the rotation frequency of the drive will be reduced (according to the deceleration time) below the critical frequency for sine
filter self excitation to a programmable level. If possible braking energy will be provided to fasten this procedure, but if it isn’t
possible, the drive will be in the idle state until the frequency is decreased to a spezified level.
• After that the torque will be reduced to zero with a ramp.
• At third the flux will also be reduced with a ramp in order to avoid overcurrents.
• Then the zero voltage vector will be switched to short circuit the machine. After a programmable period (5 times rotor time constant,
at least 1s) the inverter will be switched off.

C4.1.2 Trip 1 (Trip Reaction)

This first tripping level will be used for slower protective actions and it includes following actions:
• The torque will be reduced to zero with a ramp.
• The flux will also be reduced with a ramp in order to avoid overcurrents.
• Then the zero voltage vector will be switched to short circuit the machine. After a programmable period (5 times rotor time
constant, at least 1s) the inverter will be switched off.
Depending on the failure the MCB will be opened or stay closed. Therefore we have two different kind of a Trip 1, in order to be able to
react the proper way according to the failure:
Trip 1 a: In this case the MCB will stay closed and the protection IGCT will stay switched on. In case the MCB will stay
closed and the fault is reseted the drive is in the state „ready to run“ again.
Trip 1 b In this case the MCB will be opened and the protection IGCT will be switched off. In case the MCB is opened, the
drive is in the state „ready to charge“ after reseting the fault.

C4.1.3 Trip 2 (Trip Reaction)

This trip will be used for fast protective actions and it consists of the following action:
• All inverter IGCT (including the protection IGCT) will be switched off directly

Danger of “self excitation” if this trip happens above self excitation speed !

Depending on the failure the MCB will be opened or stay closed. Therefore we have two different kind of a Trip 2, in order to be able to
react the proper way according to the failure:
Trip 2 a: In this case the MCB will stay closed and the protection GCT will stay switched on. In case the MCB will stay closed
and the fault is reseted the drive is in the state „ready to run“ again.
Trip 2 b In this case the MCB will be opened and the protection GCT will be switched off. In case the MCB is opened, the
drive is in the state „ready to charge“ after reseting the fault.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-331 (of 358) H-332 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 4 – Fault Tracing Chapter 4 – Fault Tracing

Fault Bit Panel Fault Text Trip Reaction Fault Bit Panel Fault Text Trip Reaction
C4.2 Overview of Fault Trip Reactions Word No. Word No.

Fault with defect

Fault with defect

Open Prot. IGCT

Open Prot. IGCT

Soft stop

Soft stop
Fault Bit Panel Fault Text Trip Reaction Fault Bit Panel Fault Text Trip Reaction

Trip 1b

Trip 2b

Trip 1b

Trip 2b
Trip 1a

Trip 2a

Trip 1a

Trip 2a
Trip 3

Trip 3
Word No. Word No.

Fault with defect

Fault with defect

Open Prot. IGCT

Open Prot. IGCT

Soft stop

Soft stop
Trip 1b

Trip 2b

Trip 1b

Trip 2b
Trip 1a

Trip 2a

Trip 1a

Trip 2a
Trip 3

Trip 3
F05 B00 IOEC1AI3MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B00 SM1Control 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F05 B01 WtrPresDifLo 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B01 SM1Disturb 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F05 B02 IOEC1AI2MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B02 SM2Control 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B00 Overspeed 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B00 SwFreq HW 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F05 B03 WtrTempHigh 0 x x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B03 SM2Disturb 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B01 MotVibrat 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B01 ShortCircPl 0 0 0 0 0 x x x
F05 B04 WtrLevelLow 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B04 SM3Control 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B02 MotorStall 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0 F03 B02 ShortCircMi 0 0 0 0 0 x x x
F05 B05 WtrConduct 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B05 SM3Disturb 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B03 MotPhaseLoss 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B03 SelfExcitSW 0 0 0 0 0 x no 0
F05 B06 Pump 1/2 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B06 SM4Control 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B04 MotWdgTempHW x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B04 SelfExcitHW 0 0 0 0 0 x no x
F05 B07 ExtWtrCool 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B07 SM4Disturb 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F01 B05 MotPhaseUnbal x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B05 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F05 B08 InvAirTemp 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B08 Sbp1Control 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F01 B06 ExtOverspeed 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B06 NoCurrOffset 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F05 B09 Panel Lost 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F08 B09 Sbp2Control 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F01 B07 ExtMotProt 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B07 InvCurr HW 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F05 B10 Fan 1/2 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B10 Sbp3Control 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F01 B08 ExtMotCool x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B08 GroundFault 0 0 0 0 0 x x 0
F05 B11 FanDiffPres 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B11 Sbp4Control 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F01 B09 BrgNDE Mlos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B09 FiltCapCurr 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0
F05 B12 Aux Fan 1/2 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B12 IOEC5 LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B10 Brg DE Mlos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B10 Discharging 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F05 B13 IGCT Fault 0 0 0 0 x 0 no x F08 B13 IOEC6 LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B11 BrgTemp NDE x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B11 Undervoltage 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F05 B14 IOEC1AI4MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B14 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B12 BrgTemp DE x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B12 ShortCircuit 0 0 0 0 0 x x 0
F05 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F08 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B13 Underload 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B13 OvervoltHW 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B00 ChargeCirc 0 0 0 0 x 0 no x F09 B00 ExtAct1Lost x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B14 MotProtSW 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B14 Charging 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B01 EPS Fault 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F09 B01 IOEC4AI2MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F01 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F03 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B02 GUSP 1 0 0 0 0 x 0 x 0 F09 B02 MotTmpV2MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B00 TrTmpExt/3 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B00 SuppPhaseLos 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B03 GUSP 2 0 0 0 0 x 0 x 0 F09 B03 MotTmpW2MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B01 IOEC3AI1MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B01 MCB Disturb 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B04 CtrlBackSupp 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B04 MotOverload x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B02 ExtTrafProt 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B02 MCB Control 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B05 CtrlSuppFail 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F09 B05 MotUnderload x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B03 Buchholz 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B03 InpVoltUnba 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B06 LS Print Pl 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B06 SineFiltCap 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B04 MotCooler x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B04 EarthIsoCtrl 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B07 LS Print Mi 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B07 CustSupSig1Act x x x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B05 TrippLoop 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F04 B05 EmergStop 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B08 BatteryMiss 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B08 CustSupSig2Act x x x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B06 BChopGUSP 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F04 B06 OutsAirTemp x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B09 IOEC1LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B09 MacroChange 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B07 BchopShort 0 0 0 0 0 x x x F04 B07 IOEC3AI4MLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B10 IOEC2LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B10 ShortRecDiod 0 0 0 0 x 0 no x
F02 B08 BChopDiscr 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F04 B08 ProcessStop 0 x 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B11 IOEC3LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B11 WtrPres1Hi 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B09 TachoComm 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B09 RideThrough 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B12 IOEC4LinkEr 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B12 WtrPres2Lo 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B10 TachoMeas 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B10 OffsetTooBig 0 0 0 0 x 0 no x
F06 B13 NoFiltData 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F09 B13 WtrPres2Hi 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B11 LimitSupervis 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F04 B11 NoMotorData 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F06 B14 InvCurrSOA 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0 F09 B14 WtrTempLow 0 x x 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B12 EmergOff 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F04 B12 MCB OrderOff 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0
F06 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F09 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 F13 OutpTrafoTmp x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B13 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B00 Link C Lost 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B00 MotVibratAI1 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 B14 MotWdgMLos x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B14 GroundCurr 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0
F07 B01 ExtRef1Lost x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B01 MotVibratAI2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F02 F15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F04 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B02 AutoRestart 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B02 LoadBrgTmp1 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B03 ExtRef2Lost x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B03 LoadBrgTmp2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B04 OS Fault 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B04 MotWdgUTmp2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B05 IDRunFault 0 x 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B05 MotWdgVTmp2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B06 Link E Lost 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B06 MotWdgWTmp2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B07 Link D Lost 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B07 TrafoTmp1 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B08 SwFreq SW 0 0 0 x 0 0 no 0 F10 B08 TrafoTmp2 x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B09 Link AB Lost 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B09 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B10 CH0 LinkErr x 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B10 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B11 CH2 LinkErr 0 x 0 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B11 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B12 AnInpCalib 0 0 x 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B12 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B13 Wrong EPLD 0 0 0 0 x 0 no x F10 B13 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B14 OvervoltSW 0 0 0 0 x 0 no 0 F10 B14 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0
F07 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0 F10 B15 (Not Used) 0 0 0 0 0 0 no 0

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-333 (of 358) H-334 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

C4.3 Description of Panel Status Messages

Alarm Summarised alarm signal, an alarm message is pending

Charging Main Circuit Breaker is closed , DC voltage is in charging state
Defect Will be displayed, if a fault has appeared, which can't be reseted, because there's a defect.
Discharging Main Circuit Breaker is open , DC is in discharging state
Doing ID ID Run is running
Earth Iso Clos Earth Isolator is closed , DC-Bus is connected to earth
ID Run Req Shows at first start up, that an ID Run is requested
ID Run Selec ID Run is selected
Magnetizing Display during flying start and magnetising of the motor
MCB not On Will be displayed if a start is tried while the MCB is not closed
Mot Will Run ID run is selected, ACS1000 will do the ID run , before ID run
No ID Run Will be displayed if a start without a former ID run is tried
Param Lock Shows if the parameter is locked and can't be modified
Ready MCB on Earth Isolator is open , no Fault is pending, ACS1000 is ready to charging the DC – Bus
Ready to Run DC link charged, no faults pending, Drive is ready for start
Running Will be displayed during running and during deceleration in stopping
Stopping Display during Stop sequence
Test sequence test after exchange of faulty part
Trip Summarised fault signal, an fault is pending
Voltage control over or under limit
Wait Timeout Will be displayed if after a trip 3 a restart will be tried before the time for the zero voltage switching is over.
Write Protec Will be displayed if it is tried to write over a protected parameter

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-335 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 5 – Stop Modes

C5.1 Ramp Stop Mode
When “STOP” command is given , the drive is stopping according following steps:

• ramp motor below Parameter 20.3 “Stop drive tube” (according to the deceleration time)
• set torque to zero
• ramp down flux to 20%
• short circuit machine with zero voltage vector for a programmable time (5 times the rotor time constant or at least 1s)

C5.2 Torque Stop Mode

When “STOP” command is given , the drive is stopping according following steps

• deceleration time is set to zero value

• shaping is disabled
• motor is ramped down with maximal allowed braking current respectively the maximal allowed DC voltage

C5.3 Coast Stop Mode

When “STOP” command is given , the drive is stopping according following steps

• set torque to zero

• drive stays running with zero torque until it is under the self excitation frequency (deceleration time has no influence)
• ramp down flux to 20%
• short circuit machine with zero voltage vector for a programmable time (5 times the rotor time constant or at least 1s)

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-337 (of 358)
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6

Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6 C6.1 Basic I/O-Board IOEC 1
For the new aux. power concept, two new signals had to be placed on IOEC1: ‘UPS Alarm’ and ‘UPS in Battery Mode’. Therefore the
‘Tripping Loop Supervision’ has been deleted and ‘Disable Local Operation’ has been moved to IOEC2.
The following chapters give an overview of the I/O signals of all IOEC boards according to the new aux. power concept. For the new signal ‘MCB Order Trip Supervision’ the signal ‘External Motor Protection Tripped’ has been moved to IOEC3.
The tables contain two columns with signal designations, one for ACS 1000 with EPS and one for ACS 1000 resp. ACS 1000i without
EPS (new aux. power concept, UPS). The new aux. power concept is part of the new I/O concept which also supports ACS 1000i.
The UPS configuration is defined by type code and can be seen in parameter 112.08 ‘UPSConfiguration’. INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks
without EPS (default)
Meaning of the abbreviations and colors in the signal designations:
IOEC1 Digital Input
ACS 1000-A = ACS 1000 air cooled type; the signal designation is also valid for ACS 1000i, if ACS 1000i is not extra listed, DI01 ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 1 Tripped ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 1 Tripped low active
ACS 1000-W =ACS 1000 water cooled type, resp. ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 1 Tripped ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 1 Tripped
ACS 1000 = ACS 1000 air and water cooled type, ACS 1000i: Cooling Fan Grp. 1 Tripped
ACS 1000i = ACS 1000i (air cooled with integrated transformer). low active
DI02 ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 2 Tripped ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 2 Tripped
blue = additional signal (compared to old I/O concept) resp. ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 2 Tripped ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 2 Tripped
red = changed signal (compared to old I/O concept) ACS 1000i: Cooling Fan Grp. 2 Tripped
DI03 ACS 1000-A: Inv. differential press. trip of cooling air ACS 1000-A: Inv. differential press. trip of cooling air low active
supervision supervision
resp. ACS 1000-W: Auxiliary Fan 1 Tripped ACS 1000-W: Auxiliary Fan 1 Tripped
ACS 1000i: Inv. & Trafo differential press. trip of cooling
air supervision
DI04 Tripping loop supervision Control Backup Supply Failure low active

DI05 Internal/external emerg. off signal Internal/external emerg. off signal low active
DI06 Pushbutton Main Circuit Breaker Order Open Pushbutton Main Circuit Breaker Order Open high active
DI07 Pushbutton Main Circuit Breaker Order Close Pushbutton Main Circuit Breaker Order Close high active

DI08 Disable Local Operation Control Supply Failure low active

DI09 ACS 1000-A: Air Filter Supervision Alarm ACS 1000-A: Air Filter Supervision Alarm high active
Resp ACS 1000-W: Level Expansion Vessel Low ACS 1000-W: Level Expansion Vessel Low low active
DI10 Grounding Switch Open Grounding Switch Open high active
DI11 Grounding Switch Closed Grounding Switch Closed high active
DI12 Motor or cabinet heater Tripped Motor or cabinet heater Tripped low active
DI13 (External) Trafo Protection Tripped (External) Trafo Protection Tripped low active

DI14 External Motor Protection Tripped MCB Order Trip Supervision low active

IOEC1 Digital Output

DO01 ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 1 Order On ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 1 Order On 1=on cmd
resp. ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump1 Order On ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump1 Order On
ACS 1000i: Cooling Fan Grp. 1 Order On
DO02 ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 2 Order On ACS 1000: prog. prog.
resp. ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 2 Order On or ACS 1000i: Trafo Prot. Relay Reset 1=reset
DO03 Main Circuit Breaker Open Ind. Main Circuit Breaker Open Ind. 1=open
DO04 Gnd-isol. unlock, rel. for closing Gnd-isol. unlock, rel. for closing 1=release
DO05 Motor heater order on Motor heater order on 1=on cmd
DO06 Main Circuit Breaker Order Trip Main Circuit Breaker Order Trip 0=trip

IOEC1 Analog Input

AI01 Reference Value 2 (speed or torque reference, macro Reference Value 2 (speed or torque reference, macro prog.
depending) depending)
AI02 ACS 1000-A: Inv. Air Temp. 2 ACS 1000-A: Inv. Air Temp. 2 4...20mA
ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Temp. ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Temp.
AI03 ACS 1000-A: - ACS 1000-A: - 4...20mA
ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Pressure 1 ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Pressure 1
ACS 1000i: Trafo Wdg. Temp. 1
AI04 ACS 1000-A: - ACS 1000-A: - 4...20mA
ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Conductivity ACS 1000-W: Cooling Water Conductivity
ACS 1000i: Trafo Air Temp. or Trafo Wdg. Temp. 2

IOEC1 Analog Output

AO01 Motor Current Actual Value Motor Current Actual Value prog.

AO02 ACS 1000: Shaft Power Actual Value ACS 1000: Shaft Power Actual Value prog.
ACS 1000i: 4mA for Temp. Measurement

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-339 (of 358) H-340 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6 Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6

C6.2 Basic I/O-Board IOEC 2 C6.3 Optional I/O Board IOEC 3

New aux. power concept: New aux. power concept:
Because ‘Disable Local Operation’ has been moved to IOEC2, ‘Feedb. sig. water valve pos. “closed”’ has been moved to IOEC3. Because ‘Feedb. sig. water valve pos. “closed”’ and ‘External Motor Protection Tripped’ have been moved to IOEC3, ‘Supply Voltage
Unbalance Trip’ and ‘Motor Overspeed Trip’ have been removed.
INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks
without EPS (default) INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks
without EPS (default)
IOEC2 Digital Input
IOEC3 Digital Input
DI01 Standard Input 1, Depending on Application Macro Standard Input 1, Depending on Application Macro prog.
DI01 ACS 1000: Trafo Oil Level Alarm ACS 1000: Trafo Oil Level Alarm prog.
(Default: Start) (Default: Start)
prog.
ACS 1000i: -
DI02 Standard Input 2, Depending on Application Macro Standard Input 2, Depending on Application Macro prog.
DI02 ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Alarm ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Alarm
(Default: Stop) (Default: Stop)
prog. ACS 1000i: -
DI03 Standard Input 3, Depending on Application Macro Standard Input 3, Depending on Application Macro low active
(Default: Fwd/Rev) (Default: Fwd/Rev) DI03 ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Trip ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Trip
DI04 Standard Input 4, Depending on Application Macro (Def.: Standard Input 4, Depending on Application Macro (Def.: prog. ACS 1000i: -
DI04 ACS 1000: TrafoBuchhlzAlm ACS 1000: TrafoBuchhlzAlm prog.
Rmp1/Rmp2) Rmp1/Rmp2)
prog. or ACS 1000: TrafoFan1tripped or ACS 1000: TrafoFan1tripped low active
DI05 Standard Input 5, Depending on Application Macro (Def.: Standard Input 5, Depending on Application Macro (Def.:
Cons Speed1/2) Cons Speed1/2) ACS 1000i: -
prog. DI05 ACS 1000: TrafoBuchhlzTrip ACS 1000: TrafoBuchhlzTrip low active
DI06 Standard Input 6, Depending on Application Macro (Def.: Standard Input 6, Depending on Application Macro (Def.:
or ACS 1000: TrafoFan2tripped or ACS 1000: TrafoFan2tripped low active
PrStp/RunEN) PrStp/RunEN)
DI07 Remote Main Circuit Breaker Order Close Remote Main Circuit Breaker Order Close high active ACS 1000i: -
low active DI06 (External) Motor Cooling Alarm (External) Motor Cooling Alarm prog.
DI08 Process Stop Process Stop
DI07 (External) Motor Cooling Trip (External) Motor Cooling Trip low active
DI09 Main Circuit Breaker Open (with ext. MCB) Main Circuit Breaker Open (with ext. MCB) high active
DI08 Motor Vibration Supervision Alarm Motor Vibration Supervision Alarm prog.
DI10 Main Circuit Breaker Closed Main Circuit Breaker Closed high active
DI09 Motor Vibration Supervision Trip Motor Vibration Supervision Trip low active
DI11 Main Circuit Breaker Avail. (with ext. MCB) Main Circuit Breaker Avail. (with ext. MCB) prog.
DI10 Motor Overspeed Trip External Motor Protection Tripped low active
DI12 Remote Reset Remote Reset high active
DI11 External Motor Protection Alarm External Motor Protection Alarm prog.
DI13 Remote Main Circuit Breaker Order Open Remote Main Circuit Breaker Order Open high active
DI12 Motor Cooler Trip Motor Cooler Trip low active
DI14 Feedb. sig. water valve pos. “closed” Disable Local Operation high active
DI13 Supply Voltage Unbalance Trip ACS 1000-W: Feedb. sig. water valve pos. “closed” high active
ACS 1000-A: -
IOEC2 Digital Output DI14 ACS 1000-A: - ACS 1000-A: -
DO01 prog. (def. Drive Ready) prog. (def. Drive Ready) prog. ACS 1000-W: Feedb. sig. water. valve pos “open” ACS 1000-W: Feedb. sig. water. valve pos “open” high active
DO02 prog. (def. Drive Running) prog. (def. Drive Running) prog.
DO03 prog. (def. Drive Alarm) prog. (def. Drive Alarm) prog. IOEC3 Digital Output
DO01 prog. (def. Speed Ref Limit) prog. (def. Speed Ref Limit) prog.
DO04 prog. (def. Drive Trip) prog. (def. Drive Trip) prog.
or Motor Cooler Order On or Motor Cooler Order On 1=on cmd
DO05 Main Circuit Breaker Order Open Main Circuit Breaker Order Open low active
DO02 prog. (def. Local Mode operation) prog. (def. Local Mode operation) prog.
DO06 Main Circuit Breaker Order Close Main Circuit Breaker Order Close high active
resp. - or ACS 1000-A: Cooling Fan 2 Order On 1=on cmd
- ACS 1000-W: Cooling Pump 2 Order On
IOEC2 Analog Input - ACS 1000i: Cooling Fan Grp. 2 Order On
AI01 Reference Value 1 (speed reference) Reference Value 1 (speed reference) prog. prog.
DO03 prog. (def. Speed Act Limit) prog. (def. Speed Act Limit)
AI02 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase U1 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase U1 prog. or ACS 1000-W: Order close raw water regulation valve 1 or ACS 1000-W: Order close raw water regulation valve 1 1=close
AI03 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase V1 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase V1 prog. DO04 prog. (def. Motor Current Limit) prog. (def. Motor Current Limit) prog.
AI04 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase W1 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase W1 prog. or ACS 1000-W: Order open raw water regulation valve 1 or ACS 1000-W: Order open raw water regulation valve 1 1=open
DO05 prog. (def. Motor Torque Limit) prog. (def. Motor Torque Limit) prog.
or ACS 1000: Trafo Fan 1 Order on or ACS 1000: Trafo Fan 1 Order on 1=on cmd
IOEC2 Analog Output
prog. DO06 prog. (def. Sup Sig 1 Limit) prog. (def. Sup Sig 1 Limit) prog.
AO01 Motor Speed Actual Value Motor Speed Actual Value
prog. or ACS 1000: Trafo Fan 2 Order on or ACS 1000: Trafo Fan 2 Order on 1=on cmd
AO02 Motor Torque Actual Value Motor Torque Actual Value
IOEC3 Analog Input
AI01 ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Extern ACS 1000: Trafo Temp. Extern prog.
ACS 1000i: Trafo Wdg. Temp. 3 (intern)
or Load Bearing Temp. 1 or Load Bearing Temp. 1
or Vibration Sensor 1 or Vibration Sensor 1
AI02 Motor Bearing Temp. of Driven End Motor Bearing Temp. of Driven End prog.
AI03 Motor Bearing Temp. of Non-Driven End Motor Bearing Temp. of Non-Driven End prog.
AI04 Outside Air Temp. Outside Air Temp. prog.
or Load Bearing Temp. 2 or Load Bearing Temp. 2
or Vibration Sensor 2 or Vibration Sensor 2
or Cooling Water Pressure 2 or Cooling Water Pressure 2
or Output Trafo Temp. or Output Trafo Temp.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-341 (of 358) H-342 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6 Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6

IOEC3 Analog Output C6.4 Optional I/O Board IOEC 4

AO01 Speed Ref Speed Ref prog.
AO02 Motor Torque filt Motor Torque filt prog.
INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks
without EPS (default)

IOEC4 Digital Input

DI01 External Water Cooling Unit Alarm External Water Cooling Unit Alarm prog.
DI02 External Water Cooling Unit Trip External Water Cooling Unit Trip low active
DI03 Braking Chopper Fan/Pump Alarm Braking Chopper Fan/Pump Alarm low active
DI04 Liquid Leakage Alarm Liquid Leakage Alarm prog.
DI05 Output Isolator Status Open Output Isolator Status Open high active
DI06 Output Isolator Status Closed Output Isolator Status Closed high active
DI07 Input Isolator Status Open Input Isolator Status Open high active
DI08 Input Isolator Status Closed Input Isolator Status Closed high active
DI09 Auxiliary Fan 2 Tripped Auxiliary Fan 2 Tripped low active
DI10 IOEC4_DI10_USER IOEC4_DI10_USER
DI11 IOEC4_DI11_USER IOEC4_DI11_USER
DI12 IOEC4_DI12_USER IOEC4_DI12_USER
DI13 IOEC4_DI13_USER IOEC4_DI13_USER
DI14 IOEC4_DI14_USER IOEC4_DI14_USER

IOEC4 Digital Output

DO01 prog. (def. Speed Ref Limit) prog. (def. Speed Ref Limit) prog.

DO02 prog. (def. Speed Act Limit) prog. (def. Speed Act Limit) prog.
DO03 prog. (def. Mot Curr Limit) prog. (def. Mot Curr Limit) prog.
DO04 prog. (def. Mot Torque Limit) prog. (def. Mot Torque Limit) prog.

DO05 prog. (def. Sup Sig 1 Limit) prog. (def. Sup Sig 1 Limit) prog.
DO06 prog. (def. Sup Sig 2 Limit) prog. (def. Sup Sig 2 Limit) prog.
or Brake chopper Cool. Fan/Pump Order On or Brake chopper Cool. Fan/Pump Order On 1=on cmd

IOEC4 Analog Input

AI01 Analog Input 1, actual sig 1 for PID-Controller Analog Input 1, actual sig 1 for PID-Controller prog.
AI02 Analog Input 2, actual sig 2 for PID-Controller Analog Input 2, actual sig 2 for PID-Controller prog.
or Motor Winding Temp. of Phase U2 or Motor Winding Temp. of Phase U2 prog.

AI03 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase V2 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase V2 prog.
AI04 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase W2 Motor Winding Temp. of Phase W2 prog.

IOEC4 Analog Output

AO01 Motor Speed Actual Value, Depending on Application Motor Speed Actual Value, Depending on Application prog.
Macro Macro
AO02 Motor Torque filt, Depending on Application Macro Motor Torque filt, Depending on Application Macro prog.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-343 (of 358) H-344 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6 Chapter 6 – Input and Output Signals IOEC 1 … 6

C6.5 Optional I/O Board IOEC 5 – Synchronised Bypass C6.6 Optional I/O Board IOEC 6 – Synchronised Bypass (only for 2…4 Motors)

INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks INPUT Signal Designation ACS 1000 with EPS Signal Designation ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i Remarks
without EPS (default) without EPS (default)

IOEC5 Digital Input IOEC6 Digital Input

DI01 Synchrotact 4 tripped Synchrotact 4 tripped low active DI01 Order for opening line breaker 2 (SBP2) Order for opening line breaker 2 (SBP2) high active
DI02 Order to increase frequency (speed) from synchrotact Order to increase frequency (speed) from synchrotact high active DI02 Order for opening line breaker 3 (SBP3) Order for opening line breaker 3 (SBP3) high active
DI03 Order to decrease frequency (speed) from synchrotact Order to decrease frequency (speed) from synchrotact high active DI03 Order for opening line breaker 4 (SBP4) Order for opening line breaker 4 (SBP4) high active
DI04 Order to increase voltage (speed) from synchrotact Order to increase voltage (speed) from synchrotact high active DI04 Motor Circuit Breaker 2 available Motor Circuit Breaker 2 available high active
DI05 Order to decrease voltage(speed) from synchrotact Order to decrease voltage(speed) from synchrotact high active DI05 Motor Circuit Breaker 2 closed Motor Circuit Breaker 2 closed high active
DI06 Select motor 1 Select motor 1 high active DI06 Line Circuit Breaker 2 closed Line Circuit Breaker 2 closed high active
DI07 Select motor 2 Select motor 2 high active DI07 Motor Circuit Breaker 3 available Motor Circuit Breaker 3 available high active
DI08 Select motor 3 Select motor 3 high active DI08 Motor Circuit Breaker 3 closed Motor Circuit Breaker 3 closed high active
DI09 Stop the synchronizing sequence Stop the synchronizing sequence high active DI09 Line Circuit Breaker 3 closed Line Circuit Breaker 3 closed high active
DI10 Start synchronizing sequence Start synchronizing sequence high active DI10 Motor Circuit Breaker 4 available Motor Circuit Breaker 4 available high active
DI11 Order for opening line breaker 1 (SBP1) Order for opening line breaker 1 (SBP1) high active DI11 Motor Circuit Breaker 4 closed Motor Circuit Breaker 4 closed high active
DI12 Motor Circuit Breaker 1 available Motor Circuit Breaker 1 available high active DI12 Line Circuit Breaker 4 closed Line Circuit Breaker 4 closed high active
DI13 Motor Circuit Breaker 1 closed Motor Circuit Breaker 1 closed high active DI13 - - high active
DI14 Line Circuit Breaker (SBP1) 1 closed Line Circuit Breaker (SBP1) 1 closed high active DI14 - - high active

IOEC5 Digital Output IOEC6 Digital Output

DO01 On/off command for Synchrotact 4 On/off command for Synchrotact 4 1=on cmd DO01 Motor Circuit Breaker 2 order close Motor Circuit Breaker 2 order close 1=on cmd
0=off cmd
DO02 Line Circuit Breaker 2 order open Line Circuit Breaker 2 order open 0=off cmd
DO02 Breaker feedback signal for Synchrotact Breaker feedback signal for Synchrotact 1=closed
DO03 Motor Circuit Breaker 3 order close Motor Circuit Breaker 3 order close 1=on cmd
DO03 Synchronizing to / from line selection Synchronizing to / from line selection 1=ACS1000
->Line DO04 Line Circuit Breaker 3 order open Line Circuit Breaker 3 order open 0=off cmd
0=Line 1=on cmd
->ACS1000 DO05 Motor Circuit Breaker 4 order close Motor Circuit Breaker 4 order close
0=open DO06 Line Circuit Breaker 4 order open Line Circuit Breaker 4 order open 0=off cmd
DO04 Line Circuit Breaker 1 order open Line Circuit Breaker 1 order open
DO05 Motor Circuit Breaker 1…4 order open Motor Circuit Breaker 1…4 order open 0=open
DO06 Motor Circuit Breaker 1 order close Motor Circuit Breaker 1 order close 1=close IOEC6 Analog Input
AI01 - -
IOEC5 Analog Input AI02 - -
AI01 - - AI03 - -
AI02 - - AI04 - -
AI03 - -
AI04 - - IOEC6 Analog Output
AO01 - -
IOEC5 Analog Output AO02 - -
AO01 - -
AO02 - -

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-345 (of 358) H-346 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Continue Group 112 Service Data

C7.1 Group 112 Service Data 10 FilterInductance

Index Description: Filter inductance LF. The correct value will be set by the loading package or during the filter ID-Run.
Unit: mH Type: R Min: 0.4 Max: 14 Def: Int. scaling:
Group name:
112 SERVICE DATA 11 FilterCapacity
Description: Do not change without instructions ! Index Description: Filter capacitance CF . The correct value will be set by the loading package or during the filter ID-
Run.
01 InvNomVoltage Unit: µF Type: R Min: 0 Max: 2000 Def: Int. scaling:
Index Description: Downloaded inverter nominal supply voltage. The correct value will be set by the loading package.
Unit: V Type: R Min: 1 Max: 10000 Def: Int. scaling: 12 (R/W 112.12) RLF
Index Description: Filter resistance RLF. The correct value will be set by the loading package or during the filter ID-
02 InvNomCurrent Run.
Index Description: Downloaded inverter maximum current. The correct value will be set by the loading package. Unit: Ω Type: R Min: 0 Max: 1000 Def: Int. scaling:
Unit: A Type: R Min: 1 Max: 4000 Def: Int. scaling:
13 RS
03 InvNomPower Index Description: Stator resistance RS.
Index Description: Downloaded inverter nominal power. The correct value will be set by the loading package. Unit: Ω Type: R Min: 0 Max: Def: Int. scaling:
Unit: kW Type: R Min: 1 Max: 10000 Def: Int. scaling:
14 LS
04 NumOfMotorStarts Index Description: Stator inductance LS.
Index Description: Counted number of motor starts. Unit: mH Type: R Min: 0 Max: Def: Int. scaling:
Unit: - Type: I Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
15 Sigma LS
05 InverterType Index Description: σLS value.
Index Description: Inverter Type. The correct value will be set by the loading package. Unit: mH Type: R Min: 0 Max: Def: Int. scaling:
1 = AirCooling ACS 1000 air cooled type
2 = WaterCooling ACS 1000 water cooled type
3 = Air&Trafo ACS 1000i air cooled type with integrated transformer 16 RotorTime
Unit: - Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: Int. scaling: -
Index Description: Estimated time constant of the rotor
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 Max: Def: Int. scaling:
06 UserPassCode
Index Description: In this parameter the USER PASS CODE will be stored for locking the AMC-Table below Group 17 SpeedLimReference
Index Description: Speed limiter reference in % of nominal synchronous speed.
100.
Unit: - Type: I Min: 0 Max: 9999 Def: 358 Int. scaling: Note:
Should be 12% higher then the maximum speed in rpm. The default value depends on the field
weaking range.
07 IntegratedMCB Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 % Max: 300 % Def: Int. scaling:
Index Description: Only for ACS 1000i:
The correct value will be set by the loading package.
18 SelfExcitSpeed
0 = No
Index Description: The self excitation speed of the motor is automatically calculated using the following formula:
1 = Yes
Unit: - Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: -
1 60
nselfex = 0.8 ⋅ ⋅
08
Index Description:
UPSConfiguration
In this parameter the implemented ‘Uninterruptible Power Supply’ configuration is shown.
LS ⋅ C f 2 ⋅ π ⋅ p
It is set automatically by the loading package according to the type code. Example:

NOTE! Motor Data: n = 1200rpm ; f = 60Hz

With the configurations 1 and 2 the following signals are connected and the new I/O concept is used: par. 112.14 LS =113.8mH, par. 112.11 CF =135µF
IOEC1 DI04 Control Backup Supply Failure, Calculated Values: p= f * 60 / n = 60Hz * 60 / 1200rpm = 3
IOEC1 DI08 Control Supply Failure
1 = UPS/Ext3P internal UPS (no external safeline) and external 3-phase voltage,
1 60
2 = Safel/Ext3P external safeline and external 3-phase voltage. nselfex = 0.8 ⋅ ⋅ = 651rpm
3 = UPS/Int3P internal UPS (no external safeline) and internal 3-phase voltage, 113.8 ⋅ 10 −3 H ⋅ 135 ⋅ 10 − 6 F 2 ⋅ π ⋅ 3
4 = Safel/Int3P external safeline and internal 3-phase voltage.
Unit: rpm Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
5 = EPS EPS board (old I/O concept, no external safeline).
Unit: - Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: -
19 MechTimeConstant
Index Description: Mechanical time constant of the system.
09 FlyStartFrqFwd
Unit: s Type: R Min: 60 Max: 3600 Def: Int. scaling:
Index Description: Flystart control start frequency for searching the motor actual speed in forward direction.
Note: 100% corresponds to nominal frequency of the motor.
Unit: % Type: R Min: 0 Max: dynamic Def: 100 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-347 (of 358) H-348 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

Continue Group 112 Service Data Continue Group 112 Service Data
20 ManualFirstStart 31 IGCTTestOnTime
Index Description: With this parameter it is possible to pass the Requested ID-Run. Index Description: The IGCTs can be switched on sequentially to measured the gate-cathode voltage when the ground
0 = No switch is closed. This function replaces the IGCT switching macro for DriveDebug.
1 = Yes
Unit: - Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: No Int. scaling: When this parameter is zero the function is disabled.

When not equal zero there are always two IGCTs switched on together for the selected time:
21 AuxTimeUse
first the 2 upper then the 2 lower IGCTs of phase U, then the same for phase V and W.
Index Description: Time elapsed since aux. power supply has been switched on. This value must be set if the flash has To check one IGCT measure the gate-cathode voltage. It should have the following levels:
changed. approx. -20V when switched off, approx. +1V when switched on.
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
After one sequence this parameter is automatically set back to 0.
22 InvTimeUse Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 Max: 16777 ms Def: 0 Int. scaling:
Index Description: Time elapsed since mains has been switched on. This value must be set if the flash has changed.
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: 32 (Not Used)
Index Description:
23 MotorTimeUse Unit: Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
Index Description: Time elapsed during which the motor has been running. This value must be set if the flash or motor
has changed 33 MaxPulses 250ms
Unit: h Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Index Description: Current depending trip level of switching frequency supervision of 250 ms time level.
Unit: - Type: I Min: 180 Max: 300 Def: 250 Int. scaling:
24 I INV A OFFSET
Index Description: Offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. 34 MaxPulses 1s
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Index Description: Current depending trip level of switching frequency supervision of 1s time level.
Unit: - Type: I Min: 580 Max: 1060 Def: 700 Int. scaling:
25 I INV C OFFSET
Index Description: Offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. 35 GndRMSCurrTripLvl
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Index Description: Trip level for RMS ground current.
Note!
26 I FIL A OFFSET Default is set depending on inverter type.
Index Description: Offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. Unit: A Type: R Min: 1 Max: 4000 Def: Int. scaling:
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
36 FlyStartFrqRev
27 I FIL C OFFSET Index Description: Flystart control start frequency for searching the motor actual speed in backward direction
Index Description: Offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. Note: 100% corresponds to nominal frequency of the motor.
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Unit: % Type: R Min: -100 Max: 0 Def: -100 Int. scaling:

28 I GROUND OFFSET 37 CableResistance

Index Description: Offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. Index Description: Cable resistance in case of cables longer than 1000 meter.
Unit: A Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Unit: Ω Type: R Min: 0 Max: 100 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

29 UPPER U OFFSET 38 CableInductance

Index Description: Upper offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. Index Description: Cable inductance in case of cables longer than 1000 meter.
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Unit: mH Type: R Min: 0 Max: 40 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

30 LOWER U OFFSET 39 CableCapacitance

Index Description: Lower offset value of current measurement. Will be set during automatic calibration. Index Description: Cable capacitance in case of cables longer than 1000 meter.
Unit: V Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Unit: µF Type: R Min: 0 Max: 50 Def: 0 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-349 (of 358) H-350 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

C7.2 Group 190 Cooling System Continue Group 190 Cooling System
11 (Not Used)
Group name:
190 COOLING SYSTEM Index Description:
Description: Do not change without instructions ! Unit: Type: Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:

1 InvAirTmpAlmLevel 12 (Not Used)

Index Description: Inverter air temperature alarm level. When the measured air temperature (ADCVI or IOEC1-AI2, Index Description:
selected with 190.14) rises above this limit an alarm signal will be generated. Unit: Type: Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:
Note: The default value depends on the inverter type.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 69 °C Def: 45…66 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C 13 RefWtrTemperature
Index Description: Inverter water temperature reference value.
2 InvAirTmpTripLev Default value depends on type code pos. 11: max. raw water temperature + 2 °C.
Index Description: Inverter air temperature trip level. When the measured air temperature (ADCVI or IOEC1-AI2, When the reference value was reached once after starting and then drops more than 5 °C an alarm is
selected with 190.14) rises above this limit a trip signal will be generated and the drive will be generated.
stopped. Unit: °C Type: R Min: 5 °C Max: 40 °C Def: 30 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C
Note: The default value depends on the inverter type.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 72 °C Def: 55…71 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C 14 InvAirTempSelect
Index Description: This parameter selects the input signal for the inverter air temperature supervision.
3 PumpOffDelay Only air cooled type!
Index Description: Delay time to switch off the pump when the MCB is open. 1 = InvAirTmp1 inverter air temperature 1 (ADCVI, 2.16)
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0s Max: 900s Def: 300 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1s 2 = InvAirTmp2 inverter air temperature 2 (IOEC1-AI2, 4.06)
3 = InvAirTmp1&2 maximum of inverter air temperature 1 and 2
4 AirPresFailOnDel Unit: Type: I Min: 1 Max: 3 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1
Index Description: Delay time for air pressure fail use. If the pressure drops below the minimum limit, the delay time
will be started. If the pressure does not come back during this time, an alarm/fault signal will be Analogue Inputs
generated and the drive will be stopped.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0s Max: 20s Def: 5 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1s 15 AI2 HighValue IO1
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere (20mA) or volt
5 WtrPresFailOnDel (10V). See parameter 4.13 AI2 IOEC1 and 4.02 InvWtrCoolTemp (for water cooled converters)
Index Description: Delay time for water pressure fail. If the pressure drops under the minimum limit, the delay time will resp. 4.06 InvAirTemp2 (for air cooled converters).
be started. If the pressure didn’t come back during this time, an alarm/fault signal will be generated Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 1000 / 10550 Int. scaling:
and the drive will be stopped.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 0s Max: 4s Def: 2.5 s Int. scaling: 1000 == 1s 16 AI2 LowValue IO1
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input value in milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt
6 InvWtrTmpAlmLevel (0 or 2V). See parameter 4.13 AI2 IOEC1 and 4.02 InvWtrCoolTemp (for water cooled converters)
Index Description: Inverter water temperature alarm level. When measured water temperature value rises above this resp. 4.06 InvAirTemp2 (for air cooled converters).
limit an alarm signal will be generated. (AI2 – IOEC1) Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 0 / -13 Int. scaling:
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 59 °C Def: 39°C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C
17 AI2 Minimum IO1
7 InvWtrTmpTripLev Index: Description: Minimum value of AI2. Value to correspond to minimum reference.
Index Description: Inverter water temperature trip level. When measured water temperature rises above this limit a trip 0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
signal will be generated and the drive will be stopped (AI2 - IOEC1). 1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 °C Max: 60 °C Def: 41 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

8 InvWtrTmpPumpOn 18 AI2 Filter IO1

Index Description: Inverter water temperature pump on level. When the measured water temperature drops below this Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
limit the pump will be switched on automatically to increase the water temperature before the drive is Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 60 s Def: 0.5s / 1s Int. scaling:
started.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 2 °C Max: 60 °C Def: 15 °C Int. scaling: 1 = 1°C 19 AI2 Offset IO1
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
9 InvWtrCondAlmLev manually.
Index Description: Inverter water conductivity indication. When measured water conductivity rises above this limit, an Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 Max: 0.5 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1000
alarm signal will be activated (analogue input AI4 - IOEC1).
Unit: uS Type: R Min: 0uS Max: 1.8 uS Def: 0.5uS Int. scaling: 1 = 1uS 20 AI3 HighValue IO1
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the maximum input value in milliampere (20mA) or volt
10 InvWtrCondTripLev (10V). See parameter 4.14 AI3 IOEC1 and 4.03 InvWtrCoolPressur (for water cooled converters)
Index Description: Inverter water conductivity indication. When measured water conductivity rises above this limit, a resp. 4.07 TrafoTemp1 (for ACS 1000i).
trip signal will be activated after a delay of 30 min. and the drive will be stopped (analogue input Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 60 / 10550 Int. scaling:
AI4 - IOEC1).
Unit: uS Type: R Min: 0uS Max: 1.9uS Def: 0,7uS Int. scaling: 1 = 1uS

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-351 (of 358) H-352 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

Continue Group 190 Cooling System Continue Group 190 Cooling System
21 AI3 Low Value IO1
Index: Description: This value divided by 10 corresponds to the minimum input value in milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt
inverter parameters
(0 or 2V). See parameter 4.14 AI3 IOEC1 and 4.03 InvWtrCoolPressur (for water cooled
converters) resp. 4.07 TrafoTemp1 (for ACS 1000i). 190.xx INVERT
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 0 / -13 Int. scaling:
190.xx HIGH VALUE
22 AI3 Minimum IO1
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI3. Value to correspond to minimum reference. 190.xx LOW VALUE
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range)
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range) 190.xx MINIMUM
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

23 AI3 Filter IO1 190.xx OFFSET _ H igh

-1
Index:
Unit: ms
Description:
Type: R
Filter time constant for analogue input.
Min: 0 s Max: 60 s Def: 0.1s / 1s Int. scaling: 190.xx FILTER _ L ow

24 AI3 Offset IO1

Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or - AI 2..4
manually.
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 Max: 0.5 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1000
Figure 190-1 Analogue Input AI2 ... 4 - IOEC1 - Overview
25 AI4 HighValue IO1
Index: Description: This value divided by 100 (water) resp. 10 (air) corresponds to the maximum input value in Example for scaling of an analogue input signal: INVERTER WATER COOLING TEMPERATURE
milliampere (20mA) or volt (10V). See parameter 4.15 AI4 IOEC1 and 4.04 InvWtrConductivit (for
water cooled converters) resp. 4.08 TrafoTemp2 (for ACS 1000i). Transmitter range: analogue Signal = 4 ... 20mA or 2 ... 10V
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 200 / 10550 Int. scaling: Range = 0 ... 100°C

26 AI4 LowValue IO1 Calculation of parameter settings:

Index: Description: This value divided by 100 (water) resp. 10 (air) corresponds to the minimum input value in
milliampere (0 or 4mA) or volt (0 or 2V). See parameter 4.15 AI4 IOEC1 and 4.04 190.15 HIGH VALUE :20mA/10V = 100°C ⇒ Setting = 10000 (max value multiplied by 100)
InvWtrConductivit (for water cooled converters) resp. 4.08 TrafoTemp2 (for ACS 1000i). has to be checked by actual signal
Unit: Type: I Min: -32768 Max: 32767 Def: 5 / -13 Int. scaling: 190.16 LOW VALUE : 4mA/ 2V = 0°C ⇒ Setting = 0 (min value multiplied by 100)
190.17 MIN VALUE : 4mA/ 2V = ⇒ Setting = 4mA / 2V
27 AI4 Minimum IO1
Index: Description: Minimum value of AI4. Value to correspond to minimum reference. [V] [mA]
analogue input value
0 = 0mA/0V (0...20 mA or 0...10V range) 10 20 [190.15] = 10000
1 = 4mA/2V (4...20 mA or 2...10V range)
Unit: Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 1 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 8 16 max = 100 C

28 AI4 Filter IO1 6 12

Index: Description: Filter time constant for analogue input.
Unit: ms Type: R Min: 0 s Max: 60 s Def: 10s / 1s Int. scaling: 4 8
[190.16] = 0
29 AI4 Offset IO1 min = 0 C 2 4
Index Description: Analogue input offset value. Will be set during automatic offset calibration (Par.13.01 = ON) or
manually.
o
Unit: mA Type: R Min: 0 Max: 0.5 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1000 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 [ C]
INV WTR COOL TEMP
Automatic offset calibration:
All analogue input signals have to be disconnected from the IOEC 1 & 2 board (remove the terminal plugs). Set 13.01 to ON. The Figure 190-2 Analogue Input Settings on IOEC 1- Example
OFFSET value will be stored into the offset parameters.
⇒ INV WTR COOL TEMP: 4 ... 20mA / 2 ... 10V = 0 ... 100°C
Manual offset calibration:
Disconnect the appropriate analogue input signal from the IOEC x board (remove the terminal plug). Check the actual value in Group 04.
The actual inverter water cooling temperature will be shown in parameter 04.04 in °C.
Change the offset value until the actual value is 0 mA.

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-353 (of 358) H-354 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

Continue Group 190 Cooling System Continue Group 190 Cooling System

Last Switched EPLD Vector 36 BrkResi Time Self

The EPLD stores the last three voltage vectors in a shiftregister at every single switching. If there happens to be a trip from the LS
Index Description: Thermal time constant of braking resistor without forced cooling. Will be set automatically if
internal resistor is selected.
supervision, the shiftregister is frozen. The control software now can read the last three switchings provided by the EPLD.
Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 Max: 9999 Def: 1 Int. scaling:
Internally these shiftregisters are accessible at epld_reg_5, epld_reg_6 and epld_reg_7. In these variables the last 6 bits (bit 0—5)
are used.
37 BrkResi Fan Inst
Description of the bits: Index Description: This parameter activates the braking chopper fan.
The bits 0 and 1 describe the switching state of phase w, the bits 2 and 3 describe the switching state of the phase V and the bits 4 NO = no forced cooling
and 5 describe phase U. YES = forced cooling installed
Unit: Type: B Min: Max: Def: NO Int. scaling: 1 == 1
The possible combinations are as follows:
38 BrkResi Time Fan
11 -> + potential is switched Index Description: Thermal time constant of braking resistor with forced cooling. This will be set automatically if
01 -> zero potential is switched internal resistor is selected.
00 -> - potential is switched Unit: s Type: R Min: 1 Max: 9999 Def: 1 Int. scaling:
10 -> all IGCT’s are turned off

The variable epld_reg_5 stores the last executed switching and the other two registers store the previous ones. Comparing the
MWh Counter
registers epld_reg_5 and epld_reg_6 show which switching have been made and may give an idea about the cause of the trip.
39 MWh InverterSetup
This supervision is always active. The AMC table parameters 190.30…190.32 are only updated at LS trip. These parameters are Index Description: This value has to set if flash is changed (value of counted ‘MWh Inverter’ of the old flash).
stored in Flash. The meaning of the bits is the same like in the epld_reg variables. Unit: MWh Type: R Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:

The only difference between the AMC table parameters and the epld_registers is, that if there was never a LS trip detected the Cooling System Continued
AMC table parameters show: 1 00 00 00 to distinguish this state from a trip state.
40 InvWtrTmpPmpOffLo
Example: Index Description: Inverter water temperature pump off low level. When the measured water temperature drops below
phase U V W U V W this limit the pump will be switched off automatically, because the cooling water is freezing.
190.30: switched vector 0 01 11 11 zero + +
The pump will be switched on as soon as the temp. is 1 °C above the limit.
190.31: switched vector –1 01 11 01 zero + zero
190.32: switched vector –2 01 11 11 zero + +
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0.1 °C Max: min (10 °C, 190.08 - 1 °C) Def: 2 °C Int. scaling: 10 = 1°C
Description of the parameters 190.30 – 190.32: Switched Vector 0…-2
41 InvWtrTmpPmpOffHi
30 Switched Vector 0 Index Description: Inverter water temperature pump off high level. When the measured water temperature rises above
Index Description: Last switched vectors (t-0) before short circuit trip. this limit the pump will be switched off automatically.
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: The pump will be switched on as soon as the temp. is 10 °C below the limit.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 190.07 + 4 °C Max: 99 °C Def: 60 °C Int. scaling: 10 = 1°C
31 Switched Vector-1
Index Description: Last switched vectors (t-1) before short circuit trip. 42 InvWtrTmpDeadBand
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling: Index Description: Reserved for future use!
This parameter defines the dead band value for the measured internal cooling water temperature,
used for the internal cooling water temperature control. The external cooling water motor valve
32 Switched Vector-2 control is based on this internal cooling water temperature measurement.
Index Description: Last switched vectors (t-2) before short circuit trip.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 Max: 10 °C Def: 0.5 °C Int. scaling: 10 ==1 °C
Unit: Type: I Min: Max: Def: Int. scaling:

43 WtrCoolSysLeakage
Braking Resistor Index Description: Liquid leakage sensor selection.
0= NO Liquid leakage sensor is not installed
33 BrkResi Resistanc
1= YES Liquid leakage sensor is installed
Index Description: Value of the external resistor. Will be set automatically if internal resistor is selected.
Unit: Ω Type: R Min: 4 Max: 100 Def: 4 Int. scaling: Unit: - Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1

34 BrkResi Therm Cap

Index Description: Thermal capacity of the brake resistor. Will be set automatically if internal resistor is selected.
Unit: kJ/K Type: R Min: 2 Max: 1000 Def: 10 Int. scaling:

35 BrkResi Off Temp

Index Description: Braking chopper resistor trip temperature value.
Unit: °C Type: R Min: 0 Max: 999 Def: 100 Int. scaling:

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-355 (of 358) H-356 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual
 Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx Appendix H – Signal and Parameter Description MSAH41xx

Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters Chapter 7 – Service and Commissioning Parameters

Continue Group 190 Cooling System Continue Group 190 Cooling System
44 WtrCoolSysClosed 51 WtrPres2TripLevHi
Index Description: Selection of the closed water cooling system. This system needs the second water pressure Index Description: Inverter water pressure 2 (input pressure) in the cooling system (analogue input AI4 - IOEC3), high
measurement (input pressure) on IOEC3, AI4. trip limit.
When the pressure rises above this limit, after a delay of 5s a trip signal is activated and the drive will
NOTE! stop.
If Yes is selected, par 81.27 AI4 Select IO3 is set = 4 ‘CoolWtrPres2’.
Enabling is only possible for water cooled types when the supervision functions of the vibration sensor Note!
2 (35.11), the load bearing temp. 2 (35.17), the outside air temp. (37.04) and the output trafo temp. This parameter is only active with closed cooling system (parameter 199.44 = YES).
(36.12) are disabled. Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 3.0 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar
0= NO Open water cooling system
1= YES Closed water cooling system 52 WtrPres2AlmLevLo
Unit: - Type: B Min: 0 Max: 1 Def: 0 Int. scaling: 1 == 1 Index Description: Inverter water pressure 2 (input pressure) in the cooling system (analogue input AI4 - IOEC3), low
alarm limit.
45 WtrPres1AlmLevHi When the pressure sinks below this limit, an alarm signal is generated and the drive will not stop.
Index Description: Inverter water pressure 1 in the cooling system (analogue input AI3 - IOEC1), high alarm limit.
When the pressure rises above this limit, an alarm signal is generated and the drive will not stop. Note!
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 5.5 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar This parameter is only active with closed cooling system (parameter 199.44 = YES).
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 0.2 Int. scaling:
46 WtrPres1TripLevHi
Index Description: Inverter water pressure 1 in the cooling system (analogue input AI3 - IOEC1), high trip limit. 53 WtrPres2TripLevLo
When the pressure rises above this limit, after a delay of 2s a trip signal is activated and the drive will Index Description: Inverter water pressure 2 (input pressure) in the cooling system (analogue input AI4 - IOEC3), low
stop. trip limit.
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 5.8 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar When the pressure sinks below this limit, after a delay of 1s a trip signal is activated and the drive
will stop.
47 WtrPresDifAlmHi Note!
Index Description: Inverter water difference pressure (pressure 1 – pressure 2) high alarm level. If the water pressure This parameter is only active with closed cooling system (parameter 199.44 = YES).
difference rises above this limit an alarm signal is generated and the drive will not stop. Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 0.1 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar
Note!
This parameter is only active with closed cooling system (parameter 199.44 = YES).
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 4.5 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar

48 WtrPresDifAlmLo
Index Description: Inverter water difference pressure (pressure 1 – pressure 2) low alarm level. If the water pressure
difference sinks below this limit an alarm signal is generated and the drive will not stop.

Note!
If water pressure sinks below this limit with redundant cooling pumps, the pump will be changed. In
addition an alarm will be generated, and after resetting the alarm the faulty pump will be selected
again.
If parameter 199.44 is set to NO the input pressure is zero (diff. pressure = output pressure).
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 2 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar

49 WtrPresDifTripLo
Index Description: Inverter water difference pressure (pressure 1 – pressure 2) low trip level. If the water pressure
difference sinks below this limit after the delay WtrPresFailOnDel (par. 190.05) a trip signal is
activated and the drive will stop.

Note!
If parameter 199.44 is set to NO the input pressure is zero (diff. pressure = output pressure).
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 1.5 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar

50 WtrPres2AlmLevHi
Index Description: Inverter water pressure 2 (input pressure) in the cooling system (analogue input AI4 - IOEC3), high
alarm limit.
When the pressure rises above this limit, an alarm signal is generated and the drive will not stop.

Note!
This parameter is only active with closed cooling system (parameter 199.44 = YES).
Unit: bar Type: R Min: 0.1 Max: 5.9 Def: 2.0 Int. scaling: 100 == 1bar

ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual 3BHS112321 H-357 (of 358) H-358 (of 358) 3BHS112321 ACS 1000 / ACS 1000i User's Manual